Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 1, 2016.

Registration No. 333-212476

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Amendment No. 1

to

Form S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

Under

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

PROTAGONIST THERAPEUTICS, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   2834   98-0505495

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

521 Cottonwood Drive, Suite 100

Milpitas, California 95035

(408) 649-7370

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including

area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Dinesh V. Patel, Ph.D.

President and Chief Executive Officer

Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc.

521 Cottonwood Drive, Suite 100

Milpitas, California 95035

(408) 649-7370

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Kenneth L. Guernsey

Michael E. Tenta

Cooley LLP

3175 Hanover Street

Palo Alto, California 94304

(650) 843-5000

 

Alan C. Mendelson

Brian J. Cuneo

Latham & Watkins LLP

140 Scott Drive

Menlo Park, California 94025

(650) 328-4600

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement is declared effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   ¨

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer  ¨   Accelerated filer  ¨    Non-accelerated filer  x   Smaller reporting company  ¨
     (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)  

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of Securities To Be Registered  

Amount to

be Registered(1)(2)

  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering
Price Per Share(2)
  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering
Price(1)(2)
  Amount of
Registration Fee(3)

Common Stock, $0.00001 par value per share

  6,710,250   $13.00   $87,233,250   $8,785

 

 

(1) Includes 875,250 shares the underwriters have the option to purchase.
(2) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(3) The registrant previously paid a $7,553 registration fee with the initial filing of this registration statement. In accordance with Rule 457(a), an additional registration fee of $1,232 is being paid in connection with this amendment to the registration statement.

 

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

This prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED August 1, 2016

Preliminary Prospectus

5,835,000 Shares

 

LOGO

Common Stock

 

 

Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc. is offering 5,835,000 shares of its common stock. This is our initial public offering, and no public market currently exists for our shares. We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $11.00 and $13.00 per share.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We have applied to have our common stock listed on The NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “PTGX.”

We are an “emerging growth company” as that term is used in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, and, as such, have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements.

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. Before buying any shares, you should carefully read the discussion of material risks of investing in our common stock in “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 12 of this prospectus.

 

     Per Share    Total

Initial public offering price

   $            $        

Underwriting discounts and commissions (1)

   $                    $                

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $                            $                        

 

(1) We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain expenses in connection with this offering. See “Underwriting.”

We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days to purchase up to 875,250 additional shares of common stock. The underwriters can exercise this right at any time within 30 days after the date of this prospectus.

Certain of our existing stockholders and their affiliated entities, including investors affiliated with certain of our directors, have indicated an interest in purchasing an aggregate of up to approximately $40.0 million in shares of our common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price and on the same terms as the other purchasers in this offering. However, because indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, these investors may determine to purchase fewer shares than they indicate an interest in purchasing or not to purchase any shares in this offering. It is also possible that these investors could indicate an interest in purchasing more shares of our common stock. In addition, the underwriters could determine to sell fewer shares to any of these investors than the investors indicate an interest in purchasing or not to sell any shares to these investors.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock to investors on or about                     , 2016.

 

Leerink Partners          Barclays      BMO Capital Markets

The date of this prospectus is                     , 2016.


Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LOGO

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

P ROSPECTUS S UMMARY

     1   

R ISK F ACTORS

     12   

S PECIAL N OTE R EGARDING F ORWARD -L OOKING S TATEMENTS

     59   

M ARKET A ND I NDUSTRY D ATA

     61   

U SE O F P ROCEEDS

     62   

D IVIDEND P OLICY

     63   

C APITALIZATION

     64   

D ILUTION

     66   

S ELECTED C ONSOLIDATED F INANCIAL D ATA

     69   

M ANAGEMENT S D ISCUSSION A ND A NALYSIS O F F INANCIAL C ONDITION A ND R ESULTS O F O PERATIONS

     71   

B USINESS

     84   

M ANAGEMENT

     121   
     Page  

E XECUTIVE C OMPENSATION

     130   

C ERTAIN R ELATIONSHIPS A ND R ELATED P ERSON T RANSACTIONS

     145   

P RINCIPAL S TOCKHOLDERS

     149   

D ESCRIPTION O F C APITAL S TOCK

     152   

S HARES E LIGIBLE F OR F UTURE S ALE

     157   

M ATERIAL U.S. F EDERAL I NCOME A ND E STATE T AX C ONSIDERATIONS F OR N ON -U.S. H OLDERS

     160   

U NDERWRITING

     164   

L EGAL M ATTERS

     174   

E XPERTS

     174   

W HERE C AN Y OU F IND A DDITIONAL I NFORMATION

     174   

I NDEX T O C ONSOLIDATED F INANCIAL S TATEMENTS

     F-1   
 

 

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus we may authorize to be delivered or made available to you. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with different information. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of shares of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

For investors outside the United States: We have not, and the underwriters have not done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside the United States.

Our name “Protagonist Therapeutics,” the Protagonist Therapeutics logo and other trademarks or service marks of Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc. appearing in this prospectus are the property of Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc. This prospectus also includes trademarks, tradenames, and service marks that are the property of other organizations. Solely for convenience, trademarks and tradenames referred to in this prospectus appear without the ® and ™ symbols, but those references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or that the applicable owner will not assert its rights, to these trademarks and tradenames. We do not intend our use of display of other companies’ trade names, trademarks, or service marks to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, these other companies.


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the sections in this prospectus entitled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included at the end of this prospectus, before making an investment decision. As used in this prospectus, unless the context otherwise requires, references to “we,” “us,” “our,” “our company” and “Protagonist” refer to Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc.

Overview

We are a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company with a proprietary technology platform focused on discovering and developing peptide-based new chemical entities (NCEs) to address significant unmet medical needs. Our primary focus is on developing first-in-class oral peptide drugs that specifically target biological pathways also targeted by currently marketed injectable antibody drugs. Compared to injectable antibody drugs, our oral peptides offer targeted delivery to the gastrointestinal (GI) tissue compartment, potential for improved safety due to minimal exposure in the blood, improved convenience and compliance due to oral delivery, and the opportunity for earlier introduction of targeted therapy for inflammatory bowel disease (IBD). Our initial lead product candidates, PTG-100 and PTG-200, are based on this approach, and we believe they have the potential to transform the existing treatment paradigm for IBD, a GI disease consisting primarily of ulcerative colitis (UC) and Crohn’s disease (CD).

PTG-100 is a potential first-in-class oral, alpha-4-beta-7 ( a 4 b 7) integrin-specific antagonist peptide product candidate which has now completed a Phase 1 clinical trial in normal healthy volunteers (NHVs). Integrins are T cell receptors that facilitate migration of inflammatory cells into the GI tissue. An integrin antagonist peptide is a small molecule designed to block this migration, which is a hallmark of IBD. In our Phase 1 clinical trial, we have established pharmacological proof-of-concept (POC) based on pharmacodynamic (PD) indicators. We plan to initiate a Phase 2b clinical trial in moderate-to-severe UC patients by the end of the fourth quarter of 2016. The a 4 b 7 integrin is targeted by currently marketed injectable antibody drugs and the integrin pathway is considered to be one of the most specific biological mechanisms for IBD. Our second product candidate, PTG-200, is a potential first-in-class oral Interleukin-23 receptor (IL-23R) antagonist being developed initially for moderate-to-severe CD. Interleukin-23 is a protein produced by white blood cells that regulates inflammatory and immune functions. PTG-200 is currently in Investigational New Drug (IND) enabling studies, and we plan to initiate a Phase 1 clinical trial in 2017.

IBD is a chronic inflammatory disease with significant unmet medical need, which has created a large and growing market with an estimated 1.6 million patients in the United States in 2013. As of 2008, annual direct treatment costs for patients with IBD in the United States were estimated to exceed $6.3 billion, with indirect costs estimated to be an additional $5.5 billion. In 2012, Global Data estimated that the UC and CD markets reached approximately $4.2 billion and $3.2 billion, respectively, across ten major markets, and Global Data estimates that these markets are expected to grow at a compound annual growth rate of approximately 3% to 5% through 2022. The current tumor necrosis factor-alpha (TNF- a ) antibody drugs approved for moderate-to-severe IBD, Humira ® and Remicade ® , are both injectable. According to Global Data, the 2013 sales for Humira ® and Remicade ® for IBD were $3.4 billion in the United States. Approximately one third of IBD patients are non-responders to TNF- a antibody drugs and approximately another 30% to 40% become refractory within the first year of treatment. Additionally, TNF- a antibody drugs may predispose patients to an increased risk of serious infection and the development of anti-drug antibodies (ADAs), which over time can cause loss of drug response. Thus, while available treatments exist for moderate-to-severe IBD, there continues to be a significant medical need for efficacious, safer, and convenient treatments.

 



 

1


Table of Contents

We believe PTG-100 and PTG-200 have the potential to transform the existing IBD treatment paradigm because they offer significant advantages over injectable antibody drugs. These complementary assets target different biological pathways, and potentially offer improved convenience, patient compliance, and safety and tolerability compared to currently approved injectable antibody drugs. We believe these potential advantages could allow our products to replace and expand the IBD market beyond the moderate-to-severe IBD patient population currently treated by injectable antibody drugs.

PTG-100 and PTG-200 are derived from our proprietary peptide technology platform. Peptide therapeutics represent a substantial and growing therapeutic class with more than 60 FDA approved drugs. Our platform enables us to discover novel, structurally constrained peptides that retain certain key advantages of both oral small molecule and injectable antibody drugs, while overcoming many of their limitations as therapeutics. Constrained peptides are rigid, well-folded structures typically formed by disulfide bonds that alleviate the fundamental instability inherent in traditional peptides, which cannot be delivered orally. Further, these constrained peptides are designed to bind to biological targets, including protein-protein interaction (PPI) targets, which are typically approached by antibodies since small molecules cannot bind effectively to these targets. It is estimated that up to 80% of all potential disease targets are not amenable to drug development by small molecules and have therefore traditionally been approached by injectable antibody drugs.

Our novel peptides have potential applicability in a wide range of therapeutic areas in addition to GI diseases. Our first product candidate beyond IBD is PTG-300, an injectable hepcidin mimetic, which is currently in pre-clinical development with completion of IND-enabling studies expected by the end of the first half of 2017. A hepcidin mimetic is a peptide that mimics the function of the natural hormone, hepcidin. PTG-300 has potential utility for the treatment of iron overload disorders, such as transfusion-dependent b -Thalassemia, hereditary hemochromatosis (HH) and sickle cell disease (SCD), each of which may qualify PTG-300 for orphan drug designation.

Our Pipeline

We will continue to leverage our proprietary peptide technology platform to discover and develop novel product candidates to treat diseases with significant unmet medical needs. The following table summarizes key information about our peptide product candidates to date:

 

LOGO

 

Our Product Candidates

PTG-100

PTG-100 has first-in-class potential as an oral, a 4 b 7 integrin-specific antagonist peptide for treatment of IBD. The a 4 b 7 integrin is considered to be one of the most GI-specific biological targets for IBD due to its binding to MAdCAM-1, an extracellular protein that resides mostly in the GI vasculature.

 



 

2


Table of Contents

We are leveraging several factors to inform and guide the clinical development of PTG-100 for the treatment of IBD. First, PTG-100 shares the same a 4 b 7 integrin target as the injectable antibody drug vedolizumab, marketed as Entyvio ® , for the treatment of moderate-to-severe UC and CD. Second, we utilized PD biomarker assays similar to those described in scientific publications with Entyvio ® and other antibodies in development as indicators of target engagement to establish POC in our Phase 1 clinical trial with PTG-100. We believe that we can leverage the development and regulatory path of Entyvio ® and other approved antibody drugs for IBD.

We have completed extensive pre-clinical studies of PTG-100 in which we established pharmacological POC, including effects on T cell trafficking and mucosal healing similar to a comparator a 4 b 7 rodent antibody, DATK-32. Following the submission and approval of a Clinical Trial Notification (CTN) in Australia in December 2015, we initiated a Phase 1 clinical trial, comprised of single ascending dose (SAD) and multiple ascending dose (MAD) components which evaluated safety, pharmacokinetics (PK), and PD-based POC in healthy subjects using an oral liquid formulation of PTG-100. The trial also included a bridging component which compared the relative bioavailability and PD effects of the liquid formulation and a capsule formulation that we intend to move forward in clinical development. The Phase 1 clinical trial was completed in June 2016. There were no serious adverse events reported in the Phase 1 clinical trial, and no dose-limiting clinical trial toxicities were observed. All reported adverse events were of mild to moderate severity. There were no dose-dependent increases observed for any adverse events. The most frequent adverse events reported by subjects on PTG-100 were headache and upper respiratory tract infection. These events were also observed in subjects who took placebo. The preliminary maximally tolerated dose was established at 1,000 mg, the highest dose tested, for both single and multiple dosing, although no dose-limiting toxicities were observed at the 1,000 mg dose level. In addition, we observed dose-dependent PD effects, including target engagement and pharmacologic activity, similar to what was observed in the pre-clinical setting. Finally, we established that the plasma exposure of the capsule formulation was lower than that of the liquid formulation at the same dose level. The PD effects (target engagement and pharmacologic activity) were highly similar between the two formulations, despite the lower plasma exposure of the capsule formulation. We believe this data will support the introduction of the capsule formulation in the Phase 2b clinical trial. We expect to have final unblinded data from the completed Phase 1 clinical trial by the end of the third quarter of 2016.

We plan to file an IND in the United States by the end of the third quarter of 2016 to support initiation of a global Phase 2b randomized, double-blinded, placebo-controlled dose-finding clinical trial by the end of the fourth quarter of 2016 to assess the safety and efficacy of PTG-100 in approximately 260 moderate-to-severe UC patients. We plan to utilize the same capsule formulation in the Phase 2b trial that was tested in the formulation bridging component of the Phase 1 clinical trial. The primary endpoint of our Phase 2b clinical trial is expected to be the induction of remission, which is consistent with the development of previously approved drugs for UC. We plan to develop PTG-100 initially for the treatment of moderate-to-severe UC, potentially followed by CD and pediatric IBD, the latter being an orphan indication.

PTG-200

Our second oral, GI-restricted peptide product candidate is PTG-200, a potential first-in-class IL-23R specific antagonist for the treatment of IBD. IL-23 is a member of the IL-12 family of pro-inflammatory cytokines, which are proteins that regulate inflammatory and immune function and play a key role in the development of IBD. By blocking the IL-23 receptor with PTG-200 in the GI tissue compartment, we expect to reduce inflammation while potentially minimizing the risk of systemic side effects due to its GI-restricted nature. The IL-23 pathway is targeted by the IL-12 and IL-23 antagonist infused antibody drug ustekinumab marketed as Stelara ® for psoriasis and psoriatic arthritis. Stelara ® has also recently reported positive Phase 3 clinical trial results in patients with moderate-to-severe CD.

 



 

3


Table of Contents

We have completed pre-clinical POC studies for PTG-200, started IND-enabling studies, and plan to initiate a Phase 1 clinical trial in 2017. We plan to develop PTG-200 initially for the treatment of moderate-to-severe CD, potentially followed by UC and pediatric IBD, the latter being an orphan indication.

PTG-300

PTG-300 is an injectable hepcidin mimetic peptide that we are developing for the treatment of iron overload disorders such as transfusion-dependent b -Thalassemia, HH and SCD, each of which may qualify PTG-300 for orphan drug designation. Hepcidin is a peptide hormone critical for regulating iron homeostasis. However, hepcidin has significant stability, potency and solubility limitations. We have discovered and developed PTG-300 as a stable, soluble, hepcidin mimetic that can potentially be more potent and more amenable for weekly or less frequent subcutaneous delivery compared to hepcidin. We plan to complete IND-enabling studies by the end of the first half of 2017 and initiate a Phase 1 clinical trial in 2017.

Our Peptide Technology Platform

Our proprietary peptide technology platform is based on a series of tools and methods which allow us to discover and develop structurally novel oral or injectable peptides as potential product candidates. The platform utilizes these tools and techniques in an integrated and iterative manner in synergy with our deep-rooted knowledge in peptide chemistry, which allows us to arrive at a product with the desired potency, selectivity, oral or plasma stability, PK, and physicochemical properties. These tools and techniques include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

    Molecular design tools and large virtual libraries of constrained scaffolds, collectively known as Vectrix ™: Allows for the de novo selection of peptide scaffolds as starting points against specific targets.

 

    Random libraries and phage display techniques: Allows for the discovery and optimization of peptide hits.

 

    Oral stability assays: In vitro and ex vivo assays and systems that simulate chemical and biological mechanisms, and physical barriers that constrained peptides must overcome for oral stability.

 

    Medicinal peptide chemistry: Allows optimization and refinement of potency, selectivity, oral stability and GI restriction.

 

    In vivo pharmacology tools for GI restriction : Tools to quantify compound concentrations and activity in various GI tissue compartments to develop oral products with minimal systemic exposure.

To date, our platform has generated two oral antagonists peptides, PTG-100 and PTG-200, for IBD, and an injectable hepcidin peptide mimetic, PTG-300, for iron overload disorders, exemplifying our platform’s reproducibility and broad scope. We will continue to use our technology platform to discover novel peptides against targets and diseases where oral small molecules or injectable biologics do not offer satisfactory outcomes to patients.

Our Strategy

Our goal is to become a leading biopharmaceutical company by discovering, developing and commercializing first-in-class peptide-based therapeutics that have the potential to transform current treatment paradigms for patients and address unmet medical needs. We are currently pursuing the development of oral peptides that specifically target a number of biological pathways that are also targeted by currently marketed injectable antibody drugs. The critical components of our strategy are as follows:

 

    Advance our two lead oral, GI-restricted peptide product candidates, PTG-100 and PTG-200, in clinical development to evaluate the safety, PK, PD-based POC and efficacy in IBD patients.

 

   

PTG-100: We completed our Phase 1 clinical trial of PTG-100. This clinical trial was designed to evaluate safety and tolerability, PK, and PD-based POC in NHVs, as well as evaluate the relative

 



 

4


Table of Contents
 

bioavailability of our capsule formulation compared to the liquid formulation. We plan to initiate a Phase 2b clinical trial of PTG-100 in patients with moderate-to-severe UC by the end of the fourth quarter of 2016.

 

    PTG-200: We have commenced IND-enabling studies of PTG-200 and plan to initiate a Phase 1 clinical trial in 2017. PTG-200 will initially be developed as a targeted oral therapy for patients with moderate-to-severe CD.

 

    Leverage our peptide technology platform to expand our differentiated peptide-based product pipeline across multiple therapeutic areas .

 

    PTG-300: We have initiated IND-enabling studies of PTG-300, a subcutaneous (SC), injectable hepcidin mimetic peptide that would be developed for iron overload disorders such as transfusion-dependent b -Thalassemia, HH, and SCD, each of which may qualify PTG-300 for orphan drug designation.

 

    Opportunistically expand the value of our oral, GI-restricted peptide product candidates through co-development and regional partnerships. For PTG-100 and PTG-200, we intend to retain key development and commercialization rights in the United States and build a commercial infrastructure; however, we will consider other strategic opportunities as they arise. We may decide to enter into co-development collaborations in select geographies where we believe a collaborator can bring additional regional development and/or commercial expertise in order to maximize the value of our oral, GI-restricted peptide product candidates.

 

    Out-license non-core assets and structure research collaborations based on our proprietary peptide technology platform. We continually review our internal research priorities and therapeutic focus and may decide to out-license non-core assets that arise from our platform. We may seek research collaborations that leverage the capabilities of our core technology platform in order to monetize and expand upon the breadth of opportunities that may be uniquely accessible through our platform.

 

    Protect and leverage our intellectual property portfolio and patents. We believe that our intellectual property protection strategy, grounded in securing composition of matter patents on the NCEs developed using our technology platform, has best positioned us to gain broad and strong protection of our assets.

 

    Leverage the drug discovery, development and commercialization expertise of our management team and network of scientific advisors and key opinion leaders.   We are led by a strong management team with deep experience in drug discovery and development, collaborations, operations and corporate finance. Our team has been involved in a broad spectrum of R&D activities leading to successful outcomes, including FDA approved and marketed drugs. We will continue to leverage the collective experience and talent of our management team, our network of leading scientific experts, and key opinion leaders (KOLs) to strategize and implement our development and commercialization strategy.

Risks Related to Our Business

Our ability to execute our business strategy is subject to numerous risks, as more fully described in the section entitled “Risk Factors” immediately following this prospectus summary. These risks include, among others:

 

    we have incurred significant losses since our inception. Our net loss for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 was approximately $11.1 million and $14.9 million, respectively, and $11.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016. As of March 31, 2016, we had an accumulated deficit of $39.2 million;

 



 

5


Table of Contents
    we have never generated any revenue from product sales and may never be profitable;

 

    we are an early clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company with no approved products and no historical product revenue, which makes it difficult to assess our future prospects and financial results;

 

    we are heavily dependent on the success of our lead product candidates PTG-100, which is in early-stage clinical development, and PTG-200, which is in pre-clinical development, and the development of other pre-clinical product candidates such as PTG-300;

 

    we will require substantial additional funding, which may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all;

 

    clinical development is a lengthy and expensive process with an uncertain outcome, and results of earlier studies and trials may not be predictive of future trial results;

 

    all of our peptide-based product candidates other than PTG-100 are in research or pre-clinical development and have not entered into clinical trials. If we are unable to develop, test, and commercialize our peptide-based product candidates, our business will be adversely affected;

 

    our proprietary peptide platform is a differentiated approach to the discovery, design, and development of new product candidates and may not result in any products of commercial value;

 

    the regulatory approval processes of the FDA and comparable foreign authorities are lengthy, time consuming and inherently unpredictable, and if we are ultimately unable to obtain regulatory approval for our product candidates our business will be substantially harmed;

 

    our product candidates may cause undesirable side effects or have other properties impacting safety that could delay or prevent their regulatory approval, limit the commercial profile of an approved label, or result in limiting the commercial opportunity for our product candidates if approved;

 

    if we are unable to obtain or protect intellectual property rights related to our product candidates and technologies, we may not be able to compete effectively in our markets;

 

    we face significant competition from other biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies, and our operating results will suffer if we fail to compete effectively; and

 

    we rely completely on third parties to manufacture our drug substance and clinical drug product and we intend to rely on third parties to produce commercial supplies of any approved peptide-based product candidate.

Corporate Information

Protagonist Pty Limited (Protagonist Australia) was incorporated in Australia in September 2001. We were incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware in 2006, under the name Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc., and became the parent of Protagonist Australia pursuant to a transaction in which all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Protagonist Australia was exchanged for shares of our common stock and Series A preferred stock. Our principal executive offices are located at 521 Cottonwood Drive, Suite 100, Milpitas, California 95035. Our telephone number is (408) 649-7370. Our website address is www.protagonist-inc.com .   The information contained in, or accessible through, our website does not constitute part of this prospectus, should not be relied on in determining whether to make an investment decision, and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

 



 

6


Table of Contents

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (JOBS Act), enacted in April 2012. An emerging growth company may take advantage of reduced reporting requirements that are otherwise applicable to public companies. These provisions include, but are not limited to:

 

    being permitted to present only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related Management’s Discussion & Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in this prospectus;

 

    not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended (Sarbanes-Oxley Act);

 

    reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports, proxy statements and registration statements; and

 

    exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

We may take advantage of these provisions until we cease to be an “emerging growth company.” We will cease to be an “emerging growth company” upon the earliest of: (1) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of this offering, (2) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenues are $1.0 billion or more, (3) the date on which we have, during the previous rolling three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities, and (4) the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” as defined in the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (Exchange Act).

We have elected to take advantage of certain of the reduced disclosure obligations available to emerging growth companies the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part and may elect to take advantage of other reduced reporting requirements in future filings. As a result, the information that we provide to our stockholders may be different than you might receive from other public reporting companies in which you hold equity interests.

In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This provision allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of some accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of delayed adoption of new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, we will be subject to the same requirements to adopt new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies.”

 



 

7


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Common stock offered by us

5,835,000 shares.

 

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

14,658,551 shares (15,533,801 shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full).

 

Underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares

The underwriters have an option for a period of 30 days to purchase up to 875,250 additional shares of our common stock.

 

Use of proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds from this offering, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, will be approximately $62.0 million, or approximately $71.8 million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares from us in full, assuming an initial public offering price of $12.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to fund continued development of PTG-100 through the completion of a Phase 2b clinical trial, to advance PTG-200 to complete IND-enabling studies and to begin a Phase 1 clinical trial, to advance PTG-300 to complete IND-enabling studies, to fund our research and discovery activities related to additional product candidates and for working capital and other general corporate purposes. See “Use of Proceeds” for a more complete description of the intended use of proceeds from this offering.

 

Risk Factors

You should read the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus and the other information in this prospectus for a discussion of factors to consider carefully before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.

 

Proposed NASDAQ Global Market Symbol

“PTGX”

 

 

The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 8,823,551 shares of our common stock (including redeemable convertible preferred stock on an as-converted basis) outstanding at March 31, 2016, and excludes the following:

 

    783,341 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options outstanding under our 2007 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (2007 Plan), as amended, at a weighted average exercise price of $1.32 per share;

 

    582,582 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options granted after March 31, 2016 at a weighted-average exercise price of $4.39 per share;

 

    1,999,998 shares of redeemable preferred stock (convertible into 137,930 shares of common stock) issued pursuant to the exercise of preferred stock warrants after March 31, 2016;

 

    52,948 shares of common stock reserved for issuance pursuant to future awards under our 2007 Plan, which will become available for issuance under our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan upon completion of this offering;

 



 

8


Table of Contents
    1,200,000 shares of common stock reserved, subject to increase on an annual basis, reserved for future issuance pursuant to our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective upon the consummation of this offering as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under this benefit plan; and

 

    150,000 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (2016 ESPP), which will become effective upon the consummation of this offering, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under this benefit plan.

Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes:

 

    a 14.5-for-1 reverse split of our outstanding common stock prior to completion of this offering;

 

    the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the adoption of our amended and restated bylaws, which will occur immediately prior to the consummation of this offering;

 

    the conversion of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock as of March 31, 2016 into 8,439,641 shares of our common stock upon the completion of this offering;

 

    no exercise of the outstanding options and warrants subsequent to March 31, 2016; and

 

    no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock.

Certain of our existing stockholders and their affiliated entities, including investors affiliated with certain of our directors, have indicated an interest in purchasing an aggregate of up to approximately $40.0 million in shares of our common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price and on the same terms as the other purchasers in this offering. However, because indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, these investors may determine to purchase fewer shares than they indicate an interest in purchasing or not to purchase any shares in this offering. It is also possible that these investors could indicate an interest in purchasing more shares of our common stock. In addition, the underwriters could determine to sell fewer shares to any of these investors than the investors indicate an interest in purchasing or not to sell any shares to these investors.

On August 1, 2016, we effected a 14.5-for-1 reverse split of our common stock. Upon the effectiveness of the reverse stock split, (i) every 14.5 shares of outstanding common stock was combined into 1 share of common stock, (ii) the number of shares of common stock for which each outstanding option to purchase common stock is exercisable was proportionally decreased on a 14.5-for-1 basis, (iii) the exercise price of each outstanding option to purchase common stock was proportionately increased on a 14.5-for-1 basis, and (iv) the conversion ratio for each share of outstanding preferred stock which is convertible into the Company’s common stock was proportionately reduced on a 14.5-for-1 basis. All of the outstanding common stock share numbers (including shares of common stock into which the Company’s outstanding preferred stock shares are convertible), share prices, exercise prices and per share amounts have been adjusted in this prospectus, on a retroactive basis, to reflect this 14.5-for-1 reverse stock split for all periods presented. The par value per share and the authorized number of shares of common stock and preferred stock were not adjusted as a result of the reverse stock split.

 



 

9


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables summarize our consolidated financial data. We have derived the consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the summary consolidated statements of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016, and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2016, from our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and have included, in our opinion, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments that we consider necessary for a fair statement of the financial information set forth in those statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future and our interim results for the three months ended March 31, 2016 are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the full year ending December 31, 2016, or any other period. You should read this data together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes, “Selected Consolidated Financial Data,” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2014     2015     2015     2016  
    

(In thousands, except share

and per share data)

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

        

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development

   $ 7,459      $ 11,831      $ 2,183      $ 5,625   

General and administrative

     1,860        2,963        506        1,415   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     9,319        14,794        2,689        7,040   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (9,319     (14,794     (2,689     (7,040

Interest income

     16        19        1        12   

Change in fair value of redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche and warrant liabilities

     (1,769     (83     (9     (4,719
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (11,072   $ (14,858   $ (2,697   $ (11,747
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders (1)

   $ (11,218   $ (14,933   $ (2,697   $ (11,787
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (1)

   $ (49.38   $ (59.32   $ (11.75   $ (40.96
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (1)

     227,197        251,717        229,483        287,800   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited) (1)

     $ (3.57     $ (1.91
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited) (1)

       4,313,032          5,884,892   
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

(1) See Notes 2, 13, and 14 to our audited consolidated financial statements and Note 12 to our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the calculations of our basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, pro forma net loss per common share, and the weighted-average number of shares used in the computation of the per share amounts.

 



 

10


Table of Contents
     As of March 31, 2016  
     Actual     Pro Forma(1)     Pro Forma As
Adjusted(2)(3)
 
    

(Unaudited)

 
     (In thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

  

Cash, cash equivalents and available-for-sale securities

   $ 29,022      $ 29,022      $ 91,041   

Working capital

     26,467        26,467        88,486   

Total assets

     31,856        31,856        93,875   

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     1,005                 

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     65,361                 

Accumulated deficit

     (39,162     (39,162     (39,162

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (38,980     27,386        89,405   

 

(1) The pro forma column reflects (i) the conversion of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock as of March 31, 2016 into 8,439,641 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering, and (ii) the reclassification of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability to consolidated stockholders’ equity upon the completion of this offering, as the warrants to purchase redeemable convertible preferred stock will be exercised, converted into warrants to purchase common stock or expired unexercised on May 10, 2016.

 

(2) The pro forma as adjusted column reflects the pro forma adjustments set forth above and the receipt of $62.0 million in net proceeds from our sale of shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $12.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

(3) Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $12.00 per share would increase (decrease), the amount of cash, cash equivalents and available-for-sale securities, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ equity by $5.4 million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. An increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the assumed number of shares we are offering would increase (decrease) the amount of cash, cash equivalents and available-for-sale securities, working capital, total assets and stockholders’ equity by approximately $11.2 million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price per share, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same. The pro forma as adjusted information is illustrative only, and we will adjust this information based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

 



 

11


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below, together with the other information contained in this prospectus, including “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus, before making your decision to invest in our common stock. We cannot assure you that any of the events discussed in the risk factors below will not occur. The occurrence of any of the events or developments described below could have a material and adverse impact on our business, results of operations, financial condition, and cash flows and future prospects and, if so, our future prospects would likely be materially and adversely affected. If any of such events were to happen, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment. Although we have discussed all known material risks, the risks described below are not the only ones that we may face, and additional risks or uncertainties not known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also impair our business and future prospects.

Risks Related to Our Financial Position and Capital Requirements

We have incurred significant losses since our inception and anticipate that we will continue to incur significant losses for the foreseeable future. We have never generated any revenue from product sales and may never be profitable.

We have incurred significant operating losses since our inception in 2006. Our net loss for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 was approximately $11.1 million and $14.9 million, respectively, and $11.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016. As of March 31, 2016, we had an accumulated deficit of $39.2 million. Our prior losses, combined with expected future losses, have had and will continue to have an adverse effect on our stockholders’ deficit and working capital. We expect to continue incurring significant research, development and other expenses related to our ongoing operations and product development, and as a result, we expect to continue incurring losses for the foreseeable future. We also expect these losses to increase as we continue our development of, and seek regulatory approvals for, our peptide-based product candidates.

We do not anticipate generating revenue from sales of products for the foreseeable future, if ever, and we do not currently have any product candidates in registration or pivotal clinical trials. If any of our peptide-based product candidates fail in clinical trials or do not gain regulatory approval, or even if approved, fail to achieve market acceptance, we may never become profitable. Even if we do achieve profitability, we may not be able to sustain or increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis. Failure to become and remain profitable may adversely affect the market price of our common stock and our ability to raise capital and continue operations.

If one or more of our peptide-based product candidates is approved for commercial sale and we retain commercial rights, we anticipate incurring significant costs associated with manufacturing and commercializing such approved peptide-based product candidate. Therefore, even if we are able to generate revenue from the sale of any approved product, we may never become profitable.

We are an early clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company with no approved products and no historical product revenue, which makes it difficult to assess our future prospects and financial results.

We are an early clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company with a limited operating history upon which you can evaluate our business and prospects. Biopharmaceutical product development is a highly speculative undertaking and involves a substantial degree of uncertainty. Our operations to date have been limited to developing our technology, undertaking pre-clinical studies and clinical trials of our pipeline candidates, including pre-clinical studies and clinical trial of PTG-100 and pre-clinical studies of PTG-200 and PTG-300, as well as our proprietary technology platform. We have successfully filed a CTN in Australia to support the Phase 1 clinical trial of PTG-100. To date, we have not filed a U.S. Investigational New Drug (IND) application

 

12


Table of Contents

for any of our product candidates and have only commenced human clinical trials in PTG-100. As an early clinical-stage company, we have not yet demonstrated an ability to generate revenue or successfully overcome many of the risks and uncertainties frequently encountered by companies in new and rapidly evolving fields such as biopharmaceutical drug discovery and development. Consequently, the ability to accurately assess our future operating results or business prospects is significantly more limited than if we had a longer operating history or approved products on the market.

We expect that our financial condition and operating results will fluctuate significantly from period to period due to a variety of factors, many of which are beyond our control, including, but not limited to:

 

    the clinical outcomes from the continued development of our product candidates;

 

    potential side effects of our product candidates that could delay or prevent approval or cause an approved drug to be taken off the market;

 

    our ability to obtain, as well as the timeliness of obtaining, additional funding to develop, and potentially manufacture and commercialize our product candidates;

 

    competition from existing products directed against the same biological target or therapeutic indications of our product candidates as well as new products that may receive marketing approval;

 

    the entry of generic versions of products that compete with our product candidates;

 

    the timing of regulatory review and approval of our product candidates;

 

    market acceptance of our product candidates that receive regulatory approval, if any;

 

    our ability to establish an effective sales and marketing infrastructure directly or through collaborations with third parties;

 

    the ability of patients or healthcare providers to obtain coverage or sufficient reimbursement for our products;

 

    whether Johnson & Johnson Development Corporation (JJDC) decides to exercise its rights of first negotiation on any of our assets that are subject to the Letter Agreement with JJDC, including PTG-200, and we have to negotiate with JJDC for prolonged periods pursuant to the aforementioned agreement;

 

    the ability of third party manufacturers to manufacture in accordance with current good manufacturing practices (GMP) our product candidates for the conduct of clinical trials and, if approved, for successful commercialization;

 

    our ability as well as the ability of any third party collaborators, to obtain, maintain and protect intellectual property rights covering our product candidates and technologies, and our ability to develop, manufacture and commercialize our product candidates without infringing on the intellectual property rights of others;

 

    our ability to add infrastructure and manage adequately our future growth; and

 

    our ability to attract and retain key personnel with appropriate expertise and experience to manage our business effectively.

Accordingly, the likelihood of our success must be evaluated in light of many potential challenges and variables associated with an early-stage biopharmaceutical company, many of which are outside of our control, and past results, including operating or financial results, should not be relied on as an indication of future results.

 

13


Table of Contents

We will require substantial additional funding, which may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all.

Our operations have consumed substantial amounts of cash since inception. We conducted a Phase 1 clinical trial of PTG-100 in healthy volunteers and we are preparing to conduct a Phase 2b clinical trial of PTG-100 in patients with moderate-to-severe ulcerative colitis (UC), and we have also commenced IND-enabling studies of PTG-200 and PTG-300. Developing pharmaceutical product candidates, including conducting pre-clinical studies and clinical trials, is expensive. We will require substantial additional future capital in order to complete clinical development and, if we are successful, to commercialize any of our current product candidates. If the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) or any foreign regulatory agency, such as the European Medicines Agency (EMA), requires that we perform studies or trials in addition to those that we currently anticipate with respect to the development of PTG-100, PTG-200 or any of our other product candidates, or repeat studies or trials, our expenses would further increase beyond what we currently expect, and any delay resulting from such further or repeat studies or trials could also result in the need for additional financing.

Upon the completion of this offering, based upon our current operating plan and expected expenditures, we believe that the net proceeds from this offering and our existing cash, cash equivalents, and available-for-sale securities will be sufficient to fund our operations for at least the next 18 months. This period could be shortened if there are any significant increases beyond our expectations in spending on development programs or more rapid progress of development programs than anticipated. Our existing capital resources, including the net proceeds from this offering, will not be sufficient to enable us to initiate any pivotal clinical trials. Accordingly, we expect that we will need to raise substantial additional funds in the future in order to complete clinical development or commercialize any of our product candidates. Our funding requirements and the timing of our need for additional capital are subject to change based on a number of factors, including:

 

    the rate of progress and the cost of our studies of PTG-100, PTG-200, and PTG-300 and any other product candidates;

 

    the number of product candidates that we intend to develop using our technology platform;

 

    the costs of research and pre-clinical studies to support the advancement of other product candidates into clinical development;

 

    the timing of, and costs involved in, seeking and obtaining approvals from the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities, including the potential by the FDA or comparable regulatory authorities to require that we perform more studies than those that we current expect;

 

    the costs of preparing to manufacture PTG-100 or PTG-200 on a scale sufficient to enable large-scale clinical trials and commercial supply;

 

    the timing and cost of transitioning our product formulations into the formulations we intend to use in registration trials and commercialize;

 

    the costs of commercialization activities if PTG-100 or PTG-200 or any future product candidate is approved, including the formation of a sales force;

 

    the degree and rate of market acceptance of any products launched by us or our partners;

 

    the costs of filing, prosecuting, defending and enforcing any patent claims and other intellectual property rights;

 

    our need and ability to hire and retain additional personnel;

 

    our ability to enter into additional collaboration, licensing, commercialization or other arrangements and the terms and timing of such arrangements; and

 

    the emergence of competing technologies or other adverse market developments.

 

14


Table of Contents

If we are unable to obtain additional funding from equity offerings or debt financings, including on a timely basis, we may be required to:

 

    seek collaborators for one or more of our peptide-based product candidates at an earlier stage than otherwise would be desirable or on terms that are less favorable than might otherwise be available;

 

    relinquish or license on unfavorable terms our rights to technologies or peptide-based product candidates that we otherwise would seek to develop or commercialize ourselves; or

 

    significantly curtail one or more of our research or development programs or cease operations altogether.

Raising additional capital may cause dilution to our existing stockholders, restrict our operations or require us to relinquish rights to our peptide-based product candidates or technologies.

We may seek additional funding through a combination of equity offerings, debt financings, collaborations and/or licensing arrangements. Additional funding may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, your ownership interest will be diluted, and the terms may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect your rights as a stockholder. The incurrence of indebtedness and/or the issuance of certain equity securities could result in fixed payment obligations and could also result in certain additional restrictive covenants, such as limitations on our ability to incur debt and/or issue additional equity, limitations on our ability to acquire or license intellectual property rights and other operating restrictions that could adversely impact our ability to conduct our business. In addition, the issuance of additional equity securities by us, or the possibility of such issuance, may cause the market price of our common stock to decline. In the event that we enter into collaborations and/or licensing arrangements in order to raise capital, we may be required to accept unfavorable terms, including relinquishing or licensing to a third party on unfavorable terms our rights to our proprietary technology platform or peptide-based product candidates that we otherwise would seek to develop or commercialize ourselves or potentially reserve for future potential arrangements when we might be able to achieve more favorable terms.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

We are heavily dependent on the success of our lead product candidates, PTG-100, which is in early-stage clinical development, and PTG-200, which is in pre-clinical development, and the development of other product candidates such as PTG-300, and if any of these products fail to receive regulatory approval or are not successfully commercialized, our business would be adversely affected.

We currently have no product candidates that are in registration or pivotal clinical trials or are approved for commercial sale, and we may never be able to develop a marketable product. We expect that a substantial portion of our efforts and expenditures over the next few years will be devoted to our lead product candidates, PTG-100 and PTG-200 targeting inflammatory bowel disease (IBD), and the development of other product candidates such as PTG-300 which targets iron overload disorders. We cannot be certain that PTG-100, PTG-200, PTG-300 or any other product candidates will receive regulatory approval or, if approved, be successfully commercialized. The research, testing, manufacturing, labeling, approval, sale, marketing and distribution of PTG-100, PTG-200, and PTG-300 will remain subject to extensive regulation by the FDA and other regulatory authorities in the United States and other countries, each of which has differing regulations. In addition, even if approved, our pricing and reimbursement will be subject to further review and discussions with payors. We are not permitted to market any product candidate in the United States until after approval of a new drug application (NDA) from the FDA, or in any foreign countries until after approval of a marketing application by corresponding regulatory authorities. We completed a Phase 1 clinical trial for PTG-100 in June 2016. We will need to conduct larger, more extensive clinical trials in the target patient population to support a potential application for regulatory approval by the FDA or corresponding regulatory authorities, and we do not expect to be in a position to do so for the near term. We will not receive any preferential or expedited review of any application for regulatory approval by virtue of the fact that our product candidates target biological pathways that are also targeted by currently marketed injectable antibody drugs, and our product candidates will be subject to the regulatory review processes applicable to completely new drugs.

 

15


Table of Contents

We have not previously submitted an NDA to the FDA, or similar drug approval filings to comparable foreign authorities, for any product candidate, and we cannot be certain that any of our product candidates will be successful in clinical trial or receive regulatory approval. Filing an application and obtaining regulatory approval for a pharmaceutical product candidate is an extensive, lengthy, expensive and inherently uncertain process, and the regulatory authorities may delay, limit or deny approval of our product candidates for many reasons, including:

 

    we may not be able to demonstrate that any of our product candidates is safe and effective to the satisfaction of the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities;

 

    the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may require additional pre-clinical studies or clinical trials prior to granting approval, which would increase our costs and extend the pre-approval development process;

 

    the results of our clinical trials may not meet the level of statistical or clinical significance required by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities for approval;

 

    the FDA may disagree with the number, design, size, conduct or statistical analysis of one or more of our clinical trials;

 

    contract research organizations (CROs) that we retain to conduct clinical trials may take actions outside of our control that materially and adversely impact our clinical trials;

 

    the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may disagree with, or not accept, our interpretation of data from our pre-clinical studies and clinical trials;

 

    the FDA may require development of a costly and extensive risk evaluation and mitigation strategy (REMS), as a condition of approval;

 

    the FDA may identify deficiencies in our manufacturing processes or facilities or those of our third-party manufacturers which would be required to be corrected prior to regulatory approval;

 

    the success or further approval of competitor products approved in indications in which we undertake development of our product candidates may change the standard of care or change the standard for approval of our product candidate in our proposed indications;

 

    the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may change their approval policies or adopt new regulations; and

 

    relative bioavailability data in monkeys or humans from the formulation bridging component of our Phase 1 trial may not support introduction of the capsule formulation into the Phase 2b clinical trial of PTG-100 or the FDA may find the data inadequate and request another trial.

Our peptide-based product candidates will require additional research, clinical development, manufacturing activities, regulatory approval in multiple jurisdictions (if regulatory approval can be obtained at all), securing sources of commercial manufacturing supply and building of or partnering with a commercial organization. We cannot assure you that our clinical trials for PTG-100 or our planned clinical trials for PTG-200 will be initiated or completed in a timely manner or successfully, or at all. Further we cannot be certain that we plan to advance any other peptide-based product candidates into clinical trials. Moreover, any delay or setback in the development of any product candidate, in particular PTG-100, PTG-200, or PTG-300, would be expected to adversely affect our business and cause our stock price to fall.

 

16


Table of Contents

The regulatory approval processes of the FDA and comparable foreign authorities are lengthy, time consuming and inherently unpredictable, and if we are ultimately unable to obtain regulatory approval for our product candidates, our business will be substantially harmed.

Our business and future profitability is substantially dependent on our ability to successfully develop, obtain regulatory approval for and then successfully commercialize our most advanced peptide-based product candidates, PTG-100, which has completed a Phase 1 clinical trial for UC, and PTG-200 and PTG-300, which are in pre-clinical development. We have not yet filed an IND for any of our product candidates. We are not permitted to market or promote any of our peptide-based product candidates before we receive regulatory approval from the FDA, the EMA or any other foreign regulatory authority, and we may never receive such regulatory approval for any of our peptide-based product candidates. The time required to obtain approval by the FDA and comparable foreign authorities is unpredictable, typically takes many years following the commencement of clinical trials and depends upon numerous factors, including the substantial discretion of regulatory authorities. Approval policies, regulations and the types and amount of clinical and manufacturing data necessary to gain approval may change during the course of clinical development and may vary among jurisdictions. We have not obtained regulatory approval for any product candidate and it is possible that none of our existing product candidates or any product candidates we have in development or may seek to develop in the future will ever obtain regulatory approval.

Our product candidates could fail to receive regulatory approval for many reasons, including the following:

 

    the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may disagree with the design or implementation of our clinical trials;

 

    we may be unable to demonstrate to the satisfaction of the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities that a product candidate is safe and effective for its proposed indication;

 

    the results of clinical trials may fail to achieve the level of statistical significance required by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities for approval;

 

    we may be unable to demonstrate that a product candidate’s clinical and other benefits outweigh its safety risks;

 

    the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may disagree with our interpretation of data submitted in support of regulatory approval;

 

    the data collected from pre-clinical studies and clinical trials of our peptide-based product candidates may not be sufficient to support the submission of an NDA, supplemental NDA, Biologics License Application (BLA) or other regulatory submissions necessary to obtain regulatory approval in the United States or elsewhere;

 

    we or our contractors may not meet the GMP and other applicable requirements for manufacturing processes, procedures, documentation and facilities necessary for approval by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities; and

 

    changes to the approval policies or regulations of the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities with respect to our product candidates may result in our clinical data becoming insufficient for approval.

The lengthy regulatory approval process as well as the unpredictability of future clinical trial results may result in our failing to obtain regulatory approval to market PTG-100 and PTG-200, our lead product candidates, or any other product candidate, such as PTG-300, which would harm our business, results of operations and prospects significantly.

In addition, even if we were to obtain regulatory approval, regulatory authorities may approve our product candidates for fewer or more limited indications than what we requested approval for, may include safety warnings or other restrictions that may negatively impact the commercial viability of or product candidates, including the potential for a favorable price or reimbursement at a level that we would otherwise intend to charge

 

17


Table of Contents

for our products. Likewise, regulatory authorities may grant approval contingent on the performance of costly post-marketing clinical trials or the conduct of an expensive REMS, which could significantly reduce the potential for commercial success or viability of our product candidates. Any of the foregoing possibilities could materially harm the prospects for our product candidates and business and operations.

We have not previously submitted an NDA, a BLA, a Marketing Authorization Application (MAA), or any corresponding drug approval filing to the FDA, the EMA or any comparable foreign authority for any peptide-based product candidate. Further, our product candidates may not receive regulatory approval even we complete such filing. If we do not receive regulatory approvals for our product candidates, we may not be able to continue our operations.

Clinical development is a lengthy and expensive process with an uncertain outcome, and results of earlier studies and trials may not be predictive of future trial results. Clinical failure can occur at any stage of clinical development. Further, we have never conducted a Phase 2 or Phase 3 clinical trial or submitted a NDA.

Clinical testing is expensive and can take many years to complete, and its outcome is inherently uncertain. Failure can occur at any time during the clinical development process. The results of pre-clinical studies and early clinical trials of our product candidates and studies and trials of other products may not be predictive of the results of later-stage clinical trials. In addition to our planned pre-clinical studies and clinical trials, we expect to have to complete at least two large scale, or adequate, well-controlled trials to demonstrate substantial evidence of efficacy and safety for each product candidate we intend to commercialize. Further, given the patient populations for which we are developing therapeutics, we expect to have to evaluate long-term exposure to establish the safety of our therapeutics in a chronic dose setting. We have never conducted a Phase 2 or Phase 3 clinical trial or submitted a NDA, and as a result, we have no history or track-record to rely on when entering these phases of the development cycle. For example, the results generated to date in pre-clinical studies and the Phase 1 clinical trial for PTG-100 do not ensure that future Phase 2 clinical trials or later clinical trials will have similar results or be successful. Product candidates in later stages of clinical trials may fail to show the desired safety and efficacy traits despite having progressed through pre-clinical studies and initial clinical trials. Clinical trial failures may result from a multitude of factors including, but not limited to, flaws in trial design, dose selection, placebo effect, patient enrollment criteria and failure to demonstrate favorable safety and/or efficacy traits of the product candidate. A number of companies in the biopharmaceutical industry have suffered significant setbacks in advanced clinical trials due to lack of efficacy or adverse safety profiles, notwithstanding promising results in earlier trials. Based upon negative or inconclusive results, we may decide, or regulators may require us, to conduct additional clinical trials or pre-clinical studies.

We may experience delays in ongoing clinical trials, and we do not know whether planned clinical trials will begin on time, need to be redesigned, enroll patients on time or be completed on schedule, if at all. Clinical trials can be delayed for a variety of reasons, including delays related to:

 

    obtaining regulatory approvals to commence a clinical trial;

 

    reaching agreement on acceptable terms with prospective CROs and clinical trial sites, the terms of which can be subject to extensive negotiation and may vary significantly among different CROs and trial sites;

 

    fraud or negligence on the part of CRO, contract manufacturing organizations (CMOs), consultants or contractors;

 

    obtaining institutional review board (IRB) or ethics committee (EC), approval at each site;

 

    recruiting suitable patients to participate in a clinical trial;

 

    having patients complete a clinical trial or return for post-treatment follow-up;

 

    clinical sites deviating from the clinical trial’s protocol or dropping out of a clinical trial;

 

 

18


Table of Contents
    adding new clinical trial sites; or

 

    manufacturing sufficient quantities of product candidate for use in clinical trials.

We could encounter delays if a clinical trial is modified, suspended or terminated by us, by the IRBs or ECs of the institutions in which such clinical trials are being conducted, by a Data Safety Monitoring Board, for such trial or by the FDA or other regulatory authorities. Such authorities may impose a modification, suspension or termination due to a number of factors, including failure to conduct the clinical trial in accordance with regulatory requirements or our clinical trial protocols, inspection of the clinical trial operations or clinical trial site by the FDA or other regulatory authorities resulting in the imposition of a clinical hold, unforeseen safety issues or adverse side effects, failure to demonstrate a benefit from using a drug, changes in governmental regulations or administrative actions or lack of adequate funding to continue the clinical trial. If we experience delays in the completion of, or termination of, any clinical trial of our product candidates, the commercial prospects of our product candidates will be harmed and our ability to generate product revenue from any of these product candidates will be delayed. In addition, any delays in completing our clinical trials will increase our costs, slow down our product candidate development and approval process and jeopardize our ability to commence product sales and generate revenue. Any of these occurrences may harm our business, financial condition and prospects significantly. In addition, many of the factors that cause, or lead to, a delay in the commencement or completion of clinical trials may also ultimately lead to the denial of regulatory approval of our product candidates.

In addition, data obtained from trials and studies are susceptible to varying interpretations, and regulators may not interpret our data as favorably as we do, which may delay, limit or prevent regulatory approval.

Enrollment and retention of patients in clinical trials is an expensive and time-consuming process and could be made more difficult or rendered impossible by multiple factors outside our control.

We may encounter delays in enrolling, be unable to enroll or maintain, a sufficient number of patients to complete any of our clinical trials. Patient enrollment and retention in clinical trials is a significant factor in the timing of clinical trials and depends on many factors, including the size and nature of the patient population, the nature of the trial protocol, the existing body of safety and efficacy data with respect to the study drug, the number and nature of competing treatments and ongoing clinical trials of competing drugs for the same indication, the proximity of patients to clinical trial sites and the eligibility criteria for the clinical trial. Furthermore, any negative results we may report in clinical trials of our product candidates may make it difficult or impossible to recruit and retain patients in other clinical trials of that same candidate. For example, we are aware of a number of therapies that are commercialized or are being developed for IBD and we expect to face competition from these investigational drugs or approved drugs for potential subjects in our clinical trials, which may delay the pace of enrollment in our planned clinical trials. Delays or failures in planned patient enrollment or retention may result in increased costs, program delays or both, which could have a harmful effect on our ability to develop our product candidates, or could render further development impossible.

All of our peptide-based product candidates other than PTG-100 are in research or pre-clinical development and have not entered into clinical trials. If we are unable to develop, test and commercialize our peptide-based product candidates, our business will be adversely affected.

As part of our strategy, we also seek to discover, develop and commercialize a portfolio of new peptide-based product candidates in addition to PTG-100. Research programs to identify appropriate biological targets pathways and product candidates require substantial scientific, technical, financial and human resources, whether or not any product candidates are ultimately identified. Our research programs may initially show promise in identifying potential product candidates, yet fail to yield product candidates for clinical development for many reasons, including:

 

    our financial and internal resources are insufficient;

 

19


Table of Contents
    our research methodology used may not be successful in identifying potential product candidates;

 

    competitors may develop alternatives that render our product candidates uncompetitive;

 

    our other product candidates may be shown to have harmful side effects or other characteristics that indicate such product candidate is unlikely to be effective or otherwise unlikely to achieve applicable regulatory approval;

 

    our product candidates may not be capable of being produced in commercial quantities at an acceptable cost, or at all; or

 

    a product candidate may not be accepted by patients, the medical community, healthcare providers or third-party payors.

Our research and development strategy for our lead product candidates relies in large part on clinical data and results obtained from antibody and small molecule products that are approved or in late-stage development that could ultimately prove to be inaccurate or unreliable for use with our peptide-based product candidate approach.

As part of our strategy to mitigate clinical development risk, we seek to develop peptide-based product candidates against biological targets and pathways which have been identified as addressable by approved or later stage products in development. While we utilize pre-clinical in vivo and in vitro models as well as clinical biomarkers to assess potential safety and efficacy early in the candidate selection and development process, this strategy necessarily relies upon clinical data and other results obtained by third parties that may ultimately prove to be inaccurate or unreliable or otherwise not applicable to the indications in which we develop our peptide-based product candidates. We will have to conduct clinical trials to show the safety and efficacy of our peptide-based product candidates against the identified biological targets and pathways to show that our peptide-based product candidates can address the identified mechanism of action shown by these third party results. For example, PTG-100 is an a 4 b 7 integrin antagonist that targets the same target as the currently marketed injectable antibody drug, Entyvio ® , and PTG-200 targets the IL-23 biological pathway, which is a pathway targeted by the currently marketed injectable antibody drug, Stelara ® , approved in a different indication and which has demonstrated positive results in a Phase 3 clinical trial in IBD. If our interpretation of the third party clinical data and results from molecules directed against the same biological target or pathway or our pre-clinical in vivo and in vitro models prove inaccurate or our assumptions and conclusions about the applicability of our peptide-based product candidates against the same biological targets or pathways are incorrect or inaccurate, then our development efforts may prove longer and more extensive and our research and development strategy and business and operations could be significantly harmed.

Our proprietary peptide platform may not result in any products of commercial value.

We have developed a proprietary peptide technology platform to enable the identification, testing, design and development of new product candidates. We cannot assure you that our peptide platform will work, nor that any of these potential targets or other aspects of our proprietary drug discovery and design platform will yield product candidates that could enter clinical development and, ultimately, be commercially valuable. Although we expect to continue to enhance the capabilities of our proprietary platform by developing and integrating existing and new research technologies, we may not be successful in any of our enhancement and development efforts. For example, we may not be able to enter into agreements on suitable terms to obtain technologies required to develop certain capabilities of our peptide platform. In addition, we may not be successful in developing the conditions necessary to simulate specific tissue function from multiple species, or otherwise develop assays or cell cultures necessary to expand these capabilities. If our enhancement or development efforts are unsuccessful, we may not be able to advance our drug discovery capabilities as quickly as we expect or identify as many potential drug candidates as we desire.

 

20


Table of Contents

Our product candidates may cause undesirable side effects or have other properties impacting safety that could delay or prevent their regulatory approval, limit the commercial profile of an approved label, or result in limiting the commercial opportunity for our product candidates if approved.

Undesirable side effects that may be caused by our product candidates or caused by similar approved drugs or product candidates in development by other companies, could cause us or regulatory authorities to interrupt, delay or halt clinical trials and could result in a more restrictive label or the delay or denial of regulatory approval by the FDA or other comparable foreign authorities. Results of our clinical trials could reveal a high and unacceptable severity and prevalence of side effects or adverse events related to our product candidates. In such an event, our clinical trials could be suspended or terminated and the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities could order us to cease further development of our product candidates for any or all targeted indications. In addition, drug-related side effects could negatively affect patient recruitment or the ability of enrolled patients to complete the trial and even if our clinical trials are completed and our product candidate is approved, drug-related side effects could restrict the label or result in potential product liability claims. Any of these occurrences could significantly harm our business, financial condition and prospects significantly.

Moreover, since our product candidates PTG-100 and PTG-200 are being developed for indications for which injectable antibody drugs have been approved, we expect that our clinical trials would need to show a risk/benefit profile that is competitive with those existing products and product candidates in order to obtain regulatory approval or, if approved, a product label that is favorable for commercialization.

Additionally if one or more of our product candidates receives marketing approval and we or others later identify undesirable side effects caused by such products, a number of potentially significant negative consequences could result, including:

 

    regulatory authorities may withdraw approvals of such product;

 

    regulatory authorities may require additional warnings on the label;

 

    we may be required to create a medication guide outlining the risks of such side effects for distribution to patients;

 

    we could be sued and held liable for harm caused to patients; and

 

    our reputation may suffer.

Any of these events could prevent us from achieving or maintaining market acceptance of the particular peptide-based product candidate which could significantly harm our business and prospects.

We rely on third parties to conduct our pre-clinical studies and clinical trials. If these third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties or do not meet regulatory requirements or expected deadlines, we may not be able to obtain timely regulatory approval for or commercialize our product candidates and our business could be substantially harmed.

We have relied upon and plan to continue to rely upon third party CROs to monitor and manage clinical trials and collect data for our pre-clinical studies and clinical programs. We rely on these parties for execution of our pre-clinical studies and clinical trials, and control only certain aspects of their activities. Nevertheless, we are responsible for ensuring that their conduct meets regulatory requirements and that each of our studies and trials is conducted in accordance with the applicable protocol, legal, regulatory and scientific standards, and our reliance on CROs does not relieve us of our regulatory responsibilities. Thus, we and our CROs are required to comply with good clinical practices (GCPs), which are regulations and guidelines promulgated by the FDA, the EMA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities for all of our product candidates in clinical development. Regulatory authorities enforce these GCPs through periodic inspections of trial sponsors, principal investigators and trial sites. If we or any of our CROs fail to comply with applicable GCPs, the clinical data generated in our clinical trials may be deemed unreliable and the FDA, EMA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may

 

21


Table of Contents

not accept the data or require us to perform additional clinical trials before considering our filing for regulatory approval or approving our marketing application. We cannot assure you that upon inspection by a regulatory authority, such regulatory authority will determine that any of our clinical trials complies with GCPs. While we have agreements governing activities of our CROs, we may have limited influence over their actual performance and the qualifications of their personnel conducting work on our behalf. In addition, significant portions of the clinical studies for our peptide-based product candidates are expected to be conducted outside of the US, which will make it more difficult for us to monitor CROs and perform visits of our clinical trial sites and will force us to rely heavily on CROs to ensure the proper and timely conduct of our clinical trials and compliance with applicable regulations, including GCPs. Failure to comply with applicable regulations in the conduct of the clinical studies for our peptide-based product candidates may require us to repeat clinical trials, which would delay the regulatory approval process.

Some of our CROs have an ability to terminate their respective agreements with us if it can be reasonably demonstrated that the safety of the subjects participating in our clinical trials warrants such termination, if we make a general assignment for the benefit of our creditors or if we are liquidated.

If any of our relationships with these third party CROs terminate, we may not be able to enter into arrangements with alternative CROs or do so on commercially reasonable terms. In addition, our CROs are not our employees, and except for remedies available to us under our agreements with such CROs, we cannot control whether or not they devote sufficient time and resources to our pre-clinical and clinical programs. If CROs do not successfully carry out their contractual duties or obligations or meet expected deadlines, if they need to be replaced or if the quality or accuracy of the clinical data they obtain is compromised due to the failure to adhere to our clinical protocols, regulatory requirements or for other reasons, our clinical trials may be extended, delayed or terminated and we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval for or successfully commercialize our peptide-based product candidates. As a result, our results of operations and the commercial prospects for our peptide-based product candidates would be harmed, our costs could increase substantially and our ability to generate revenue could be delayed significantly.

Switching or adding additional CROs involves additional cost and requires management time and focus. In addition, there is a natural transition period when a new CRO commences work. As a result, delays occur, which can materially impact our ability to meet our desired clinical development timelines. Though we carefully manage our relationships with our CROs, there can be no assurance that we will not encounter challenges or delays in the future or that these delays or challenges will not have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and prospects.

We rely completely on third parties to manufacture our drug substance and clinical drug product and we intend to rely on third parties to produce commercial supplies of any approved peptide-based product candidate.

Our clinical trials must be conducted with product manufactured under cGMP and for Europe and other major countries, International Harmonisation of Technical Requirements for Registration of Pharmaceuticals for Human Use (ICH) guidelines, and we rely on contract manufactures to manufacture and provide product for us that meet these requirements. We do not currently have nor do we plan to acquire the infrastructure or capability internally to manufacture our pre-clinical and clinical drug supplies and we lack the resources and the capability to manufacture any of our peptide-based product candidates on a clinical or commercial scale. We expect to continue to depend on contract manufacturers for the foreseeable future. In addition, we have no control over the ability of our contract manufacturers to maintain adequate quality control, quality assurance and qualified personnel. Moreover, our contract manufacturers are the sole source of supply for our clinical product candidates, including PTG-100. If we were to experience an unexpected loss of supply for any reason, whether as a result of manufacturing, supply or storage issues or otherwise, we could experience delays, disruptions, suspensions or termination of our clinical study and planned development program, or be required to restart or repeat, any ongoing clinical trials.

 

22


Table of Contents

We also rely on our contract manufacturers to purchase from third party suppliers the materials necessary to produce our peptide-based product candidates for our clinical trials. There are a limited number of suppliers for raw materials that we use to manufacture our drugs and there may be a need to assess alternate suppliers to prevent a possible disruption of the manufacture of the materials necessary to produce our peptide-based product candidates for our clinical trials, and if approved, for commercial sale. We do not have any control over the process or timing of the acquisition of these raw materials by our manufacturers. Moreover, we currently do not have any agreements for the commercial production of these raw materials. Although we generally do not begin a clinical trial unless we believe we have a sufficient supply of a peptide-based product candidate to complete the clinical trial, any significant delay in the supply of a peptide-based product candidate, or the raw material components thereof, for an ongoing clinical trial due to the need to replace a contract manufacturer or other third party manufacturer could considerably delay completion of our clinical trials, product testing and potential regulatory approval of our peptide-based product candidates. If our contract manufacturers or we are unable to purchase these raw materials after regulatory approval has been obtained for our peptide-based product candidates, the commercial launch of our peptide-based product candidates would be delayed or there would be a shortage in supply, which would impair our ability to generate revenue from the sale of our peptide-based product candidates.

If we submit an application for regulatory approval of any of our product candidates, the facilities used by our contract manufacturers to manufacture our product candidates will be subject to inspection and approval by the FDA or other regulatory authorities. If our contract manufacturers cannot successfully manufacture material that conforms to our specifications and the strict regulatory requirements of the FDA or others, they will not be able to secure and/or maintain regulatory approval for their manufacturing facilities. If the FDA or a comparable foreign regulatory authority does not approve these facilities for the manufacture of our peptide-based product candidates or if it withdraws any such approval in the future, we may need to find alternative manufacturing facilities, which would significantly impact our ability to develop, obtain regulatory approval for or market our peptide-based product candidates, if approved.

We may fail to obtain orphan drug designations from the FDA for our product candidates, as applicable, and even if we obtain such designations, we may be unable to maintain the benefits associated with orphan drug designation, including the potential for market exclusivity.

Our strategy includes filing for orphan drug designation where available for our product candidates. Under the Orphan Drug Act, the FDA may grant orphan drug designation to a drug or biologic intended to treat a rare disease or condition, which is defined as one occurring in a patient population of fewer than 200,000 in the United States, or a patient population greater than 200,000 in the United States where there is no reasonable expectation that the cost of developing the drug or biologic will be recovered from sales in the United States. In the United States, orphan drug designation entitles a party to financial incentives such as opportunities for grant funding towards clinical trial costs, tax advantages and user-fee waivers. In addition, if a product that has orphan drug designation subsequently receives the first FDA approval for the disease for which it has such designation, the product is entitled to orphan drug exclusivity, which means that the FDA may not approve any other applications, including a full NDA or BLA, to market the same drug or biologic for the same indication for seven years, except in limited circumstances, such as a showing of clinical superiority to the product with orphan drug exclusivity or where the manufacturer is unable to assure sufficient product quantity.

We have not obtained nor have we sought to obtain orphan designation for any product candidates to date, although we believe some of the potential indications of our product candidates could qualify for orphan drug designation and the related benefits if approved for that indication. For example, if PTG-100 or PTG-200 is developed for the treatment of pediatric IBD or PTG-300 for the treatment of iron overload disorders in patients with transfusion-dependent b -Thalassemia and possibly HH and SCD, we plan to file and expect to qualify for orphan drug designation with respect to such indication. Even if we obtain such designations, we may not be the first to obtain regulatory approval of a product candidate for the orphan-designated indication due to the uncertainties associated with developing pharmaceutical products. In addition, exclusive marketing rights in the

 

23


Table of Contents

United States may be limited if we seek approval for an indication broader than the orphan-designated indication or may be lost if the FDA later determines that the request for designation was materially defective or if we are unable to assure sufficient quantities of the product to meet the needs of patients with the orphan-designated disease or condition. Further, even if we obtain orphan drug designation exclusivity for a product, that exclusivity may not effectively protect the product from competition because different drugs with different active moieties may receive and be approved for the same condition, and only the first applicant to receive approval will receive the benefits of marketing exclusivity. Even after an orphan-designated product is approved, the FDA can subsequently approve a later drug with the same active moiety for the same condition if the FDA concludes that the later drug is clinically superior if it is shown to be safer, more effective or makes a major contribution to patient care. Orphan drug designation neither shortens the development time or regulatory review time of a drug, nor gives the drug any advantage in the regulatory review or approval process. In addition, while we may seek orphan drug designation for our product candidates, we may never receive such designations.

We may not be successful in obtaining or maintaining development and commercialization collaborations, and any potential partner may not devote sufficient resources to the development or commercialization of our product candidates or may otherwise fail in development or commercialization efforts, which could adversely affect our ability to develop certain of our product candidates and our financial condition and operating results.

We have no current collaborations for any of our product candidates. Even if we are able to establish collaboration arrangements, any such collaboration may not ultimately be successful, which could have a negative impact on our business, results of operations, financial condition and growth prospects. While we currently plan to enter into collaborations that are limited to certain identified territories, there can be no assurance that we would maintain significant rights or control of future development and commercialization of such product candidate. Accordingly, if we collaborate with a third party for development and commercialization of a product candidate, we may relinquish some or all of the control over the future success of that product candidate to the third party, and that partner may not devote sufficient resources to the development or commercialization of our product candidate or may otherwise fail in development or commercialization efforts, in which event the development and commercialization of the product candidate in the collaboration could be delayed or terminated and our business could be substantially harmed. In addition, the terms of any potential collaboration or other arrangement that we may establish may not be favorable to us or may not be perceived as favorable, which may negatively impact the price of our common stock. In some cases, we may be responsible for continuing development of a product candidate or research program under a collaboration, and the payments we receive from our partner may be insufficient to cover the cost of this development or may result in a dispute between the parties. Moreover, collaborations and sales and marketing arrangements are complex and time consuming to negotiate, document and implement and they may require substantial resources to maintain, which may be detrimental to the development of our other product candidates.

We are subject to a number of additional risks associated with our dependence on collaborations with third parties, the occurrence of which could cause our collaboration arrangements to fail. Conflicts may arise between us and partners, such as conflicts concerning the implementation of development plans, efforts and resources dedicated to the product candidate, interpretation of clinical data, the achievement of milestones, the interpretation of financial provisions or the ownership of intellectual property developed during the collaboration. If any such conflicts arise, a collaborator could act in its own self-interest, which may be adverse to our interests. Any such disagreement between us and a partner could result in one or more of the following, each of which could delay or prevent the development or commercialization of our product candidates, and in turn prevent us from generating sufficient revenue to achieve or maintain profitability:

 

    reductions in the payment of royalties or other payments we believe are due pursuant to the applicable collaboration arrangement;

 

    actions taken by a partner inside or outside our collaboration which could negatively impact our rights or benefits under our collaboration; or

 

24


Table of Contents
    unwillingness on the part of a partner to keep us informed regarding the progress of its development and commercialization activities or to permit public disclosure of the results of those activities.

In addition, the termination of a collaboration may limit our ability to obtain rights to the product or intellectual property developed by our collaborator under terms that would be sufficiently favorable for us to consider further development or investment in the terminated collaboration product candidate, even if it were returned to us.

We face significant competition from other biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies, and our operating results will suffer if we fail to compete effectively.

The biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries are intensely competitive and subject to rapid and significant technological change. We have competitors worldwide, including major multinational pharmaceutical companies, biotechnology companies, specialty pharmaceutical and generic pharmaceutical companies as well as universities and other research institutions.

Many of our competitors have substantially greater financial, technical and other resources, such as larger research and development staff, and experienced marketing and manufacturing organizations. Mergers and acquisitions in our industry may result in even more resources being concentrated in our competitors. As a result, these companies may obtain regulatory approval more rapidly than we are able and may be more effective in selling and marketing their products. Smaller or early-stage companies may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with large, established companies. Competition may increase further as a result of advances in the commercial applicability of newer technologies and greater availability of capital for investment in these industries. Our competitors may succeed in developing, acquiring or licensing, on an exclusive basis, pharmaceutical products that are easier to develop, more effective or less costly than any product candidates that we are currently developing or that we may develop. If approved, our product candidates are expected to face competition from commercially available drugs as well as drugs that are in the development pipelines of our competitors.

Pharmaceutical companies may invest heavily to accelerate discovery and development of novel compounds or to in-license novel compounds that could make our product candidates less competitive. In addition, any new product that competes with an approved product must demonstrate advantages in efficacy, convenience, tolerability or safety in order to overcome price competition and to be commercially successful. If our competitors succeed in obtaining FDA, EMA or other regulatory approval or discovering, developing and commercializing drugs before we do or develop blocking intellectual property to which we do not have a license, there would be a material adverse impact on the future prospects for our product candidates and business.

In particular, we believe our principal competition in the treatment of IBD will come from companies with approved agents in the following therapeutic classes, among others:

 

    Infused a 4 b 7 antibody: Takeda Pharmaceutical Company

 

    Infused IL-23 and IL-12 antibody: Johnson & Johnson Services (Stelara ® BLA filed in moderate-to-severe CD)

 

    Injectable or infused TNF- a antibody: Abbvie, Johnson & Johnson, Roche, UCB S.A.

We are also aware of several companies developing therapeutic product candidates for the treatment of IBD, including, but not limited to AstraZeneca, Biogen, Boehringer Ingelheim, Bristol-Myers Squibb, Celgene (mongersen sodium and ozanimod hydrochloride in Phase 3 clinical trials), Encycle Therapeutics, Genentech (etrolizumab in a Phase 3 clinical trial), Gilead Sciences (GS-5745 in a Phase 3 clinical trial), Pfizer (tofacitinib citrate in a Phase 3 clinical trial), and Roche.

We believe our principal competition in the treatment of iron overload disorders, such as b -Thalassemia, HH and SCD, will come from other pipeline products being developed by companies such as Acceleron

 

25


Table of Contents

(luspatercept in a Phase 3 clinical trial), bluebird bio, Bristol-Myers Squibb, Emmaus Medical (glutamine in a Phase 3 clinical trial), Global Blood, La Jolla Pharmaceutical and Merganser Biotech, among others. We believe competition will also include approved iron chelation therapies that have been developed by Novartis and Apotex, among others.

We believe that our ability to successfully compete will depend on, among other things:

 

    the efficacy and safety of our product candidates, in particular compared to marketed products and products in late-stage development;

 

    the time it takes for our product candidates to complete clinical development and receive regulatory approval, if at all;

 

    the ability to commercialize and market any of our product candidates that receive regulatory approval;

 

    the price of our products, including in comparison to branded or generic competitors;

 

    whether coverage and adequate levels of reimbursement are available under private and governmental health insurance plans, including Medicare;

 

    the ability to protect intellectual property rights related to our product candidates;

 

    the ability to manufacture and sell commercial quantities of any of our product candidates that receive regulatory approval; and

 

    acceptance of any of our approved product candidates by physicians, payors and other healthcare providers.

Because our research approach depends on our proprietary technology platform, it may be difficult for us to continue to successfully compete in the face of rapid changes in technology. If we fail to continue to advance our technology platform, technological change may impair our ability to compete effectively and technological advances or products developed by our competitors may render our technologies or product candidates obsolete, less competitive or not economical.

We currently have no marketing and sales organization. To the extent any of our peptide-based product candidates for which we maintain commercial rights is approved for marketing, if we are unable to establish marketing and sales capabilities or enter into agreements with third parties to market and sell our peptide-based product candidates, we may not be able to effectively market and sell any peptide-based product candidates, or generate product revenue.

We currently do not have a marketing or sales organization for the marketing, sales and distribution of pharmaceutical products. In order to commercialize any peptide-based product candidates that receive marketing approval, we would have to build marketing, sales, distribution, managerial and other non-technical capabilities or make arrangements with third parties to perform these services, and we may not be successful in doing so. In the event of successful development of any of our product candidates, we may elect to build a targeted specialty sales force which will be expensive and time consuming. Any failure or delay in the development of our internal sales, marketing and distribution capabilities would adversely impact the commercialization of these products. With respect to our peptide-based product candidates, we may choose to partner with third parties that have direct sales forces and established distribution systems, either to augment our own sales force and distribution systems or in lieu of our own sales force and distribution systems. If we are unable to enter into collaborations with third parties for the commercialization of approved products, if any, on acceptable terms or at all, or if any such partner does not devote sufficient resources to the commercialization of our product or otherwise fails in commercialization efforts, we may not be able to successfully commercialize any of our peptide-based product candidates that receive regulatory approval. If we are not successful in commercializing our peptide-based

 

26


Table of Contents

product candidates, either on our own or through collaborations with one or more third parties, our future revenue will be materially and adversely impacted.

Even if our peptide-based product candidates receive marketing approval, they may fail to achieve market acceptance by physicians, patients, government payors (including Medicare and Medicaid programs), private insurers, and other third-party payors, or others in the medical community necessary for commercial success.

If any of our peptide-based product candidates receive marketing approval, they may nonetheless fail to gain sufficient market acceptance by physicians, patients, government payors, other third-party payors and other healthcare providers. If any of our approved peptide-based products fail to achieve an adequate level of acceptance, we may not generate significant revenue to become profitable. The degree of market acceptance, if approved for commercial sale, will depend on a number of factors, including but not limited to:

 

    the efficacy and potential advantages compared to alternative treatments;

 

    effectiveness of sales and marketing efforts;

 

    the cost of treatment in relation to alternative treatments;

 

    our ability to offer our peptide-based product candidates for sale at competitive prices;

 

    the convenience and ease of administration compared to alternative treatments;

 

    the willingness of the target patient population to try new therapies and of physicians to prescribe these therapies;

 

    the willingness of the medical community to offer customers our peptide-based product candidates in addition to or in the place of current injectable therapies;

 

    the strength of marketing and distribution support;

 

    the availability of government and third-party coverage and adequate reimbursement;

 

    the prevalence and severity of any side effects; and

 

    any restrictions on the use of our product candidates together with other medications.

Because we expect sales of our peptide-based product candidates, if approved, to generate revenue for us to achieve profitability, the failure of our peptide-based product candidates to achieve market acceptance would harm our business and could require us to seek collaborations or undertake additional financings sooner than we would otherwise plan.

We have focused our limited resources to pursue particular product candidates and indications, and consequently, we may fail to capitalize on product candidates or indications that may be more profitable or for which there is a greater likelihood of success.

Because we have limited financial and managerial resources, we have focused on research programs and product candidates on the discovery and development of GI-restricted drugs that target the same biological pathways as currently marketed injectable antibody drugs for the treatment of IBD. As a result, we may forego or delay pursuit of opportunities with other product candidates or for other indications that later prove to have greater commercial potential. Our resource allocation decisions may cause us to fail to capitalize on viable commercial products or profitable market opportunities. Our spending on current and future research and development programs and product candidates for specific indications may not yield any commercially viable products. If we do not accurately evaluate the commercial potential or target market for a particular product candidate, we may relinquish valuable rights to that product candidate through collaboration partnerships, licensing or other royalty arrangements in cases in which it would have been more advantageous for us to retain sole development and commercialization rights to such product candidate.

 

27


Table of Contents

Even if we obtain and maintain approval for any of our product candidates from the FDA, we may never obtain approval for our product candidates outside of the United States, which would limit our market opportunities and adversely affect our business.

Sales of our product candidates outside of the United States will be subject to foreign regulatory requirements governing clinical trials and marketing approval and, to the extent that we retain commercial rights following clinical development, we would plan to seek regulatory approval to commercialize our peptide-based product candidates in the United States, the EU and additional foreign countries. Even if the FDA grants marketing approval for a product candidate, comparable regulatory authorities of foreign countries must also approve the manufacturing and marketing of the product candidates in those countries. Approval procedures vary among jurisdictions and can involve requirements and administrative review periods different from, and greater than, those in the US, including additional pre-clinical studies or clinical trials. In many countries outside the US, a product candidate must be approved for reimbursement before it can be approved for sale in that country. In some cases, the price that we intend to charge for our products is also subject to approval. We may decide to submit an MAA to the EMA for approval in the EEA. As with the FDA, obtaining approval of an MAA from the EMA is a similarly lengthy and expensive process and the EMA has its own procedures for approval of peptide-based product candidates. Even if a product is approved, the FDA or the EMA, as the case may be, may limit the indications for which the product may be marketed, require extensive warnings on the product labeling or require expensive and time-consuming clinical trials or reporting as conditions of approval. Regulatory authorities in countries outside of the US and the EEA also have requirements for approval of drug candidates with which we must comply prior to marketing in those countries. Obtaining foreign regulatory approvals and compliance with foreign regulatory requirements could result in significant delays, difficulties and costs for us and could delay or prevent the introduction of our products in certain countries. Further, clinical trials conducted in one country may not be accepted by regulatory authorities in other countries and regulatory approval in one country does not ensure approval in any other country, while a failure or delay in obtaining regulatory approval in one country may have a negative effect on the regulatory approval process in others. Also, regulatory approval for any of our peptide-based product candidates may be withdrawn. If we fail to comply with the regulatory requirements in international markets and or receive applicable marketing approvals, our target market will be reduced and our ability to realize the full market potential of our peptide-based product candidates will be harmed and our business will be adversely affected.

If we fail to comply with state and federal healthcare regulatory laws, we could face substantial penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, exclusion from participation in governmental healthcare programs, and the curtailment of our operations, any of which could adversely affect our business, operations, and financial condition.

Healthcare providers, physicians and third-party payors will play a primary role in the recommendation and prescription of any future product candidates we may develop any product candidates for which we obtain marketing approval. Our arrangements with third-party payors and customers may expose us to broadly applicable fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations that may affect the business or financial arrangements and relationships through which we would market, sell and distribute our products. Even though we do not and will not control referrals of healthcare services or bill directly to Medicare, Medicaid or other third-party payors, federal and state healthcare laws and regulations pertaining to fraud and abuse and patients’ rights are and will be applicable to our business. The laws that may affect our ability to operate include, but are not limited to:

 

    the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which prohibits, among other things, persons and entities from knowingly and willfully soliciting, receiving, offering, or paying remuneration, directly or indirectly, in cash or in kind, in exchange for or to induce either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, lease, order or recommendation of, any good, facility, item or service for which payment may be made, in whole or in part, under a federal healthcare programs such as Medicare and Medicaid. A person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of this statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation;

 

28


Table of Contents
    the federal false claims and civil monetary penalties laws, including the False Claims Act, which impose criminal and civil penalties, including through civil whistleblower or qui tam actions, against individuals or entities for knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, to the federal government, claims for payment that are false, fictitious, or fraudulent; knowingly making using, or causing to be made or used, a false record or statement to get a false or fraudulent claim paid or approved by the government; or knowingly making, using, or causing to be made or used, a false record or statement to avoid, decrease or conceal an obligation to pay money to the federal government; in addition, the government may assert that a claim including items and services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false of fraudulent claim for purposes of the False Claims Act;

 

    the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA), which imposes additional criminal and civil liability for, among other things, willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program or making false or fraudulent statements relating to healthcare matters; similar to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation;

 

    HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act (HITECH), and their implementing regulations, which also imposes obligations, including mandatory contractual terms, on certain types of people and entities with respect to safeguarding the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information;

 

    the federal civil monetary penalties statute, which prohibits, among other things, the offering or giving of remuneration to a Medicare or Medicaid beneficiary that the person knows or should know is likely to influence the beneficiary’s selection of a particular supplier of items or services reimbursable by a Federal or state governmental program;

 

    the federal Physician Payment Sunshine Act, which requires certain manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics and medical supplies for which payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid or the Children’s Health Insurance Program (with certain exceptions) to report annually to the government information related to certain payments and other “transfers of value” made to physicians (defined to include doctors, dentists, optometrists, podiatrists and chiropractors) and teaching hospitals, and requires applicable manufacturers to report annually to the government ownership and investment interests held by the physicians described above and their immediate family members and payments or other “transfers of value” to such physician owners; and

 

    analogous state and foreign laws and regulations, such as state anti-kickback and false claims laws, which may apply to sales or marketing arrangements and claims involving healthcare items or services reimbursed by any third-party payor, including commercial insurers; state laws that require pharmaceutical companies to comply with the pharmaceutical industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government, or otherwise restrict payments that may be made to healthcare providers and other potential referral sources; and state laws that require drug manufacturers to report information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians and other healthcare providers or marketing expenditures; and state and foreign laws governing the privacy and security of health information in some circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and often are not preempted by HIPAA, thus complicating compliance efforts.

Further, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act (collectively, the ACA), among other things, amended the intent requirements of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute and certain criminal statutes governing healthcare fraud. A person or entity can now be found guilty of violating the statute without actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it. In addition, ACA provided that the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a

 

29


Table of Contents

violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the False Claims Act. Moreover, while we do not submit claims and our customers make the ultimate decision on how to submit claims, from time to time, we may provide reimbursement guidance to our customers. If a government authority were to conclude that we provided improper advice to our customers or encouraged the submission of false claims for reimbursement, we could face action against us by government authorities. Any violations of these laws, or any action against us for violation of these laws, even if we successfully defend against it, could result in a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, results of operations and financial condition.

We have entered into consulting and scientific advisory board arrangements with physicians and other healthcare providers, including some who could influence the use of our product candidates, if approved. While we have worked to structure our arrangements to comply with applicable laws, because of the complex and far-reaching nature of these laws, regulatory agencies may view these transactions as prohibited arrangements that must be restructured, or discontinued, or for which we could be subject to other significant penalties. We could be adversely affected if regulatory agencies interpret our financial relationships with providers who may influence the ordering of and use our product candidates, if approved, to be in violation of applicable laws.

The scope and enforcement of each of these laws is uncertain and subject to rapid change in the current environment of healthcare reform, especially in light of the lack of applicable precedent and regulations. Federal and state enforcement bodies have recently increased their scrutiny of interactions between healthcare companies and healthcare providers, which has led to a number of investigations, prosecutions, convictions and settlements in the healthcare industry. Responding to investigations can be time-and resource-consuming and can divert management’s attention from the business. Additionally, as a result of these investigations, healthcare providers and entities may have to agree to additional onerous compliance and reporting requirements as part of a consent decree or corporate integrity agreement. Any such investigation or settlement could increase our costs or otherwise have an adverse effect on our business.

If our operations are found to be in violation of any of these laws or any other governmental laws and regulations that may apply to us, we may be subject to significant civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, imprisonment, exclusion from government funded healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, disgorgement, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations. If any of the physicians or other healthcare providers or entities with whom we expect to do business is found to be not in compliance with applicable laws, they may be subject to criminal, civil or administrative sanctions, including exclusions from government funded healthcare programs.

Recently enacted and future legislation may increase the difficulty and cost for us to obtain marketing approval of and commercialize our product candidates and affect the prices we may obtain.

In the United States and some foreign jurisdictions, there have been, and we expect there will continue to be, a number of legislative and regulatory changes and proposed changes regarding the healthcare system that could, among other things, prevent or delay marketing approval of our product candidates, restrict or regulate post-approval activities and affect our ability to profitably sell any peptide-based product candidates for which we obtain marketing approval.

For example, in the United States in March 2010, the ACA was enacted to increase access to health insurance, reduce or constrain the growth of healthcare spending, enhance remedies against fraud and abuse, add new transparency requirements for health care and the health insurance industries, impose new taxes and fees on the health industry and impose additional health policy reforms. The law has continued the downward pressure on pharmaceutical pricing, especially under the Medicare program, and increased the industry’s regulatory burdens and operating costs. Among the provisions of the ACA of importance to our potential peptide-based product candidates are the following:

 

    an annual, non-tax deductible fee payable by any entity that manufactures or imports specified branded prescription drugs and biologic agents payable to the federal government based on each company’s market share of prior year total sales of branded products to certain federal healthcare programs;

 

30


Table of Contents
    an increase in the statutory minimum rebates a manufacturer must pay under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program;

 

    a new methodology by which rebates owed by manufacturers under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program are calculated for drugs that are inhaled, infused, instilled, implanted or injected;

 

    extension of manufacturers’ Medicaid rebate liability to individuals enrolled in Medicaid managed care organizations;

 

    expansion of eligibility criteria for Medicaid programs in certain states;

 

    a new Medicare Part D coverage gap discount program, in which manufacturers must agree to offer 50% point-of-sale discounts off negotiated prices of applicable brand drugs to eligible beneficiaries under their coverage gap period, as a condition for the manufacturer’s outpatient drugs to be covered under Medicare Part D;

 

    expansion of the entities eligible for discounts under the Public Health Service pharmaceutical pricing program;

 

    a new requirement to annually report drug samples that manufacturers and distributors provide to physicians; and

 

    a new Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute to oversee, identify priorities in, and conduct comparative clinical effectiveness research, along with funding for such research.

The financial impact of the ACA over the next few years will depend on a number of factors including but not limited to the policies reflected in implementing regulations and guidance and changes in sales volumes for products affected by the new system of rebates, discounts and fees.

In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted in the United States since the ACA was enacted. These changes included aggregate reductions to Medicare payments to providers of 2% per fiscal year, which went into effect in April 2013 and, due to subsequent legislative amendments to the statute, will remain in effect through 2025 unless additional action is taken by Congress. In January 2013, the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 was signed into law, which, among other things, further reduced Medicare payments to several types of providers and increased the statute of limitations period in which the government may recover overpayments to providers from three to five years. In addition, recently there has been heightened governmental scrutiny over the manner in which drug manufacturers set prices for their commercial products. The implementation of cost containment measures or other healthcare reforms may prevent us from being able to generate revenue, attain profitability, or commercialize our product candidates, if approved.

We expect that additional state and federal healthcare reform measures will be adopted in the future, any of which could limit the amounts that federal and state governments will pay for healthcare therapies, which could result in reduced demand for our peptide-based product candidates or additional pricing pressures.

Legislative and regulatory proposals have also been made to expand post-approval requirements and restrict sales and promotional activities for pharmaceutical products. We cannot be sure whether additional legislative changes will be enacted, or whether the FDA regulations, guidance or interpretations will be changed, or what the impact of such changes on the marketing approvals of our product candidates, if any, may be. In addition, increased scrutiny by the U.S. Congress of the FDA’s approval process may significantly delay or prevent marketing approval, as well as subject us to more stringent product labeling and post-marketing testing and other requirements.

Governments outside the United States tend to impose strict price controls, which may adversely affect our revenues, if any.

In some countries, the pricing of prescription pharmaceuticals is subject to governmental control. In these countries, pricing negotiations with governmental authorities can take considerable time after the receipt of

 

31


Table of Contents

marketing approval for a product candidate. In addition, there can be considerable pressure by governments and other stakeholders on prices and reimbursement levels, including as part of cost containment measures. Political, economic and regulatory developments may further complicate pricing negotiations, and pricing negotiations may continue after coverage and reimbursement have been obtained. Reference pricing used by various countries and parallel distribution or arbitrage between low-priced and high-priced countries, can further reduce prices. To obtain reimbursement or pricing approval in some countries, we may be required to conduct a clinical trial that compares the cost-effectiveness of our product candidate to other available therapies, which is time-consuming and costly. If coverage and reimbursement of our product candidates are unavailable or limited in scope or amount, or if pricing is set at unsatisfactory levels, our business could be harmed, possibly materially.

Our future success depends on our ability to retain our executive officers and to attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel. If we are not successful in attracting and retaining highly qualified personnel, we may not be able to successfully implement our business strategy.

Our industry has experienced a high rate of turnover of management personnel in recent years. Our ability to compete in the highly competitive biotechnology and pharmaceuticals industries depends upon our ability to attract and retain highly qualified managerial, scientific, medical and regulatory personnel. We are highly dependent on our existing senior management team, especially Dinesh V. Patel, Ph.D., our President and Chief Executive Officer, David Y. Liu, Ph.D., our Chief Scientific Officer and Head of Research and Development, Richard S. Shames, M.D., our Chief Medical Officer, Tom O’Neil, our Chief Financial Officer and William Hodder, our Senior Vice President of Corporate Development. We are not aware of any present intention of any of these individuals to leave us. In order to induce valuable employees to continue their employment with us, we have provided stock options that vest over time. The value to employees of stock options that vest over time is significantly affected by movements in our stock price that are beyond our control, and may at any time be insufficient to maintain retention incentives or counteract more lucrative offers from other companies. All of our employees may terminate their employment with us at any time, with or without notice. The loss of the services of any of our executive officers or other key employees and our inability to find suitable replacements would harm our research and development efforts as well as our business, financial condition and prospects. Our success also depends on our ability to continue to attract, retain and motivate highly skilled and experienced personnel with scientific, medical, regulatory, manufacturing and management training and skills.

We may not be able to attract or retain qualified personnel in the future due to the intense competition for a limited number of qualified personnel among biopharmaceutical, biotechnology, pharmaceutical and other businesses. Many of the other biopharmaceutical and pharmaceutical companies that we compete against for qualified personnel have greater financial and other resources, different risk profiles and a longer history in the industry than we do. Our competitors may provide higher compensation or more diverse opportunities and better opportunities for career advancement. Any or all of these competing factors may limit our ability to continue to attract and retain high quality personnel, which could negatively affect our ability to successfully develop and commercialize peptide-based product candidates and to grow our business and operations as currently contemplated.

We will need to expand the size of our organization, and we may experience difficulties in managing this growth.

As of June 30, 2016, we had 29 full-time employees. As our development and commercialization plans and strategies develop and operate as a public company, we expect to need additional managerial, operational, scientific, sales, marketing, development, regulatory, manufacturing, financial and other resources. Future growth would impose significant added responsibilities on members of management, including:

 

    designing and managing our clinical trials effectively;

 

    identifying, recruiting, maintaining, motivating and integrating additional employees;

 

32


Table of Contents
    managing our manufacturing and development efforts effectively;

 

    improving our managerial, development, operational and financial systems and controls; and

 

    expanding our facilities.

As our operations expand, we expect that we will need to manage relationships with strategic collaborators, CROs, contract manufacturers, suppliers, vendors and other third parties. Our future financial performance and our ability to develop and commercialize our peptide-based product candidates and to compete effectively will depend, in part, on our ability to manage any future growth effectively. We may not be successful in accomplishing these tasks in growing our company, and our failure to accomplish any of them could adversely affect our business and operations.

Significant disruptions of information technology systems or breaches of data security could adversely affect our business.

Our business is increasingly dependent on critical, complex and interdependent information technology systems, including Internet-based systems, to support business processes as well as internal and external communications. The size and complexity of our internal computer systems and those of our CROs, contract manufacturers and other third parties on which we relay make them potentially vulnerable to breakdown, telecommunications and electrical failures, malicious intrusion and computer viruses that may result in the impairment of key business processes. In addition, our systems are potentially vulnerable to data security breaches—whether by employees or others—that may expose sensitive data to unauthorized persons. Such data security breaches could lead to the loss of trade secrets or other intellectual property, or could lead to the public exposure of personally identifiable information (including sensitive personal information) of our employees, collaborators, clinical trial patients, and others. A data security breach or privacy violation that leads to disclosure or modification of or prevents access to patient information, including personally identifiable information or protected health information, could harm our reputation, compel us to comply with federal and/or state breach notification laws, subject us to mandatory corrective action, require us to verify the correctness of database contents and otherwise subject us to liability under laws and regulations that protect personal data, resulting in increased costs or loss of revenue. If we are unable to prevent such data security breaches or privacy violations or implement satisfactory remedial measures, our operations could be disrupted, and we may suffer loss of reputation, financial loss and other regulatory penalties because of lost or misappropriated information, including sensitive patient data. In addition, these breaches and other inappropriate access can be difficult to detect, and any delay in identifying them may lead to increased harm of the type described above. Moreover, the prevalent use of mobile devices that access confidential information increases the risk of data security breaches, which could lead to the loss of confidential information, trade secrets or other intellectual property. While we have implemented security measures to protect our data security and information technology systems, such measures may not prevent such events. Any such disruptions and breaches of security could have a material adverse effect on the development of our product candidates as well as our business and financial condition.

Our insurance policies are expensive and only protect us from some business risks, which will leave us exposed to significant uninsured liabilities.

We do not carry insurance for all categories of risk that our business may encounter. Some of the policies we currently maintain include general liability, employment practices liability, property, auto, workers’ compensation, products liability and directors’ and officers’ insurance. We do not know, however, if we will be able to maintain insurance with adequate levels of coverage. Any significant uninsured liability may require us to pay substantial amounts, which would adversely affect our financial position and results of operations.

 

33


Table of Contents

If we fail to comply with environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, we could become subject to fines or penalties or incur costs that could have a material adverse effect on the success of our business.

We are subject to numerous environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, including those governing laboratory procedures and the handling, use, storage, treatment and disposal of hazardous materials and wastes. Our operations involve the use of hazardous and flammable materials, including chemicals and biological materials. Our operations also produce hazardous waste products. We generally contract with third parties for the disposal of these materials and wastes. We cannot eliminate the risk of contamination or injury from these materials. In the event of contamination or injury resulting from our use of hazardous materials, we could be held liable for any resulting damages, and any liability could exceed our resources. We also could incur significant costs associated with civil or criminal fines and penalties.

Although we maintain workers’ compensation insurance to cover us for costs and expenses we may incur due to injuries to our employees resulting from the use of hazardous materials or other work-related injuries, this insurance may not provide adequate coverage against potential liabilities. In addition, we may incur substantial costs in order to comply with current or future environmental, health and safety laws and regulations. These current or future laws and regulations may impair our research, development or production efforts. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations also may result in substantial fines, penalties or other sanctions.

Our employees, independent contractors, principal investigators, consultants and vendors may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including noncompliance with regulatory standards and requirements, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We are exposed to the risk that our employees, independent contractors, principal investigators, consultants and vendors may engage in fraudulent conduct or other illegal activity. Misconduct by these parties could include intentional, reckless and/or negligent conduct or disclosure of unauthorized activities to us that violates: (i) FDA laws and regulations or those of comparable foreign regulatory authorities, including those laws that require the reporting of true, complete and accurate information to the FDA, (ii) manufacturing standards, (iii) federal and state data privacy, security, fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations established and enforced by comparable foreign regulatory authorities, or (iv) laws that require the true, complete and accurate reporting of financial information or data. Activities subject to these laws also involve the improper use or misrepresentation of information obtained in the course of clinical trials, creating fraudulent data in our pre-clinical studies or clinical trials or illegal misappropriation of drug product, which could result in regulatory sanctions and cause serious harm to our reputation. It is not always possible to identify and deter misconduct by employees and third-parties, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to be in compliance with such laws or regulations. Additionally, we are subject to the risk that a person or government could allege such fraud or other misconduct, even if none occurred. If any such actions are instituted against us, and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could have a significant impact on our business and results of operations, including the imposition of significant fines or other sanctions.

If product liability lawsuits are brought against us, we may incur substantial liabilities and may be required to limit commercialization of any of our peptide-based product candidates, if approved.

We face an inherent risk of product liability as a result of the clinical testing of our peptide-based product candidates and will face an even greater risk if we commercialize any products. For example, we may be sued if any product we develop allegedly causes injury or is found to be otherwise unsuitable during product testing, manufacturing, marketing or sale. Any such product liability claims may include allegations of defects in manufacturing, defects in design, a failure to warn of dangers inherent in the product, negligence, strict liability and a breach of warranties. Claims could also be asserted under state consumer protection acts. If we cannot successfully defend ourselves against product liability claims, we may incur substantial liabilities or be required

 

34


Table of Contents

to stop development or, if approved, limit commercialization of our peptide-based product candidates. Even successful defense would require significant financial and management resources. Regardless of the merits or eventual outcome, liability claims may result in:

 

    delay or termination of clinical studies;

 

    injury to our reputation;

 

    withdrawal of clinical trial participants;

 

    initiation of investigations by regulators;

 

    costs to defend the related litigation;

 

    a diversion of management’s time and our resources;

 

    substantial monetary awards to trial participants or patients;

 

    decreased demand for our peptide-based product candidates;

 

    product recalls, withdrawals or labeling, marketing or promotional restrictions;

 

    loss of revenue from product sales; and

 

    the inability to commercialize any our peptide-based product candidates, if approved.

Our inability to obtain and retain sufficient product liability insurance at an acceptable cost to protect against potential product liability claims could prevent or inhibit the development or commercialization of our peptide-based product candidates. We currently carry $7.7 million in clinical trial liability insurance, which we believe is appropriate for our clinical trials. Although we maintain such insurance, any claim that may be brought against us could result in a court judgment or settlement in an amount that is not covered, in whole or in part, by our insurance or that is in excess of the limits of our insurance coverage. Our insurance policies also have various exclusions, and we may be subject to a product liability claim for which we have no coverage. We will have to pay any amounts awarded by a court or negotiated in a settlement that exceed our coverage limitations or that are not covered by our insurance, and we may not have, or be able to obtain, sufficient capital to pay such amounts.

We currently conduct, and intend to continue to conduct a substantial portion of the clinical trials for our product candidates outside of the United States. If approved, we may commercialize our product candidates abroad. We will thus be subject to the risks of doing business outside of the United States.

We currently conduct, and intend to continue to conduct, a substantial portion of our clinical trials outside of the United States and, if approved, we intend to also market our peptide-based product candidates outside of the United States. We are thus subject to risks associated with doing business outside of the United States. With respect to our peptide-based product candidates, we may choose to partner with third parties that have direct sales forces and established distribution systems, either to augment our own sales force and distribution systems outside of the United States or in lieu of our own sales force and distribution systems, which would indirectly expose us to these risks. Our business and financial results in the future could be adversely affected due to a variety of factors associated with conducting development and marketing of our peptide-based product candidates, if approved, outside of the United States, including:

 

    Medical standard of care and diagnostic criteria may differ in foreign jurisdictions, which may impact our ability to enroll and successfully complete trials designed for U.S. marketing;

 

    efforts to develop an international sales, marketing and distribution organization may increase our expenses, divert our management’s attention from the acquisition or development of peptide-based product candidates or cause us to forgo profitable licensing opportunities in these geographies;

 

    changes in a specific country’s or region’s political and cultural climate or economic condition;

 

 

35


Table of Contents
    unexpected changes in foreign laws and regulatory requirements;

 

    difficulty of effective enforcement of contractual provisions in local jurisdictions;

 

    inadequate intellectual property protection in foreign countries;

 

    trade-protection measures, import or export licensing requirements such as Export Administration Regulations promulgated by the US Department of Commerce and fines, penalties or suspension or revocation of export privileges;

 

    regulations under the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and similar foreign anti-corruption laws;

 

    the effects of applicable foreign tax structures and potentially adverse tax consequences; and

 

    significant adverse changes in foreign currency exchange rates which could make the cost of our clinical trials, to the extent conducted outside of the US, more expensive.

Our headquarters and certain of our data storage facilities are located near known earthquake fault zones. The occurrence of an earthquake, fire or any other catastrophic event could disrupt our operations or the operations of third parties who provide vital support functions to us, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

We and some of the third party service providers on which we depend for various support functions, such as data storage, are vulnerable to damage from catastrophic events, such as power loss, natural disasters, terrorism and similar unforeseen events beyond our control. Our corporate headquarters and other facilities are located in the San Francisco Bay Area, which in the past has experienced severe earthquakes and fires.

We do not carry earthquake insurance. Earthquakes or other natural disasters could severely disrupt our operations, and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

If a natural disaster, power outage or other event occurred that prevented us from using all or a significant portion of our headquarters, damaged critical infrastructure, such as our data storage facilities or financial systems, or that otherwise disrupted operations, it may be difficult or, in certain cases, impossible for us to continue our business for a substantial period of time. We do not have a disaster recovery and business continuity plan in place. We may incur substantial expenses as a result of the absence or limited nature of our internal or third party service provider disaster recovery and business continuity plans, which, particularly when taken together with our lack of earthquake insurance, could have a material adverse effect on our business. Furthermore, integral parties in our supply chain are operating from single sites, increasing their vulnerability to natural disasters or other sudden, unforeseen and severe adverse events. If such an event were to affect our supply chain, it could have a material adverse effect on our development plans and business.

The insurance coverage and reimbursement status of newly-approved products is uncertain. Failure to obtain or maintain adequate coverage and reimbursement for our peptide-based product candidates could limit our ability to generate revenue.

The availability and extent of reimbursement by governmental and private payors is essential for most patients to be able to afford medications and therapies. Sales of any of our peptide-based product candidates that receive marketing approval will depend substantially, both in the United States and internationally, on the extent to which the costs of our peptide-based product candidates will be paid by health maintenance, managed care, pharmacy benefit and similar healthcare management organizations, or reimbursed by government health administration authorities, private health coverage insurers and other third-party payors. If reimbursement is not available, or is available only to limited levels, we may not be able to successfully commercialize our product candidates. Even if coverage is provided, the approved reimbursement amount may not be high enough to allow us to establish or maintain adequate pricing that will allow us to realize a sufficient return on our investment.

 

 

36


Table of Contents

There is significant uncertainty related to the insurance coverage and reimbursement of newly approved products. In the United States, the principal decisions about reimbursement for new products are typically made by the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS), an agency within the United States Department of Health and Human Services. CMS decides whether and to what extent a new product will be covered and reimbursed under Medicare. Private payors tend to follow CMS to a substantial degree. It is difficult to predict what CMS will decide with respect to reimbursement for novel products such as ours since there is no body of established practices and precedents for these new products. Reimbursement agencies in Europe may be more conservative than CMS.

Outside the United States, international operations are generally subject to extensive governmental price controls and other market regulations, and we believe the increasing emphasis on cost-containment initiatives in Europe, Canada and other countries may cause us to price our tablet vaccine candidates on less favorable terms that we currently anticipate. In many countries, particularly the countries of the European Union, the prices of medical products are subject to varying price control mechanisms as part of national health systems. In these countries, pricing negotiations with governmental authorities can take considerable time after the receipt of marketing approval for a product. To obtain reimbursement or pricing approval in some countries, we may be required to conduct a clinical trial that compares the cost-effectiveness of our peptide-based product candidates to other available therapies. In general, the prices of products under such systems are substantially lower than in the United States. Other countries allow companies to fix their own prices for products, but monitor and control company profits. Additional foreign price controls or other changes in pricing regulation could restrict the amount that we are able to charge for our peptide-based product candidates. Accordingly, in markets outside the United States, the reimbursement for our products may be reduced compared with the United States and may be insufficient to generate commercially reasonable revenues and profits.

Moreover, increasing efforts by governmental and third-party payors, in the United States and internationally, to cap or reduce healthcare costs may cause such organizations to limit both coverage and level of reimbursement for new products approved and, as a result, they may not cover or provide adequate payment for our product candidates. We expect to experience pricing pressures in connection with the sale of any of our tablet vaccine candidates due to the trend toward managed healthcare, the increasing influence of health maintenance organizations and additional legislative changes. The downward pressure on healthcare costs in general, particularly prescription drugs and surgical procedures and other treatments, has become very intense. As a result, increasingly high barriers are being erected to the entry of new products into the healthcare market.

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

If we are unable to obtain or protect intellectual property rights related to our product candidates and technologies, we may not be able to compete effectively in our markets.

We rely upon a combination of patent protection, trade secret protection and confidentiality agreements to protect the intellectual property related to our product candidates and technologies. The strength of patents in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical field involves complex legal and scientific questions and can be uncertain. The patent prosecution process is expensive and time-consuming, and we may not be able to file and prosecute all necessary or desirable patent applications at a reasonable cost, in a timely manner, or in all jurisdictions. The patent applications that we own or license may fail to result in issued patents in the United States or in other foreign countries, or they may fail to result in issued patents with claims that cover our product candidates or technologies in the United States or in other foreign countries. There is no assurance that all the potentially relevant prior art relating to our patent and patent applications has been found, which can invalidate a patent or prevent a patent from issuing from a pending patent application. Even if patents have been issued, or do successfully issue, from our patent applications, third parties may challenge the validity, enforceability or scope thereof, which may result in such patents being narrowed, invalidated or held unenforceable. Furthermore, even if they are unchallenged, our patent and patent applications may not adequately protect our intellectual property, provide exclusivity for our product candidates and technologies, or prevent others from designing around our claims.

 

37


Table of Contents

If the breadth or strength of protection provided by the patent and patent applications we hold, obtain or pursue with respect to our product candidates and technologies is challenged, or if they fail to provide meaningful exclusivity for our product candidates and technologies, it could threaten our ability to commercialize our product candidates and technologies. Several patent applications covering our product candidates and technologies have been filed recently. We cannot offer any assurances about which, if any, patents will issue, the breadth of any such patent, or whether any issued patents will be found invalid and unenforceable or will be threatened by third parties. Any successful opposition to these patents or any other patents owned by or, if applicable in the future, licensed to us could deprive us of rights necessary for the successful commercialization of any product candidates and technologies that we may develop. Further, if we encounter delays in our clinical trials or in gaining regulatory approval, the period of time during which we could market any of our product candidates under patent protection, if approved, would be reduced. Since patent applications in the United States and most other countries are confidential for a period of time after filing, we cannot be certain that we or our licensors were the first to file any patent application related to our product candidates and technologies. Furthermore, an interference proceeding can be provoked by a third party or instituted by the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office (PTO) to determine who was the first to invent any of the subject matter covered by the patent claims of our applications. In addition, patents have a limited lifespan. In the United States, the natural expiration of a patent is generally 20 years after it is filed. Various extensions may be available however the life of a patent, and the protection it affords, is limited. Even if patents covering our product candidates are obtained, once the patent life has expired for a product, we may be open to competition from generic medications.

If, in the future, we obtain licenses from third parties, in some circumstances, we may not have the right to control the preparation, filing and prosecution of patent applications or to maintain any patents, covering technology that we license from third parties. We may also require the cooperation of our licensors to enforce any licensed patent rights, and such cooperation may not be provided. Therefore, these patents and applications may not be prosecuted and enforced in a manner consistent with the best interests of our business. Moreover, if we do obtain necessary licenses, we will likely have obligations under those licenses, and any failure to satisfy those obligations could give our licensor the right to terminate the license. Termination of a necessary license could have a material adverse impact on our business.

If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets and proprietary know-how or if competitors independently develop viable competing products, our business and competitive position may be harmed.

While we hold one issued patent and have filed patent applications to protect certain aspects of our product candidates, we also rely on trade secret protection and confidentiality agreements to protect proprietary scientific, business and technical information and know-how that is not or may not be patentable or that we elect not to patent. For example, we primarily rely on trade secrets and confidentiality agreements to protect our peptide therapeutics technology platform. Any disclosure to or misappropriation by third parties of our confidential proprietary information could enable competitors to quickly duplicate or surpass our technological achievements, thus eroding our competitive position in our market.

We seek to protect our proprietary information, data and processes, in part, by confidentiality agreements and invention assignment agreements with our employees, consultants, scientific advisors, contractors and partners. Although these agreements are designed to protect our proprietary information, we cannot be certain that our trade secrets and other confidential proprietary information will not be disclosed or that competitors will not otherwise gain access to our trade secrets or independently develop substantially equivalent information and techniques. Although we require all of our employees to assign their inventions to us, and endeavor to execute confidentiality agreements with all of our employees, consultants, advisors and any third parties who have access to our proprietary know-how and other confidential information related to such technology, we cannot be certain that we have executed such agreements with all third parties who may have helped to develop our intellectual property or who had access to our proprietary information, nor can be we certain that our agreements will not be breached. If any of the parties to these confidentiality agreements breaches or violates the terms of such agreements, we may not have adequate remedies for any such breach or violation, and we could lose our trade secrets as a result.

 

38


Table of Contents

We also seek to preserve the integrity and confidentiality of our data, trade secrets and know-how by maintaining physical security of our premises and physical and electronic security of our information technology systems. Monitoring unauthorized uses and disclosures is difficult, and we do not know whether the steps we have taken to protect our proprietary technologies will be effective. We cannot guarantee that our trade secrets and other proprietary and confidential information will not be disclosed or that competitors will not otherwise gain access to our trade secrets.

Enforcing a claim that a third party illegally obtained and is using our trade secrets, like patent litigation, is expensive and time-consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. Further, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect proprietary rights to the same extent or in the same manner as the laws of the United States. The enforceability of confidentiality agreements may vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction. As a result, we may encounter significant problems in protecting and defending our intellectual property both in the United States and abroad. Additionally, if the steps taken to maintain our trade secrets are deemed inadequate, we may have insufficient recourse against third parties for misappropriating the trade secret. We cannot guarantee that our employees, former employees or consultants will not file patent applications claiming our inventions. Because of the “first-to-file” laws in the United States, such unauthorized patent application filings may defeat our attempts to obtain patents on our own inventions.

Trade secrets and know-how can be difficult to protect as trade secrets and know-how will over time be disseminated within the industry through independent development, the publication of journal articles, and the movement of personnel skilled in the art from company to company or academic to industry scientific positions. If any of our trade secrets were to be lawfully obtained or independently developed by a competitor, we would have no right to prevent such competitor from using that technology or information to compete with us, which could harm our competitive position. If we are unable to prevent material disclosure of the intellectual property related to our technologies to third parties, we will not be able to establish or maintain a competitive advantage in our market, which could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Even if we are able to adequately protect our trade secrets and proprietary information, our trade secrets could otherwise become known or could be independently discovered by our competitors. Competitors could purchase our products and attempt to replicate some or all of the competitive advantages we derive from our development efforts, willfully infringe our intellectual property rights, design around our protected technology or develop their own competitive technologies that fall outside of our intellectual property rights. If any of our trade secrets were to be lawfully obtained or independently developed by a competitor, in the absence of patent protection, we would have no right to prevent them, or those to whom they communicate, from using that technology or information to compete with us. If our trade secrets are not adequately protected so as to protect our market against competitors’ products, others may be able to exploit our proprietary peptide product candidate discovery technologies to identify and develop competing product candidates, and thus our competitive position could be adversely affected, as could our business.

We may be involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our intellectual property, which could be expensive, time consuming and unsuccessful.

Competitors may infringe our issued patent or any patents issued as a result of our pending or future patent applications. To counter infringement or unauthorized use, we may be required to file infringement claims, which can be expensive and time-consuming. In addition, in an infringement proceeding, a court may decide that a patent of ours is not valid or is unenforceable, or may refuse to stop the other party in such infringement proceeding from using the technology at issue on the grounds that our patents do not cover the technology in question. An adverse result in any litigation or defense proceedings could put one or more of our patents at risk of being invalidated, held unenforceable or interpreted narrowly, and could put any of our patent applications at risk of not yielding an issued patent.

Interference proceedings provoked by third parties or brought by us, the PTO or any foreign patent authority may be necessary to determine the priority of inventions with respect to our patent or patent applications. An

 

39


Table of Contents

unfavorable outcome could require us to cease using the related technology or to attempt to license rights to it from the prevailing party. Our business could be harmed if the prevailing party does not offer us a license on commercially reasonable terms, if any license is offered at all. Our defense of litigation or interference proceedings may fail and, even if successful, may result in substantial costs and distract our management and other employees.

We may not be able to prevent misappropriation of our intellectual property, trade secrets or confidential information, particularly in countries where the laws may not protect those rights as fully as in the United States. Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during this type of litigation. In addition, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments. If securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a substantial adverse effect on the price of our common stock.

Any issued patents covering our product candidates, including any patent that may issue from as a result of our pending or future patent applications, could be found invalid or unenforceable if challenged in court in the United States or abroad.

If we initiate legal proceedings against a third party to enforce a patent covering our product candidates or technologies, the defendant could counterclaim that such patent is invalid or unenforceable. In patent litigation in the U.S., defendant counterclaims alleging invalidity or unenforceability are commonplace, and there are numerous grounds upon which a third party can assert invalidity or unenforceability of a patent. Grounds for a validity challenge could be an alleged failure to meet any of several statutory requirements, including lack of novelty, obviousness or non-enablement. Grounds for an unenforceability assertion could be an allegation that someone connected with prosecution of the patent withheld relevant information from the PTO, or made a misleading statement, during prosecution. Third parties may also raise similar claims before administrative bodies in the United States or abroad, even outside the context of litigation. Such mechanisms include re-examination, inter partes review, post grant review, and equivalent proceedings in foreign jurisdictions, such as opposition or derivation proceedings. Such proceedings could result in revocation or amendment to our patents in such a way that they no longer cover and protect our product candidates or technologies. The outcome following legal assertions of invalidity and unenforceability is unpredictable. With respect to the validity of our patents, for example, we cannot be certain that there is no invalidating prior art of which we, our patent counsel, and the patent examiner were unaware during prosecution. If a defendant were to prevail on a legal assertion of invalidity and/or unenforceability, we would lose at least part, and perhaps all, of the patent protection on our product candidates. Such a loss of patent protection could have a material adverse impact on our business.

The lives of any patents issued as a result of our pending or future patent applications may not be sufficient to effectively protect our products and business.

Patents have a limited lifespan. In the United States, the natural expiration of a patent is generally 20 years after its first effective filing date. Although various extensions may be available, the life of a patent, and the protection it affords, is limited. Even if patents covering our product candidates are obtained, once the patent life has expired for a product, we may be open to competition from generic medications. If patents are issued on our pending patent applications, the resulting patents are projected to expire on dates ranging from 2022 to 2035. In addition, although upon issuance in the United States the life of a patent can be increased based on certain delays caused by the USPTO, this increase can be reduced or eliminated based on certain delays caused by the patent applicant during patent prosecution. If we do not have sufficient patent life to protect our products, our business and results of operations will be adversely affected.

 

40


Table of Contents

Competitors could enter the market with generic versions of our product candidates, which may result in a material decline in sales of our product candidates.

Under the Hatch-Waxman Act, a pharmaceutical manufacturer may file an abbreviated new drug application, or ANDA, seeking approval of a generic copy of an approved innovator product. Under the Hatch-Waxman Act, a manufacturer may also submit an NDA under section 505(b)(2) that references the FDA’s finding of safety and effectiveness of a previously approved drug. A 505(b)(2) NDA product may be for a new or improved version of the original innovator product. Innovative small molecule drugs may be eligible for certain periods of regulatory exclusivity (e.g., five years for new chemical entities, three years for changes to an approved drug requiring a new clinical study, seven years for orphan drugs), which preclude FDA approval (or in some circumstances, FDA filing and review of) an ANDA or 505(b)(2) NDA relying on the FDA’s finding of safety and effectiveness for the innovative drug. In addition to the benefits of regulatory exclusivity, an innovator NDA holder may have patents claiming the active ingredient, product formulation or an approved use of the drug, which would be listed with the product in the FDA publication, “Approved Drug Products with Therapeutic Equivalence Evaluations,” known as the “Orange Book.” If there are patents listed in the Orange Book, a generic applicant that seeks to market its product before expiration of the patents must include in the ANDA or 505(b)(2) what is known as a “Paragraph IV certification,” challenging the validity or enforceability of, or claiming non-infringement of, the listed patent or patents. Notice of the certification must be given to the innovator, too, and if within 45 days of receiving notice the innovator sues to protect its patents, approval of the ANDA is stayed for 30 months, or as lengthened or shortened by the court.

Accordingly, if our product candidates are approved, competitors could file ANDAs for generic versions of our product candidates, or 505(b)(2) NDAs that reference our product candidates. If there are patents listed for our product candidates in the Orange Book, those ANDAs and 505(b)(2) NDAs would be required to include a certification as to each listed patent indicating whether the ANDA applicant does or does not intend to challenge the patent. We cannot predict whether any patents issuing from our pending patent applications will be eligible for listing in the Orange Book, how any generic competitor would address such patents, whether we would sue on any such patents, or the outcome of any such suit.

We may not be successful in securing or maintaining proprietary patent protection for products and technologies we develop or license. Moreover, if any patents that are granted and listed in the Orange Book are successfully challenged by way of a Paragraph IV certification and subsequent litigation, the affected product could more immediately face generic competition and its sales would likely decline materially. Should sales decline, we may have to write off a portion or all of the intangible assets associated with the affected product and our results of operations and cash flows could be materially and adversely affected.

Third party claims of intellectual property infringement may prevent or delay our drug discovery and development efforts.

Our commercial success depends in part on our ability to develop, manufacture, market and sell our drug candidates and use our proprietary technologies without infringing or otherwise violating the patents and proprietary rights of third parties. There is a substantial amount of litigation involving patent and other intellectual property rights in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries, including patent infringement lawsuits, interferences, derivation proceedings, post grant reviews, inter partes reviews, and reexamination proceedings before the PTO or oppositions and other comparable proceedings in foreign jurisdictions. Numerous U.S. and foreign issued patents and pending patent applications, which are owned by third parties, exist in the fields in which we are developing product candidates, and there may be third-party patents or patent applications with claims to materials, formulations, methods of manufacture or methods for treatment related to the use or manufacture of our product candidates and technologies. Third parties, including our competitors may initiate legal proceedings against us alleging that we are infringing or otherwise violating their patent or other intellectual property rights. Given the vast number of patents in our field of technology, we cannot assure you that marketing of our product candidates or practice of our technologies will not infringe existing patents or patents that may be

 

41


Table of Contents

granted in the future. Because patent applications can take many years to issue and may be confidential for 18 months or more after filing, and because pending patent claims can be revised before issuance, there may be applications now pending of which we are unaware that may later result in issued patents that may be infringed by the practice of our peptide therapeutics technology platform or the manufacture, use or sale of our product candidates. If a patent holder believes our product candidates or technologies infringe on its patent, the patent holder may sue us even if we have received patent protection for our product candidates and technologies. In addition, third parties may obtain patents in the future and claim that our product candidates or technologies infringe upon these patents. If any third-party patents were held by a court of competent jurisdiction to cover the manufacturing process of any of our product candidates, any molecules formed during the manufacturing process or any final product or formulation itself, the holders of any such patents may be able to block our ability to commercialize such product candidate unless we obtained a license under the applicable patents, or until such patents expire. As the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries expand and more patents are issued, the risk increases that our product candidates or technologies may give rise to claims of infringement of the patent rights of others.

Parties making claims against us may obtain injunctive or other equitable relief, which could effectively block our ability to further practice our technologies or develop and commercialize one or more of our product candidates. Defense of these claims, regardless of their merit, would involve substantial litigation expense and would be a substantial diversion of employee resources from our business. Even if we are successful in defending against any infringement claims, litigation is expensive and time-consuming and is likely to divert management’s attention and substantial resources from our core business, which could harm our business. In the event of a successful claim of infringement against us, we may have to pay substantial damages, including treble damages and attorneys’ fees for willful infringement (which may include situations in which we had knowledge of an issued patent but nonetheless proceeded with activity which infringed such patent), limit our uses, pay royalties or redesign our infringing product candidates, which may be impossible or require substantial time and monetary expenditure. We may choose to seek, or may be required to seek, a license from the third-party patent holder and would most likely be required to pay license fees or royalties or both, each of which could be substantial. These licenses may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, however, or at all. Even if we were able to obtain a license, the rights we obtain may be nonexclusive, which would provide our competitors access to the same intellectual property rights upon which we are forced to rely. Furthermore, even in the absence of litigation, we may need to obtain licenses from third parties to advance our research or allow commercialization of our product candidates, and we have done so from time to time. We may fail to obtain any of these licenses at a reasonable cost or on reasonable terms, if at all. In such an event, we would be unable to further practice our technologies or develop and commercialize any of our product candidates at issue, which could harm our business significantly.

We may not identify relevant third party patents or may incorrectly interpret the relevance, scope or expiration of a third party patent which might adversely affect our ability to develop and market our products.

We cannot guarantee that any of our patent searches or analyses, including the identification of relevant patents, the scope of patent claims or the expiration of relevant patents, are complete or thorough, nor can we be certain that we have identified each and every third party patent and pending application in the United States and abroad that is relevant to or necessary for the commercialization of our product candidates in any jurisdiction.

The scope of a patent claim is determined by an interpretation of the law, the written disclosure in a patent and the patent’s prosecution history. Our interpretation of the relevance or the scope of a patent or a pending application may be incorrect, which may negatively impact our ability to market our products. We may incorrectly determine that our products are not covered by a third party patent or may incorrectly predict whether a third party’s pending application will issue with claims of relevant scope. Our determination of the expiration date of any patent in the United States or abroad that we consider relevant may be incorrect, which may negatively impact our ability to develop and market our product candidates. Our failure to identify and correctly interpret relevant patents may negatively impact our ability to develop and market our products.

 

42


Table of Contents

Because of the expense and uncertainty of litigation, we may not be in a position to enforce our intellectual property rights against third parties.

Because of the expense and uncertainty of litigation, we may conclude that even if a third party is infringing our issued patent, any patents that may be issued on as a result of our pending or future patent applications or other intellectual property rights, the risk-adjusted cost of bringing and enforcing such a claim or action may be too high or not in the best interest of our company or our shareholders. In such cases, we may decide that the more prudent course of action is to simply monitor the situation or initiate or seek some other non-litigious action or solution.

Intellectual property disputes could cause us to spend substantial resources and distract our personnel from their normal responsibilities.

Litigation or other legal proceedings relating to intellectual property claims, with or without merit, is unpredictable and generally expensive and time-consuming and, even if resolved in our favor, is likely to divert significant resources from our core business, including distracting our technical and management personnel from their normal responsibilities. In addition, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments and if securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a substantial adverse effect on the market price of our common stock. Such litigation or proceedings could substantially increase our operating losses and reduce the resources available for development activities or any future sales, marketing or distribution activities. We may not have sufficient financial or other resources to adequately conduct such litigation or proceedings. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of such litigation or proceedings more effectively than we can because of their greater financial resources and more mature and developed intellectual property portfolios. Accordingly, despite our efforts, we may not be able to prevent third parties from infringing upon or misappropriating or from successfully challenging our intellectual property rights. Uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of patent litigation or other proceedings could have a material adverse effect on our ability to compete in the marketplace.

We may not be able to protect our intellectual property rights throughout the world.

Filing, prosecuting and defending patents on all of our product candidates throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive, and our intellectual property rights in some countries outside the United States may be less extensive than those in the United States. Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in certain foreign jurisdictions. The requirements for patentability differ, in varying degrees, from country to country. The legal systems of some countries, particularly developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of patent and other intellectual property rights, especially those relating to life sciences. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property rights, including trade secrets, to the same extent as federal and state laws of the United States. This could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement of any patents we obtain or the misappropriation of our other intellectual property rights. In addition, many countries limit the enforceability of patents against third parties, including government agencies or government contractors. In these countries, patents may provide limited or no benefit. Moreover, our ability to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights may be adversely affected by unforeseen changes in foreign intellectual property laws.

Proceedings to enforce our patent rights in foreign jurisdictions, regardless of whether successful, would result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business. Furthermore, while we intend to protect our intellectual property rights in our expected significant markets, we cannot ensure that we will be able to initiate or maintain similar efforts in all jurisdictions in which we may wish to market our product candidates. Accordingly, our efforts to protect our intellectual property rights in such countries may be inadequate, which may have an adverse effect on our ability to successfully commercialize our product candidates in all of our expected significant foreign markets.

 

43


Table of Contents

Competitors may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we have not obtained patent protection to develop their own products and, further, may export otherwise infringing products to territories where we have patent protection but enforcement is not as strong as in the United States. These products may compete with our products in jurisdictions where we do not have any issued patents and our patent claims or other intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent them from so competing.

Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of certain countries, particularly certain developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of patents and other intellectual property protection, particularly those relating to biopharmaceuticals, which could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement of our patents or marketing of competing products in violation of our proprietary rights generally. Proceedings to enforce our patent rights in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial cost and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business.

Similarly, if our trade secrets are disclosed in a foreign jurisdiction, competitors worldwide could have access to our proprietary information and we may be without satisfactory recourse. Such disclosure could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Obtaining and maintaining patent protection depends on compliance with various procedural, document submission, fee payment and other requirements imposed by governmental patent agencies, and our patent protection could be reduced or eliminated for non-compliance with these requirements.

The PTO and various non-US governmental patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment and other similar provisions during the patent application process. Periodic maintenance fees, renewal fees, annuity fees and various other governmental fees on patents and/or applications will be due to be paid to the PTO and various governmental patent agencies outside of the United States in several stages over the lifetime of the patents and/or applications. We employ reputable law firms and other professionals and rely on such third parties to help us comply with these requirements and effect payment of these fees with respect to the patent and patent applications that we own, and if we in-license intellectual property we may have to rely upon our licensors to comply with these requirements and effect payment of these fees with respect to any patents and patent applications that we license. In many cases, an inadvertent lapse can be cured by payment of a late fee or by other means in accordance with the applicable rules. However, there are situations in which noncompliance can result in abandonment or lapse of the patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. In such an event, our competitors might be able to enter the market and this circumstance would have a material adverse effect on our business.

Recent patent reform legislation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents.

On September 16, 2011, the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act (Leahy-Smith Act) was signed into law. The Leahy-Smith Act includes a number of significant changes to United States patent law. These include provisions that affect the way patent applications will be prosecuted and may also affect patent litigation. The PTO is currently developing regulations and procedures to govern administration of the Leahy-Smith Act, and many of the substantive changes to patent law associated with the Leahy-Smith Act, and in particular, the first to file provisions, did not become effective until March 2013, 18 months after its enactment. Accordingly, it is not clear what, if any, impact the Leahy-Smith Act will have on the operation of our business. However, the Leahy-Smith Act and its implementation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

Recent U.S. Supreme Court rulings have narrowed the scope of patent protection available in certain circumstances and weakened the rights of patent owners in certain situations. Depending on decisions by the U.S.

 

44


Table of Contents

Congress, the federal courts, and the PTO, the laws and regulations governing patents could change in unpredictable ways that would weaken our ability to obtain new patents or to enforce our existing patent and patents that we might obtain in the future.

Intellectual property rights do not necessarily address all potential threats to our competitive advantage.

The degree of future protection afforded by our intellectual property rights is uncertain because intellectual property rights have limitations, and may not adequately protect our business or permit us to maintain our competitive advantage. The following examples are illustrative:

 

    others may be able to make compounds that are similar to our product candidates but that are not covered by the claims of our issued patent or any pending patent application we may have;

 

    we might not have been the first to make the inventions covered by the issued patent or pending patent application that we own;

 

    we might not have been the first to file patent applications covering an invention;

 

    others may independently develop similar or alternative technologies or duplicate any of our technologies without infringing our intellectual property rights;

 

    pending patent applications that we own or license may not lead to issued patents;

 

    the issued patent that we own or any issued patents that we license may not provide us with any competitive advantages, or may be held invalid or unenforceable, as a result of legal challenges by our competitors;

 

    our competitors might conduct research and development activities in countries where we do not have patent rights and then use the information learned from such activities to develop competitive products for sale in our major commercial markets;

 

    we may not develop or in-license additional proprietary technologies that are patentable; and

 

    the patents of others may have an adverse effect on our business.

Should any of these events occur, they could significantly harm our business, results of operations and prospects.

We may be subject to claims that our employees, consultants or independent contractors have wrongfully used or disclosed confidential information of third parties or that our employees have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged trade secrets of former or other employers.

Many of our employees and consultants, including our senior management and our scientific founders, have been employed or retained at universities or by other biotechnology or pharmaceutical companies, including potential competitors. Some of our employees and consultants, including each member of our senior management and each of our scientific founders, executed proprietary rights, non-disclosure and non-competition agreements in connection with such previous employment or retention. Although we try to ensure that our employees and consultants do not use the proprietary information or know-how of others in their work for us, we may be subject to claims that we or these employees or consultants have used or disclosed intellectual property, including trade secrets or other proprietary information, of any such employee’s or consultant’s former or other employer. We are not aware of any threatened or pending claims related to these matters or concerning the agreements with our senior management or scientific founders, but in the future litigation may be necessary to defend against such claims. If we fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management.

 

45


Table of Contents

We may be subject to claims challenging the inventorship or ownership of our issued patent, any patents issued as a result of our pending or future patent applications and other intellectual property.

We may also be subject to claims that former employees, collaborators or other third parties have an ownership interest in our issued patent, any patents issued as a result of our pending or future applications or other intellectual property. For example, we work with third-party contractors in formulating and manufacturing our product candidates. While we believe we have all rights to any intellectual property related to our product candidates, a third party-contractor may claim they have ownership rights. We have had in the past, and we may also have in the future, ownership disputes arising, for example, from conflicting obligations of consultants or others who are involved in developing our product candidates and technologies. For example, some of our consultants are employees of the University of Queensland. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these and other claims challenging inventorship or ownership. If we fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights, such as exclusive ownership of, or right to use, valuable intellectual property. Such an outcome could have a material adverse effect on our business. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management and other employees.

Our reliance on third parties requires us to share our trade secrets, which increases the possibility that a competitor will discover them or that our trade secrets will be misappropriated or disclosed.

Because we expect to rely on third parties in the development and manufacture of our product candidates, we must, at times, share trade secrets with them. We seek to protect our proprietary technology in part by entering into confidentiality agreements and, if applicable, material transfer agreements, consulting agreements or other similar agreements with our advisors, employees, third-party contractors and consultants prior to beginning research or disclosing proprietary information. These agreements typically limit the rights of the third parties to use or disclose our confidential information, including our trade secrets. Despite the contractual provisions employed when working with third parties, the need to share trade secrets and other confidential information increases the risk that such trade secrets become known by our competitors, are inadvertently incorporated into the technology of others, or are disclosed or used in violation of these agreements. Given that our proprietary position is based, in part, on our know-how and trade secrets, a competitor’s discovery of our trade secrets or other unauthorized use or disclosure would impair our competitive position and may have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

In addition, these agreements typically restrict the ability of our advisors, employees, third-party contractors and consultants to publish data potentially relating to our trade secrets, although our agreements may contain certain limited publication rights. Despite our efforts to protect our trade secrets, our competitors may discover our trade secrets, either through breach of our agreements with third parties, independent development or publication of information by any of our third-party collaborators. A competitor’s discovery of our trade secrets would impair our competitive position and have an adverse impact on our business.

We have not yet registered trademarks for a commercial trade name for our product candidates and failure to secure such registrations could adversely affect our business.

We have not yet registered trademarks for a commercial trade name for our product candidates. During trademark registration proceedings, we may receive rejections. Although we would be given an opportunity to respond to those rejections, we may be unable to overcome such rejections. In addition, in the PTO and in comparable agencies in many foreign jurisdictions, third parties are given an opportunity to oppose pending trademark applications and to seek to cancel registered trademarks. Opposition or cancellation proceedings may be filed against our trademarks, and our trademarks may not survive such proceedings. Moreover, any name we propose to use with our product candidates in the United States must be approved by the FDA, regardless of whether we have registered it, or applied to register it, as a trademark. The FDA typically conducts a review of proposed product names, including an evaluation of potential for confusion with other product names. If the FDA

 

46


Table of Contents

objects to any of our proposed proprietary product names, we may be required to expend significant additional resources in an effort to identify a suitable substitute name that would qualify under applicable trademark laws, not infringe the existing rights of third parties and be acceptable to the FDA.

We may not be successful in obtaining or maintaining necessary rights to our product candidates through acquisitions and in-licenses.

We may find that our programs require the use of proprietary rights held by third parties or the growth of our business may depend in part on our ability to acquire, in-license or use these proprietary rights. We may be unable to acquire or in-license compositions, methods of use, processes or other third party intellectual property rights from third parties that we identify as necessary for our product candidates. The licensing and acquisition of third-party intellectual property rights is a competitive area, and a number of more established companies are also pursuing strategies to license or acquire third-party intellectual property rights that we may consider attractive. These established companies may have a competitive advantage over us due to their size, financial resources and greater clinical development and commercialization capabilities. In addition, companies that perceive us to be a competitor may be unwilling to assign or license rights to us. We also may be unable to license or acquire third-party intellectual property rights on terms that would allow us to make an appropriate return on our investment. Even if we are able to obtain a license to intellectual property of interest, we may not be able to secure exclusive rights, in which case others could use the same rights and compete with us.

If we are unable to successfully obtain rights to required third party intellectual property rights or maintain the existing intellectual property rights we have, we may have to abandon development of that program and our business and financial condition could suffer.

Any collaboration arrangements that we may enter into in the future may not be successful, which could adversely affect our ability to develop and commercialize our product candidates.

We may seek collaboration arrangements with pharmaceutical or biotechnology companies for the development or commercialization of our product candidates depending on the merits of retaining commercialization rights for ourselves as compared to entering into collaboration arrangements. We will face, to the extent that we decide to enter into collaboration agreements, significant competition in seeking appropriate collaborators. Moreover, collaboration arrangements are complex and time-consuming to negotiate, document, implement and maintain. We may not be successful in our efforts to establish and implement collaborations or other alternative arrangements should we so chose to enter into such arrangements. The terms of any collaborations or other arrangements that we may establish may not be favorable to us.

Any future collaborations that we enter into may not be successful. The success of our collaboration arrangements will depend heavily on the efforts and activities of our collaborators. Collaborations are subject to numerous risks, which may include that:

 

    collaborators have significant discretion in determining the efforts and resources that they will apply to collaborations;

 

    collaborators may not pursue development and commercialization of our product candidates or may elect not to continue or renew development or commercialization programs based on clinical trial results, changes in their strategic focus due to the acquisition of competitive products, availability of funding or other external factors, such as a business combination that diverts resources or creates competing priorities;

 

    collaborators may delay clinical trials, provide insufficient funding for a clinical trial program, stop a clinical trial, abandon a product candidate, repeat or conduct new clinical trials or require a new formulation of a product candidate for clinical testing;

 

    collaborators could independently develop, or develop with third parties, products that compete directly or indirectly with our products or product candidates;

 

47


Table of Contents
    a collaborator with marketing, manufacturing and distribution rights to one or more products may not commit sufficient resources to or otherwise not perform satisfactorily in carrying out these activities;

 

    we could grant exclusive rights to our collaborators that would prevent us from collaborating with others;

 

    collaborators may not properly maintain or defend our intellectual property rights or may use our intellectual property or proprietary information in a way that gives rise to actual or threatened litigation that could jeopardize or invalidate our intellectual property or proprietary information or expose us to potential liability;

 

    disputes may arise between us and a collaborator that causes the delay or termination of the research, development or commercialization of our current or future products or that results in costly litigation or arbitration that diverts management attention and resources;

 

    collaborations may be terminated, and, if terminated, may result in a need for additional capital to pursue further development or commercialization of the applicable current or future products;

 

    collaborators may own or co-own intellectual property covering our products that results from our collaborating with them, and in such cases, we would not have the exclusive right to develop or commercialize such intellectual property; and

 

    a collaborator’s sales and marketing activities or other operations may not be in compliance with applicable laws resulting in civil or criminal proceedings.

Risks Related to This Offering and Ownership of our Common Stock

We do not know whether an active, liquid and orderly trading market will develop for our common stock or what the market price of our common stock will be and as a result it may be difficult for you to sell your shares of our common stock.

Prior to this offering there has been no market for shares of our common stock. Although we anticipate our common stock will be approved for listing on The NASDAQ Global Market, an active trading market for our shares may never develop or be sustained following this offering. The initial public offering price for our common stock was determined through negotiations with the underwriters, and the negotiated price may not be indicative of the market price of our common stock after this offering. This initial public offering price may vary from the market price of our common stock after the offering. Further, certain of our existing stockholders and their affiliated entities, including investors affiliated with certain of our directors, have indicated an interest in purchasing up to approximately $40.0 million in this offering and, to the extent these existing stockholders and their affiliated investors purchase shares in this offering, fewer shares may be actively traded in the public market because these stockholders will be restricted from selling the shares by restrictions under applicable securities laws, which would reduce the liquidity of the market for our common stock. The lack of an active market may impair your ability to sell your shares at the time you wish to sell them or at a price that you consider reasonable. In addition, as described further in these “Risk Factors,” a substantial percentage of our common stock will continue to be held by our executive officers and existing investors (including any shares purchased in this offering), who will be subject to lock-up agreements expiring 180 days from the date of this prospectus (except that the lock-up will not apply to any shares purchased in this offering and will include other exemptions). As a result of these and other factors, you may be unable to resell your shares of our common stock at or above the initial public offering price. Further, an inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital by selling shares of our common stock and may impair our ability to enter into strategic collaborations or acquire companies or products by using our shares of common stock as consideration.

 

48


Table of Contents

The price of our stock may be volatile, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

The trading price of our common stock following this offering is likely to be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to various factors, some of which are beyond our control. In addition to the factors discussed in these “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus, these factors include, but are not limited to:

 

    any delay in the commencement, enrollment and ultimate completion of clinical trials;

 

    actual or anticipated results in our clinical trials or those of our competitors;

 

    positive outcomes, or faster development results than expected, by parties developing peptide-based product candidates that are competitive with our peptide-based product candidates, as well as approval of any such competitive peptide-based product candidates;

 

    failure to successfully develop commercial-scale manufacturing capabilities;

 

    unanticipated serious safety concerns related to the use of any of our peptide-based product candidates;

 

    failure to secure collaboration agreements for our peptide-based product candidates or actual or perceived unfavorable terms of such agreements;

 

    adverse regulatory decisions;

 

    changes in the structure of healthcare payment systems;

 

    changes in laws or regulations applicable to our product candidates, including but not limited to clinical trial requirements for approvals;

 

    disputes or other developments relating to proprietary rights, including patents, litigation matters and our ability to obtain patent protection for our peptide-based product candidates;

 

    our dependence on third parties, including CROs as well as manufacturers;

 

    our failure to successfully commercialize any of our peptide-based product candidates, if approved;

 

    additions or departures of key scientific or management personnel;

 

    failure to meet or exceed any financial guidance or development timelines that we may provide to the public;

 

    actual or anticipated variations in quarterly operating results;

 

    failure to meet or exceed the estimates and projections of the investment community;

 

    overall performance of the equity markets and other factors that may be unrelated to our operating performance or the operating performance of our competitors, including changes in market valuations of similar companies;

 

    conditions or trends in the biotechnology and biopharmaceutical industries;

 

    announcements of significant acquisitions, strategic collaborations, joint ventures or capital commitments by us or our competitors;

 

    our ability to maintain an adequate rate of growth and manage such growth;

 

    issuances of debt or equity securities;

 

    significant lawsuits, including patent or stockholder litigation;

 

    sales of our common stock by us or our stockholders in the future;

 

    trading volume of our common stock;

 

49


Table of Contents
    publication of research reports about us or our industry or positive or negative recommendations or withdrawal of research coverage by securities analysts;

 

    ineffectiveness of our internal controls;

 

    general political and economic conditions; and

 

    effects of natural or man-made catastrophic events.

In addition, the stock market in general, and The NASDAQ Global Market and biotechnology companies in particular, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of these companies. Broad market and industry factors may negatively affect the market price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance. The realization of any of the above risks or any of a broad range of other risks, including those described in these “Risk Factors,” could have a dramatic and material adverse impact on the market price of our common stock.

We have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from this offering and may not use them effectively.

Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds from this offering. You will not have the opportunity, as part of your investment decision, to assess whether the proceeds are being used appropriately. Further, our management might not apply our net proceeds in ways that ultimately increase the value of your investment. If we do not invest or apply the net proceeds from this offering in ways that enhance stockholder value, we may fail to achieve expected financial results, which could cause our stock price to decline.

Volatility in our share price could subject us to securities class action litigation.

Securities class action litigations have often been brought against companies following a decline in the market price of their securities. This risk is especially relevant for us because pharmaceutical companies have experienced significant share price volatility in recent years. If we face such litigation, it could result in substantial costs and a diversion of management’s attention and resources, which could harm our business.

Our principal stockholders and management own a significant percentage of our stock after this offering and will be able to exert significant control over matters subject to stockholder approval.

As of June 30, 2016, our executive officers, directors, holders of 5% or more of our capital stock and their respective affiliates beneficially owned approximately 93.4% of our stock and, upon the closing of this offering, assuming the purchase of $40.0 million of shares of our common stock by entities affiliated with certain of our existing stockholders and directors who have indicated an interest in purchasing such shares in this offering (or 3,333,333 shares at an assumed initial public offering price of $12.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) that same group will hold approximately 79.1% of our outstanding stock. Therefore, even after this offering these stockholders will have substantial influence and may be able to determine all matters requiring stockholder approval. For example, these stockholders may be able to control elections of directors, amendments of our organizational documents, or approval of any merger, sale of assets, or other major corporate transaction. This concentration of voting power could, among other things, delay or prevent an acquisition of our company on terms that other stockholders may desire, which in turn could depress our stock price and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove the board of directors or management.

 

50


Table of Contents

We have identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting and may identify additional material weaknesses in the future or otherwise fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls, which may result in material misstatements of our financial statements or cause us to fail to meet our periodic reporting obligations.

Prior to this offering, we were a private company and had limited accounting and financial reporting personnel and other resources with which to address our internal controls and procedures. In connection with the audit of our consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, we and our independent registered public accounting firm identified two material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

The first material weakness related to a deficiency in the operation of our internal controls over the accounting for non-routine, complex equity transactions, which resulted in material post-closing adjustments to the convertible preferred stock, additional paid-in capital, interest expense, and gain from modification of the redeemable convertible preferred stock balances in the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2013. Our lack of adequate accounting personnel has resulted in the identification of a second material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015. Specifically, we did not, and have not historically, appropriately designed and implemented controls over the review and approval of manual journal entries and the related supporting journal entry calculations.

Neither we nor our independent registered public accounting firm has performed or was required to perform an evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting in according with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We intend to take steps to remediate the material weaknesses, including increasing the depth and experience within our accounting and finance organization, as well as designing and implementing improved processes and internal controls. While we intend to implement a plan to remediate the material weaknesses, we are in the early phases of the implementation of this plan and we will not complete our implementation until after this offering is completed. We cannot predict the success of such plan or the outcome of our assessment of these plans at this time. We can give no assurance that this implementation will remediate this deficiency in internal control or that additional material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting will not be identified in the future. Our failure to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting could result in errors in our financial statements that could result in a restatement of our financial statements, cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations.

As a result of becoming a public company, we will be obligated to develop and maintain proper and effective internal controls over financial reporting and any failure to maintain the adequacy of these internal controls may adversely affect investor confidence in our company and, as a result, the value of our ordinary shares.

We will be required, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (Section 404), to furnish a report by management on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for the first fiscal year beginning after the effective date of this offering. This assessment will need to include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting. Our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting until our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC following the date we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the JOBS Act). At such time as we are required to obtain auditor attestation, if we then have a material weakness, we would receive an adverse opinion regarding our internal control over financial reporting from our independent registered accounting firm.

We are beginning the costly and challenging process of compiling the system and processing documentation necessary to perform the evaluation needed to comply with Section 404, and we may not be able to complete our evaluation, testing and any required remediation in a timely fashion. Our compliance with Section 404 will

 

51


Table of Contents

require that we incur substantial accounting expense and expend significant management efforts. We currently do not have an internal audit group, and we will need to hire additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and technical accounting knowledge and compile the system and process documentation necessary to perform the evaluation needed to comply with Section 404.

During our evaluation of our internal control, if we identify one or more material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting or fail to remediate our current material weaknesses, we will be unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective. We cannot assure you that there will not be material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting in the future. Any failure to maintain internal control over financial reporting could severely inhibit our ability to accurately report our financial condition or results of operations. If we are unable to conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm determines we have a material weakness or significant deficiency in our internal control over financial reporting, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, the market price of our ordinary shares could decline, and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by NASDAQ, the SEC or other regulatory authorities. Failure to remedy any material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, or to implement or maintain other effective control systems required of public companies, could also restrict our future access to the capital markets.

We are an “emerging growth company” and as a result of the reduced disclosure and governance requirements applicable to emerging growth companies, our common stock may be less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act, and we intend to take advantage of some of the exemptions from reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including:

 

    being permitted to provide only two years of audited financial statements, in addition to any required unaudited interim financial statements, with correspondingly reduced “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” disclosure;

 

    not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting;

 

    not being required to comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements;

 

    reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation; and

 

    not being required to hold a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

We will remain an emerging growth company, and thus may continue to rely on these exemptions, until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.0 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30th, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period.

Under Section 107(b) of the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption, and, therefore, we will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies.”

 

52


Table of Contents

If you purchase our common stock in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of your stock.

The initial public offering price of our common stock will be substantially higher than the as adjusted net tangible book value per common share of our common stock. Therefore, if you purchase our common stock in this offering, you will pay a price per common share that substantially exceeds the book value of our tangible assets after subtracting our liabilities. Based on an assumed initial public offering price of $12.00 per common share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, you will experience immediate dilution of $5.91 per common share, representing the difference between our as adjusted net tangible book value per common share as of March 31, 2016, after giving effect to this offering, and the assumed initial public offering price. Further, the future exercise of any outstanding options to purchase our common stock will cause you to experience additional dilution. See the section titled “Dilution” for additional information.

Future sales of our common stock may depress our share price.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market after this offering, or the perception that these sales might occur, could depress the market price of our common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional equity securities. Of our issued and outstanding common stock, all of the shares sold in this offering will be freely transferable without restrictions or further registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act), except for any stock acquired by our affiliates, as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Substantially all of the remaining shares outstanding after this offering will be restricted as a result of lock-up agreements for 180 days after the date of this prospectus. See the section titled “Underwriting—No Sales of Similar Securities” for a more detailed description of the lock-up period. In addition, as of March 31, 2016, 783,341 million shares of common stock that are subject to outstanding options, will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent permitted by the provisions of various vesting schedules, the Lock-up Agreements and Rule 144 and Rule 701 under the Securities Act. If these additional shares of common stock are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold, in the public market, the trading price of our common stock could decline.

We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register the total number of our common stock that may be issued under our equity incentive plans. This registration statement will become effective immediately upon filing, and shares covered by this registration statement will be eligible for sale in the public markets, subject to Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates, the terms of the applicable plan and the option agreements entered into with option holders, and any lock-up agreements described above. Sales of this stock have an adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock. In addition, in the future we may issue common stock or other securities if we need to raise additional capital. The number of our new common stock issued in connection with raising additional capital could constitute a material portion of our then outstanding common stock.

If we sell shares of our common stock in future financings, stockholders may experience immediate dilution and, as a result, our stock price may decline.

We may from time to time issue additional shares of common stock at a discount from the current trading price of our common stock. As a result, our stockholders would experience immediate dilution upon the purchase of any shares of our common stock sold at such discount. In addition, as opportunities present themselves, we may enter into financing or similar arrangements in the future, including the issuance of debt securities, preferred stock or common stock. If we issue common stock or securities convertible into common stock, our common stockholders would experience additional dilution and, as a result, our stock price may decline.

 

53


Table of Contents

We will incur increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to compliance with our public company responsibilities and corporate governance practices.

We will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses as a public company, including costs resulting from public company reporting obligations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act), and regulations regarding corporate governance practices. The listing requirements of The NASDAQ Global Market require that we satisfy certain corporate governance requirements relating to director independence, distributing annual and interim reports, stockholder meetings, approvals and voting, soliciting proxies, conflicts of interest and a code of conduct. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to ensure that we comply with all of these requirements, and we will likely need to hire additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company reporting experience and technical accounting knowledge. Moreover, the reporting requirements, rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time consuming and costly. Any changes we make to comply with these obligations may not be sufficient to allow us to satisfy our obligations as a public company on a timely basis, or at all. These reporting requirements, rules and regulations, coupled with the increase in potential litigation exposure associated with being a public company, could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors or board committees or to serve as executive officers, or to obtain certain types of insurance, including directors’ and officers’ insurance, on acceptable terms.

As a public company, and particularly after we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, the listing requirements of The NASDAQ Global Market and other applicable securities rules and regulations impose various requirements on public companies. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to compliance with these requirements. Moreover, these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, we expect that these rules and regulations may make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, which could make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our board of directors. We cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we will incur as a public company or the timing of such costs.

Our disclosure controls and procedures may not prevent or detect all errors or acts of fraud.

Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. Our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to reasonably assure that information required to be disclosed by us in reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC. We believe that any disclosure controls and procedures or internal controls and procedures, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met.

These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision- making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people or by an unauthorized override of the controls. Accordingly, because of the inherent limitations in our control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

To date, we have never conducted a review of our internal control for the purpose of providing the reports required by these rules. During the course of our review and testing, we may identify deficiencies and be unable to remediate them before we must provide the required reports. Furthermore, if we have a material weakness in our internal controls over financial reporting, we may not detect errors on a timely basis and our financial

 

54


Table of Contents

statements may be materially misstated. We or our independent registered public accounting firm may not be able to conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal control over financial reporting, which could harm our operating results, cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information and cause the trading price of our stock to fall. In addition, as a public company we will be required to file accurate and timely quarterly and annual reports with the SEC under the Exchange Act. Any failure to report our financial results on an accurate and timely basis could result in sanctions, lawsuits, delisting of our shares from The NASDAQ Global Market or other adverse consequences that would materially harm our business.

NASDAQ may delist our securities from its exchange, which could limit investors’ ability to make transactions in our securities and subject us to additional trading restrictions.

We have applied to list our common stock on The NASDAQ Global Market. In order to make a final determination of compliance with their listing criteria, NASDAQ may look to the first trading day’s activity and, particularly, the last bid price on such day. In the event the trading price for our common stock drops below The NASDAQ Global Market’s $1.00 minimum bid requirement, NASDAQ could rescind our initial listing approval. If that were to happen, the liquidity for our common stock would decrease, which may substantially decrease the trading price of our common stock.

In addition, we cannot assure you that, in the future, our securities will meet the continued listing requirements to be listed on The NASDAQ Global Market. If The NASDAQ Global Market delists our common stock, we could face significant material adverse consequences, including:

 

    a limited availability of market quotations for our securities;

 

    a determination that our common stock is a “penny stock” which will require brokers trading in our common stock to adhere to more stringent rules and possibly resulting in a reduced level of trading activity in the secondary trading market for our common stock;

 

    a limited amount of news and analyst coverage for our company; and

 

    a decreased ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will be influenced the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. Securities and industry analysts do not currently, and may never, publish research on our company. If no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of our company, the trading price for our stock would likely be negatively impacted. In the event securities or industry analysts initiate coverage, if one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our stock or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price could be adversely affected. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our common stock could decrease, and we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which might cause our stock price and trading volume to decline.

Claims for indemnification by our directors and officers may reduce our available funds to satisfy successful third party claims against us and may reduce the amount of money available to us generally.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that we will indemnify our directors and officers, in each case to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law.

 

55


Table of Contents

In addition, as permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated bylaws to be effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering and our indemnification agreements that we have entered into and will enter into with our directors and officers provide that:

 

    we will indemnify our directors and officers for serving us in those capacities or for serving other business enterprises at our request, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that a corporation may indemnify such person if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the registrant and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful;

 

    we may, in our discretion, indemnify employees and agents in those circumstances where indemnification is permitted by applicable law;

 

    we are required to advance expenses, as incurred, to our directors and officers in connection with defending a proceeding, except that such directors or officers shall undertake to repay such advances if it is ultimately determined that such person is not entitled to indemnification;

 

    we will not be obligated pursuant to our bylaws to indemnify a person with respect to proceedings initiated by that person against us or our other indemnitees, except with respect to proceedings authorized by our board of directors or brought to enforce a right to indemnification;

 

    the rights conferred in our bylaws are not exclusive, and we are authorized to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors, officers, employees and agents and to obtain insurance to indemnify such persons; and

 

    we may not retroactively amend our bylaw provisions to reduce our indemnification obligations to directors, officers, employees and agents.

As a result, if we are required to indemnify one or more of our directors or executive officers, it may reduce our available funds to satisfy successful third party claims against us, may reduce the amount of money available to us and may have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

Because we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future, capital appreciation, if any, would be your sole source of gain.

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock. We currently anticipate that we will retain future earnings for the development, operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our common stock would be your sole source of gain on an investment in our common stock for the foreseeable future. See “Dividend Policy” for additional information.

Provisions in our corporate charter documents could make an acquisition of us more difficult and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management.

Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws may discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition or other change in control of us that stockholders may consider favorable, including transactions in which stockholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares. These provisions could also limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock, thereby depressing the market price of our common stock. In addition, these provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our board of directors. Because our board of directors is responsible for appointing the members of our management team, these provisions could in turn affect any attempt by our stockholders to replace current members of our management team. Among others, these provisions include the following:

 

56


Table of Contents

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, as we expect it to be in effect upon the closing of this offering, will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty; any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our bylaws; or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. The choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and other employees. Alternatively, if a court were to find the choice of forum provision contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our business and financial condition.

Our board of directors has certain characteristics which may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change in control.

Our board of directors has the following characteristics which may delay or prevent a change of management or a change in control:

 

    our board of directors has the right to elect directors to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of the board of directors or the resignation, death or removal of a director, which prevents stockholders from being able to fill vacancies on our board of directors;

 

    our stockholders may not act by written consent or call special stockholders’ meetings; as a result, a holder, or holders, controlling a majority of our capital stock would not be able to take certain actions other than at annual stockholders’ meetings or special stockholders’ meetings called by the board of directors, the chairman of the board or the chief executive officer;

 

    our certificate of incorporation does not provide for cumulative voting in the election of directors, which limits the ability of minority stockholders to elect director candidates;

 

    stockholders must provide advance notice and additional disclosures in order to nominate individuals for election to the board of directors or to propose matters that can be acted upon at a stockholders’ meeting, which may discourage or deter a potential acquiror from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquiror’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company; and

 

    our board of directors may issue, without stockholder approval, shares of undesignated preferred stock; the ability to issue undesignated preferred stock makes it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to acquire us.

Our ability to utilize our net operating loss carryforwards and certain other tax attributes may be limited.

We have incurred substantial losses during our history. We do not anticipate generating revenue from sales of products for the foreseeable future, if ever, and we may never achieve profitability. To the extent that we continue to generate taxable losses, unused losses will carry forward to offset future taxable income, if any, until such unused losses expire. Under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change” (generally defined as a greater than 50 percentage points change (by value) in its equity ownership over a rolling three-year period), the corporation’s ability to use its pre-change net operating loss carryforwards and other pre-change tax attributes to offset its post-change income may be limited. We have not completed our analysis to determine what, if any, impact any prior ownership change has

 

57


Table of Contents

had on our ability to utilize our net operating loss carryforwards. In addition, we may experience ownership changes in the future as a result of this offering or subsequent shifts in our stock ownership, some of which are outside our control. As of December 31, 2015, we had federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $20.0 million that could be limited if we have experienced, or if in the future we experience, an ownership change, which could have an adverse effect on our future results of operations.

Provisions under Delaware law and California law could make an acquisition of our company more difficult, limit attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management and limit the market price of our common stock.

Because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which generally prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any of a broad range of business combinations with any holder of at least 15% of our capital stock for a period of three years following the date on which the stockholder acquired at least 15% of our common stock. Likewise, because our principal executive offices are located in California, the anti-takeover provisions of the California Corporations Code may apply to us under certain circumstances now or in the future. See the section of this prospectus titled “Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute” for additional information.

 

58


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our future results of operations and financial position, business strategy, current and future product offerings, reimbursement and coverage, research and development costs, timing and likelihood of success and plans and objectives of management for future operations are forward-looking statements. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other important factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements.

In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “could,” “intend,” “target,” “project,” “contemplates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential” or “continue” or the negative of these terms or other similar expressions. The forward-looking statements in this prospectus are only predictions.

A number of important factors could cause our actual results to differ materially from those indicated in these forward-looking statements, including those factors identified in “Risk Factors” or “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” or the following:

 

    the initiation, cost, timing, progress and results of our research and development activities, including pre-clinical and clinical studies;

 

    our ability to obtain and maintain regulatory approval for our product candidates;

 

    our ability to obtain funding for our operations;

 

    our plans to research, develop and commercialize our product candidates;

 

    our ability to obtain and maintain intellectual property protection for our product candidates;

 

    the size and growth potential of the markets for our product candidates, and our ability to serve those markets;

 

    our ability to successfully commercialize our product candidates, if approved;

 

    the rate and degree of market acceptance of our product candidates, if approved;

 

    our ability to develop sales and marketing capabilities, whether alone or with potential collaborators, to commercialize our product candidates, if approved;

 

    regulatory developments in the United States and foreign countries;

 

    the performance of third parties in connection with the development of our product candidates, including third parties conducting our clinical trials as well as third-party suppliers and manufacturers;

 

    the development, regulatory approval and commercial success of competing therapies;

 

    our ability to attract and retain key scientific or management personnel;

 

    our expectations regarding the time during which we will be an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act;

 

    our use of the net proceeds from this offering; and

 

    the accuracy of our estimates regarding expenses, future revenues, capital requirements and need for additional financing.

 

59


Table of Contents

We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this prospectus and are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions described under the sections in this prospectus entitled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Because forward-looking statements are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties, some of which cannot be predicted or quantified and some of which are beyond our control, you should not rely on these forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. The events and circumstances reflected in our forward-looking statements may not be achieved or occur and actual results could differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements. Moreover, we operate in an evolving environment.

New risk factors and uncertainties may emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for management to predict all risk factors and uncertainties. Except as required by applicable law, we do not plan to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements contained herein, whether as a result of any new information, future events, changed circumstances or otherwise. The forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus are excluded from the safe harbor protection provided by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

This prospectus also contains estimates and other statistical data made by independent parties and by us relating to market size and growth and other data about our industry. This data involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such estimates. In addition, projections, assumptions and estimates of our future performance and the future performance of the markets in which we operate are necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk.

 

60


Table of Contents

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

This prospectus also contains estimates, projections and other information concerning our industry, the market in which we operate and our business. Unless otherwise indicated, information contained in this prospectus concerning our industry and the market in which we operate, including our general expectations and market position, market opportunity and market size, is based on information from various sources, such as reports, research surveys, studies and similar data prepared by third parties, industry, medical and general publications, government data and similar sources and is subject to a number of assumptions and limitations. Although we are responsible for all of the disclosure contained in this prospectus and we believe the information from the third-party sources included in this prospectus is reliable, such information is inherently imprecise. The industry in which we operate is subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in the section titled “Risk Factors.” These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the independent parties and by us. In some cases, we do not expressly refer to the sources from which these data are derived. In that regard, when we refer to one or more sources of this type of data in any paragraph, you should assume that other data of this type appearing in the same paragraph are derived from the same sources, unless otherwise expressly stated or the context otherwise requires.

 

61


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of 5,835,000 shares of common stock in this offering will be approximately $62.0 million (or approximately $71.8 million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full), assuming an initial public offering price of $12.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $12.00 per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $5.4 million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. Each increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 in the number of shares we are offering would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, by approximately $11.2 million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price stays the same.

The principal purposes of this offering are to obtain additional capital to support our operations, to create a public market for our common stock and to facilitate our future access to the public equity markets. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering as follows:

 

    approximately $33.0 million to fund continued development of PTG-100 through the completion of a Phase 2b clinical trial;

 

    approximately $6.0 million to advance PTG-200 to complete IND-enabling studies and to begin a Phase 1 clinical trial;

 

    approximately $5.0 million to complete IND-enabling studies for PTG-300;

 

    approximately $2.0 million to fund our research and discovery activities related to additional product candidates; and

 

    the remaining proceeds for working capital and other general corporate purposes.

We believe, based on our current operating plan and expected expenditures that the net proceeds from this offering and our existing cash, cash equivalents, and available-for-sale securities will be sufficient to fund our operations for at least the next 18 months.

The amounts and timing of our actual expenditures will depend on numerous factors, including the results of our research and development effort, the timing and success of our ongoing pre-clinical studies and clinical trials, and pre-clinical studies and clinical trials we may begin in the future, the timing of our regulatory submissions, the factors described under “Risk Factors” in this prospectus, and the amount of cash used in our operations. We therefore cannot predict with certainty the amount of net proceeds from this offering to be used for the purposes described above.

In addition, in the event we identify other opportunities that we believe are in the best interests of our stockholders, we may also use a portion of the net proceeds to in-license, acquire or invest in complementary businesses, medicines, technologies or products, although we have no current commitments or obligations to do so. The costs and timing of the expansion of our sales and marketing capabilities and the conduct of our research and development activities are highly uncertain, subject to substantial risks and can often change. Depending on the outcome of these activities, our plans and priorities may change, and we may apply the net proceeds from this offering differently than we currently anticipate. As a result, we will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds.

Pending the uses described above, we plan to invest the net proceeds from this offering in short- and intermediate-term, interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.

 

62


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock. We intend to retain future earnings, if any, to finance the operation of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination related to dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors after considering our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, business prospects and other factors the board of directors deems relevant, and subject to the restrictions contained in any future financing instruments.

 

63


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash, cash equivalents and available-for-sale securities and capitalization as of March 31, 2016:

 

    on an actual basis;

 

    on a pro forma basis to reflect (i) the conversion of all of outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 8,439,641 shares of common stock; and (ii) the reclassification of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability to consolidated stockholders’ equity immediately prior to the closing of this offering as the warrants to purchase redeemable convertible preferred stock will be exercised, converted into warrants to purchase common stock or expired unexercised on May 10, 2016; and

 

    on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give further effect to the receipt of $62.0 million in net proceeds from our sale of shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $12.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The information in this table is illustrative only and our capitalization following the completion of this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. You should read this information together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and the information set forth under the heading “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

     As of March 31, 2016  
     Actual     Pro
Forma
    Pro Forma As
Adjusted(1)
 
    

(Unaudited)

 
     (In thousands, except per share data)  

Cash, cash equivalents and available-for-sale securities

   $ 29,022      $ 29,002      $ 91,041   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

   $ 1,005      $      $   

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.00001 par value per share — 126,374,911 shares authorized; 122,374,911 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     65,361                 

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity:

      

Preferred stock, par value of $0.00001 per share, no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, actual; 10,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

                     

Common stock, $0.00001 par value per share — 160,000,000 shares authorized; 383,910 shares issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2016, actual; 90,000,000 shares authorized, 8,823,551 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and 14,658,551 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

                     

Additional paid-in capital

     277        66,643        128,662   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (95     (95     (95

Accumulated deficit

     (39,162     (39,162     (39,162
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (38,980     27,386        89,405   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 27,386      $ 27,386      $ 89,405   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

64


Table of Contents

 

(1) Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $12.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease), the amount of cash, cash equivalents and available-for-sale securities, additional paid-in capital, total stockholder’s equity and total capitalization by $5.4 million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. An increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 in the number of shares we are offering would increase (decrease) the amount of cash, cash equivalents and available-for-sale securities, additional paid-in capital, total stockholder’s equity and total capitalization by approximately $11.2 million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price per share, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same. The pro forma as adjusted information is illustrative only, and we will adjust this information based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

The number of shares of common stock issued and outstanding presented in the table above excludes the following shares as of March 31, 2016:

 

    783,341 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options outstanding under our 2007 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (2007 Plan), as amended, at a weighted average exercise price of $1.32 per share;

 

    582,582 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options granted after March 31, 2016 at a weighted-average exercise price of $4.39 per share;

 

    1,999,998 shares of redeemable preferred stock (convertible into 137,930 shares of common stock) issued pursuant to the exercise of preferred stock warrants after March 31, 2016;

 

    52,948 shares of common stock reserved for issuance pursuant to future awards under our 2007 Plan, which will become available for issuance under our 2016 Plan upon the completion of this offering;

 

    1,200,000 shares of common stock reserved, subject to increase on an annual basis, reserved for future issuance pursuant to our 2016 Plan, which will become effective upon completion of this offering as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2016 Plan; and

 

    150,000 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2016 ESPP, which will become effective upon completion of this offering, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2016 ESPP.

 

65


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering.

As of March 31, 2016, we had a historical net tangible book value (deficit) of $(39.1) million, or $(101.89) per share of common stock. Our historical net tangible book value (deficit) per share represents total tangible assets less total liabilities and redeemable convertible preferred stock, divided by the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2016.

As of March 31, 2016, our pro forma net tangible book value was $27.3 million, or $3.09 per share of common stock. Our pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets reduced by the amount of our total liabilities and divided by the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2016, assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into 8,439,641 shares of our common stock, which conversion will occur upon the completion of the offering and the reclassification of warrants to purchase redeemable convertible preferred stock that will be exercised, converted into warrants to purchase common stock or expired unexercised on May 10, 2016, and the related reclassification of our redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability to stockholders’ equity.

After giving further effect to the sale of 5,835,000 shares of common stock that we are offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $12.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of March 31, 2016 would have been approximately $89.3 million, or approximately $6.09 per share. This amount represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $3.00 per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in pro forma net tangible book value of approximately $5.91 per share to new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering.

Dilution per share to new investors is determined by subtracting pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering from the initial public offering price per share paid by new investors. The following table illustrates this dilution (without giving effect to any exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares):

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

     $ 12.00   

Historical net tangible book value (deficit) per share as of March 31, 2016

   $ (101.89  

Pro forma increase in historical net tangible book value per share attributable to the pro forma transactions described in the preceding paragraphs

     104.98     
  

 

 

   

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2016

   $ 3.09     

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to this offering

     3.00     
  

 

 

   

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

       6.09   
    

 

 

 

Dilution per share to new investors in this offering

     $ 5.91   
    

 

 

 

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $12.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by approximately $0.37, and dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors by approximately $0.63, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by approximately $0.32 and $(0.37) per

 

66


Table of Contents

share and decrease (increase) the dilution to investors participating in this offering by approximately $(0.32) and $0.37 per share, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses payable by us.

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase 875,250 additional shares of our common stock in full in this offering, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value after the offering would be $6.38 per share, the increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share to existing stockholders would be $3.29 per share and the dilution per share to new investors would be $5.62 per share, in each case assuming an initial public offering price of $12.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

The following table summarizes, on the pro forma as adjusted basis described above, as of March 31, 2016, the differences between the number of shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us in cash and the average price per share paid by existing stockholders for shares issued prior to this offering and the price to be paid by new investors in this offering. The calculation below is based on the assumed initial public offering price of $12.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of the prospectus, before deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average
Price
Per
Share
 
     Number      Percent     Amount      Percent    

Existing stockholders (1)

     8,823,551         60.2   $ 67,436,000         49.1   $ 7.64   

New investors (1)

     5,835,000         39.8        70,020,000         50.9        12.00   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     14,658,551         100     137,456,000         100     9.38   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Certain of our existing stockholders and their affiliated entities, including investors affiliated with certain of our directors, have indicated an interest in purchasing an aggregate of up to approximately $40.0 million in shares of our common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price and on the same terms as the other purchasers in this offering. However, because indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, these investors may determine to purchase fewer shares than they indicate an interest in purchasing or not to purchase any shares in this offering. It is also possible that these investors could indicate an interest in purchasing more shares of our common stock. In addition, the underwriters could determine to sell fewer shares to any of these investors than the investors indicate an interest in purchasing or not to sell any shares to these investors. The foregoing discussion and table do not reflect any potential purchase by these stockholders.

The foregoing tables and calculations exclude:

 

    783,341 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options outstanding under our 2007 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (2007 Plan), as amended, at a weighted average exercise price of $1.32 per share;

 

    582,582 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options granted after March 31, 2016 at a weighted-average exercise price of $4.39 per share;

 

    1,999,998 shares of redeemable preferred stock (convertible into 137,930 shares of common stock) issued pursuant to the exercise of preferred stock warrants after March 31, 2016;

 

    52,948 shares of common stock reserved for issuance pursuant to future awards under our 2007 Plan, which will become available for issuance under our 2016 Plan upon the completion of this offering;

 

    1,200,000 shares of common stock reserved, subject to increase on an annual basis, reserved for future issuance pursuant to our 2016 Plan, which will become effective upon completion of this offering as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under this benefit plan; and

 

67


Table of Contents
    150,000 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2016 ESPP, which will become effective upon completion of this offering, as well as any automatic increases in the number of shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under this benefit plan.

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in full:

 

    the percentage of shares of common stock held by existing stockholders will decrease to approximately 56.8% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering; and

 

    the number of shares held by new investors will increase to 6,710,250, or approximately 43.2% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

 

68


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following selected consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2014 and 2015 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated statements of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016, and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2016, are derived from our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements were prepared on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements and include, in our opinion, all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments that we consider necessary for a fair statement of the financial information set forth in those financial statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our future results and our interim results for the three months ended March 31, 2016 are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the full year ending December 31, 2016, or any other period. You should read the following selected consolidated financial data below in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     Year Ended December 31,     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2014     2015     2015     2016  
    

(In thousands, except share

and per share data)

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

        

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development

   $ 7,459      $ 11,831      $ 2,183      $ 5,625   

General and administrative

     1,860        2,963        506        1,415   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     9,319        14,794        2,689        7,040   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (9,319     (14,794     (2,689     (7,040

Interest income

     16        19        1        12   

Change in fair value of redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche and warrant liabilities

     (1,769     (83     (9     (4,719
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (11,072   $ (14,858   $ (2,697   $ (11,747
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders (1)

   $ (11,218   $ (14,933   $ (2,697   $ (11,787
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (1)

   $ (49.38   $ (59.32   $ (11.75   $ (40.96
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (1)

     227,197        251,717        229,483        287,800   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited) (1)

     $ (3.57     $ (1.91
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited) (1)

       4,313,032          5,884,892   
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

(1) See Notes 2, 13, and 14 to our audited consolidated financial statements and Note 12 to our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for an explanation of the calculations of our basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, pro forma net loss per common share, and the weighted-average number of shares used in the computation of the per share amounts.

 

69


Table of Contents
     As of December 31,     As of
March 31,
2016
 
     2014     2015    
     (In thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

      

Cash, cash equivalents and available-for-sale securities

   $ 9,324      $ 11,923      $ 29,022   

Working capital

     8,563        11,080        26,467   

Total assets

     10,328        14,845        31,856   

Convertible redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability

            1,643          

Convertible redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     1,023        480        1,005   

Convertible redeemable convertible preferred stock

     20,576        36,996        65,361   

Accumulated deficit

     (12,558     (27,416     (39,162

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (12,621     (27,400     (38,980

 

70


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with the section entitled “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion and other parts of this prospectus contain forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties, such as our plans, objectives, expectations, intentions and beliefs. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in these forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those identified below and those discussed in the section entitled “Risk Factors” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

We are a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company with a proprietary technology platform focused on discovering and developing peptide-based new chemical entities (NCEs) to address significant unmet medical needs. Our primary focus is on developing first-in-class peptide drugs that specifically target biological pathways also targeted by currently marketed injectable antibody drugs. Compared to injectable antibody drugs, our oral peptides offer targeted delivery to the gastrointestinal (GI) tissue compartment, potential for improved safety due to minimal exposure in the blood, improved convenience and compliance due to oral delivery, and the opportunity for earlier introduction of targeted therapy for inflammatory bowel disease (IBD). Our initial lead product candidates, PTG-100 and PTG-200, are based on this approach, and we believe have the potential to transform the existing treatment paradigm for IBD, a GI disease consisting primarily of ulcerative colitis (UC) and Crohn’s disease (CD).

PTG-100 is a potential first-in-class oral, alpha-4-beta-7 ( a 4 b 7) integrin-specific antagonist peptide product candidate which has now completed a Phase 1 clinical trial in normal healthy volunteers (NHVs). Integrins are T cell receptors that facilitate migration of inflammatory cells into the GI tissue. An integrin antagonist peptide is a small molecule designed to block this migration, which is a hallmark of IBD. In our Phase 1 clinical trial, we have established pharmacological proof-of-concept (POC) based on pharmacodynamic (PD) indicators. We plan to initiate a Phase 2b clinical trial in moderate-to-severe UC patients by the end of the fourth quarter of 2016. The a 4 b 7 integrin is targeted by currently marketed injectable antibody drugs and the integrin pathway is considered to be one of the most specific biological mechanisms for IBD. Our second lead product candidate, PTG-200, is a potential first-in-class oral Interleukin-23 receptor (IL-23R) antagonist being developed initially for moderate-to-severe CD. Interleukin-23 is a protein produced by white blood cells that regulates inflammatory and immune functions. PTG-200 is currently in Investigational New Drug (IND) enabling studies, and we plan to initiate a Phase 1 clinical trial in 2017. Blocking of the integrin and Interleukin 23 (IL-23) pathways has led to FDA approved injectable antibody drugs for chronic inflammatory diseases, including IBD and psoriasis, respectively.

We believe PTG-100 and PTG-200 have the potential to transform the existing IBD treatment paradigm because they offer significant advantages over injectable antibody drugs. These complementary assets target different pathways, and potentially offer improved convenience and patient compliance, and improved safety and tolerability compared to currently approved injectable antibody drugs. We believe these potential advantages could allow our products to replace and expand the IBD market beyond the moderate-to-severe IBD patient population currently treated by injectable antibody drugs.

Our novel peptides have potential applicability in a wide range of therapeutic areas in addition to GI diseases. Our first product candidate beyond IBD is PTG-300, an injectable hepcidin mimetic, which is currently in pre-clinical development. PTG-300 has potential utility for the treatment of iron overload disorders, such as transfusion-dependent b -Thalassemia, hereditary hemochromatosis (HH) and sickle cell disease (SCD), each of which may qualify for orphan designation.

 

71


Table of Contents

As of March 31, 2016, our cash, cash equivalents and available-for-sale securities was $29.0 million. In March 2016, we closed the second tranche of our Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock and obtained $22.5 million in net proceeds.

We have not generated any revenue from product sales and we do not currently have any products approved for commercialization. We have never been profitable and have incurred net losses in each year since inception. Our net losses were $11.1 million and $14.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively. Our net losses were $2.7 million and $11.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively. As of March 31, 2016, we had an accumulated deficit of $39.2 million. Substantially all of our net losses have resulted from costs incurred in connection with our research and development programs and from general and administrative costs associated with our operations.

We expect to incur substantial expenditures in the foreseeable future for the advancement of our two lead product candidates and the development of our technology platform. Specifically, we expect to continue to incur substantial expenses in connection with our planned Phase 2b clinical trial for PTG-100, IND-enabling studies and initiation of a Phase 1 clinical trial for PTG-200, IND-enabling studies for PTG-300, and any additional clinical trials that we may conduct for our product candidates. We will need substantial additional funding to support our operating activities as we advance PTG-100, PTG-200, PTG-300 and other potential product candidates through clinical development, seek regulatory approval and prepare for, and if approved, proceed to commercialization. Adequate funding may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all.

Components of Our Results of Operations

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses represent costs incurred to conduct research, such as the discovery and development of our product candidates. We recognize all research and development costs as they are incurred.

Research and development expenses consist primarily of the following:

 

    expenses incurred under agreements with clinical study sites that conduct research and development activities on our behalf;

 

    employee-related expenses, which include salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation;

 

    laboratory vendor expenses related to the preparation and conduct of pre-clinical, non-clinical, and clinical studies;

 

    costs related to production of clinical supplies and non-clinical materials, including fees paid to contract manufacturers and clinical research organizations;

 

    license fees; and

 

    facilities and other allocated expenses, which include expenses for rent and maintenance of facilities, depreciation and amortization expense and other supplies.

We recognize the funds from research and development grants as a reduction of research and development expense when the related research costs are incurred. In addition, we recognize the funds related to Australian Research and Development Tax Incentive that are not subject to refund provisions as a reduction of research and development expense. The amounts are determined on a cost reimbursement basis and as the incentive is related to our research and development expenditures and is non-refundable regardless of whether any Australian tax is owed, the amounts have been recorded as a reduction of research and development expenses. These Australian Research and Development Tax Incentives are recognized when there is reasonable assurance that the incentive will be received, the relevant expenditure has been incurred, and the amount of the consideration can be reliably measured.

 

72


Table of Contents

We allocate direct costs incurred to product candidates when they enter into clinical development. For product candidates in clinical development, we allocate research and development salaries, benefits, stock-based compensation expense and indirect costs to our product candidates on a program-specific basis, and we include these costs in the program-specific expenses. Program-specific expenses are unallocated when the current clinical expenses are incurred for our early stage research and drug discovery projects, our internal resources, employees and infrastructure are not tied to any one research or drug discovery project and are typically deployed across multiple projects. As such, we do not maintain information regarding these costs incurred for the early stage research and drug discovery programs on a project-specific basis prior to the clinical development stage.

The following table shows our research and development expenses incurred during the respective periods:

 

    Year Ended
December 31,
    Three Months
Ended March 31,
 
    2014     2015     2015     2016  
    (In thousands)  

Clinical development expense—PTG-100

  $     $ 1,563      $      $ 4,016   

Pre-clinical and discovery research expense

    8,036        11,159        2,283        2,188   

Less: Reimbursement of expenses under grants and incentives

    (577     (891     (100     (579
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total research and development expenses

  $ 7,459      $ 11,831      $ 2,183      $ 5,625   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

We expect our research and development expenses will increase as we progress our product candidates, advance our discovery research projects into the pre-clinical stage and continue our early stage research. The process of conducting research, identifying potential product candidates and conducting pre-clinical and clinical trials necessary to obtain regulatory approval is costly and time consuming. We may never succeed in achieving marketing approval for our product candidates. The probability of success of the product candidates may be affected by numerous factors, including pre-clinical data, clinical data, competition, manufacturing capability and commercial viability. As a result, we are unable to determine the duration and completion costs of our research and development projects or when and to what extent we will generate revenue from the commercialization and sale of any of our product candidates.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses consist of personnel costs, allocated facilities costs and other expenses for outside professional services, including legal, human resources, audit and accounting services. Personnel costs consist of salaries, benefits and stock-based compensation. Allocated expenses consist of expenses for rent and maintenance of facilities, depreciation and amortization expense and other supplies. We expect to incur additional expenses as a result of operating as a public company, including expenses related to compliance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, and those of any national securities exchange on which our securities are traded, additional insurance expenses, investor relations activities and other administrative and professional services.

Interest Income

Interest income consists of interest earned on our cash, cash equivalents and available-for-sale securities.

Change in Fair Value of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Tranche and Warrant Liabilities

In connection with our Series B and Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock financings we were obligated to sell additional shares of Series B and Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock in subsequent closings, in each case, contingent upon the achievement of certain development milestones or upon the approval of the investors. We recorded this redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability incurred as a

 

73


Table of Contents

derivative financial instrument liability at the fair value on the date of issuance, and we remeasure the liability on each subsequent balance sheet date. In addition, in connection with the issuance of our Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock financing, we issued freestanding warrants to purchase shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock. We account for these warrants as a liability in our consolidated financial statements because the underlying instrument into which the warrants are exercisable contains redemption provisions that are outside our control.

Change in fair value of redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche and warrant liabilities consists of the remeasurement of the fair value of financial liabilities related to our obligation to sell additional redeemable convertible preferred stock shares in subsequent closings contingent upon the achievement of certain development milestones or approval of investors and warrants for the purchase of redeemable convertible preferred stock.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our management’s discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements, as well as the reported revenue generated and expenses incurred during the reporting periods. Our estimates are based on our historical experience and on various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. We believe that the accounting policies discussed below are critical to understanding our historical and future performance, as these policies relate to the more significant areas involving management’s judgments and estimates.

Accrued Research and Development Costs

We record accrued expenses for estimated costs of our research and development activities conducted by third-party service providers, which include the conduct of pre-clinical studies and clinical trials and contract manufacturing activities. We record the estimated costs of research and development activities based upon the estimated amount of services provided but not yet invoiced, and include these costs in accrued liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets and within research and development expense in the consolidated statement of operations. These costs are a significant component of our research and development expenses. We record accrued expenses for these costs based on factors such as estimates of the work completed and in accordance with agreements established with these third-party service providers.

We estimate the amount of work completed through discussions with internal personnel and external service providers as to the progress or stage of completion of the services and the agreed-upon fee to be paid for such services. We make significant judgments and estimates in determining the accrued balance in each reporting period. As actual costs become known, we adjust our accrued estimates. Although we do not expect our estimates to be materially different from amounts actually incurred, our understanding of the status and timing of services performed, the number of patients enrolled and the rate of patient enrollment may vary from our estimates and could result in us reporting amounts that are too high or too low in any particular period. Our accrued expenses are dependent, in part, upon the receipt of timely and accurate reporting from clinical research organizations and other third-party service providers. To date, there have been no material differences from our accrued expenses to actual expenses.

 

74


Table of Contents

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Warrant Liability

We have issued freestanding warrants to purchase shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock in connection with the issuance of our Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock financing. We account for these warrants as a liability in our consolidated financial statements because the underlying instrument into which the warrants are exercisable contains redemption provisions that are outside our control.

The fair value of the warrants at the issuance date and December 31, 2014 and 2015 was determined using a one-step binomial lattice model in combination with the option pricing model. The fair value of the warrants outstanding as of March 31, 2016 was determined using a hybrid method of the option pricing model and the probability-weighted expected return method (PWERM). The warrants are re-measured at each financial reporting period with any changes in fair value being recognized in the consolidated statements of operations. We will continue to adjust the liability for changes in fair value until the earlier of (i) exercise of the warrants, (ii) conversion of warrants to purchase common stock, or (iii) expiration of the warrants. All unexercised warrants expired on May 10, 2016.

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Tranche Liability

We recorded the redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability incurred in connection with our Series B and Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock as a derivative financial instrument liability at the fair value on the date of issuance, and we remeasure the liability on each subsequent balance sheet date. The Series B and Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock liability stems from our initial sale of Series B and Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock in connection with which we were obligated to sell additional shares in subsequent closings contingent upon the achievement of certain development milestones and approval from the investors. The subsequent closings were deemed to be freestanding financial instruments that were outside of our control. The changes in fair value are recognized as a gain or loss in the consolidated statements of operations and the liability is remeasured at each reporting period and settlement of the related tranche closing. We estimated the fair value of this liability using a one-step binomial lattice model in combination with the option pricing model that include assumptions of probability of achievement of the development milestones or funding of the financing, stock price, expected term and risk-free interest rate. The tranche closing of the Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock occurred in August 2014, so there is no derivative liability as of December 31, 2014, and there will be no additional remeasurement through the consolidated statement of operations in future periods. The Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability was recorded upon the closing of the first tranche of the Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock in July 2015 and will be remeasured at the end of each reporting period until the obligation is settled or expires upon the earlier of (i) a deemed liquidation event, or (ii) the consummation of a firm commitment underwritten public offering. In March 2016, upon closing of the second tranche of the Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock, the fair value of the tranche liability was remeasured using a hybrid method of the option pricing model and PWERM and the liability was reclassified to redeemable convertible preferred stock.

Stock-Based Compensation

We recognize compensation costs related to stock options granted to employees based on the estimated fair value of the awards on the date of grant, net of estimated forfeitures. We estimate the grant date fair value, and the resulting stock-based compensation expense, using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The grant date fair value of the stock-based awards is generally recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the respective awards.

The Black-Scholes option-pricing model requires the use of highly subjective assumptions which determine the fair value of stock-based awards. These assumptions include:

Expected Term — Our expected term represents the period that our stock-based awards are expected to be outstanding and is determined using the simplified method (based on the mid-point between the vesting date and

 

75


Table of Contents

the end of the contractual term). We have very limited historical information to develop reasonable expectations about future exercise patterns and post-vesting employment termination behavior for our stock option grants.

Expected Volatility — Since we are privately held and do not have any trading history for our common stock, the expected volatility was estimated based on the average volatility for comparable publicly traded biopharmaceutical companies over a period equal to the expected term of the stock option grants. The comparable companies were chosen based on their similar size, stage in the life cycle, or area of specialty.

Risk-Free Interest Rate —The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury zero coupon issues in effect at the time of grant for periods corresponding with the expected term of option.

Expected Dividend —We have never paid dividends on our common stock and have no plans to pay dividends on our common stock. Therefore, we used an expected dividend yield of zero.

In addition to the Black-Scholes assumptions, we estimate our forfeiture rate based on an analysis of our actual forfeitures and will continue to evaluate the adequacy of the forfeiture rate based on actual forfeiture experience, analysis of employee turnover behavior, and other factors. The impact from any forfeiture rate adjustment would be recognized in full in the period of adjustment and if the actual number of future forfeitures differs from our estimates, we might be required to record adjustments to stock-based compensation in future periods.

For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, stock-based compensation expense was $42,000 and $99,000, respectively. For the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016, stock-based compensation expense was $19,000 and $56,000, respectively. As of March 31, 2016, we had $0.4 million of total unrecognized stock-based compensation costs, net of estimated forfeitures, which we expect to recognize over a weighted-average period of 3.0 years.

Historically, for all periods prior to this initial public offering, the fair values of the shares of common stock underlying our share-based awards were estimated on each grant date by our board of directors. In order to determine the fair value of our common stock underlying option grants, our board of directors considered, among other things, contemporaneous valuations of our common stock prepared by an unrelated third-party valuation firm in accordance with the guidance provide by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Guide, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation . Given the absence of a public trading market for our common stock, our board of directors exercised reasonable judgment and considered a number of objective and subjective factors to determine the best estimate of the fair value of our common stock, including our stage of development; progress of our research and development efforts; the rights, preferences and privileges of our preferred stock relative to those of our common stock; equity market conditions affecting comparable public companies and the lack of marketability of our common stock.

For valuations after the completion of this offering, our board of directors will determine the fair value of each share of underlying common stock based on the closing price of our common stock as reported on the date of grant.

The intrinsic value of all outstanding options as of March 31, 2016 was $8.4 million based on the estimated fair value of our common stock of $12.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

Income Taxes

We use the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial reporting and the tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. We assess the likelihood that the resulting deferred tax assets will be realized. A valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized.

 

76


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2015, our total gross deferred tax assets were $10.6 million. Due to our lack of earnings history and uncertainties surrounding our ability to generate future taxable income, the net deferred tax assets have been fully offset by a valuation allowance. The deferred tax assets were primarily comprised of federal and state tax net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. As of December 31, 2015, our net operating loss carryforwards for Federal income tax purposes of $20.0 million which are available to offset future taxable income, if any, through 2033 and net operating loss carryforwards for state income tax purposes of approximately $9.4 million which are available to offset future taxable income, if any, through 2033. As of December 31, 2015, we also had accumulated Australian tax losses of $8.7 million available for carry forward against future earnings, which under relevant tax laws do not expire but may not be available under certain circumstances.

Utilization of the net operating loss carryforwards may be subject to a substantial annual limitation due to ownership changes that may have occurred or that could occur in the future, as required by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (Code), and similar state provisions. These ownership change limitations may limit the amount of net operating loss carryforwards and other tax attributes that can be utilized annually to offset future taxable income and tax, respectively. In general, an “ownership change” as defined by Section 382 of the Code results from a transaction or series of transactions over a three-year period resulting in an ownership change of more than 50 percentage points (by value) of the outstanding stock of a company by certain stockholders. Since our formation, we have raised capital through the issuance of capital stock on several occasions, which separately or combined with the purchasing stockholders’ subsequent disposition of those shares, may have resulted in such ownership changes, or could result in ownership changes in the future.

Results of Operations

Comparison of the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
     Dollar
Change
     %
Change
 
     2015      2016        
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Operating expenses:

           

Research and development

   $ 2,183       $ 5,625       $ 3,442         158   

General and administrative

     506         1,415         909         180   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total operating expenses

     2,689         7,040         4,351         162   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Loss from operations

     (2,689      (7,040      (4,351      162   

Interest income

     1         12         11         *   

Change in fair value of redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche and warrant liabilities

     (9      (4,719      (4,710      *   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net loss

   $ (2,697    $ (11,747    $ (9,050      336   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

* Percentage not meaningful

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses increased $3.4 million, or 158%, from $2.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015 to $5.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016. The increase was due to an increase of $1.2 million related to increased contract manufacturing activities for PTG-100 clinical trials, an increase of $1.8 million in PTG-100 Phase 1 clinical trials and other related studies, an increase of $0.4 million in salaries and employee-related expenses due to an increase in headcount, an increase of $0.3 million due to achieving certain development milestones in a prior collaboration agreement related to the initiation of pre-clinical development studies on PTG-300, and an increase of $0.2 million in costs to third party consultants. The

 

77


Table of Contents

increases were partially offset by an increase of $0.5 million in government grants recognized as a reduction of research and development expenses, primarily due to the increase in our Australia research and development tax incentive grant and funds earned under the Small Business Innovation Research grant award obtained in 2015.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses increased $0.9 million, or 180%, from $0.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015, to $1.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016. The increase was due to an increase of $0.7 million in professional service fees and an increase of $0.2 million in salaries and employee-related expenses due to an increase in headcount to support the growth of our operations.

Change in Fair Value of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Tranche and Warrant Liabilities

The change in estimated fair value associated with redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability and warrant liability increased $4.7 million from a charge of $9,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2015 to a charge of $4.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016, due to the fair value remeasurement of the outstanding mark to market liabilities. We issued the shares under our Series C obligation in March 2016, and accordingly, we no longer have an obligation as of that date. In April 2016, approximately half of the warrants for the purchase of redeemable preferred stock were exercised and the remaining half expired in May 2016. Accordingly, we will no longer be remeasuring the warrant liability as of those dates.

Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
     Dollar
Change
     %
Change
 
     2014      2015        
     (Dollars in thousands)         

Operating expenses:

           

Research and development

   $ 7,459       $ 11,831       $ 4,372         59   

General and administrative

     1,860         2,963         1,103         59   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total operating expenses

     9,319         14,794         5,475         59   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Loss from operations

     (9,319      (14,794      (5,475      59   

Interest income

     16         19         3         19   

Change in fair value of redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche and warrant liabilities

     (1,769      (83      1,686         (95
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Net loss

   $ (11,072    $ (14,858    $ (3,786      34   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses increased $4.4 million, or 59%, from $7.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 to $11.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase was due to an increase of $2.8 million in pre-clinical activities for our product candidates, an increase of $0.8 million in PTG-100 Phase 1 clinical trials, which were incurred primarily in the fourth quarter of 2015, an increase of $0.6 million related to contract manufacturing activities, an increase of $0.5 million in salaries and employee-related expenses due to an increase in headcount and an increase of $0.1 million in costs to third party consultants primarily related to research and development activities for PTG-100. The increases were partially offset by an increase of $0.4 million in government grants recognized as a reduction to research and development expenses, primarily due to the increase in Australia research and development tax incentive grant and the Small Business Innovation Research grant award obtained in 2015.

 

78


Table of Contents

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses increased $1.1 million, or 59%, from $1.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, to $3.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase was due to an increase of $0.5 million in salaries and employee-related expenses due to an increase in headcount, an increase of $0.5 million in professional services fees, primarily for patent related matters and an increase of $0.1 million in facility-related costs due to the increase in our leased facility space.

Change in Fair Value of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Tranche and Warrant Liabilities

The change in estimated fair value associated with redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability and warrant liability decreased $1.7 million, or 95%, from a charge of $1.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 to a charge of $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, was due to the fair value remeasurement of the outstanding mark to market liabilities. We issued the shares under our Series B obligation in August 2014, and accordingly, we no longer have an obligation as of that date. However, we will continue to mark to market our Series C obligation until March 2016 when we issued the additional shares under our Series C obligation.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Liquidity and Capital Expenditures

Since inception through March 31, 2016, our operations have been financed primarily by net proceeds of $66.6 million from the sale of shares of our convertible preferred stock. As of March 31, 2016, we had $29.0 million of cash, cash equivalents, and available-for-sale securities and an accumulated deficit of $39.2 million.

Our primary uses of cash are to fund operating expenses, primarily research and development expenditures. Cash used to fund operating expenses is impacted by the timing of when we pay these expenses, as reflected in the change in our outstanding accounts payable and accrued expenses.

We believe, based on our current operating plan and expected expenditures, that our existing cash, cash equivalents, available-for-sale securities and the net proceeds from this offering will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash and capital expenditure requirements for at least the next 18 months. We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could utilize our available capital resources sooner than we currently expect. Specifically, we expect to incur substantial expenses in connection with our planned Phase 2b clinical trial for PTG-100, our IND-enabling studies and planned clinical trial for PTG-200 and IND-enabling studies for PTG-300 and any other clinical trials that we may conduct. Furthermore, if our planned pre-clinical and clinical trials are successful, or our other product candidates enter clinical trials or advance beyond the discovery stage, we will need to raise additional capital in order to further advance our product candidates towards regulatory approval. We will continue to require additional financing to advance our current product candidates through clinical development, to develop, acquire or in-license other potential product candidates and to fund operations for the foreseeable future. We will continue to seek funds through equity or debt financings, collaborative or other arrangements with corporate sources, or through other sources of financing. We anticipate that we will need to raise substantial additional capital, the requirements of which will depend on many factors, including:

 

    the progress, timing, scope, results and costs of our pre-clinical studies and clinical trials for our product candidates, including the ability to enroll patients in a timely manner for our clinical trials;

 

    the costs of obtaining clinical and commercial supplies and any other product candidates we may identify and develop;

 

    our ability to successfully commercialize the product candidates we may identify and develop;

 

79


Table of Contents
    the manufacturing, selling and marketing costs associated with our lead product candidates and any other product candidates we may identify and develop, including the cost and timing of expanding our sales and marketing capabilities;

 

    the amount and timing of sales and other revenues from our lead product candidates and any other product candidates we may identify and develop, including the sales price and the availability of adequate third-party reimbursement;

 

    the cash requirements of any future acquisitions or discovery of product candidates;

 

    the time and cost necessary to respond to technological and market developments;

 

    the extent to which we may acquire or in-license other product candidates and technologies;

 

    our ability to attract, hire and retain qualified personnel; and

 

    the costs of maintaining, expanding and protecting our intellectual property portfolio.

Adequate additional funding may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all. Any failure to raise capital as and when needed could have a negative impact on our financial condition and on our ability to pursue our business plans and strategies. Further, our operating plans may change, and we may need additional funds to meet operational needs and capital requirements for clinical trials and other research and development activities. If we do raise additional capital through public or private equity offerings, the ownership interest of our existing stockholders will be diluted, and the terms of these securities may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect our stockholders’ rights. If we raise additional capital through debt financing, we may be subject to covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt, making capital expenditures or declaring dividends. We currently have no credit facility or committed sources of capital. Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with the development and commercialization of our product candidates, we are unable to estimate the amounts of increased capital outlays and operating expenditures associated with our current and anticipated product development programs.

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods indicated:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Three
Months Ended

March 31,
 
     2014      2015     2015     2016  
     (In thousands)  

Cash used in operating activities

   $ (7,743    $ (14,385   $ (2,433   $ (5,239

Cash provided by (used in) investing activities

   $ (299    $ (8,264   $ (5   $ 7,147   

Cash provided by financing activities

   $ 9,003       $ 17,419      $ 2     $ 22,631   

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

Cash used in operating activities for the three months ended March 31, 2016 was $5.2 million, consisting of a net loss of $11.7 million, which was offset by non-cash charges of $4.9 million and a net change of $1.6 million in our net operating assets and liabilities. The non-cash charges were primarily comprised of $4.2 million for the change in fair value of redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability, $0.5 million for the change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability, $0.1 million for depreciation and amortization expense and $0.1 million for stock-based compensation. The increase in our net operating assets and liabilities was due primarily to an increase of $1.2 million in our accounts payable and accrued liabilities related to an increase in research and development activities and a decrease of $0.9 million in prepaid and other current assets related to expensing of costs for research activities that occurred during the quarter, offset by a $0.5 million increase in the receivable related to the Australia research and development tax incentive.

 

80


Table of Contents

Cash used in operating activities for the three months ended March 31, 2015 was $2.4 million, consisting of a net loss of $2.7 million, which was offset by non-cash charges of $0.1 million primarily for depreciation and amortization expense and a net change of $0.2 million in our net operating assets and liabilities due primarily to an increase in our accounts payable and prepaid expenses related to the increase in research and development activities.

Cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2015 was $14.4 million, consisting of a net loss of $14.9 million, which was partially offset by non-cash charges of $0.4 million and a net change of $0.1 million in our net operation assets and liabilities. The non-cash charges were primarily comprised of $0.6 million for the change in fair value of redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability, $0.2 million for depreciation and amortization expense, $0.1 million for stock-based compensation, offset by gain of $0.5 million for the change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability. The change in our net operating assets and liabilities was due primarily to an increase of $1.8 million in our accounts payable and accrued liabilities related to an increase in research and development activities, offset by $1.5 million increase in cash used for prepaid and other current assets related to payments associated with clinical trials and studies and a $0.2 million increase in a receivable related to the Australia research and development tax incentive.

Cash used in operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2014 was $7.7 million, consisting of a net loss of $11.1 million, which was partially offset by non-cash charges primarily of $2.1 million and a net increase of $1.3 million in our net operation assets and liabilities. The non-cash charges were primarily comprised of $1.8 million for the change in fair value of our convertible preferred stock tranche and warrant liabilities and $0.3 million for depreciation and amortization expense. The change in our net operating assets and liabilities was due primarily to decrease of $0.6 million in prepaid expenses and other current assets related to payments for research and development activities, an increase of $0.4 million in our accounts payable and accrued liabilities related to an increase in research and development activities and a $0.3 million increase in receivable related to the Australia research and development tax incentive.

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

Cash provided by investing activities for the three months ended March 31, 2016 was $7.1 million, consisting of the proceeds from maturities of our available-for-sale securities of $7.4 million, which were partially offset by our purchase of property and equipment of $0.3 million. The purchase of property and equipment was primarily related to the expansion of our laboratory and related equipment.

Cash used in investing activities for the three months ended March 31, 2015 was related to our purchase of property and equipment of $5,000.

Cash used in investing activities for the years ended December 31, 2015, was $8.3 million, consisting of the purchase of available-for-sale securities of $7.9 million and our purchase of property and equipment of $0.4 million. The purchase of property and equipment was primarily related to the expansion of our laboratory and the purchase of related equipment.

Cash used in investing activities for the years ended December 31, 2014, was related to our purchase of property and equipment of $0.3 million. The purchase of property and equipment was primarily related to the expansion of our laboratory and the purchase of related equipment.

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

Cash provided by financing activities for the three months ended March 31, 2016 was $22.6 million was related to net proceeds of $22.5 million from the issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock and proceeds of $0.1 million from the issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options.

Cash provided by financing activities for the three months ended March 31, 2015 was related to proceeds of $2,000 from the issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options.

 

81


Table of Contents

Cash provided by financing activities for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 was primarily related to proceeds from the issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock of $17.4 million and $9.0 million, respectively.

Contractual Obligations and Other Commitments

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2015:

 

     Payments Due by Period  

Contractual Obligations:

   Less Than
1 Year
     1 to 3 Years      3 to 5 Years      More Than
5 Years
     Total  
     (In thousands)  

Operating lease obligations

   $ 372       $ 402       $       $       $ 774   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total contractual obligations

   $ 372       $ 402       $       $       $ 774   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

We enter into agreements in the normal course of business with contract research organizations for clinical trials and with vendors for pre-clinical studies and other services and products for operating purposes, which are cancelable at any time by us, generally upon 30 to 60 days prior written notice. These payments are not included in this table of contractual obligations.

In addition to the amounts set forth in the table above, we have certain obligations under licensing agreements with third parties contingent upon achieving various development, regulatory and commercial milestones. In October 2013, the collaboration program under our Research Collaboration and License Agreement with Zealand Pharma A/S (Zealand) was abandoned by Zealand. Pursuant to the terms of the agreement, we elected to assume the responsibility for the development and commercialization of the product candidate. Upon Zealand’s abandonment, Zealand assigned to us certain intellectual property arising from the collaboration and also granted us an exclusive license to certain background intellectual property rights of Zealand that relate to the products assumed by us. Upon the nomination of PTG-300 as a development candidate, we owed Zealand a payment of $250,000, which has been recognized within research and development expense in our consolidated statement of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2016. If we initiate a Phase 1 clinical trial for PTG-300, we will pay Zealand an additional $250,000. We have the right, but not the obligation, to further develop and commercialize the product candidate and, if we successfully develop and commercialize PTG-300 without a partner, we will pay to Zealand up to an additional aggregate of $128.5 million for the achievement of certain development, regulatory and sales milestone events. In addition, we will pay to Zealand a low single digit royalty on worldwide net sales of the product. As the achievement and timing of these future milestone payments are not probable and estimable, such amounts have not been included on our consolidated balance sheets or in the contractual obligations table above.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have not entered into any off-balance sheet arrangements and do not have any holdings in variable interest entities.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We are exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of our business. These risks primarily include interest rate sensitivities.

We had $11.9 million and $29.0 million in cash, cash equivalents and available-for-sale securities as of December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016, respectively. Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and money market funds. Available-for-sale securities consist of corporate bonds and commercial paper. Such interest-earning instruments carry a degree of interest rate risk; however, historical fluctuations in interest income have not been significant. We had no outstanding debt as of March 31, 2016.

 

82


Table of Contents

Approximately $0.6 million and $1.0 million of our cash balance is located in Australia as of December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016, respectively. Our expenses, except those related to our Australian operations, are generally denominated in U.S. dollars. For our operations in Australia, the majority of the expenses are denominated in Australian dollars. To date, we have not had a formal hedging program with respect to foreign currency, but we may do so in the future if our exposure to foreign currency should become more significant. A 10% increase or decrease in current exchange rates would not have a material effect on our consolidated financial results.

JOBS Act Accounting Election

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards, and, therefore, will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In August 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued ASU No. 2014-15, Disclosure of Uncertainties About an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern . ASU 2014-15 requires management to perform interim and annual assessments of an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year of the date the financial statements are issued and provides guidance on determining when and how to disclose going concern uncertainties in the financial statements. Certain disclosures will be required if conditions give rise to substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern. ASU 2014-15 applies to all entities and is effective for annual and interim reporting periods ending after December 15, 2016, with early adoption permitted. We are currently evaluating the effect the adoption of this standard will have, if any, on our consolidated financial statements.

In November 2015, FASB issued ASU No. 2015-17, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes , which is intended to simplify and improve how deferred taxes are classified on the balance sheet. The guidance in this ASU eliminates the current requirement to present deferred tax assets and liabilities as current and noncurrent in a classified balance sheet and now requires entities to classify all deferred tax assets and liabilities as noncurrent. The guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016 and for interim periods within those annual periods though early adoption is permitted. We do not expect that the adoption of the guidance will have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). Under the new guidance, (with the exception of short-term leases) at the commencement date, lessees will be required to recognize a lease liability and a right-of-use asset. Lessor accounting is largely unchanged, while lessees will no longer be provided with a source of off-balance sheet financing. Public business entities should apply the amendments in ASU 2016-02 for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years (January 1, 2019, for us). Early application is permitted. Lessees (for capital and operating leases) must apply a modified retrospective transition approach for leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements. The modified retrospective approach would not require any transition accounting for leases that expired before the earliest comparative period presented. We are currently evaluating the impact that the standard will have on our consolidated financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09 Compensation-Stock Compensation (Topic 718) Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting, which is intended to simplify several aspects of the accounting for employee share-based payment transactions, including the income tax consequences, the determination of forfeiture rates, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, and classification on the statement of cash flows. This ASU is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2016 and early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of ASU 2016-09 will have on our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

 

83


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

We are a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company with a proprietary technology platform focused on discovering and developing peptide-based new chemical entities (NCEs) to address significant unmet medical needs. Our primary focus is on developing first-in-class oral peptide drugs that specifically target the same biological pathways also targeted by currently marketed injectable antibody drugs. Compared to injectable antibody drugs, our oral peptides offer targeted delivery to the gastrointestinal (GI) tissue compartment, potential for improved safety due to minimal exposure in the blood, improved convenience and compliance due to oral delivery and the opportunity for earlier introduction of targeted therapy for inflammatory bowel disease (IBD). Our initial lead product candidates, PTG-100 and PTG-200, are based on this approach and we believe they have the potential to transform the existing treatment paradigm for IBD, a GI disease consisting primarily of ulcerative colitis (UC), and Crohn’s disease (CD).

PTG-100 is a potential first-in-class oral, alpha-4-beta-7 ( a 4 b 7) integrin-specific antagonist peptide product candidate which has now completed a Phase 1 clinical trial in normal healthy volunteers (NHVs). Integrins are T cell receptors that facilitate migration of inflammatory cells into the GI tissue. An integrin antagonist peptide is a small molecule designed to block this migration, which is a hallmark of IBD. In our Phase 1 clinical trial, we have established pharmacological proof-of-concept (POC) based on pharmacodynamic (PD) indicators. We plan to initiate a Phase 2b clinical trial in moderate-to-severe UC patients by the end of the fourth quarter of 2016. The a 4 b 7 integrin is targeted by currently marketed injectable antibody drugs and the integrin pathway is considered to be one of the most specific biological mechanisms for IBD. Our second product candidate, PTG-200, is a potential first-in-class oral Interleukin 23 receptor (IL-23R) antagonist being developed initially for moderate-to-severe CD. Interleukin-23 is a protein produced, by white blood cells that regulates inflammatory and immune functions. PTG-200 is currently in Investigational New Drug (IND) enabling studies, and we plan to initiate a Phase 1 clinical trial in 2017. Blocking of the integrin and Interleukin 23 (IL-23) pathways has led to FDA approved injectable antibody drugs for chronic inflammatory diseases, including IBD and psoriasis, respectively.

IBD is a chronic inflammatory disease with significant unmet medical need, and a large and growing market with an estimated 1.6 million patients in the United States in 2013. As of 2008, annual direct treatment costs for patients with IBD in the United States were estimated to exceed $6.3 billion, with indirect costs estimated to be an additional $5.5 billion. In 2012, Global Data estimated that the UC and CD markets reached approximately $4.2 billion and $3.2 billion, respectively, across ten major markets, and Global Data estimates that these markets are expected to grow at a compound annual growth rate of approximately 3% to 5% through 2022. The current tumor necrosis factor-alpha (TNF- a ) antibody drugs approved for moderate-to-severe IBD, Humira ® and Remicade ® , are both injectable. According to Global Data, the 2013 sales for Humira ® and Remicade ® for IBD were $3.4 billion in the United States. Approximately one third of IBD patients are non-responders to TNF- a antibody drugs and approximately another 30% to 40% become refractory within the first year of treatment. Additionally, TNF- a antibody drugs may predispose patients to an increased risk of serious infection and the development of anti-drug antibodies (ADAs), which over time can cause loss of drug response. Thus, while available treatments exist for moderate-to-severe IBD, there continues to be a significant medical need for efficacious, safer, and convenient treatments.

We believe PTG-100 and PTG-200 have the potential to transform the existing IBD treatment paradigm because they offer significant advantages over injectable antibody drugs. These complementary assets target different pathways, and potentially offer improved convenience, patient compliance, and safety and tolerability compared to currently approved injectable antibody drugs. We believe these potential advantages could allow our products to replace and expand the IBD market beyond the moderate-to-severe IBD patient population currently treated by injectable antibody drugs.

PTG-100 and PTG-200 are derived from our proprietary peptide technology platform. Peptide therapeutics represent a substantial and growing therapeutic class with more than 60 FDA approved drugs. Our platform enables

 

84


Table of Contents

us to discover novel, structurally constrained peptides that retain certain key advantages of both oral and small molecule and injectable antibody drugs, while overcoming many of their limitations as therapeutic agents. Constrained peptides are rigid, well-folded structures typically formed by disulfide bonds that alleviate the fundamental instability inherent in traditional peptides, which cannot be delivered orally. Further, these constrained peptides are designed to bind to biological targets, including protein-protein interactions (PPI) targets, which are typically approached by antibodies since small molecules cannot bind effectively to these targets. It is estimated that up to 80% of all potential disease targets are not amenable to drug development by small molecules and have therefore traditionally been approached by injectable antibody drugs. The key differences between our constrained peptides, small molecules and antibody drugs are summarized in Figure 1 below.

Figure 1: Characteristics of Small Molecules vs. Constrained Peptides vs. Antibodies

 

LOGO

Our novel peptides have potential applicability in a wide range of therapeutic areas in addition to GI diseases. Our first product candidate beyond IBD is PTG-300, an injectable hepcidin mimetic, which is currently in pre-clinical development with completion of IND-enabling studies expected by the end of the first half of 2017. A hepcidin mimetic is a peptide that mimics the function of the natural hormone, hepcidin. PTG-300 has potential utility for the treatment of iron overload disorders, such as transfusion-dependent b -Thalassemia, hereditary hemochromatosis (HH) and sickle cell disease (SCD), each of which may qualify PTG-300 for orphan drug designation.

Our Pipeline

We will continue to leverage our proprietary peptide technology platform to discover and develop novel product candidates to treat diseases with significant unmet medical needs. The following table summarizes key information about our peptide product candidates to date:

 

LOGO

 

85


Table of Contents

Our Product Candidates

PTG-100

PTG-100 has first-in-class potential as an oral, a 4 b 7 integrin-specific antagonist for the treatment of IBD. The a 4 b 7 integrin is considered to be one of the most GI-specific biological targets for IBD. It is a cell surface protein present on T cells that plays an important role in the trafficking of T cells to the GI tissue compartment by binding to MAdCAM-1, an extracellular protein that resides mostly in the GI vasculature.

We are leveraging several factors to inform and guide the clinical development of PTG-100 for the treatment of IBD. First, PTG-100 shares the same a 4 b 7 integrin target as the injectable antibody drug vedolizumab, marketed as Entyvio ® , for the treatment of moderate-to-severe UC and CD. Second, we utilized PD biomarker assays similar to those described in scientific publications used with Entyvio ® and other antibodies in development as indicators of target engagement to establish POC in our Phase 1 clinical trial with PTG-100. These PD data include increases in receptor occupancy and decreases in receptor expression. We believe that we can utilize published information describing the development and regulatory path of Entyvio ® and other approved antibody drugs for IBD to help inform the design of our clinical development studies.

We have completed extensive pre-clinical studies of PTG-100 in which we established pharmacological POC, including effects on T cell trafficking and mucosal healing similar to comparator a 4 b 7 rodent antibody, DATK-32. Following the submission and approval of a Clinical Trial Notification (CTN) in Australia in December 2015, we initiated a Phase 1 clinical trial, comprised of three components: a single ascending dose (SAD) and multiple ascending dose (MAD) component, each of which evaluated safety, pharmacokinetics (PK), and PD-based POC in healthy subjects, using an oral liquid formulation of PTG-100. The trial also included a bridging component which compared the relative bioavailability and PD effects of the liquid formulation and a capsule formulation of PTG-100 that we intend to use in our Phase 2b clinical trial. The Phase 1 clinical trial was completed in June 2016. There were no serious adverse events reported in the Phase 1 clinical trial, and no dose-limiting toxicities were observed. All reported adverse events were of mild to moderate severity. There were no dose-dependent increases observed for any adverse events. The most frequent adverse events reported by subjects on PTG-100 were headache and upper respiratory tract infection. These events were also observed in subjects who took placebo. The preliminary maximally tolerated dose was established at 1,000 mg, the highest dose tested, for both single and multiple dosing, although no dose-limiting toxicities were observed at the 1,000 mg dose level. In addition, we observed dose-dependent PD effects, including target engagement and pharmacologic activity, similar to what was observed in the pre-clinical setting. Finally, we established the plasma exposure of the capsule formulation was lower than that of the liquid formulation at the same dose level. The PD effects (target engagement and pharmacologic activity) were highly similar between the two formulations, despite the lower plasma exposure of the capsule formulation. We believe this data will support the introduction of the capsule formulation in the Phase 2b clinical trial. We expect to have final unblinded data from the completed Phase 1 clinical trial by the end of the third quarter of 2016.

We plan to file an IND in the United States by the end of the third quarter of 2016 to support initiation of a global Phase 2b randomized, double-blinded, placebo-controlled dose-finding clinical trial by the end of the fourth quarter of 2016 to assess safety and efficacy of PTG-100 in approximately 260 moderate-to-severe UC patients. In this Phase 2b trial we plan to utilize the same capsule formulation that was used in the formulation bridging component of the Phase 1 clinical trial. The primary endpoint of our Phase 2b clinical trial is expected to be the induction of remission, which is consistent with the development of previously approved drugs for UC. We plan to develop PTG-100 initially for the treatment of moderate-to-severe UC, potentially followed by CD and pediatric IBD, the latter being an orphan indication.

PTG-200

Our second oral, GI-restricted peptide product candidate is PTG-200, a potential first-in-class IL-23R specific antagonist for the treatment of IBD. IL-23 is a member of the IL-12 family of pro-inflammatory

 

86


Table of Contents

cytokines, which are proteins that regulate inflammatory and immune function and play a key role in the development of IBD. By blocking the IL-23 receptor with PTG-200 in the GI tissue compartment we expect to reduce inflammation while potentially minimizing the risk of systemic side effects due to its GI-restricted nature. The IL-23 pathway is targeted by the IL-12 and IL-23 antagonist infused antibody drug ustekinumab marketed as Stelara ® for psoriasis and psoriatic arthritis. Stelara ® has also recently reported positive Phase 3 clinical trial results in patients with moderate-to-severe CD.

We have completed pre-clinical POC studies for PTG-200, started IND-enabling studies, and plan to initiate a Phase 1 clinical trial in 2017. We plan to develop PTG-200 initially for the treatment of moderate-to-severe CD, potentially followed by UC and pediatric IBD, the latter being an orphan indication.

PTG-300

PTG-300 is an injectable hepcidin mimetic peptide that we are developing for the treatment of iron overload disorders, such as transfusion-dependent b -Thalassemia, HH and SCD, each of which may qualify for orphan drug designation. Hepcidin is a peptide hormone critical for regulating iron homeostasis. However, hepcidin has significant stability, potency and solubility limitations. We have discovered and developed PTG-300 as a stable, soluble, hepcidin mimetic that can potentially be more potent and more amenable for weekly or less frequent subcutaneous delivery compared to hepcidin. We plan to complete IND-enabling studies in by the end of the first half of 2017 and initiate a Phase 1 clinical trial in 2017.

Our Peptide Technology Platform

Our proprietary peptide technology platform is based on a series of tools and methods which allow us to discover and develop structurally novel oral or injectable peptides as potential product candidates. The platform utilizes these tools and techniques in an integrated and iterative manner in synergy with our deep-rooted knowledge in peptide chemistry, which allows us to arrive at a product with the desired potency, selectivity, oral or plasma stability, PK, and physicochemical properties. These tools and techniques include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

    Molecular design tools and large virtual libraries of constrained scaffolds, collectively known as Vectrix ™: Allows for the de novo selection of peptide scaffolds as starting points against specific targets.

 

    Random libraries and phage display techniques: Allows for the discovery and optimization of peptide hits.

 

    Oral stability assays: In vitro and ex vivo assays and systems that simulate chemical and biological mechanisms, and physical barriers that constrained peptides must overcome for oral stability.

 

    Medicinal peptide chemistry: Allows optimization and refinement of potency, selectivity, oral stability and GI restriction.

 

    In vivo pharmacology tools for GI restriction : Tools to quantify compound concentrations and activity in various GI tissue compartments to develop oral products with minimal systemic exposure.

To date, our platform has generated two oral antagonist peptide candidates, PTG-100 and PTG-200, for IBD, and an injectable hepcidin peptide mimetic, PTG-300, for iron overload disorders, exemplifying our platform’s reproducibility and broad scope. We will continue to use our technology platform to discover novel peptides against targets and diseases where oral small molecules or injectable biologics do not offer satisfactory outcomes to patients.

 

87


Table of Contents

Our Strategy

Our goal is to become a leading biopharmaceutical company by discovering, developing and commercializing first-in-class peptide-based therapeutics that have the potential to transform current treatment paradigms for patients and address unmet medical needs. We are currently pursuing the development of oral peptides that specifically target a number of biological pathways that are also targeted by currently marketed injectable antibody drugs. The critical components of our strategy are as follows:

 

    Advance our two lead oral, GI-restricted peptide product candidates, PTG-100 and PTG-200, in clinical development to evaluate the safety, PK, PD-based POC and efficacy in IBD patients.

 

    PTG-100: We completed our Phase 1 clinical trial of PTG-100. This clinical trial was designed to evaluate safety and tolerability, PK, and PD-based POC in NHVs, as well as evaluate the relative bioavailability of our capsule formulation compared to the liquid formulation. We plan to initiate a Phase 2b clinical trial of PTG-100 in patients with moderate-to-severe UC by the end of the fourth quarter of 2016.

 

    PTG-200: We have commenced IND-enabling studies of PTG-200 and plan to initiate a Phase 1 clinical trial in 2017. PTG-200 will initially be developed as a targeted oral therapy for patients with moderate-to-severe CD.

 

    Leverage our peptide technology platform to expand our differentiated peptide-based product pipeline across multiple therapeutic areas .

 

    PTG-300: We have initiated IND-enabling studies of PTG-300, a subcutaneous (SC), injectable hepcidin mimetic peptide that would be developed for iron overload disorders such as transfusion-dependent b -Thalassemia, HH, and SCD, each of which may qualify for orphan designation.

 

    Opportunistically expand the value of our oral, GI-restricted peptide product candidates through co-development and regional partnerships. For PTG-100 and PTG-200, we intend to retain key development and commercialization rights in the United States and build a commercial infrastructure; however, we will consider other strategic opportunities as they arise. We may decide to enter into co-development collaborations in select geographies where we believe a collaborator can bring additional regional development and/or commercial expertise in order to maximize the value of our oral, GI-restricted peptide product candidates.

 

    Out-license non-core assets and structure research collaborations based on our proprietary peptide technology platform. We continually review our internal research priorities and therapeutic focus and may decide to out-license non-core assets that arise from our platform. We may seek research collaborations that leverage the capabilities of our core technology platform, in order to monetize and expand upon the breadth of opportunities that may be uniquely accessible through our platform.

 

    Protect and leverage our intellectual property portfolio and patents. We believe that our intellectual property protection strategy, grounded in securing composition of matter patents on the NCEs developed using our technology platform, has best positioned us to gain broad and strong protection of our assets.

 

    Leverage the drug discovery, development and commercialization expertise of our management team and network of scientific advisors and key opinion leaders. We are led by a strong management team with deep experience in drug discovery and development, collaborations, operations and corporate finance. Our team has been involved in a broad spectrum of R&D activities leading to successful outcomes, including FDA approved and marketed drugs. We will continue to leverage the collective experience and talent of our management team, our network of leading scientific experts, and key opinion leaders (KOLs) to strategize and implement our development and commercialization strategy.

 

88


Table of Contents

The Evolution of Antibody Drugs for Targeted Therapy and Their Limitations

Before the FDA approval of antibody drugs, chemically synthesized oral small molecules were the standard-of-care for the treatment of many diseases. However, small molecules are not capable of blocking most PPIs that underpin cellular processes frequently involved in numerous diseases. It is estimated that small molecules cannot be developed as drugs for the treatment of up to 80% of all identified potential disease targets. With the availability of antibody drugs, targeted therapy for many PPI-driven diseases became feasible.

In 2015, six of the top ten selling U.S. drugs were antibody drugs. In 2013, all approved antibody drugs generated approximately $75 billion in sales. More than 30 antibody drugs have now been approved by the FDA, including the IBD targeted therapy drugs Humira ® , Remicade ® and Entyvio ® .

Despite their growing use, antibody drugs present several limitations for patients including, but not limited to, the following:

 

    Injections or infusions are associated with significant patient burden. Antibody drugs are large proteins that are not stable in the GI tissue compartment. As a consequence, antibody based therapies are administered primarily by injection or infusion into systemic circulation. Injections or infusions as a mode of delivery can increase patient burden including site reactions and systemic hypersensitivity, inconvenience, and needle anxiety and phobia, each of which may negatively affect patient compliance.

 

    Antibody drugs may have significant safety issues. Antibody drugs are typically administered at high concentrations in order to attain appropriate therapeutic levels at distal sites of a disease. High systemic exposure of immunomodulatory agents can increase the risks of use for patients:

 

  ¡   Elevated risk of serious or opportunistic infection, malignancy and severe hypersensitivity events. Many antibody drugs are immunosuppressive, which may lead to increased risk of serious or opportunistic infection, such as tuberculosis, histoplasmosis and hepatitis B, or malignancy. Further, injection or infusion may increase the risk of severe hypersensitivity reactions including anaphylaxis.

 

  ¡   Long half-life resulting in delayed clearance from the bloodstream. Antibody drugs are large molecules engineered to have long half-lives and to circulate in the bloodstream for extended periods of time. This longevity can be potentially problematic for patients who experience adverse reactions and cannot readily eliminate the drug from their systems.

 

  ¡   Immunogenicity reactions can lead to loss of response or possible safety risks. Antibody drugs may induce natural immunogenic responses from the body including the introduction of ADAs. These ADAs can neutralize the action of the therapeutic antibody either by enhancing its clearance or blocking its function, either of which can result in loss of therapeutic response. ADAs can cause immunogenic reactions in patients leading to possible adverse events, frequently necessitating drug withdrawal.

 

    Antibody drugs are expensive. Compared to other classes of therapeutics, the complexity and size of antibody drugs can result in high manufacturing, storage and administration costs. To date, these costs have not been significantly reduced through the introduction of biosimilar drugs.

Our Solution for IBD: Oral, GI-Restricted Peptides

Our novel peptide therapeutics platform may provide important benefits over existing non-targeted small molecule, injectable antibody, and conventional peptide therapeutics. In addition, our platform represents a major step forward in the evolution of peptides as therapeutics. Most of the more than 60 currently FDA approved peptides have unstructured shapes, leading to chemical and biological stability limitations, which confine their use to injectable drugs. In contrast, our peptide technology platform allows us to identify constrained peptides

 

89


Table of Contents

that can serve as a starting point for discovery and development of oral, selective, and potent peptides. The well-folded conformation in our constrained peptides is typically derived by disulfide bonds, a structural feature inherent in many naturally occurring peptides. For the IBD targets of interest, the size and nature of our peptides is carefully selected and modified so as to acquire the desired potency and specificity, and also to restrict their presence to the GI tissue compartment when administered orally. These features translate to oral, GI-restricted, selective and potent peptide drug candidates with specific advantages compared to antibody drugs:

 

    Oral administration . We are developing our peptide therapeutics in a convenient capsule or tablet form intended for oral administration. We believe oral administration may reduce many of the problems and limitations associated with injections or infusions, including injection site pain and local reactions, inconvenience and anxiety, high rates of immunogenicity and potential safety risks.

 

    Potential for improved safety and tolerability compared to antibody drugs.

 

    Oral and GI-restricted delivery minimizes systemic exposure in the blood. Oral GI-restricted delivery results in lower drug levels in the blood that may provide the potential for an enhanced safety profile over antibody drugs.

 

    Peptides can be cleared more quickly from systemic circulation. Small molecules and peptides below a size threshold can be rapidly cleared from blood circulation by kidney filtration and excretion. Rapid clearance may be beneficial especially if patients need to discontinue therapy. In contrast, antibody drugs, because of their long plasma half-life, may take months to clear from blood circulation leaving patients exposed to continued or increased safety risk.

 

    The likelihood of much lower immunogenicity of small stable peptides compared to antibody drugs reduces the risk of loss of response. We believe that ADAs are less likely to be elicited against constrained peptides, due to their small size, lack of epitope density, resistance to proteolysis, oral tolerance, and minimal systemic absorption.

 

    Potential for localized delivery to site of disease. We believe oral dosing of GI-restricted peptides results in substantially higher drug concentrations in the diseased GI tissue compartment compared to injectable antibody drugs. This targeted delivery to the site of action may lead to more immediate and significant target engagement at the site of active disease in the GI tissue compartment.

 

    Cost-effective and less complex manufacturing . Because of their size and stability, we believe that our oral, GI-restricted peptide product candidates can be produced, stored and shipped in a more cost-effective manner than many antibody drugs.

In chronic GI diseases such as IBD, we believe that our oral, GI-restricted peptide product candidates may offer improved delivery, the potential for improved safety and tolerability, and cost efficiencies that may provide an overall benefit to patients, payers, and physicians.

 

90


Table of Contents

Figure 2: Oral Peptides vs. Injectable Antibody Drugs as Targeted Therapy for IBD

 

 

LOGO

Overview of Inflammatory Bowel Disease

Inflammatory bowel disease is a group of chronic autoimmune and inflammatory conditions of the colon and small intestine, consisting primarily of UC and CD, and characterized by abdominal pain, diarrhea, weight loss, fatigue and anemia. In UC, inflammation starts in the rectum and generally extends proximally in a continuous manner through the entire colon. In CD, the disease most commonly affects the small intestine and the proximal large intestine. Both UC and CD have periods of various intensity and severity, and when a patient is symptomatic, the disease is considered to be in an active or flare stage. Approximately 25% of UC cases occur in persons before the age of 20. Furthermore, pediatric IBD is considered an orphan indication.

Market Overview

According to the Crohn’s & Colitis Foundation of America, there were an estimated 1.6 million IBD patients in the United States in 2013, an increase of approximately 200,000 patients since 2011. As many as 70,000 new cases of IBD are diagnosed in the United States each year. As of 2008, annual direct treatment costs for patients with IBD in the United States were estimated to exceed $6.3 billion, while indirect costs such as missed work days were estimated to cost an additional $5.5 billion. In 2012, GlobalData estimated that the UC market reached approximately $4.2 billion and the CD market reached approximately $3.2 billion, in each case across ten major markets: the United States, France, Germany, Italy, Spain, the United Kingdom, Japan, Canada, China, and India. According to Global Data estimates, these markets are expected to grow at a compound annual growth rate of approximately 3% to 5% over the ten years from 2012 to 2022.

History of IBD Treatments

Non-Targeted Therapies

Sulfasalazine was discovered as the first non-targeted therapy for treatment of UC. Non-targeted therapies continued to evolve, including the introduction of corticosteroids for treatment of moderate UC in the 1950s. Subsequently, the immunosuppressive drug mercaptopurine was identified for UC in the 1960s, azathiopurine was developed in the 1970s, followed by 5-aminosalicylic acid. While these oral, non-targeted broad-spectrum anti-inflammatory agents and non-specific immunomodulators continue to be part of the IBD treatment paradigm, especially in mild-to-moderate IBD, these drugs are often ineffective, and corticosteroid and oral immunosuppressive drugs may have significant and disabling adverse effects that limit their use.

 

91


Table of Contents

TNF- a and a 4 b 7 Integrin Targeted Antibody Drugs

Recent advances in molecular biology and genomics ushered in the development of the potent and highly targeted biologic drugs. TNF- a was identified as a cytokine, a protein involved in cell signaling, that plays an important role in the inflammatory processes associated with IBD. In developing therapies against TNF- a , small molecule antagonists that directly bind TNF- a and other PPI targets have yet to be discovered and approved as therapeutics for the treatment of IBD. Thus, monoclonal antibody drugs emerged as a new class of therapeutics that can inhibit TNF- a activiy. There are currently five TNF- a antibody drugs (Humira ® , Remicade ® , Cimzia ® , Simponi ® and Inflectra ® (infliximab biosimilar)) approved for the treatment of UC and/or CD. In 2014, Entyvio ® , an intravenously administered antibody that selectively targets the a 4 b 7 integrin, was approved for the treatment of adult patients with moderate-to-severe UC or CD where one or more standard therapies have not resulted in an adequate response. Entyvio ® sales were approximately $530 million in 2015 and are projected to peak at approximately $2 billion.

While antibody drugs have greatly improved the treatment of IBD, they generally serve as the last-line of treatment before surgery due to their potential for severe adverse effects, diminishing efficacy over time, inherent limitations as injectable-based therapies and high costs of therapy.

The Evolving IBD Treatment Paradigm

Inducing and maintaining clinical remission is the primary goal of treatment for IBD patients. The current treatment paradigm for IBD is considered a “step-up” approach. It involves a sequential “step-up” in treatment to more potent but higher risk therapies according to the level of severity of the patient’s disease. Thus, targeted biologic therapies are generally reserved for patients with moderate-to-severe disease who have failed to respond to non-targeted oral therapies including 5-ASA agents, corticosteroids and non-specific immunomodulators.

For moderate-to-severe IBD patients, physicians prescribe TNF - a antibody drugs and Entyvio ® , an antibody drug inhibiting a 4 b 7 integrin, to induce and maintain clinical remission. Patients who are transitioned to these targeted antibody drugs may fail to respond to treatment or lose response to some or all of these agents over time and may ultimately require surgery. Approximately 50% to 73% of CD and 65% of UC patients fail to reach remission with TNF- a antibodies. Furthermore, 30% to 40% of UC patients and approximately 40% of CD patients treated with TNF- a antibody drugs stop responding to these agents over time (secondary non-responders) at a rate of approximately 10% to 13% per year. Of the CD patients who initially benefit from TNF- a antibody drugs, 25% to 40% of these patients develop intolerable or serious adverse events or lose their response within the first year of therapy. Currently, a common approach for IBD patients with lack of efficacy or loss of response to TNF- a antibody drugs is to switch such patients to other TNF- a antibody drugs. Although this is initially successful in 40% to 60% of patients, there remains a lack of treatment options for patients who lose responses to multiple TNF - a antibody drugs. Further, patient non-adherence with TNF- a antibody drugs in IBD has been reported to be between approximately 30% to 45% with greater need for hospitalization.

The development of new, potent and targeted therapies for IBD with oral delivery may potentially offer more effective treatment options for moderate-to-severe IBD patients, and for those with mild-to-moderate disease as well. Many clinicians are now advocating for an earlier introduction of oral targeted therapeutics for mild-to-moderate IBD, or a so-called “top-down” approach (see Figure 3 below) to reduce, replace or delay the use of corticosteroids and non-specific oral immunomodulators. We believe we are well-positioned to be leaders in this emerging paradigm shift from “step-up” to “top-down” therapy. Our oral, GI-restricted, and targeted peptide drugs work on the same specific targets as injectable antibody drugs, thereby offering potentially improved patient safety, compliance and convenience.

 

92


Table of Contents

Figure 3: Transforming the Existing IBD Treatment Paradigm with Oral Targeted Therapy Drugs

 

 

LOGO

PTG-100: AN ORAL a 4 b 7 INTEGRIN ANTAGONIST

PTG-100 was discovered through our peptide technology platform and is being developed as a potential first-in-class oral, GI-restricted a 4 b 7 integrin-specific antagonist initially for patients with moderate-to-severe UC.

Mechanism of Action

Integrins, such as a 4 b 7, are transmembrane proteins that regulate cellular movement into extravascular tissue and play an important role in modulating the inflammatory reaction in the gut. The a 4 b 7 integrin is expressed on the surface of T cells, immune cells that help defend against foreign and potentially harmful substances that enter the body. The development of UC is driven by the migration of a 4 b 7 T cells into the GI tissue compartment and their subsequent activation within the GI tissue compartment. The entry of a 4 b 7 T cells into the GI tissue compartment is facilitated by the PPI between the a 4 b 7 integrin and its corresponding ligand, MAdCAM-1, which is primarily expressed in the GI tissue compartment. Hence, the binding of a 4 b 7 to MAdCAM-1 can be categorized as a GI-specific interaction and has been identified as an IBD-specific targeted therapeutic approach. By blocking the binding of a 4 b 7 integrin to MAdCAM-1, PTG-100 may prevent T cells from entering the GI tissue compartment, thereby reducing inflammation that leads to the clinical manifestations of UC.

a 4 b 7 for IBD is targeted by FDA-approved Entyvio ® (vedolizumab), which has demonstrated safety and efficacy in patients with moderate-to-severe UC and CD. Since PTG-100 targets the same biological pathway as Entyvio ® , we can utilize similar PD-based POC as early as in our pre-clinical studies and Phase 1 clinical trial to inform and guide our Phase 2b development program. We sourced these PD biomarker assays from public scientific publications and do not maintain any contractual arrangement providing access to this information with the makers of these marketed products.

Translating PTG-100’s Pre-Clinical POC to Clinical POC

We have established a potentially efficacious dose range of PTG-100 in mice by demonstrating similar pharmacologic activity between oral PTG-100 and an injectable a 4 b 7 antibody in mouse models of IBD. From this efficacious dose range in mice, approximately 6-50 mg/kg per day, we are able to directly estimate a potentially efficacious dose range in humans through allometric scaling based on whole body surface areas, which we determined to be approximately 33-300 mg per day.

 

93


Table of Contents

Concurrently, we employed a complementary approach for establishing a potentially efficacious human dose range and early POC through specific blood PD response markers that reflect a 4 b 7 integrin target engagement of PTG-100 in the GI tissue compartment and correlated those PD measurements with efficacy responses in mouse colitis models (Figure 4). Target engagement is a critical feature for demonstrating that PTG-100 can reach its intended target, thus inhibiting the trafficking of T cells into the GI tissue compartment. Our PD markers were monitored in mice and cynomolgus monkeys (cyno), which were similarly evaluated in normal healthy volunteers in our Phase 1 clinical trial. These blood PD responses have the potential to show that PTG-100 has engaged its intended a 4 b 7 target in a manner that will help guide human dosing for our Phase 2b clinical trial.

Figure 4: Translating Pre-Clinical PK, PD and Efficacy Results to Human Clinical Trials

 

 

LOGO

PTG-100’s Pre-Clinical Proof-of-Concept Studies

Pre-clinical studies have demonstrated that PTG-100 is a potent and highly selective a 4 b 7 antagonist with minimal systemic absorption. Mouse colitis models have further demonstrated that PTG-100 can inhibit T cell trafficking in the gut similar to the actions of the mouse a 4 b 7 antagonist antibody.

PTG-100 potently inhibited binding of a 4 b 7 to MAdCAM-1 in several human biochemical enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) and cell adhesion (transformed and primary cells) assays in a low nanomolar concentration range sufficient to inhibit 50% of binding (IC50) comparable to vedolizumab (Table 1). PTG-100 exhibited greater than a 100,000-fold selectivity against other structurally similar integrins, a 4 b 1 and a L b 2, in cell adhesion assays which is comparable to the selectivity of vedolizumab (Table 1). PTG-100 was stable in in vitro assays simulating the GI tissue compartment, such as the small intestine and gastric stomach, with half-lives exceeding 12 hours (Table 1) and in human liver microsomes suggesting strong oral stability and the potential for once daily dosing in humans. PTG-100 did not affect the growth of and was not metabolized by common members of the human intestinal microflora. In total, these drug properties provide evidence to characterize PTG-100 as a potential first-in-class orally stable a 4 b 7-specific antagonist. Furthermore, these drug properties allowed us to demonstrate proof-of-concept in animal colitis studies.

 

94


Table of Contents

Table 1: PTG-100 In Vitro Potency, Selectivity, and Stability

 

     Potency (IC50, nM)   Integrin Selectivity (IC50, µM)   Stability (T 1/2 ), hrs
  ELISA     Human Cell-based Assays      
  Human   Cell Line   Primary Blood   a 4 b 1   a L b 2  

Simulated
Intestinal Fluid

 

Simulated
Gastric Fluid

PTG-100   2   0.7   1.3   >100   >100   >12   >12

Non-clinical metabolism and PK studies demonstrated that much greater amounts of PTG-100 as measured by the maximum concentration (Cmax) as a percentage of total drug amount dosed orally, were present in the GI compartments, such as the small intestine, colon and feces compared to the systemic plasma and urine compartments of mice, rats, and cyno, thus confirming its GI-restricted properties (Table 2). Further, PTG-100 has an oral systemic bioavailability of less than 0.5%.

Table 2: PTG-100 Exposure in Plasma, GI, Urine and Feces

 

     Species   N   Dose (mg/kg)   Cmax (% of dose)     Dose (mg/kg)     Cmax (% of dose)
        Plasma   GI     Urine   Feces

PTG-100   

  Mice   6   50   0.006   3.11   30   0.559   20.5
  Rat   3   50   0.046   13.56   10   0.064   27.6
  Cyno   3   10   0.021   nd (1)   10   0.291   14.6
(1) nd = not determined

We designed mouse colitis studies similar to those used for antibody drugs targeting this pathway to specifically monitor T cell trafficking to and from the GI tissue compartment (Figure 5). PTG-100 reduced a 4 b 7 memory T cells migrating to the gut lymphoid tissues, including the mesenteric lymph nodes (MLN) and Peyer’s patches (PP), under inflammatory conditions in the GI tissue compartment. Another example of the ability of PTG-100 to inhibit T cell trafficking was demonstrated by the reduction in the number of a 4 b 7 cells in colon lesions in colitis mice. Furthermore, treatment benefit was demonstrated through blinded video endoscopy analysis for mucosal damage, and assessment of the incidence of bloody feces, which represent symptoms and measurements of UC in humans. In all studies in mouse models of colitis, the effects of oral PTG-100 were comparable to those of an injection of high doses of a positive control a 4 b 7 antibody. This allows us to define the efficacious dose in mice with potential translation to the efficacious dose in humans.

 

95


Table of Contents

Figure 5: PTG-100 Reduces Trafficking of Memory T Cells to MLN and Peyer’s Patches

 

 

LOGO

Establishing Blood Pharmacodynamic Readouts of Target Engagement

We have used pre-clinical blood PD response markers that reflect target engagement in the GI tissue compartment and correlate with efficacy responses in mouse colitis studies to guide our dosing in human studies. Furthermore, we believe these pre-clinical blood PD responses, specifically receptor occupancy (RO) increases reflecting target engagement and receptor expression (RE) decreases reflecting subsequent pharmacologic activity, can be compared to the PD responses we observed in our Phase 1 clinical trial in healthy volunteers and ultimately can help to guide the dosing for evaluating clinical benefit in UC patients in the Phase 2b clinical trial. In the mouse colitis model, RO and RE were correlated with in vivo efficacy that can be extrapolated to the blood RO and RE observed in healthy mice and cyno. These PD markers from mice and cyno have specifically demonstrated increases in RO that peak at approximately 4 hours following a single dose (Table 3) and multiple doses (Figure 6A), and decreases in RE after multiple doses in healthy mice (Figure 6B) and colitis mice (Table 4). In translating the pre-clinical observations into a clinical setting, we are focused on evaluating dose- and time-dependent trends in RO and RE in our Phase 1 clinical trial that can be benchmarked to the animal data to give us greater confidence in progressing PTG-100 in clinical trials. Emphasis is placed on trends and not on absolute numbers owing to differences in GI transit times in different species and absence of absolute scaling methods from animals to humans for GI-restricted drugs.

 

96


Table of Contents

Figure 6: (A) Percent Receptor Occupancy and (B) Receptor Expression of a 4 b 7 on CD4+ Memory T Cells in Blood of Healthy Mice Dosed for 14 Days

 

LOGO

Table 3: PTG-100 Target Engagement—Receptor Occupancy in Healthy Cyno and Healthy Mice

 

       
Species    N    %RO 4 h post dose    %RO 24 h post dose

Cyno 12.5 mg/kg

  

3

  

76.2

  

27.6

Mice 50 mg/kg

  

4

  

90.1

  

nd

Table 4: PTG-100 Target Engagement—Receptor Expression in Colitis Mice and Healthy Cyno

 

Species    N   

Dose

(mg/kg)

  

%Target Expression Decrease after

7-14 Daily Doses

Mice

  

7

  

52.8

  

74.0

Cyno

  

4

  

12.5

  

33.7

PTG-100’s Non-GLP and GLP Safety Pharmacology and Toxicology Studies

To date, all toxicology and safety pharmacology studies have not identified any safety issues. Good Laboratory Practices (GLP) toxicology studies in rats and cyno over 42 days of dosing showed that PTG-100 was well-tolerated at all dose levels with no dose-limiting toxicities. GLP are those procedural and operational requirements specified by FDA regulation to ensure the validity and reliability of nonclinical studies. No adverse effects were seen in either rat or cyno studies at all doses tested. Standard safety pharmacology and genotoxicity studies were similarly negative. We are currently conducting 12-week GLP toxicology studies to support the Phase 2b clinical trial.

PTG-100’s Phase 1 Clinical Trial Overview

Following the submission and approval of a CTN, we initiated a Phase 1 randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled clinical trial of PTG-100 in 78 normal healthy male volunteers in Australia, which was completed in June 2016. The Phase 1 SAD and MAD components were conducted with a solution-based liquid formulation of PTG-100. In the formulation bridging component of the trial, we compared the relative bioavailability of the liquid formulation to the capsule formulation that will be used in Phase 2b. In addition to determining the safety and tolerability and PK of PTG-100, the SAD and MAD components of the trial evaluated

 

97


Table of Contents

PD-based POC through the assessment of a 4 b 7 receptor occupancy that indicates target engagement and a 4 b 7 target expression on peripheral blood memory T cells similar to what was done in the pre-clinical studies. These PD markers will also inform the estimation of dose range in the Phase 2b clinical trial.

Dosing of all planned cohorts has now been completed. The trial remains blinded to treatment assignment. We expect to have final unblinded data from the completed Phase 1 clinical trial by the end of the third quarter of 2016.

Safety and Tolerability

In both the SAD and MAD portions of the clinical trial, dose escalation proceeded from 100 mg up to the planned 1,000 mg dose level. There were no dose-limiting toxicities and the preliminary maximally tolerated dose has been established at 1,000 mg for both single and multiple dosing, the highest dose tested in the trial, although no dose-limiting toxicities were observed at the 1,000 mg dose level. There were no deaths or serious adverse events (SAEs) reported in the trial. All reported adverse events were of mild to moderate severity. There were no dose-dependent increases observed for any adverse events. The most frequent adverse events reported by subjects on PTG-100 were headache and upper respiratory tract infection. These events were also observed in subjects who took placebo.

Pharmacokinetics

PTG-100 plasma levels increased in a dose-dependent manner in both single and multiple dosing cohorts (Tables 5 and 6). Consistent with the pre-clinical data in mice, rats, and cyno, the blood levels of PTG-100 were extremely low as determined by the Area Under the Curve (AUC, which is a pharmacokinetic measurement of drug exposure in blood plasma against time) and Cmax (maximum concentration), thus demonstrating the GI-restricted nature of the drug. There was no apparent evidence of drug accumulation at Day 14 in the MAD cohorts perhaps related to the relatively short half-life (T1/2) in the blood (Tables 5 and 6).

Table 5: Pharmacokinetic Parameters of PTG-100 in the Phase 1 Clinical Trial SAD Component

 

PTG-100
(mg dose)
 

AUC
(1)

(h*ng/mL)

  C max % of Dose   T 1/2
Half Life (hours)

   100

  16.2   0.009%   3.85

   300

  47.0   0.007%   4.32

1,000

   198   0.007%   5.80

Table 6: Pharmacokinetic Parameters of PTG-100 in the Phase 1 Clinical Trial MAD Component Human (Day 14)

 

PTG-100
(mg dose)
 

AUC

(h*ng/mL)

  C max % of Dose   T 1/2
Half Life (hours)

   100

    9.44   0.006%     2.5

   300

  42.05   0.005%     5.7

1,000

     145   0.003%   6.54

PTG-100 fecal levels increased in a dose-dependent manner in the multiple dosing cohorts. Minimum drug levels of PTG-100 were observed in urine samples, as expected, based on its characteristics as a GI-restricted drug with minimal systemic exposure (Table 7).

 

98


Table of Contents

Table 7: PTG-100 Excretion in Urine and Feces in the Phase 1 Clinical Trial MAD Component Human (Day 14)

 

PTG-100
(mg dose)
   % of Dose Excreted in Urine
   % of Dose Excreted in  Feces

                           300

   0.118%      7.56%

                         1,000

   0.067%    16.3%

Establishing Pharmacodynamic POC in Humans

Data from our mouse colitis studies support our conclusion that blood receptor occupancy is a correlate of target engagement in the GI tissue compartment in the dose ranges studied. In our Phase 1 clinical trial, blood receptor occupancy on CD4+ memory a 4 b 7+ T cells increased in a dose-dependent and time-dependent manner (Figure 7A and Figure 8A). For receptor occupancy in the SAD cohorts (Figure 7A), treatment groups were significant compared to placebo at 100 mg (p £ 0.05), 300 mg (p £ 0.005) and 1,000 mg (p £ 0.0001). In the MAD cohorts (Figure 8A), treatment groups were significant compared to placebo at 100 mg (p<0.0005), 300 mg (p<0.0001) and 1,000 mg (p<0.0001) four hours post dose on Day 14.

An additional parameter of pharmacologic activity that we measured was the change in a 4 b 7 expression on the blood memory T cells. Based on in vitro studies comparing vedolizumab and PTG-100, we expected that a 4 b 7 expression would be reduced over time due to the internalization of the a 4 b 7 receptor. Following single and multiple dose administration in the Phase 1 clinical trial, a dose-dependent and time-dependent reduction in a 4 b 7 expression was observed, and it appears that the reduction in target expression may become saturated at 300 mg since a similar response was observed in the 1,000 mg cohort following both single and multiple dosing (Figure 7B and Figure 8B). For a 4 b 7, downregulation of expression was significant in treatment groups, compared to placebo at 300 mg and 1,000 mg (p £ 0.01).

The single dose 300 mg cohort was evaluated under fasted and fed (standard high fat diet) conditions. Blood drug levels and blood receptor occupancy of PTG-100 were compared under both conditions. Based on data from this SAD component and previous pre-clinical studies, the MAD component of the clinical trial was conducted under fed conditions.

Figure 7: (A) Percent Receptor Occupancy and (B) Expression of a 4 b 7 on CD4+ Memory T Cells of Subjects Dosed in the Phase 1 SAD Component

 

LOGO

 

99


Table of Contents

Figure 8: (A) Percent Receptor Occupancy and (B) Expression of a 4 b 7 on CD4+ Memory T Cells of Subjects Dosed in the Phase 1 MAD Component at Day 14

 

LOGO

Thus, we observed dose-dependent and time-dependent target engagement and pharmacologic activity of PTG-100 following single- and multiple-dose administration in healthy volunteers consistent with observations in the animal studies.

Formulation Change from Phase 1 Clinical Trial to Phase 2b Clinical Trial

We utilized a liquid formulation in the SAD and MAD components of the Phase 1 clinical trial and we plan to introduce a capsule formulation of PTG-100 in the Phase 2b trial. To support this formulation change, we have completed an in vivo PK bridging study in cynos and have found the relative bioavailability in cynos of the capsule formulation comparable to the liquid formulation used in the Phase 1 clinical trial. In addition, we compared the PK in a single dose cross-over evaluation of the liquid and capsule formulation in normal healthy volunteers and observed that the plasma exposure of the capsule formulation was lower than that of the liquid formulation at the same dose level (Figure 9A). The PD effects were highly similar between the capsule and liquid formulations (RO/Figure 9B and RE/Figure 9C), despite the lower plasma exposure of the capsule formulation. We believe this data will support the introduction of the capsule formulation in the Phase 2b clinical trial.

Figure 9: Formulation Bridging Component of Phase 1 (A) Plasma Drug Levels (B) Receptor Occupancy (C) Receptor Expression of a 4 b 7 on CD4+ Memory T Cells in Blood

 

LOGO

 

100


Table of Contents

Planned Phase 2b Clinical Trial Design

Following U.S. IND submission, expected by the end of the third quarter of 2016, we plan to conduct a single global Phase 2b randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled dose-finding clinical trial of PTG-100 in approximately 260 patients with moderate-to-severe UC. We plan to evaluate multiple dose levels of PTG-100 compared to placebo over 12 weeks in order to optimize induction dosing and duration of treatment prior to Phase 3 clinical trials. This plan incorporates FDA pre-IND meeting guidance into the design of the trial, which will be modeled after other recent Phase 2 studies of a wide range of antibody drugs developed and approved in patients with moderate-to-severe UC, including Entyvio ® . We expect that this trial will support end-of-Phase 2 meetings with global health authorities and enable the initiation of a Phase 3 program.

The primary objectives of our Phase 2b clinical trial will be to evaluate the safety and tolerability and efficacy of PTG-100 in the induction of remission in subjects with moderate-to-severe UC. Secondary objectives are to select PTG-100 induction doses for continued development, to characterize PTG-100 plasma concentrations and to evaluate any potential immunogenicity over 12 weeks. The primary endpoint of the Phase 2b clinical trial will be the induction of clinical remission at 12 weeks. The trial will be statistically powered to detect a clinically meaningful difference in induction of remission in subjects with moderate-to-severe UC who are treated with PTG-100 compared to placebo. Secondary efficacy endpoints will include clinical response, endoscopic improvement, change in Mayo score, change in partial Mayo score, change in fecal calprotectin and change in the IBD questionnaire from baseline to be measured at multiple points during the induction period.

PTG-200: AN ORAL IL-23R ANTAGONIST

PTG-200 was discovered through our peptide technology platform and is being developed as a potential first-in-class oral, GI-restricted antagonist that binds to the specific subunit of IL-23R and blocks its interaction with the IL-23 cytokine. PTG-200 will be initially studied in patients with moderate-to-severe CD potentially followed by UC and pediatric IBD.

Mechanism of Action and Rationale

IL-23 is a member of the IL-12 family of cytokines with pro-inflammatory and autoimmune properties (Figure 10). Cytokines are cell signaling proteins that are released by cells and affect the behavior of other cells. Binding of the IL-23 ligand to the IL-23R leads to an expression of pro-inflammatory cytokines involved in the mucosal autocrine cascade that is an important pathway of many inflammatory diseases, including IBD. Furthermore, genetic analyses of IBD patients implicated IL-23R as a risk factor associated with susceptibility to IBD. The IL-23 pathway is targeted by the IL-12 and IL-23 antagonist infused antibody drug ustekinumab marketed as Stelara ® for psoriasis and psoriatic arthritis. Stelara ® has also recently reported positive Phase 3 data in moderate-to-severe CD. Next-generation IBD antibody drugs, such as guselkumab, target the p19 subunit of the IL-23 ligand to confer specificity for the IL-23 pathway that is believed to be an important driver of IBD pathology.

We believe that the oral, GI-restricted nature of PTG-200 will allow PTG-200 to be a potent inhibitor of IL-23R for the treatment of IBD. By targeting IL-23R with our GI-restricted oral IL-23R antagonist PTG-200, we believe PTG-200 will restore proper immune function in the GI tissue compartment where there is active disease while minimizing the risk of systemic side effects. Several key cell types that reside in gut-associated lymphoid tissue (GALT), including T cells, innate lymphoid cells, and natural killer cells, increase their expression of IL-23R during the progression of IBD. Therefore, the high concentrations of PTG-200 in GALT will facilitate access and binding to IL-23R expressed in the same tissue.

 

101


Table of Contents

Figure 10: PTG-200—Specific Blockade of IL-23 Molecular Pathways

 

LOGO

PTG-200’s Pre-Clinical Proof-of-Concept Studies

PTG-200 potently inhibited binding of IL-23 to the IL-23 receptor in several biochemical (ELISA) and cell (transformed and primary) signaling assays in a subnanomolar to low nanomolar concentration range sufficient to inhibit 50% of binding (IC50, Table 8). PTG-200 exhibited greater than a 50,000-fold selectivity against other structurally similar receptors, IL-12R b 1 and IL-6R (Table 8) thereby potentially reducing the risk of off target interactions. PTG-200 was stable in in vitro assays simulating the GI tissue compartment, such as the small intestine and gastric stomach, with half-lives exceeding 10 hours (Table 8) and in human liver microsomes suggesting strong oral stability and the potential for once daily dosing in humans. In total these drug properties provide evidence to characterize PTG-200 as a potential first-in-class potent and orally stable IL-23 receptor antagonist. Furthermore, these drug properties allowed us to demonstrate proof-of-concept in animal colitis studies.

Table 8: PTG-200 In Vitro Potency, Selectivity and Stability

 

Potency (IC50, nM)  

Cytokine Receptor Selectivity

(IC50, uM)

  Stability (T1/2), hours
ELISA   Human Cell-based Assays                    
Human   Cell Line   Primary   IL-12R b 1   IL-6R   Simulated
Intestinal Fluid
  Simulated
Gastric Fluid
2   0.6   2.2   >100   >100   >12   >10

In PK studies in rats, PTG-200 was GI-restricted with less than 0.5% oral systemic bioavailability in plasma or urine and principal exposure in the small intestine, colon, and feces (Table 9). Very low oral bioavailability in cyno is also anticipated.

 

102


Table of Contents

Table 9: PTG-200 Exposure in Plasma, GI, Urine and Feces

 

Species   N   Oral Dose
(mg/kg)
  Systemic
Bioavailability
%F
  Cmax (% of dose)   CMax (% of dose)
        Plasma   GI   Urine   Feces
Rat   3   10   0.00   0.000   0.830   0.000   7.68
Cyno   3   10   ND   0.001   ND   0.052  

0.04

We have also completed pre-clinical POC studies in rat 2,4,6-trinitrobenzenesulfonic acid (TNBS) colitis models demonstrating that oral delivery of PTG-200 and other prototype antagonists significantly improved disease outcomes, such as reducing body weight loss, reducing the increased colon weight/length ratio, and reducing the increased colon macroscopic score which is comprised of assessments of colon adhesions, strictures, ulcers, and wall thickness (Figure 11). Furthermore, PTG-200 was found to reduce the increased histopathology summary score, which is comprised of assessments of mucosal and transmural inflammation, gland loss, and erosion parameters. Finally, PTG-200 was able to reduce the expression of the disease biomarker, myeloperoxidase (MPO) and other pro-inflammatory cytokines (Figure 11). MPO is an exploratory biomarker of innate inflammation and an indicator of a leaky mucosal barrier similar to fecal calprotectin, both of which can be measured in a stool test in human trials.

Figure 11: PTG-200 Reduces Pathology in Rat TNBS-Induced Colitis

 

LOGO

The efficacy of oral PTG-200 seen in this IBD model was comparable to that of a positive control antibody against the rat IL-23p19 subunit which was present in the systemic blood compartment. This allows us to define the efficacious dose range in rats (approximately 28-61 mg/kg per day) with potential translation to the efficacious dose in humans.

PTG-200’s Preliminary Pre-Clinical Safety Studies

In preliminary non-GLP toxicity studies in rats, PTG-200 was well-tolerated with no adverse events at the highest dose level tested. Further toxicology studies will be conducted to support first-in-human dosing. We have initiated manufacturing and IND-enabling studies in support of starting a Phase 1 clinical trial in 2017.

 

103


Table of Contents

Proposed Clinical Plans

We plan to complete IND-enabling studies and to initiate a Phase 1 SAD and MAD clinical trial of PTG-200 in 2017 to evaluate safety, tolerability, and PK. Following completion of a Phase 1 clinical trial, we plan to initiate a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled Phase 2 POC clinical trial in patients with moderate-to-severe CD.

PTG-300: AN INJECTABLE HEPCIDIN MIMETIC

PTG-300 was discovered through our peptide technology platform and is being developed as a novel mimetic of hepcidin to potentially treat iron overload disorders such as transfusion-dependent b -Thalassemia, HH and SCD, each of which may qualify for orphan designation. Hepcidin is a naturally-occurring hormone involved in the transport and utilization of iron in the human body. Hepcidin has significant stability, potency, and solubility limitations. In order to effectively treat iron overload disorders in the body, we designed PTG-300 as a stable, soluble, hepcidin mimetic that can potentially be more potent and more amenable for weekly or less frequent subcutaneous delivery compared to hepcidin. We believe PTG-300 has the potential to improve disease symptoms and provide better safety by reducing the need for blood transfusions and chelator use in transfusion-dependent b -Thalassemia patients by treating both the underlying anemia and iron overload disorders. We have achieved POC in pre-clinical studies and have demonstrated that PTG-300 has the potential for greater potency, stability, and in vivo efficacy compared to natural hepcidin.

Mechanism of Action

The molecular target of hepcidin is the cellular trans-membrane protein ferroportin, which functions as an export channel for intracellular iron in macrophages, liver hepatocytes, and duodenal enterocytes. Upon binding to the extracellular domain of ferroportin, hepcidin decreases the delivery of iron to the blood circulation needed for the production of red blood cells.

Overview of b -Thalassemia and Current Therapies

b -Thalassemia is potentially our first clinical indication for PTG-300. Patients with the most severe form of b -Thalassemia require chronic blood transfusions for survival, which results in additional serum iron release, exacerbating iron accumulation resulting in the need for chelators to treat the disease. A hepcidin mimetic will potentially be able to correct the anemia caused by the genetic mutation underlying b -Thalassemia, thus giving it a dual benefit of reducing the need for transfusion and reducing the excess circulating iron.

Globally, prevalence of b -Thalassemia is estimated to be approximately 200,000, with at least 60,000 patients born each year with the disease. In 2010, the b -Thalassemia market was estimated to be greater than $500 million, based largely on drugs consisting of chelating agents used to treat iron overload disorders arising from blood transfusions. The market is expected to grow to nearly $1 billion by 2018. b -Thalassemia has low prevalence in the Americas, with an estimated 2,750 patients and with approximately 300 patients born each year with the disease. Therefore, b -Thalassemia may qualify for FDA orphan designation.

PTG-300’s Pre-clinical Proof-of-Concept Studies

In pre-clinical studies, we demonstrated that PTG-300 can lower serum iron more effectively than hepcidin and maintain such lowered serum iron levels for at least 24 hours following a single subcutaneous injection (Figure 12).

 

104


Table of Contents

Figure 12: PTG-300 is More Effective Than Hepcidin in Lowering Serum Iron in Healthy Mice

 

LOGO

PTG-300 was also able to address the underlying anemia present in a mouse genetic model of b -Thalassemia, as shown by the significant increase in red blood cell number (RBC) and hemoglobin, and concomitant decrease in spleen weight, a reflection of compensatory splenomegaly (Figure 13).

Figure 13: PTG-300 Addresses Ineffective Erythropoiesis in Mouse b -Thalassemia

 

LOGO

PTG-300’s Pre-Clinical Development Program

PTG-300 is being manufactured and formulated to support pre-clinical GLP toxicology and safety pharmacology studies, which will enable us to complete IND-enabling studies by the end of the first half of 2017. We expect to initiate a Phase 1 clinical trial in 2017.

OUR PEPTIDE TECHNOLOGY PLATFORM

Our proprietary technology platform has been successfully applied to a diverse set of biological targets that has led to several pre-clinical and clinical-stage peptide-based NCEs, including our only clinical-stage product candidate PTG-100, and our other product candidates in pre-clinical studies PTG-200 and PTG-300, for a variety of clinical indications. Our platform is comprised of a series of tools and methods, including a combination of molecular design, phage display, oral stability, medicinal chemistry, and in vivo pharmacology approaches (Figure 14).

 

105


Table of Contents

The platform is used to develop potential drug candidates: (i) using the structure of a target, when available, (ii) when no target structure exists, or (iii) from publically disclosed peptide starting points. In a structure-based approach, our proprietary molecular design software and structural database of several thousand constrained peptides, termed Vectrix TM , are screened to identify suitable scaffolds which form the basis of designing and constructing the first set of phage or chemical libraries. The initial hits are identified by either panning or screening such libraries, respectively. When structural information is unavailable for a target, hits are identified by panning a set of 34 proprietary cluster-based phage libraries consisting of millions of constrained peptides. Once the hits are identified, they are optimized using a set of peptide, peptide mimetic and medicinal chemistry techniques that include the incorporation of new or manipulation of existing cyclization-constraints, as well as natural or unnatural amino acids and chemical conjugation or acylation techniques. These techniques are applied to optimize potency, selectivity, stability, exposure and ultimately efficacy. For oral stability, a series of in vitro and ex vivo oral-stability assays that portray the chemical and metabolic barriers a peptide will encounter as it transits the GI tract are used to identify metabolically labile spots in the peptides. Such sites form the focus of medicinal-chemistry based optimization to engineer oral stability. Finally, various in vivo pharmacology tools are then used to quantify peptide exposure in relevant GI organs and tissues. The data can then be used to optimize required GI exposure and ultimately in vivo efficacy.

Figure 14: Our Peptide Technology Platform for Oral and Injectable Peptides

 

LOGO

The key foundations of the platform include:

Molecular design tools and large database of constrained scaffolds

Through advances in genomics, molecular biology and structural genomic initiatives there has been an explosion in the number of known structures of potential new drug targets, including PPI targets. In particular, constrained peptides have the required surface complexity to match or complement the large flat surfaces of PPI targets to provide potent and selective drug candidates. We believe existing commercial molecular design software is not suitable, as it has been developed to identify small molecules that plug cavities of enzymes and do not bind to PPI targets.

We have developed a database of all known structures of a sub-class of constrained peptides, known as disulfide-rich peptides (DRPs). We have collected approximately 4,500 DRP scaffolds that are found throughout nature, ranging from single cell organisms to humans. We have created a proprietary molecular design environment, called Vectrix TM . A pattern matching algorithm within Vectrix TM allows the selection of an appropriately stable DRP scaffold using the structure of the target of interest. This molecular design process is used to identify constrained peptides as starting points for hit discovery, which are ultimately optimized into potent, selective peptides against targets which are not amenable to small molecule drug discovery.

 

106


Table of Contents

Phage display techniques and cluster libraries

Phage display may be used to discover the original hit based on Vectrix TM -derived scaffolds, optimize existing hits, or to identify hits against those targets in which no structural information exists. For the latter targets, a series of pre-existing phage libraries, termed cluster libraries, are used for hit discovery. This includes 20 proprietary libraries of structurally diverse DRPs that sample greater than 85% of their known structural diversity and 14 proprietary libraries that sample different protein loop geometries. Collectively these libraries provide immense potential for discovering hits at diverse targets as they are based on natural-DRP scaffolds with these characteristics.

Oral stability and in vitro and ex vivo assays

The GI tract provides a set of chemical and metabolic barriers that hinder the development of oral therapeutic agents. We have developed numerous in vitro and ex vivo systems that profile peptide candidates for their stability features needed for oral delivery, GI restriction, and transit through the entire GI tract. This includes profiling for chemical stability, specifically pH and redox stability, and metabolic stability against proteases and other enzymes that are either of human or microbial origin.

These in vitro assays identify metabolic weak spots of peptides, which can then be stabilized by peptidic and peptidomimetic modifications without losing potency.

Medicinal peptide chemistry

We have significant expertise in optimizing potency, selectivity, oral stability and exposure of constrained peptides using a combination of peptide-cyclization, natural and unnatural amino acids, and various conjugation and acylation techniques. With respect to PTG-300, hit discovery and optimization relies exclusively on medicinal chemistry, with no phage display, to develop potent and selective injectable candidates with enhanced exposure in blood. For other targets, such as the discovery of PTG-100 and PTG-200, phage display is tightly coupled to medicinal chemistry and oral stability techniques to develop potent, selective and oral molecules that are GI-restricted.

In vivo pharmacology tools for GI restriction

When developing oral, GI-restricted constrained peptides, we correlate efficacy with potency and level of GI tissue compartment exposure. We have developed the required expertise and know-how to build PK and PD relationships to optimize physicochemical features of constrained peptides such that they are minimally absorbed and have the required degree of GI tissue compartment exposure over the required duration of time to achieve efficacy. This involves examining constrained peptide concentrations in various GI tissue compartments, blood, urine, and feces when delivered orally in rodents. In this fashion, we can understand the degree of tissue targeting, GI restriction and oral stability that is required to achieve efficacy.

Future Applications of our Platform

We believe we have built a versatile, well-validated and unique discovery platform. For example, this peptide technology platform has been used to develop product candidates at diverse target classes including G-protein-coupled receptors (GPCRs), ion channels, transporters and cytokines for a variety of therapeutic areas. In the future we may tackle other GI diseases and expand our delivery techniques to include other organ/tissue systems, such as the lung and eye, which will provide potential opportunities to pursue a variety of diseases. In addition, the gut may communicate with the immune, central nervous, and endocrine systems, providing the potential of our GI-restricted approach to treat metabolic, cancer and cardiovascular diseases. Lastly, we intend to progress our platform to achieve systemic bioavailability with peptides, thereby enabling us to address systemic diseases.

 

107


Table of Contents

Material Agreements

Research Collaboration and License Agreement with Zealand Pharma A/S

In June 2012, we entered into a Research Collaboration and License Agreement with Zealand Pharma A/S (Zealand) to identify, optimize and develop novel DRPs to discover a hepcidin mimetic. Under the terms of the agreement, Zealand made an upfront payment and also funded the collaboration.

In October 2013, Zealand decided to abandon the collaboration program and, pursuant to the terms of the agreement, we elected to assume the responsibility for the development and commercialization of the product. Upon Zealand’s abandonment, Zealand assigned to us certain intellectual property arising from the collaboration and also granted us an exclusive license to certain background intellectual property rights of Zealand that relate to the products assumed by us. Upon the nomination of PTG-300 as a development candidate, we owed Zealand a payment of $250,000. If we initiate a Phase 1 clinical trial for PTG-300, we will pay Zealand an additional $250,000. We have the right, but not the obligation, to further develop and commercialize the products and, if we successfully develop and commercialize PTG-300 without a partner, we will pay to Zealand up to an additional aggregate of $128.5 million for the achievement of certain development, regulatory and sales milestone events. In addition, we will pay to Zealand a low single digit royalty on worldwide net sales of the product until the later of ten years from the first commercial sale of the product or the expiration of the last patent covering the product. Due to Zealand’s abandonment of the collaboration program and our assumption of the responsibility for the development and commercialization of the product, the agreement has terminated other than with respect to our potential milestone payments and royalty to Zealand.

Letter Agreement with Johnson & Johnson Development Corporation

In May 2013, in connection with our sale of Series B Stock, we entered into a letter agreement with JJDC, subsequently amended on April 19, 2016, pursuant to which we granted JJDC a right of first negotiation with respect to certain of our intellectual property rights, including PTG-200. For a full description of this agreement please see “ Certain R elationships and Related Person Transactions —Letter Agreement with Johnson & Johnson Development Corporation.

Competition

The biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries are characterized by continuing technological advancement and significant competition. While we believe that our product candidates, technology, knowledge and experience provide us with competitive advantages, we face competition from established and emerging pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, academic institutions, governmental agencies and public and private research institutions, among others. There are no approved oral peptide-based a 4 b 7 integrins and IL-23 based product candidates for IBD.

In particular, we believe our principal competition in the treatment of IBD will come from companies with approved agents in the following therapeutic classes, among others:

 

    Infused a 4 b 7 antibody drugs: Takeda Pharmaceutical Company;

 

    Infused IL-23 and IL-12 antibody drug: Johnson & Johnson Services (Stelara ® BLA filed for moderate-to-severe CD); and

 

    Injectable or infused TNF- a antibody drugs: Abbvie, Johnson & Johnson Services, Roche, UCB S.A.

We are also aware of several companies developing therapeutic product candidates for the treatment of IBD, including, but not limited to AstraZeneca, Biogen, Boehringer Ingelheim, Bristol-Myers Squibb, Celgene (mongersen sodium and ozanimod hydrochloride in Phase 3 clinical trials), Encycle Therapeutics, Genentech (etrolizumab in a Phase 3 clinical trial), Gilead Sciences (GS-5745 in a Phase 3 clinical trial), Pfizer (tofacitinib citrate in a Phase 3 clinical trial), and Roche.

 

108


Table of Contents

We believe our principal competition in the treatment of iron overload disorders, such as b -Thalassemia, HH, and SCD, will come from other pipeline products being developed by companies such as Acceleron (luspatercept in a Phase 3 clinical trial), bluebird bio, Bristol-Myers Squibb, Emmaus Medical (glutamine in a Phase 3 clinical trial), Global Blood, La Jolla Pharmaceutical and Merganser, among others. We believe competition will also include approved iron chelation therapies that have been developed by Novartis and Apotex, among others.

Intellectual Property

We strive to protect and enhance the proprietary technology, inventions, and improvements that are commercially important to the development of our business, including seeking, maintaining, and defending patent rights, whether developed internally or licensed from third parties. We also rely on trade secrets relating to our proprietary technology platform and on know-how, and continuing technological innovation to develop, strengthen, and maintain our proprietary position in the field of peptide-based therapeutics that may be important for the development of our business. We will also take advantage of regulatory protection afforded through data exclusivity, market exclusivity and patent term extensions where available.

Our commercial success may depend in part on our ability to obtain and maintain patent and other proprietary protection for commercially important technology, inventions and know-how related to our business; defend and enforce our patents; preserve the confidentiality of our trade secrets; and operate without infringing the valid enforceable patents and proprietary rights of third parties. Our ability to stop third parties from making, using, selling, offering to sell or importing our products may depend on the extent to which we have rights under valid and enforceable patents or trade secrets that cover these activities. We cannot be sure that patents will be granted with respect to any of our pending patent applications or with respect to any patent applications filed by us in the future, nor can we be sure that any of our existing patents or any patents that may be granted to us in the future will be commercially useful in protecting our commercial products and methods of manufacturing the same. For more information, please see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property.”

We have one issued patent and numerous patent applications related to our lead product candidates, and possess substantial know-how and trade secrets relating to the development and commercialization of peptide based therapeutic products. Our proprietary intellectual property, including patent and non-patent intellectual property, is generally directed to, for example, peptide-based therapeutic compositions, methods of using these peptide-based therapeutic compositions to treat or prevent disease, methods of manufacturing peptide-based therapeutic compositions, and other proprietary technologies and processes related to our lead product development candidates. As of the date of this prospectus, our patent portfolio includes the following:

 

    one issued patent and approximately 33 patents or patent applications that we exclusively own related to a 4 b 7 integrin peptide antagonists;

 

    approximately 4 patent applications that we exclusively own related to IL-23R antagonist peptides;

 

    approximately 13 patent applications that we exclusively own related to hepcidin analogues; and

 

    other patent applications that we license or exclusively own related to our core technologies, including methods of peptide modification and characterization.

Our objective is to continue to expand our portfolio of patents and patent applications in order to protect our product candidates and related peptide-based drug technologies. Examples of the products and technology areas covered by our intellectual property portfolio are described below.

a 4 b 7 Integrin Antagonist Peptides

The a 4 b 7 integrin antagonist peptide patent portfolio includes one issued U.S. patent and pending patent applications directed to compositions of a 4 b 7 integrin peptide monomers and dimers cyclized through intramolecular bonds and containing amino acid modifications conferring increased stability, potency and/or

 

109


Table of Contents

selectivity, as well as methods of synthesizing and using these antagonist peptides to treat inflammatory disorders. Applications are currently pending in the United States and other major jurisdictions, including Australia, Canada, China, Japan, and Europe. Patent applications directed to PTG-100 composition of matter and uses thereof, if issued from the pending patent applications and if the appropriate maintenance, renewal, annuity or other governmental fees are paid, are expected to expire in October 2035 (worldwide, excluding possible patent term extensions). We expect other patent applications in this portfolio, if issued, and if the appropriate maintenance, renewal, annuity, or other governmental fees are paid, to result in patents that would expire from October 2033 to March 2037 (worldwide, excluding possible patent term extensions).

IL-23R Antagonist Peptides

The IL-23R antagonist peptide patent portfolio includes patent applications directed to compositions of IL-23R antagonist peptides cyclized through intramolecular bonds and containing amino acid modifications conferring increased stability, potency and/or selectivity, as well as methods of synthesizing and using these antagonist peptides to treat inflammatory disorders. Applications are currently pending in the United States and internationally. Patent applications directed to PTG-200 composition of matter and uses thereof, if issued from the pending patent applications and if the appropriate maintenance, renewal, annuity or other governmental fees are paid, are expected to expire in July 2035 (worldwide, excluding possible patent term extensions). We expect other patents and patent applications in this portfolio, if issued, and if the appropriate maintenance, renewal, annuity, or other governmental fees are paid, to expire from July 2035 to December 2036 (worldwide, excluding possible patent term extensions).

Hepcidin Mimetics Analogues

The hepcidin peptide analogues patent portfolio includes patent applications directed to compositions of hepcidin peptide analogues cyclized through intramolecular bonds and containing amino acid modifications conferring increased stability, potency and/or selectivity, as well as methods of synthesizing and using these hepcidin peptide analogues to treat iron-related disorders. Applications are currently pending in the United States and other major jurisdictions, including Australia, Canada, China, Japan, and Europe. Patent applications directed to PTG-300 composition of matter and uses thereof, if issued from the pending patent applications and if the appropriate maintenance, renewal, annuity or other governmental fees are paid, are expected to expire in March 2034 (worldwide, excluding possible patent term extensions). We expect other patents and patent applications in this portfolio, if issued, and if the appropriate maintenance, renewal, annuity, or other governmental fees are paid, to expire from March 2034 to December 2036 (worldwide, excluding possible patent term extensions).

Other

We also license patents and patent applications directed to processes and methods related to our technology platform. These patents have issued in the United States and other major jurisdictions, including Australia and Europe and are expected to expire between September 2019 and February 2023. Material aspects of our technology platform are protected by trade secrets and confidentiality agreements.

In addition to the above, we have established expertise and development capabilities focused in the areas of pre-clinical research and development, manufacturing and manufacturing process scale-up, quality control, quality assurance, regulatory affairs and clinical trial design and implementation. We believe that our focus and expertise will help us develop products based on our proprietary intellectual property.

The term of individual patents depends upon the legal term of the patents in the countries in which they are obtained. In most countries in which we file, the patent term is 20 years from the date of filing the non-provisional application. In the United States, a patent’s term may be lengthened by patent term adjustment, which compensates a patentee for administrative delays by the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office in granting a patent, or may be shortened if a patent is terminally disclaimed over an earlier-filed patent.

 

110


Table of Contents

The term of a patent that covers an FDA approved drug may also be eligible for patent term extension, which permits patent term restoration of a U.S. patent as compensation for the patent term lost during the FDA regulatory review process. The Hatch-Waxman Act permits a patent term extension of up to five years beyond the expiration of the patent. The length of the patent term extension is related to the length of time the drug is under regulatory review. A patent term extension cannot extend the remaining term of a patent beyond a total of 14 years from the date of product approval and only one patent applicable to an approved drug may be extended. Moreover, a patent can only be extended once, and thus, if a single patent is applicable to multiple products, it can only be extended based on one product. Similar provisions are available in Europe and other foreign jurisdictions to extend the term of a patent that covers an approved drug. When possible, depending upon the length of clinical trials and other factors involved in the filing of a new drug application (NDA), we expect to apply for patent term extensions for patents covering our product candidates and their methods of use.

Trade Secrets

We rely on trade secrets to protect certain aspects of our technology, particularly in relation to our technology platform. However, trade secrets can be difficult to protect. We seek to protect our proprietary technology and processes, in part, by entering into confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants, scientific advisors and contractors. We also seek to preserve the integrity and confidentiality of our data and trade secrets by maintaining physical security of our premises and physical and electronic security of our information technology systems. While we have confidence in these individuals, organizations and systems, agreements or security measures may be breached, and we may not have adequate remedies for any breach. In addition, our trade secrets may otherwise become known or be independently discovered by competitors. To the extent that our consultants, contractors or collaborators use intellectual property owned by others in their work for us, disputes may arise as to the rights in related or resulting know-how and inventions. For more information, please see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property.”

Manufacturing

We contract with third parties for the manufacturing of all of our product candidates, including PTG-100, PTG-200, and PTG-300, for pre-clinical and clinical studies, and intend to continue to do so in the future. We do not own or operate any manufacturing facilities and we have no plans to build any owned clinical or commercial scale manufacturing capabilities. We believe that the use of contract manufacturing organization (CMOs) eliminates the need for us to directly invest in manufacturing facilities, equipment and additional staff. Although we rely on contract manufacturers, our personnel and consultants have extensive manufacturing experience overseeing CMOs. We regularly consider second source or back-up manufacturers for both active pharmaceutical ingredient and drug product manufacturing. To date, our third-party manufacturers have met the manufacturing requirements for the product candidates in a timely manner. We expect third-party manufacturers to be capable of providing sufficient quantities of our product candidates to meet anticipated full-scale commercial demands but we have not assessed these capabilities beyond the supply of clinical materials to date. We currently engage CMOs on a “fee for services” basis based on our current development plans. We plan to identify CMOs and enter into longer term contracts or commitments as we move our product candidates into Phase 3 clinical trials. We believe there are alternate sources of manufacturing that have been and could be engaged and enabled to satisfy its clinical and commercial requirements, however we cannot guarantee that identifying and establishing alternative relationships with such sources will be successful, cost effective, or completed on a timely basis without significant delay in the development or commercialization of our product candidates.

Government Regulation

The FDA and comparable regulatory authorities in state and local jurisdictions and in other countries impose substantial and burdensome requirements upon companies involved in the clinical development, manufacture, marketing and distribution of drugs, such as those we are developing. These agencies and other federal, state and local entities regulate, among other things, the research and development, testing, manufacture,

 

111


Table of Contents

quality control, safety, effectiveness, labeling, storage, record keeping, approval, advertising and promotion, distribution, post-approval monitoring and reporting, sampling and export and import of our product candidates.

U.S. Government Regulation

In the United States, the FDA regulates drugs under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (FDCA) and its implementing regulations. The process of obtaining regulatory approvals and the subsequent compliance with applicable federal, state, local and foreign statutes and regulations requires the expenditure of substantial time and financial resources. Failure to comply with the applicable U.S. requirements at any time during the product development process, approval process or after approval, may subject an applicant to a variety of administrative or judicial sanctions, such as the FDA’s refusal to approve pending NDAs, withdrawal of an approval, imposition of a clinical hold, issuance of warning letters, product recalls, product seizures, total or partial suspension of production or distribution, injunctions, fines, refusals of government contracts, restitution, disgorgement or civil or criminal penalties.

The process required by the FDA before a drug may be marketed in the United States generally involves the following:

 

    completion of pre-clinical laboratory tests, animal studies and formulation studies in compliance with the FDA’s good laboratory practice (GLP) regulations;

 

    submission to the FDA of an IND application, which must become effective before human clinical trials may begin;

 

    approval by an independent institutional review board (IRB) at each clinical site before each trial may be initiated;

 

    performance of adequate and well-controlled human clinical trials in accordance with good clinical practice (GCP) requirements to establish the safety and efficacy of the proposed drug product for each indication;

 

    submission to the FDA of an NDA;

 

    satisfactory completion of an FDA advisory committee review, if applicable;

 

    satisfactory completion of an FDA inspection of the manufacturing facility or facilities at which the product is produced to assess compliance with current good manufacturing practice (cGMP) requirements and to assure that the facilities, methods and controls are adequate to preserve the drug’s identity, strength, quality and purity; and

 

    FDA review and approval of the NDA.

Pre-clinical Studies

Pre-clinical studies include laboratory evaluation of product chemistry, toxicity and formulation, as well as animal studies to assess potential safety and efficacy. An IND sponsor must submit the results of the pre-clinical tests, together with manufacturing information, analytical data and any available clinical data or literature, among other things, to the FDA as part of an IND. Some pre-clinical testing may continue even after the IND is submitted. An IND automatically becomes effective 30 days after receipt by the FDA, unless before that time the FDA raises concerns or questions related to one or more proposed clinical trials and places the clinical trial on a clinical hold. In such a case, the IND sponsor and the FDA must resolve any outstanding concerns before the clinical trial can begin. As a result, submission of an IND may not result in the FDA allowing clinical trials to commence.

 

112


Table of Contents

Clinical Trials

Clinical trials involve the administration of the investigational new drug to human subjects under the supervision of qualified investigators in accordance with GCP requirements, which include the requirement that all research subjects provide their informed consent in writing for their participation in any clinical trial. Clinical trials are conducted under protocols detailing, among other things, the objectives of the trial, the parameters to be used in monitoring safety, and the effectiveness criteria to be evaluated. A protocol for each clinical trial and any subsequent protocol amendments must be submitted to the FDA as part of the IND (or equivalent submission ex-US). In addition, an IRB or EC at each institution participating in the clinical trial must review and approve the plan for any clinical trial before it commences at that institution. Information about certain clinical trials must be submitted within specific timeframes to the National Institutes of Health (NIH) for public dissemination on their www.clinicaltrials.gov website.

Human clinical trials are typically conducted in three sequential phases, which may overlap or be combined:

 

    Phase 1: The drug is initially introduced into healthy human subjects or patients with the target disease or condition and tested for safety, dosage tolerance, absorption, metabolism, distribution, excretion and, if possible, to gain an early indication of its effectiveness.

 

    Phase 2: The drug is administered to a limited patient population to identify possible adverse effects and safety risks, to preliminarily evaluate the efficacy of the product for specific targeted diseases and to determine dosage tolerance and optimal dosage.

 

    Phase 3: The drug is administered to an expanded patient population, generally at geographically dispersed clinical trial sites, in well-controlled clinical trials to generate enough data to statistically evaluate the efficacy and safety of the product for approval, to establish the overall risk-benefit profile of the product, and to provide adequate information for the labeling of the product.

Progress reports detailing the results of the clinical trials must be submitted at least annually to the FDA and more frequently if serious adverse events occur. Phase 1, Phase 2 and Phase 3 clinical trials may not be completed successfully within any specified period, or at all. Furthermore, the FDA or the sponsor may suspend or terminate a clinical trial at any time on various grounds, including a finding that the research subjects are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk. Similarly, an IRB or EC can suspend or terminate approval of a clinical trial at its institution if the clinical trial is not being conducted in accordance with the IRB’s requirements or if the drug has been associated with unexpected serious harm to patients.

Marketing Approval

Assuming successful completion of the required clinical testing, the results of the pre-clinical and clinical studies, together with detailed information relating to the product’s chemistry, manufacture, controls and proposed labeling, among other things, are submitted to the FDA as part of an NDA requesting approval to market the product for one or more indications. In most cases, the submission of an NDA is subject to a substantial application user fee. Under the Prescription Drug User Fee Act (PDUFA) guidelines that are currently in effect, the FDA has a goal of ten months from the date of “filing” of a standard NDA for a new molecular entity to review and act on the submission. This review typically takes twelve months from the date the NDA is submitted to FDA because the FDA has approximately two months to make a “filing” decision.

In addition, under the Pediatric Research Equity Act of 2003 (PREA), as amended and reauthorized, certain NDAs or supplements to an NDA must contain data that are adequate to assess the safety and effectiveness of the drug for the claimed indications in all relevant pediatric subpopulations, and to support dosing and administration for each pediatric subpopulation for which the product is safe and effective. The FDA may, on its own initiative or at the request of the applicant, grant deferrals for submission of some or all pediatric data until after approval of the product for use in adults, or full or partial waivers from the pediatric data requirements.

 

113


Table of Contents

The FDA also may require submission of a risk evaluation and mitigation strategy (REMS), plan to ensure that the benefits of the drug outweigh its risks. The REMS plan could include medication guides, physician communication plans, assessment plans, and/or elements to assure safe use, such as restricted distribution methods, patient registries, or other risk minimization tools.

The FDA conducts a preliminary review of all NDAs within the first 60 days after submission, before accepting them for filing, to determine whether they are sufficiently complete to permit substantive review. The FDA may request additional information rather than accept an NDA for filing. In this event, the application must be resubmitted with the additional information. The resubmitted application is also subject to review before the FDA accepts it for filing. Once the submission is accepted for filing, the FDA begins an in-depth substantive review. The FDA reviews an NDA to determine, among other things, whether the drug is safe and effective and whether the facility in which it is manufactured, processed, packaged or held meets standards designed to assure the product’s continued safety, quality and purity.

The FDA may refer an application for a novel drug to an advisory committee. An advisory committee is a panel of independent experts, including clinicians and other scientific experts, that reviews, evaluates and provides a recommendation as to whether the application should be approved and under what conditions. The FDA is not bound by the recommendations of an advisory committee, but it considers such recommendations carefully when making decisions.

Before approving an NDA, the FDA typically will inspect the facility or facilities where the product is manufactured. The FDA will not approve an application unless it determines that the manufacturing processes and facilities are in compliance with cGMP requirements and adequate to assure consistent production of the product within required specifications. Additionally, before approving an NDA, the FDA may inspect one or more clinical trial sites to assure compliance with GCP requirements.

After evaluating the NDA and all related information, including the advisory committee recommendation, if any, and inspection reports regarding the manufacturing facilities and clinical trial sites, the FDA may issue an approval letter, or, in some cases, a complete response letter. A complete response letter generally contains a statement of specific conditions that must be met in order to secure final approval of the NDA and may require additional clinical or pre-clinical testing in order for FDA to reconsider the application. Even with submission of this additional information, the FDA ultimately may decide that the application does not satisfy the regulatory criteria for approval. If and when those conditions have been met to the FDA’s satisfaction, the FDA will typically issue an approval letter. An approval letter authorizes commercial marketing of the drug with specific prescribing information for specific indications.

Even if the FDA approves a product, it may limit the approved indications for use of the product, require that contraindications, warnings or precautions be included in the product labeling, require that post-approval studies, including Phase 4 clinical trials, be conducted to further assess a drug’s safety after approval, require testing and surveillance programs to monitor the product after commercialization, or impose other conditions, including distribution and use restrictions or other risk management mechanisms under a REMS, which can materially affect the potential market and profitability of the product. The FDA may prevent or limit further marketing of a product based on the results of post-marketing studies or surveillance programs. After approval, some types of changes to the approved product, such as adding new indications, manufacturing changes and additional labeling claims, are subject to further testing requirements and FDA review and approval.

Orphan Designation

The FDA may grant orphan designation to drugs or biologics intended to treat a rare disease or condition that affects fewer than 200,000 individuals in the United States, or if it affects more than 200,000 individuals in the United States, there is no reasonable expectation that the cost of developing and marketing the product for this type of disease or condition will be recovered from sales in the United States. Orphan designation must be requested before submitting a NDA or BLA. After the FDA grants orphan designation, the identity of the

 

114


Table of Contents

therapeutic agent and its potential orphan use are disclosed publicly by the FDA. Orphan designation does not convey any advantage in or shorten the duration of the regulatory review and approval process.

In the United States, orphan designation entitles a party to financial incentives such as opportunities for grant funding towards clinical trial costs, tax advantages and user-fee waivers. In addition, if a product receives the first FDA approval for the indication for which it has orphan designation, the product is entitled to orphan exclusivity, which means the FDA may not approve any other application to market the same product for the same indication for a period of seven years, except in limited circumstances, such as a showing of clinical superiority over the product with orphan exclusivity or where the manufacturer with orphan exclusivity is unable to assure sufficient quantities of the approved orphan designated product. Competitors, however, may receive approval of different products for the indication for which the orphan product has exclusivity or obtain approval for the same product but for a different indication for which the orphan product has exclusivity. Orphan product exclusivity also could block the approval of one of our products for seven years if a competitor obtains approval of the same biological product as defined by the FDA or if our product candidate is determined to be contained within the competitor’s product for the same indication or disease. If a drug or biological product designated as an orphan product receives marketing approval for an indication broader than what is designated, it may not be entitled to orphan product exclusivity.

Post-Approval Requirements

Drugs manufactured or distributed pursuant to FDA approvals are subject to pervasive and continuing regulation by the FDA, including, among other things, requirements relating to recordkeeping, periodic reporting, product sampling and distribution, advertising and promotion and reporting of adverse experiences with the product. After approval, most changes to the approved product, such as adding new indications or other labeling claims are subject to prior FDA review and approval. There also are continuing, annual user fee requirements for any marketed products and the establishments at which such products are manufactured, as well as new application fees for supplemental applications with clinical data.

The FDA may impose a number of post-approval requirements as a condition of approval of an NDA. For example, the FDA may require post-marketing testing, including Phase 4 clinical trials, and surveillance to further assess and monitor the product’s safety and effectiveness after commercialization.

In addition, drug manufacturers and other entities involved in the manufacture and distribution of approved drugs are required to register their establishments with the FDA and state agencies, and are subject to periodic unannounced inspections by the FDA and these state agencies for compliance with cGMP requirements. Changes to the manufacturing process are strictly regulated and often require prior FDA approval before being implemented. FDA regulations also require investigation and correction of any deviations from cGMP requirements and impose reporting and documentation requirements upon the sponsor and any third-party manufacturers that the sponsor may decide to use. Accordingly, manufacturers must continue to expend time, money, and effort in the area of production and quality control to maintain cGMP compliance.

Once an approval is granted, the FDA may withdraw the approval if compliance with regulatory requirements and standards is not maintained or if problems occur after the product reaches the market. Later discovery of previously unknown problems with a product, including adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or with manufacturing processes, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements, may result in mandatory revisions to the approved labeling to add new safety information; imposition of post-market studies or clinical trials to assess new safety risks; or imposition of distribution or other restrictions under a REMS program. Other potential consequences include, among other things:

 

    restrictions on the marketing or manufacturing of the product, complete withdrawal of the product from the market or product recalls;

 

    fines, warning letters or holds on post-approval clinical trials;

 

115


Table of Contents
    refusal of the FDA to approve pending NDAs or supplements to approved NDAs, or suspension or revocation of product approvals;

 

    product seizure or detention, or refusal to permit the import or export of products; or

 

    injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties.

The FDA strictly regulates marketing, labeling, advertising and promotion of products that are placed on the market. Drugs may be promoted only for the approved indications and in accordance with the provisions of the approved label. The FDA and other agencies actively enforce the laws and regulations prohibiting the promotion of off-label uses, and a company that is found to have improperly promoted off-label uses may be subject to significant liability.

Coverage and Reimbursement

Sales of our product candidates, if approved, will depend, in part, on the extent to which the cost of such products will be covered and adequately reimbursed by third-party payors, such as government healthcare programs, commercial insurance and managed health care organizations. These third-party payors are increasingly limiting coverage and/or reducing reimbursements for medical products and services by challenging the prices and examining the medical necessity and cost-effectiveness of medical products and services, in addition to their safety and efficacy. If these third-party payors do not consider our products to be cost-effective compared to other therapies, they may not cover our products after approval as a benefit under their plans or, if they do, the level of payment may not be sufficient to allow us to sell our products on a profitable basis.

There is no uniform policy requirement for coverage and reimbursement for drug products exists among third-party payors in the United States. Therefore, coverage and reimbursement for drug products can differ significantly from payor to payor. The coverage determination process can be a time-consuming and costly process that may require us to provide scientific and clinical support for the use of our products to each payor separately, with no assurance that coverage and adequate reimbursement will be obtained or applied consistently. Even if reimbursement is provided, market acceptance of our products may be adversely affected if the amount of payment for our products proves to be unprofitable for health care providers or less profitable than alternative treatments, or if administrative burdens make our products less desirable to use.

In addition, the U.S. government, state legislatures and foreign governments have continued implementing cost-containment programs, including price controls, restrictions on reimbursement and requirements for substitution of generic products. Adoption of price controls and cost-containment measures, and adoption of more restrictive policies in jurisdictions with existing controls and measures, could further limit our net revenue and results. Decreases in third-party reimbursement for our product candidates or a decision by a third-party payor to not cover our product candidates could reduce physician usage of our products candidates, once approved, and have a material adverse effect on our sales, results of operations and financial condition.

The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, collectively referred to as the ACA, enacted in March 2010, has had and is expected to continue to have a significant impact on the health care industry. The ACA, among other things, imposes a significant annual fee on certain companies that manufacture or import branded prescription drug products. The ACA also increased the Medicaid rebate rate and expanded the rebate program to include Medicaid managed care organizations. It also contains substantial new provisions intended to broaden access to health insurance, reduce or constrain the growth of health care spending, enhance remedies against health care fraud and abuse, add new transparency requirements for the health care industry, impose new taxes and fees on pharmaceutical manufacturers, and impose additional health policy reforms, any or all of which may affect our business. Since its enactment, there have been judicial and Congressional challenges to certain aspects of the ACA, and there may be additional challenges and amendments to the ACA in the future. The ACA is likely to continue the downward pressure on pharmaceutical pricing, and may also increase our regulatory burdens and operating costs.

 

116


Table of Contents

Other legislative changes have also been proposed and adopted since the ACA was enacted. For example, the Budget Control Act of 2011 resulted in aggregate reductions in Medicare payments to providers of 2% per fiscal year, which went into effect in 2013 and, following passage of the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2015, will stay in effect through 2025 unless additional Congressional action is taken. Additionally, the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, among other things, reduced Medicare payments to several types of providers and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years. These new laws may result in additional reductions in Medicare and other health care funding.

It is uncertain whether and how future legislation, whether domestic or foreign, could affect prospects for our product candidates or what actions foreign, federal, state, or private payors for health care treatment and services may take in response to any such health care reform proposals or legislation. Adoption of price controls and other cost-containment measures, and adoption of more restrictive policies in jurisdictions with existing controls and measures reforms may prevent or limit our ability to generate revenue, attain profitability or commercialize our product candidates.

Other Health Care Laws and Compliance Requirements

We will also be subject to health care regulation and enforcement by the federal government and the states and foreign governments in which we will conduct our business once our products are approved. The laws that may affect our ability to operate include, but are not limited to: the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, which governs the conduct of certain electronic health care transactions and protects the security and privacy of protected health information. Criminal health care fraud statutes under HIPAA also prohibits persons and entities from knowingly and willfully executing a scheme to defraud any health care benefit program, including private payors, or knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for health care benefits, items or services; the federal health care programs’ Anti-Kickback Statute, which prohibits, among other things, persons from knowingly and willfully soliciting, receiving, offering or paying remuneration, directly or indirectly, in exchange for or to induce either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, order or recommendation of, any good or service for which payment may be made under federal health care programs such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs; federal false claims laws and civil monetary penalties laws that prohibit, among other things, any person or entity from knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, a false claim for payment to the federal government, or knowingly making, or causing to be made, a false statement to have a false claim paid; and the Physician Payments Sunshine Act, which requires certain manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics, and medical supplies for which payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid, or Children’s Health Insurance Program to report annually to the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services information related to payments and other transfers of value made to physicians (defined to include doctors, dentists, optometrists, podiatrists and chiropractors) and teaching hospitals, and ownership and investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members.

The majority of states also have statutes or regulations similar to the aforementioned federal anti-kickback and false claims laws, which apply to items and services reimbursed under Medicaid and other state programs, or, in several states, apply regardless of the payor. We may be subject to state laws governing the privacy and security of health information in certain circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and often are not preempted by HIPAA, thus complicating compliance efforts. In addition, we may be subject to reporting requirements under state transparency laws, as well as state laws that require pharmaceutical companies to comply with the industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the applicable compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government that otherwise restricts certain payments that may be made to health care providers and entities.

Because of the breadth of these laws and the narrowness of available statutory and regulatory exceptions, it is possible that some of our business activities could be subject to challenge under one or more of such laws. If

 

117


Table of Contents

we or our operations are found to be in violation of any of the laws described above or any other governmental regulations that apply to us, we may be subject to penalties, including civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, individual imprisonment, disgorgement, exclusion of products from reimbursement under U.S. federal or state health care programs, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations.

Government Regulation Outside of the United States

In addition to regulations in the United States, we will be subject to a variety of regulations in other jurisdictions governing, among other things, clinical studies and any commercial sales and distribution of our products.

Whether or not we obtain FDA approval for a product, we must obtain the requisite approvals from regulatory authorities in foreign countries prior to the commencement of clinical studies or marketing of the product in those countries. Certain countries outside of the United States have a similar process that requires the submission of a clinical study application much like the IND prior to the commencement of human clinical studies.

The requirements and process governing the conduct of clinical studies, product licensing, pricing and reimbursement vary from country to country. In all cases, the clinical studies are conducted in accordance with GCP and the applicable regulatory requirements and the ethical principles that have their origin in the Declaration of Helsinki.

If we fail to comply with applicable foreign regulatory requirements, we may be subject to, among other things, fines, suspension or withdrawal of regulatory approvals, product recalls, seizure of products, operating restrictions and criminal prosecution.

The requirements for conducting clinical trials in Australia, where we are currently conducting clinical trials for PTG-100, are as follows:

Conducting clinical trials for therapeutic drug candidates in Australia is subject to regulation by Australian governmental entities. Approval for inclusion in the Australian Register of Therapeutic Goods (ARTG) is required before a pharmaceutical drug product may be marketed in Australia.

Typically, the process of obtaining approval of a new therapeutic drug product for inclusion in the ARTG requires compilation of clinical trial data. Clinical trials conducted using “unapproved therapeutic goods” in Australia, being those which have not yet been evaluated by the Therapeutic Goods Administration (TGA) for quality, safety and efficacy must occur pursuant to either the Clinical Trial Notification (CTN) or Clinical Trial Exemption (CTX), process.

The CTN process broadly involves:

 

    completion of pre-clinical laboratory and animal testing;

 

    submission to a Human Research Ethics Committee (HREC) of all material relating to the proposed clinical trial, including the trial protocol. The TGA does not review any data relating to the clinical trial;

 

    final approval for the conduct of the clinical trial by the institution or organization at which the clinical trial will be conducted (Approving Authority), having due regard to the advice from the HREC; and

 

    notification of the clinical trial to the TGA.

The CTX process broadly involves:

 

    submission of an application to conduct a clinical trial to the TGA for evaluation and comment;

 

    a sponsor cannot commence a CTX trial until written advice has been received from the TGA regarding the application and approval for the conduct of the trial has been obtained from an ethics committee and the institution at which the trial will be conducted; and

 

118


Table of Contents
    receipt of written advice from the TGA regarding the application.

 

    receipt of approval for the conduct of the trial from an ethics committee and the institution at which the trial will be conducted.

In each case, it is required that:

 

    adequate and well-controlled clinical trials demonstrate the quality, safety and efficacy of the therapeutic product;

 

    evidence is compiled which demonstrates that the manufacture of the therapeutic drug product complies with the principles of cGMP;

 

    manufacturing and clinical data is derived to submit to the Australian Committee on Prescription Medicines, which makes recommendations to the TGA as to whether or not to grant approval to include the therapeutic drug product in the ARTG; and

 

    an ultimate decision is made by the TGA whether to include the therapeutic drug product in the ARTG.

Pre-clinical studies include laboratory evaluation of the therapeutic drug product as well as animal studies to assess the potential safety and efficacy of the drug. The results of the pre-clinical studies form part of the materials submitted to the HREC in the case of a CTN trial and part of the application to the TGA in the case of a CTX trial.

Clinical trials involve administering the investigational product to healthy volunteers or patients under the supervision of a qualified principal investigator. The TGA has developed guidelines for a CTN. Under the CTN process, all material relating to the proposed trial is submitted directly to the HREC of each institution at which the trial is to be conducted. An HREC is an independent review committee set up under guidelines of the Australian National Health and Medical Research Council. The role of an HREC is to ensure the protection of rights, safety and wellbeing of human subjects involved in a clinical trial by, among other things, reviewing, approving and providing continuing review of trial protocols and amendments, and of the methods and material to be used in obtaining and documenting informed consent of the trial subjects. The TGA is formally notified by submission of a CTN application but does not review the safety of the drug or any aspect of the proposed clinical trial. The approving authority of each institution gives the final approval for the conduct of the clinical trial, having due regard to advice from the HREC. Following approval, responsibility for all aspects of the trial conducted under a CTN application remains with the HREC of each investigator’s institution.

The standards for clinical research in Australia are set by the TGA and the National Health and Medical Research Council, and compliance with GCP is mandatory. Guidelines, such as those promulgated by the International Conference on Harmonization of Technical Requirements for Registration of Pharmaceuticals for Human Use, or ICH, are required across all fields, including those related to pharmaceutical quality, nonclinical and clinical data requirements and study designs. The basic requirements for preclinical data to support a first-in-human study under ICH guidelines are applicable in Australia. Requirements related to adverse event reporting in Australia are similar to those required in other major jurisdictions.

Legal Proceedings

We are not currently a party to any material legal proceedings.

Facilities

As of June 30, 2016, we leased approximately 11,372 square feet of office and laboratory space in Milpitas, California, under a lease that expires in April 2018, with options to extend the lease for a period of three years. We believe that our existing facilities and arrangements are adequate to meet our business needs for at least the next 12 months and that additional space will be available on commercially reasonable terms, if required.

 

119


Table of Contents

Employees

As of June 30, 2016, we had 29 full-time employees, 23 of whom were in research and development of which 2 hold an M.D. and 8 hold Ph.D. degrees. The remaining 6 employees worked in finance, business development, human resources and administrative support of which 2 hold a Ph.D. None of our employees is represented by a labor union or covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We consider our relationship with our employees to be good.

 

120


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table sets forth the name, age and position of each of our executive officers, significant employees and directors as of July 1, 2016.

 

Name

   Age     

Position

Executive Officers

     

Dinesh V. Patel, Ph.D.

     59       President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

David Y. Liu, Ph.D.

     66       Chief Scientific Officer and Head of Research & Development

Richard S. Shames, M.D.

     56       Chief Medical Officer

Thomas P. O’Neil

     51       Chief Financial Officer

William Hodder

     52       Senior Vice President of Corporate Development

Significant Employees

     

Ashok Bhandari, Ph.D.

     52       Vice President of Chemistry

Larry Mattheakis, Ph.D.

     59       Vice President of Biology

Mark Smythe, Ph.D.

     51       Vice President of Technology & Alliances

Thamil Annamalai

     56       Senior Director of Pre-clinical Development

Lucio Tozzi

     52       Senior Director of Clinical Operations

Non-employee Directors

     

Harold E. “Barry” Selick, Ph.D.

     62       Chairman of the Board of Directors

Chaitan Khosla, Ph.D.

     51       Director

Julie Papanek

     33       Director

Armen B. Shanafelt, Ph.D.

     57       Director

William D. Waddill (1)

     59       Director

 

(1) Mr. Waddill was appointed to our board of directors effective as of July 1, 2016.

Executive Officers

Dinesh V. Patel, Ph.D. —Dr. Patel has served as a member of our board of directors and as our President and Chief Executive Officer since December 2008. Dr. Patel has more than 30 years of executive, entrepreneurial, and scientific experience spanning the pharmaceutical, biotechnology and biopharmaceutical industries. Prior to joining Protagonist, Dr. Patel served from 2006 to 2008 as the President and Chief Executive Officer of Arête Therapeutics, a privately held company focused on the development of drugs for metabolic syndrome. Prior to that, he was the President and Chief Executive Officer of Miikana Therapeutics, an oncology based company, from 2003 until it was acquired by Entremed (later renamed CASI Pharmaceuticals) in 2005. Prior to Miikana, Dr. Patel held positions of increasing responsibility at Versicor (later renamed Vicuron and which was acquired by Pfizer in 2015), from 1996 to 2003, most recently as Senior Vice President of Drug Discovery and Licensing. Prior to Vicuron, Dr. Patel was a director of chemistry at the combinatorial chemistry company Affymax, from 1993 to 1996. Dr. Patel was a medicinal chemist at Bristol-Myers Squibb from 1985 to 1993. Dr. Patel received his Ph.D. in Chemistry from Rutgers University, New Jersey and his B.S. in Industrial Chemistry from S. P. University, Vallabh Vidyanagar, India. We believe that because of his expertise, extensive knowledge of our Company and experience as an executive officer of biotechnology companies, Dr. Patel is able to make valuable contributions to our board of directors.

David Y. Liu, Ph.D. —Dr. Liu has served as our Chief Scientific Officer (CSO) since May 2013 and has served as CSO and Head of Research and Development since February 2016. Prior to Protagonist, Dr. Liu was the Chief Operating Officer and a co-founder of Trenovus, Inc., from 2010 to 2012. Prior to Trenovus, Dr. Liu was Vice President of Research at FibroGen Inc., from 2002 to 2010. Prior to Fibrogen, Dr. Liu served as Director of Inflammation Research at Scios, Inc., now part of Johnson & Johnson, from 1992 to 2002. Dr. Liu held a position as an academic researcher at Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Harvard Medical School and was Instructor and Assistant Professor in the Department of Medicine, Harvard Medical School, from 1976 to 1986.

 

121


Table of Contents

Dr. Liu received his Ph.D. in microbiology and immunology from Michigan State University, and his B.S. in chemistry from The University of Chicago.

Richard S.   Shames, M.D . —Dr. Shames has served as our Chief Medical Officer since August 2015. He currently also serves as Adjunct Associate Clinical Professor of Pediatrics at Stanford University. Prior to joining Protagonist, he served as Senior Vice President and Chief Medical Officer at Aldea Pharmaceuticals, from 2013 to 2015. Prior to Aldea, Dr. Shames was Distinguished Scientist, Clinical Research and Early Biologics Lead (Immunology) at Merck & Co., Inc., from 2009 to 2013. Prior to joining Merck, Dr. Shames held positions of increasing responsibility at Facet Biotech (formerly PDL BioPharma), from 1999 to 2009, most recently as Therapeutic Head of Immunology and Senior Medical Director. Prior to Facet, Dr. Shames held full time clinical faculty positions in Pediatric Allergy and Clinical Immunology at Stanford University, from 1996 to 1999, and the University of California, San Francisco Schools of Medicine, from 1993 to 1996. Dr. Shames received his M.D. from University of California, Davis School of Medicine and received a B.S. in Biological Sciences from Stanford University.

Thomas P. O’Neil —Mr. O’Neil has served as our Chief Financial Officer since February 2016. From March 2015 to October 2015, Mr. O’Neil served as Chief Financial Officer of Arcadia Biosciences, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company. From January 2014 to July 2014, Mr. O’Neil served as Chief Financial Officer of Sorbent Therapeutics, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company. From September 2011 to December 2013, Mr. O’Neil served as a consultant to Sorbent and a variety of health care and technology companies. From December 2009 to August 2011, Mr. O’Neil served as Vice President of Finance & Administration of ChemGenex Pharmaceuticals Ltd., a biopharmaceutical company. From March 2007 to May 2009, Mr. O’Neil served as Vice President of Finance & Administration of Nodality, Inc., a biotechnology company. Mr. O’Neil holds a B.A. from Pomona College in International Relations and an M.B.A. from the University of California at Los Angeles.

William Hodder —Mr. Hodder has served as our Senior Vice President of Corporate Development since 2014. Prior to Protagonist, Mr. Hodder was Vice President, Business Development of Promedior, Inc. a clinical stage biotechnology company developing therapeutics for the treatment of fibrosis, from December 2013 to July 2014. Prior to joining Promedior, Mr. Hodder was a founder and CEO of start-up biotechnology company Trenovus, Inc., from 2010 to 2012. Previously, Mr. Hodder was Vice President of Business Development and Corporate Officer at FibroGen, Inc. Prior to joining FibroGen, he served a Director of Business Development and Marketing at Aradigm, a drug delivery company. Mr. Hodder received an M.B.A. from The University of Chicago Booth School of Business and received a B.S. in biology from Oakland University.

Significant Employees

Ashok Bhandari, Ph.D. —Dr. Bhandari joined Protagonist in 2011 and has served as our Vice President of Chemistry since February 2016. He has over 20 years of experience in the technology industry with expertise in peptide, medicinal, and combinatorial chemistry. Prior to joining Protagonist, Dr. Bhandari served as Associate Director of Chemistry at Affymax from 1994 to 2008. Dr. Bhandari has extensive experience with different peptide drug discovery and pre-clinical development programs on targets of protein-protein interactions. He received his Ph.D. in chemistry from Indian Institute of Chemical Technology, India and conducted post-doctoral research at University of California, Santa Barbara.

Larry Mattheakis, Ph.D. —Dr. Mattheakis joined Protagonist in 2012 and has served as our Vice President of Biology since 2016. Prior to joining Protagonist, Dr. Mattheakis served as the Associate Director at Exelixis, a publicly traded biotechnology company, from 2007 to 2011. Prior to Exelixis, he served as Senior Scientist at Cytokinetics from 2002 to 2007. Dr. Mattheakis began his career at Affymax Research Institute, where he served in a variety of roles, from 1992 to 2000, most recently as Research Fellow. Dr. Mattheakis received a Ph.D. in Biochemistry from the University of Wisconsin-Madison and a B.S. in Biochemistry from the University of California, Davis. He trained as a post-doctoral research fellow in the Department of Microbiology and Molecular Genetics at Harvard Medical School.

 

122


Table of Contents

Mark Smythe, Ph.D. —Dr. Smythe is the founder of Protagonist and has served as our Vice President of Technology & Alliances since 2013, having previously served as our Chief Scientific Officer from 2009 to 2010 and our Chief Executive Officer from 2001 to 2009. He has extensive experience in industry-based research management and technology commercialization. Prior to Protagonist, he was Principal Investigator at the Centre for Drug Design and Development, now the Institute for Molecular Bioscience in Brisbane, Australia, from 1994 to 2001. Dr. Smythe earned a Ph.D. in Medicinal Chemistry from Melbourne University and a B.Sc (Hons) in Synthetic Organic Chemistry from James Cook University.

Thamil Annamalai —Ms. Annamalai has served as our Senior Director of Pre-clinical Development since March 2014. Ms. Annamalai has 25 years of research and development experience including more than a decade of drug discovery. From 2001 to 2013, Ms. Annamalai served as Manager, Director, and Senior Director for the In Vivo Evaluations group in Pre-clinical Development at Xenoport and was a member of the development team for its flagship product Horizant ® . Ms. Annamalai was previously Manager of Pre-clinical Research at Intrabiotics Pharmaceuticals from 1997 to 2001, a biotechnology company focused on novel antimicrobial peptides. Prior to that, she was a Research Pharmacologist at Microcide pharmaceuticals from 1994 to 1997, Research Scientist at Nycomed Salutar from 1991 to 1994, and Toxicologist at Sola Barnes-Hind from 1989 to 1990. Ms. Annamalai received an M. Phil in Human Physiology from the Institute of Basic Medical Science, an M.Sc. in Zoology from Pachaiyappas College, and B.Sc. in Zoology from Stella Maris College, all institutions affiliated with University of Madras, India.

Lucio Tozzi Mr. Tozzi has served as our Senior Director of Clinical Operations since July 2015. Mr. Tozzi has over 24 years of experience in global clinical trials spanning pharmaceuticals and medical devices in the therapeutic areas of infections, surgical morbidities, oncology, respiratory and CNS diseases. He has led clinical operations teams with responsibilities for clinical development, outsourcing, and project management. Prior to joining Protagonist, Mr. Tozzi was Senior Director and Head of Clinical Operations at Astex Pharmaceuticals, an oncology company (part of Otsuka), from August 2014 to July 2015. Prior to joining Astex, Mr. Tozzi was Director Clinical Operations at Baxter Healthcare from April 2005 to January 2014. Mr. Tozzi graduated with a BSc (Hons) in Biology from London University, Royal Holloway College, and holds a post-graduate Diploma (DipM) and Membership (MCIM) in Marketing from the Chartered Institute of Marketing.

Non-Employee Directors

Harold E. Selick, Ph.D. —Dr. Selick has served on our board of directors since February 2009. Dr. Selick has served as the Chief Executive Officer and a director of Threshold Pharmaceuticals, Inc. since June 2002. From June 2002 until July 2007, Dr. Selick was also a Venture Partner of Sofinnova Ventures, Inc., a venture capital firm. From January 1999 to April 2002, he was Chief Executive Officer of Camitro Corporation, a biotechnology company. From 1992 to 1999, he was at Affymax Research Institute, the drug discovery technology development center for Glaxo Wellcome plc, most recently as Vice President of Research. Prior to working at Affymax he held scientific positions at Protein Design Labs, Inc. and Anergen, Inc. Dr. Selick serves as Lead Director of PDL, a public company, and serves as Chairman of the board of directors of Catalyst Biosciences, a public company. Dr. Selick received his B.A. in Biophysics and Ph.D. in Biology from the University of Pennsylvania and was a Damon Runyon-Walter Winchell Cancer Fund Fellow and an American Cancer Society Senior Fellow at the University of California, San Francisco. We believe that because of his broad experience in building and running both private as well as public companies, combined with his experience serving on the boards of directors of a variety of biotechnology companies, Dr. Selick is well positioned to provide guidance and insight to the our board of directors and management team.

Chaitan Khosla, Ph.D. —Dr. Khosla has served as a member of our board of directors since October 2014. Dr. Khosla was the scientific founder and a member of the Board of Directors of Alvine Pharmaceuticals from 2005 until 2016. Prior to Alvine Pharmaceuticals, Dr. Khosla founded and was a director of Kosan Biosciences, from 1995 until it was acquired by Bristol-Myers Squibb in 2008. Dr. Khosla has been a Professor of Chemical

 

123


Table of Contents

Engineering and Chemistry at Stanford University since 2001 and has been a faculty member since 1992. Since 2013, he has served as the founding Director of Stanford ChEM-H. Dr. Khosla is an elected member of the American Academy of Arts & Sciences and the National Academy of Engineering. He is the recipient of several awards, including the 1999 Alan T. Waterman award by the National Science Foundation, the 1999 Eli Lilly Award in biological chemistry and the 2000 ACS Award in pure chemistry. Dr. Khosla is the author of over 300 publications and is an inventor on numerous patents. Dr. Khosla received a Ph.D. from the California Institute of Technology. We believe that Dr. Khosla is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his experience as a founder consultant and director of biotechnology companies and his expertise in the biotechnology field.

Julie Papanek —Ms. Papanek has served as a member of our board of directors since July 2015. Ms. Papanek has been a principal at Canaan Partners, a venture capital firm, since October 2014. Prior to Canaan, Ms. Papanek served in a variety of roles at Genentech across development and commercial, from March 2006 to June 2011. Ms. Papanek received an M.B.A. from the Stanford Graduate School of Business, an MPhil in BioScience Enterprise from Cambridge University, and a B.S. in Molecular Biophysics and Biochemistry from Yale University. We believe Ms. Papanek is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of her broad experience in finance and diverse expertise from across the entire medical spectrum.

Armen B.   Shanafelt, Ph.D . —Dr. Shanafelt has served as a member of our board of directors since January 2010. Since April 2009, Dr. Shanafelt has been a partner of Lilly Ventures, a venture capital firm. Prior to joining Lilly Ventures, Dr. Shanafelt was Chief Science Officer responsible for the generation of the early biotherapeutic pipeline for Eli Lilly and Company, a pharmaceutical research company, spanning the therapeutic areas of oncology, endocrine, and neuroscience. Dr. Shanafelt currently serves as Chairman of the board of directors of Aeglea BioTherapeutics, Inc., a public biotechnology company, and serves as a director of the following privately held biotechnology companies: Aileron Therapeutics, Surface Oncology, Sutro Biopharma, and Symic Bio (Chairman). Dr. Shanafelt received his B.S. in Chemistry and Physics from Pacific Lutheran University, and his Ph.D. in Chemistry from the University of California, Berkeley. He completed his postdoctoral work at DNAX Research Institute, where he studied the structure-function relationships of cytokines and their receptors. We believe Dr. Shanafelt is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his experience in the pharmaceutical, biotechnology and diagnostic businesses, including his expertise with respect to the generation of early biotherapeutic pipelines for oncology therapeutics.

William D. Waddill —Mr. Waddill has served as a member of our board of directors since July 2016. Since April 2014, Mr. Waddill has served as Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary of Calithera Biosciences, Inc. From October 2007 to March 2014, Mr. Waddill served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer at OncoMed Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company. From October 2006 to September 2007, Mr. Waddill served as the Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer of Ilypsa, Inc., a biotechnology company that was acquired in 2007 by Amgen, Inc. From February 2000 to September 2006, Mr. Waddill served as a Principal at Square One Finance, a financial consulting business. From December 1996 to February 2000, Mr. Waddill served as Senior Director of Finance and Administration at Exelixis, Inc., a biotechnology company. Mr. Waddill received a B.S. in Accounting from the University of Illinois, Chicago, and a certification as a public accountant, which is currently inactive, after working at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP and Deloitte LLP. We believe that Mr. Waddill is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his extensive experience in the biotechnology field.

 

Board Composition and Election of Directors

Certain members of our board of directors were elected pursuant to the provisions of our Voting Agreement, as amended. Under the Voting Agreement, as amended, our stockholders that are party to the Voting Agreement agreed to vote their shares to elect to our board of directors: (1) one individual who is the Chief Executive Officer (Dr. Patel); (2) one individual designated by the holders of a majority of the Series A Preferred Stock (Dr. Shanafelt); (3) one individual designated by the holders of a majority of the shares of Series B Preferred

 

124


Table of Contents

Stock (currently vacant); (4) one individual designated by the holders of a majority of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock (Ms. Papanek); and (5) three individuals designated by the investors that hold a majority of the aggregate number of all shares of Common Stock as converted and the then outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock held by all investors (Dr. Selick, Dr. Khosla, and Mr. Waddill). The Voting Agreement will terminate upon the completion of this offering.

Director Independence

Our board of directors currently consists of six members. Our board of directors has determined that all of our directors, other than Dr. Patel, by virtue of his position as our Chief Executive Officer, are independent directors in accordance with the listing requirements of The NASDAQ Global Market. The NASDAQ independence definition includes a series of objective tests, including that the director is not, and has not been for at least three years, one of our employees and that neither the director nor any of his family members has engaged in various types of business dealings with us. In addition, as required by NASDAQ rules, our board of directors has made a subjective determination as to each independent director that no relationships exist, which, in the opinion of our board of directors, would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. In making these determinations, our board of directors reviewed and discussed information provided by the directors and us with regard to each director’s business and personal activities and relationships as they may relate to us and our management. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Classified Board of Directors

In accordance with the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will go into effect immediately prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered, three-year terms. At each annual meeting of stockholders, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following election. Effective upon the completion of this offering, our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

 

    the Class I directors will be Julie Papanek and Dinesh V. Patel, Ph.D., and their terms will expire at our first annual meeting of stockholders following this offering;

 

    the Class II directors will be William D. Waddill and Chaitan Khosla, Ph.D., and their terms will expire at our second annual meeting of stockholders following this offering; and

 

    the Class III directors will be Armen B. Shanafelt, Ph.D. and Harold E. Selick, Ph.D., and their terms will expire at our third annual meeting of stockholders following this offering.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will go into effect immediately prior to the completion of this offering will provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change in control of our company.

Board Leadership Structure

Our board of directors is currently led by its chairman, Dr. Harold Selick. Our board of directors recognizes that it is important to determine an optimal board leadership structure to ensure the independent oversight of management as the company continues to grow. We separate the roles of chief executive officer and chairman of the board in recognition of the differences between the two roles. The Chief Executive Officer is responsible for setting the strategic direction for the company and the day-to-day leadership and performance of the company,

 

125


Table of Contents

while the chairman of the board of directors provides guidance to the Chief Executive Officer and presides over meetings of the full board of directors. We believe that this separation of responsibilities provides a balanced approach to managing the board of directors and overseeing the company.

Our board of directors has concluded that our current leadership structure is appropriate at this time. However, our board of directors will continue to periodically review our leadership structure and may make such changes in the future as it deems appropriate.

Role of Board in Risk Oversight Process

Our board of directors has responsibility for the oversight of the company’s risk management processes and, either as a whole or through its committees, regularly discusses with management our major risk exposures, their potential impact on our business and the steps we take to manage them. The risk oversight process includes receiving regular reports from board committees and members of senior management to enable our board to understand the company’s risk identification, risk management and risk mitigation strategies with respect to areas of potential material risk, including operations, finance, legal, regulatory, strategic, and reputational risk.

The audit committee reviews information regarding liquidity and operations, and oversees our management of financial risks. Periodically, the audit committee reviews our policies with respect to risk assessment, risk management, loss prevention, and regulatory compliance. Oversight by the audit committee includes direct communication with our external auditors, and discussions with management regarding significant risk exposures and the actions management has taken to limit, monitor or control such exposures. The compensation committee is responsible for assessing whether any of our compensation policies or programs has the potential to encourage excessive risk-taking. The nominating/corporate governance committee, will, immediately following the completion of this offering, manage risks associated with the independence of the board, corporate disclosure practices, and potential conflicts of interest. While each committee is responsible for evaluating certain risks and overseeing the management of such risks, the entire board is regularly informed through committee reports about such risks. Matters of significant strategic risk are considered by our board as a whole.

Board Committees and Independence

Our board has established an audit committee and a compensation committee, and effective immediately after the completion of this offering, a nominating and corporate governance committee—each of which operates or will operate under a charter that has been or will be approved by our board.

Audit Committee . The audit committee’s main function is to oversee our accounting and financial reporting processes and the audits of our financial statements. This committee’s responsibilities include, among other things:

 

    appointing our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

    evaluating the qualifications, independence and performance of our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

    approving the audit and non-audit services to be performed by our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

    reviewing the design, implementation, adequacy and effectiveness of our internal accounting controls and our critical accounting policies;

 

    discussing with management and the independent registered public accounting firm the results of our annual audit and the review of our quarterly unaudited financial statements;

 

    reviewing, overseeing and monitoring the integrity of our financial statements and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements as they relate to financial statements or accounting matters;

 

126


Table of Contents
    reviewing and approving any related party transactions; and

 

    reviewing and evaluating, at least annually, the performance of the audit committee and its members including compliance of the audit committee with its charter.

The members of our audit committee are William D. Waddill, Armen B. Shanafelt, Ph.D., and Julie Papanek. Mr. Waddill serves as the chairperson of the committee. All members of our audit committee meet the requirements for financial literacy under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and The NASDAQ Global Market. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Waddill is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined by applicable SEC rules and has the requisite financial sophistication as defined under the applicable NASDAQ rules and regulations. Our board of directors has determined each of William D. Waddill, Armen B. Shanafelt, Ph.D., and Julie Papanek is independent under the applicable rules of the SEC and The NASDAQ Global Market. Upon the listing of our common stock on The NASDAQ Global Market, the audit committee will operate under a written charter that satisfies the applicable standards of the SEC and The NASDAQ Global Market.

Compensation Committee . The functions of our compensation committee include: (i) overseeing the compensation of our executive officers, (ii) administering our stock plans and make grants thereunder, (iii) overseeing our executive compensation policies, plans and programs generally, and (iv) recommending to the Board a set of corporate governance guidelines for us.

The members of our compensation committee are Harold E. Selick, Ph.D., William D. Waddill, and Julie Papanek. Dr. Selick serves as the chairperson of the committee. Our Board has determined that each of Harold E. Selick, Ph.D., William D. Waddill and Julie Papanek is independent under the applicable rules and regulations of The NASDAQ Global Market, is a “non-employee director” as defined in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act and is an “outside director” as that term is defined in Section 162(m) of the Code, or Section 162(m). Upon the listing of our common stock on The NASDAQ Global Market, the compensation committee will operate under a written charter that will satisfy the applicable standards of the SEC and NASDAQ, which the compensation committee will review and evaluate at least annually.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee The functions of the nominating and corporation governance committee will include: (i) reviewing periodically and evaluating director performance on our board of directors and its applicable committees, and recommending to our board of directors and management areas for improvement; (ii) interviewing, evaluating, nominating and recommending individuals for membership on our board of directors; (iii) reviewing and recommending to our board of directors any amendments to our corporate governance policies; and (iv) reviewing and assessing, at least annually, the performance of the nominating and corporate governance committee and the adequacy of its charter.

Effective immediately after this offering, the members of our nominating and corporate governance committee will be Armen B. Shanafelt, Ph.D., Harold E. Selick, Ph.D., and Chaitan Khosla, Ph.D. Dr. Shanafelt serves as the chairperson of the committee. Our Board has determined that each of Armen B. Shanafelt, Ph.D., Harold E. Selick, Ph.D., and Chaitan Khosla, Ph.D. is independent under the applicable rules and regulations of The NASDAQ Global Market and the SEC. Upon the listing of our common stock on The NASDAQ Global Market, the nominating and corporate governance committee will operate under a written charter that will satisfy the applicable standards of the SEC and NASDAQ, which the nominating and corporate governance committee will review and evaluate at least annually.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of the members of the compensation committee is currently or has been at any time one of our officers or employees. None of our executive officers currently serves, or has served during the last year, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee.

 

127


Table of Contents

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We have adopted a written code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. Upon the completion of this offering, our code of business conduct and ethics will be available under the Corporate Governance section of our website at www.protagonist-inc.com. In addition, we intend to post on our website all disclosures that are required by law or the listing standards of The NASDAQ Global Market concerning any amendments to, or waivers from, any provision of the code. The reference to our website address does not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained at or available through our website, and you should not consider it to be a part of this prospectus.

Non-Employee Director Compensation

We have, from time to time, granted stock options to our non-employee directors. In October 2015, our board of directors granted Dr. Selick a nonstatutory stock option to purchase 155,510 shares of our common stock and Dr. Khosla a nonstatutory stock option to purchase 97,164 shares of our common stock under our 2007 Stock Option Plan. Dr. Selick’s and Dr. Khosla’s stock options were granted at an exercise price of $0.08 per share, and vests over four years, with 1/48 of the shares vesting on the last day of each month following September 1, 2015. Additionally, in June 2016, our board of directors approved the grant to Mr. Waddill of a nonstatutory stock option to purchase 188,144 shares of our common stock, such grant to become effective upon our board of directors’ determination of the exercise price of Mr. Waddill’s option. Mr. Waddill’s nonstatutory stock option will vest over a period of two years, with 1/24 of the shares vesting on the last day of each month following July 1, 2016.

In October 2014, we entered into a service agreement with Dr. Khosla, pursuant to which Dr. Khosla began providing services to us as a member of our board of directors and as a member of our scientific advisory board. Under the terms of Dr. Khosla’s service agreement, in consideration for his service as a member of our board of directors, Dr. Khosla is entitled to an annual fee in the amount of $25,000 that is paid in equal quarterly installments promptly following the conclusion of each calendar quarter, and in no event later than 15 days after the quarter in which the quarterly portion of the fee was earned. In order to receive the fee for a given quarter, Dr. Khosla must be serving as a director on the last day of the quarter, and his service agreement must remain in effect as of such day. In addition, under the terms of Dr. Khosla’s service agreement, in consideration for his service as a member of our scientific advisory board, Dr. Khosla is entitled to an annual fee in the amount of $10,000 that is paid in equal quarterly installments promptly following the conclusion of each calendar quarter, and in no event later than 15 days after the quarter in which the quarterly portion of the fee was earned. In order to receive the fee for a given quarter, Dr. Khosla must be a member of our scientific advisory board on the last day of the quarter, and his service agreement must remain in effect as of such day.

In June 2013, our board of directors approved a compensation arrangement pursuant to which Dr. Selick would be paid for providing services to us as a member of our board of directors. Under the terms of such arrangement, Dr. Selick is entitled to an annual fee in the amount of $25,000 that is paid in equal quarterly installments promptly following the conclusion of each calendar quarter. In order to receive the fee for a given quarter, Mr. Selick must be serving as a director on the last day of the quarter.

In June 2016, our board of directors approved an annual cash retainer pursuant to which Mr. Waddill will be paid an annual fee of $25,000, payable quarterly, for providing services to us as a member of our board of directors.

We have reimbursed and will continue to reimburse all of our non-employee directors for their reasonable expenses incurred in attending meetings of our board of directors and committees of our board of directors.

 

128


Table of Contents

The table below shows all compensation earned by or paid to our non-employee directors during the fiscal year that ended on December 31, 2015.

 

Name

   Fees Earned or
Paid in Cash
($)
     Option Awards
($)(1)(2)
     All Other
Compensation

($)(3)
     Total
($)
 

Harold E. Selick, Ph.D.

     25,000         7,018                 32,018   

Chaitan Khosla, Ph.D.

     25,000         4,386         10,000         39,386   

Julie Papanek

                               

Armen B. Shanafelt, Ph.D.

                               

William D. Waddill

                               

 

(1) The amounts in the “Option Awards” column reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of stock options granted during the calendar year computed in accordance with the provisions of Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation . The assumptions that we used to calculate these amounts are discussed in the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. These amounts do not reflect the actual economic value that will be realized by the named executive officer upon the vesting of the stock options, the exercise of the stock options, or the sale of the common stock underlying such stock options.

 

(2) The aggregate number of shares subject to each non-employee director’s outstanding and unexercised option awards as of December 31, 2015 is set forth in the table below:

 

Name

   Aggregate number of option awards
outstanding as of December 31, 2015
 

Harold E. Selick, Ph.D.

     26,720   

Chaitan Khosla, Ph.D.

     16,701   

Julie Papanek

       

Armen B. Shanafelt, Ph.D.

       

William D. Waddill

       

 

(3) The amount in the “All Other Compensation” column represents consulting fees earned by or paid to Dr. Khosla during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015.

Future Director Compensation

Following the consummation of this offering, we will implement a formal policy pursuant to which our non-employee directors will be eligible to receive compensation for service on our board of directors and committees of our board of directors.

 

129


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Our named executive officers for the fiscal year ending on December 31, 2015, which consist of our principal executive officer and our two other most highly compensated executive officers, are:

 

    Dinesh V. Patel, Ph.D., our President and Chief Executive Officer;

 

    David Liu, Ph.D., our Chief Scientific Officer; and

 

    William Hodder, our Senior Vice President of Corporate Development.

2015 Summary Compensation Table

 

Name and Principal Position

   Year      Salary
($)
     Option
Awards

($)(1)
     Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)(2)
     Total
($)
 

Dinesh V. Patel, Ph.D.

     2015         386,250         87,730         128,428         602,408   

President and Chief Executive Officer

              

David Liu, Ph.D.

     2015         275,891         29,589         65,524         371,004   

Chief Scientific Officer

              

William Hodder

     2015         242,388         36,150         58,594         337,132   

Senior Vice President of Corporate Development

              

 

(1) The amounts in the “Option Awards” column reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of stock options granted during the calendar year computed in accordance with the provisions of Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation . The assumptions that we used to calculate these amounts are discussed in the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. These amounts do not reflect the actual economic value that will be realized by the named executive officer upon the vesting of the stock options, the exercise of the stock options, or the sale of the common stock underlying such stock options.

 

(2) The amounts in the “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” column reflects cash bonuses earned for the 2015 fiscal year as determined by our board of directors based on the achievement of certain predetermined goals. For more information, see below under “—2015 Annual Bonus.”

2015 Annual Base Salary

The base salary of our named executive officers is generally determined and approved at the beginning of each year or, if later, in connection with the commencement of employment of the executive, by our board of directors or the compensation committee. The following represent the 2015 annual base salaries for each of our named executive officers.

 

Name

   2015
Base Salary
($)
 

Dinesh V. Patel, Ph.D.

     386,250   

David Liu, Ph.D.

     275,891   

William Hodder

     250,000   

2015 Annual Bonus

For the 2015 fiscal year, each of our named executive officers was eligible to earn an annual bonus up to a percentage of his annual salary, as set forth in the table below, based on the achievement of certain predetermined corporate and personal objectives as determined by our board of directors in its discretion. 100% of Dr. Patel’s target bonus was contingent on the achievement of corporate objectives. 75% of Dr. Liu and Mr. Hodder’s respective target bonus was contingent on the achievement of corporate objectives and 25% of Dr. Liu

 

130


Table of Contents

and Mr. Hodder’s respective target bonus was contingent on the achievement of individual objectives. Each named executive officer’s objectives related to research and development, business development and finance, and the operation of the company. In February 2016, our board of directors determined the amount of each named executive officer’s bonus based on the recommendations of our compensation committee. The amount of the bonus that each named executive officer earned for the fiscal year ending on December 31, 2015 is listed in the table below.

 

Name

   Target Bonus     Amount of Bonus Earned  

Dinesh V. Patel, Ph.D.

     35   $ 128,428   

David Liu, Ph.D.

     25   $ 65,524   

William Hodder

     25   $ 58,594   

Equity-Based Incentive Awards

Our equity-based incentive awards are designed to align our interests and the interests of our stockholders with those of our employees, including our named executive officers. The board of directors is responsible for approving equity grants.

We have historically used stock options as the primary incentive for long-term compensation to our named executive officers because they are able to profit from stock options only if our stock price increases relative to the stock option’s exercise price. We may grant equity awards at such times as our board of directors determines appropriate. Our executives generally are awarded an initial grant in the form of a stock option in connection with their commencement of employment. Additional grants may occur periodically in order to specifically incentivize executives with respect to achieving certain corporate goals or to reward executives for exceptional performance.

Prior to this offering, we have granted all stock options pursuant to our 2007 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (2007 Plan). Following this offering, we will grant equity incentive awards under the terms of our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan. The terms of our equity plans are described below under “—Equity Incentive Award Plans.”

All options are granted with an exercise price per share that is no less than the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant of each award. Our stock option awards generally vest over a four-year period and may be subject to acceleration of vesting and exercisability under certain termination and change of control events. Stock option awards granted under our 2007 Plan generally provide for accelerated vesting in the event of acquisition or a qualifying termination that occurs in connection with an acquisition.

For the fiscal year ending on December 31, 2015, we granted certain stock options to our named executive officers as described in the “Outstanding Equity Awards at 2015 Fiscal Year-End” table below.

Employment or Offer Letter Agreements with our Named Executive Officers

Below are written descriptions of our employment or offer letter agreements with each of our named executive officers. Each of our named executive officer’s employment is “at will” and may be terminated at any time.

Employment Agreement with Dinesh V. Patel, Ph.D.

We entered into an employment agreement with Dinesh V. Patel. Ph.D., our President and Chief Executive Officer, in December 2008, which was subsequently amended in December 2015. The employment agreement provides for an initial base salary of $315,000, which has been subsequently increased a number of times, with the most recent increase to $400,000, effective as of January 1, 2016. The employment agreement also provides for an initial annual cash bonus of up to 30% of Dr. Patel’s base salary, which has been subsequently increased a

 

131


Table of Contents

number of times, with the most recent increase to 40% of Dr. Patel’s base salary, effective as of January 1, 2016. The amount, if any, of such bonus with respect to any calendar year is based on the achievement of predetermined corporate and personal objectives as determined by our board of directors in its discretion.

Offer Letter Agreement with David Y. Liu, Ph.D.

We entered into an offer letter agreement with David Liu, Ph.D., our Chief Scientific Officer, in May 2013. The offer letter provides for an initial base salary of $250,000, which has been subsequently increased a number of times, with the most recent increase to $310,000, effective as of January 1, 2016. The offer letter also provides for an initial annual cash bonus of up to 25% of Dr. Liu’s base salary, which was subsequently increased to 30% of Dr. Liu’s base salary, effective as of January 1, 2016. The amount, if any, of such bonus with respect to any calendar year is based on the achievement of predetermined corporate and personal objectives as determined by our board of directors in its discretion.

Offer Letter Agreement with William Hodder

We entered into an offer letter agreement with William Hodder, our Senior Vice President of Corporate Development, in December 2014. The offer letter provides for an initial base salary of $250,000, which was subsequently increased to $260,000, effective as of January 1, 2016. The offer letter also provides for an initial annual cash bonus of up to 25% of Mr. Hodder’s base salary. The amount, if any, of such bonus with respect to any calendar year is based on the achievement of predetermined corporate and personal objectives as determined by our board of directors in its discretion.

Potential Payments upon Termination or Change of Control

The Company is party to an Employee Severance Agreement with each of its named executive officers and certain of its other executives. If the Company terminates the employee’s employment without “cause” or the employee terminates employment for “good reason” (each as defined in the agreement), the employee will receive: (a) salary continuation for 12 months, for our chief executive officer, or nine months, for our other named executive officers (18 months and 12 months, respectively, in the case of a change in control termination; (b) COBRA continuation for the salary continuation period (or an equivalent cash payment if required by law); (c) in the case of a change in control termination only, a monthly payment equal to one-twelfth of the target bonus for the severance period; and (d) in the case of a change in control termination only, acceleration of the vesting (and exercisability, if relevant) of equity awards held as of the date of termination. A “change in control termination” is a termination by the Company without “cause” or the employee for “good reason” that occurs within twelve months following the date of a “change in control,” as defined in the agreement. Payments and benefits under the agreement are subject to the execution of an effective release.

 

132


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2015 Fiscal Year-End

The following table presents the outstanding equity incentive plan awards held by each named executive officer as of December 31, 2015.

 

     Grant Date     Option Awards  

Name

     Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Exercisable
(#)
     Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Unexercisable

(#)
     Option
Exercise

Price
($)
     Option
Expiration
Date
 

Dinesh V. Patel, Ph.D.

     9/26/2013 (1)       41,955         35,501         0.87         9/26/2023   
     10/22/2014 (1)       21,972         59,159         1.89         10/22/2024   
     10/28/2015 (2)       8,378         125,682         1.16         10/28/2025   

David Y. Liu, Ph.D.

     9/26/2013 (1)       14,854         8,913         0.87         9/26/2023   
     10/22/2014 (1)       5,477         14,748         1.89         10/22/2024   
     3/26/2015 (2)       1,124         4,874         1.89         3/26/2025   
     10/28/2015 (2)       2,228         33,428         1.16         10/28/2025   

William Hodder

     3/26/2015 (1)               25,995         1.89         3/26/2025   
     10/28/2015 (2)               14,087         1.16         10/28/2025   

 

(1) 25% of the shares subject to the option vest on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date, and the remainder vests in 36 equal monthly installments thereafter, subject to the holder continuing to provide services to us through the applicable vesting date. The option is subject to accelerated vesting in the event of an acquisition and in the event of a qualifying termination that occurs in the six months following the acquisition as described in “—Potential Payments upon Termination or Change of Control” above.

 

(2) The option vests as to 1/48 of the shares on the last day of each month following the vesting commencement date, subject to the holder continuing to provide services to us through the applicable vesting date. The option is subject to accelerated vesting in the event of an acquisition and in the event of a qualifying termination that occurs in the six months following the acquisition as described in “—Potential Payments upon Termination or Change of Control” above.

Equity Incentive Award Plans

2007 Stock Option and Incentive Plan

Our board of directors adopted our 2007 Plan in May 2007 and our stockholders approved our 2007 Plan in June 2007. Our 2007 Plan has been amended by our board of directors and our stockholders a number of times to increase the share reserve of the 2007 Plan, with the most recent amendment occurring in July 2015. Our 2007 Plan will terminate when our 2016 Plan becomes effective and no further stock awards will be granted under our 2007 Plan. As of March 31, 2016, there were a total of 783,341 stock options outstanding under our 2007 Plan.

Stock Awards . The 2007 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, or ISOs, nonstatutory stock options, or NSOs, restricted stock awards, and other stock-based awards. ISOs may be granted only to our employees, including our named executive officers, and the employees of our affiliates. All other awards may be granted to our employees, including our named executive officers, our non-employee directors and consultants and the employees and consultants of our affiliates. No participant may be granted awards under the 2007 Plan to purchase more than 68,965 shares of our common stock during any one fiscal year unless waived in any instance by the board of directors. We have only granted stock options under the 2007 Plan.

Share Reserve . The aggregate number of shares of our common stock originally reserved for issuance pursuant to awards under the 2007 Plan was 80,329 shares. Pursuant to the most recent amendment to the 2007 Plan, an aggregate of 1,578,365 shares of our common stock were reserved for issuance pursuant to awards under the 2007 Plan. There will be no shares of our common stock available for issuance under the 2007 Plan when our 2016 Plan becomes effective. Outstanding awards under our 2007 Plan as of the effective date of our 2016 Plan

 

133


Table of Contents

that expire or otherwise terminate without having been exercised in full and unvested shares issued pursuant to awards granted under the 2007 Plan that are forfeited to or repurchased by us will become available for grant under our 2016 Plan in accordance with its terms.

Administration . Our board of directors, or a duly authorized committee thereof, has the authority to administer the 2007 Plan. Subject to the terms of the 2007 Plan, our board of directors or the authorized committee, referred to here as the 2007 Plan administrator, determines the recipients, dates of grant, the numbers and types of stock awards to be granted and the terms and conditions of such stock awards.

The 2007 Plan administrator has the authority to amend, modify or terminate any outstanding award including, but not limited to, substituting therefor another award of the same or a different type, changing the date of exercise or realization, and converting an ISO to a NSO, provided that , the participant’s consent to such action will be required unless the 2007 Plan administrator determines that the action, taking into account any related action, would not materially and adversely affect the participant.

Stock options . ISOs and NSOs are granted pursuant to stock option agreements adopted by the 2007 Plan administrator. The 2007 Plan administrator determines the exercise prices of stock options granted under the 2007 Plan. Stock options are exercisable at such times and subject to such terms and conditions as the 2007 Plan administrator specifies in the applicable option agreement.

Acceptable consideration for the purchase of common stock issued upon the exercise of a stock option are determined by the 2007 Plan administrator and may include (1) check payable to us, (2) a broker-assisted cashless exercise, (3) the tender of shares of our common stock previously owned by the participant, (4) delivery of a promissory note to us, and (5) other lawful consideration as determined by the 2007 Plan administrator.

Transferability . Unless the 2007 Plan administrator provides otherwise, awards generally are not transferable except by will and the laws of descent and distribution.

Changes to Capital Structure . In the event that there is a specified type of change in our capital structure, such as a stock split or recapitalization, appropriate adjustments will be made to the class and number of shares and exercise price or repurchase price per share of stock subject to all outstanding awards.

Acquisitions . In the event of certain specified a corporate transactions, in addition to any acceleration provisions expressly provided in the applicable option agreement, stock restriction agreement or any other agreement between a participant and us, upon consummation of an acquisition, the 2007 Plan administrator has the authority to accelerate the vesting of any stock awards. Upon consummation of an acquisition, the 2007 Plan administrator or the board of directors of the surviving or acquiring entity will make appropriate provision for the continuation of such awards by us or the assumption of such awards by the surviving or acquiring entity and by substituting on an equitable basis for the shares then subject to such awards either (a) the consideration payable with respect to the outstanding shares of common stock in connection with the acquisition, (b) the shares of stock of the surviving or acquiring corporation, or (c) such other securities as the 2007 Plan administrator deems appropriate, the fair market value of which will not materially differ from the fair market value of the shares of our common stock subject to such awards immediately preceding the acquisition. In addition to or in lieu of the foregoing, with respect to outstanding options, the 2007 Plan administrator may, upon written notice to the affected participants, provide that one or more options then outstanding will become immediately exercisable in full and that such options must be exercised within a specified number of days of the date of such notice, at the end of which period such options will terminate, or provide that one or more options then outstanding will become immediately exercisable in full and will be terminated in exchange for a cash payment equal to the excess of the fair market value for the shares subject to such options over the exercise price of such options.

Under the 2007 Plan, an “acquisition” is generally (1) any merger, consolidation or purchase of our outstanding capital after which our outstanding voting securities prior to such transaction represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into or exchanged for voting securities of the surviving or acquiring

 

134


Table of Contents

entity) less than 50% of the combined voting power of our voting securities or such surviving or acquiring entity outstanding voting securities immediately after such event, (2) any sale of all or substantially all of our assets or capital stock other than in a spin-off or similar transaction, or (3) any other acquisition of our business, as determined by the 2007 Plan administrator. However, an “acquisition” will not include any acquisition of our business where the consideration received or retained by the holders of our then outstanding capital stock does not consist primarily of (i) cash or cash equivalent consideration, (ii) securities which are registered under the Securities Act and/or (iii) securities for which we or any other issuer has agreed, including pursuant to a demand to file a registration statement within 90 days of completion of the transaction for resale to the public pursuant to the Securities Act.

Better After-Tax Provision . The 2007 Plan contains a “better after-tax” provision, which provides that if, in connection with an acquisition, any of the payments to a participant constitutes a parachute payment under Section 280G of the Code, then the number of awards that will become exercisable, realizable or vested in connection with such acquisition will reduced to the minimum extent necessary, so that no such tax would be imposed on the participant. However, if the aggregate present value of such awards would exceed the tax that would be imposed on the participant under Section 4999 of the Code, then such awards will continue to become exercisable, realizable or vested in connection with such acquisition

Amendment and Termination . The 2007 Plan administrator has the authority to amend, suspend, or terminate our 2007 Plan at any time. As discussed above, our 2007 Plan will terminate on the effective date of our 2016 Plan.

2016 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors adopted our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan (2016 Plan) in July 2016 and our stockholders approved the 2016 Plan in July 2016 as the successor to our 2007 Plan. Our 2016 Plan will become effective upon the execution and delivery of the underwriting agreement related to this offering. No further stock awards will be granted under our 2007 Plan when the 2016 Plan becomes effective.

Stock Awards . The 2016 Plan provides for the grant of ISOs, NSOs, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards, performance based stock awards, and other stock awards, and performance cash awards. ISOs may be granted only to our employees, including our named executive officers, and the employees of our affiliates. All other awards and performance cash awards may be granted to our employees, including our named executive officers, our non-employee directors and consultants and the employees and consultants of our affiliates.

Share Reserve . Initially, the aggregate number of shares of our common stock that may be issued pursuant to stock awards under the 2016 Plan is the sum of (1) 1,200,000 shares, which includes the shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our 2007 Plan at the time our 2016 Plan becomes effective, plus (2) any shares subject to outstanding stock options or other stock awards that were granted under our 2007 Plan that are forfeited, terminate, expire or are otherwise not issued. Additionally, the number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under the 2016 Plan will automatically increase on the first day of each fiscal year for ten years, beginning on the fiscal year following the fiscal year in which the 2016 Plan becomes effective, in an amount equal to 4% of the total number of shares of our capital stock outstanding on the last day of the preceding fiscal year, or a lesser number of shares determined by our board of directors.

If a stock award granted under the 2016 Plan expires or otherwise terminates without being exercised in full, or is settled in cash, the shares of our common stock not acquired pursuant to the stock award again will become available for subsequent issuance under the 2016 Plan. In addition, the following types of shares of our common stock under the 2016 Plan may become available for the grant of new stock awards under the 2016 Plan: (1) shares that are forfeited to or repurchased by us prior to becoming fully vested; (2) shares withheld to satisfy income or employment withholding taxes; or (3) shares used to pay the exercise or purchase price of a stock award. Shares issued under the 2016 Plan may be previously unissued shares or reacquired shares bought by us on the open market.

 

135


Table of Contents

As of March 31, 2016, no awards have been granted under the 2016 Plan.

Incentive Stock Option Limit . The maximum number of shares of our common stock that may be issued upon the exercise of ISOs under the 2016 Plan is 3,500,000 shares.

Section 162(m) Limits . No person may be granted stock awards covering more than 1,000,000 shares of our common stock under the 2016 Plan during any fiscal year pursuant to stock options, stock appreciation rights and other stock awards whose value is determined by reference to an increase over an exercise or strike price of at least 100% of the fair market value on the date the stock award is granted. Additionally, no person may be granted in a fiscal year a performance stock award covering more than 1,000,000 shares of our common stock or a performance cash award having a maximum value in excess of $2,000,000. Subsequent stockholder approval of such limitations following the effectiveness of this offering will help to assure that any deductions to which we would otherwise be entitled with respect to such awards will not be subject to the $1,000,000 limitation on the income tax deductibility of compensation paid to any covered executive officer imposed by Section 162(m) of the Code.

Non-employee Director Limit . The maximum number of shares subject to awards granted during a single fiscal year to any non-employee director under the 2016 Plan, taken together with any cash fees paid to such nonemployee director during the fiscal year, will not exceed $500,000 in total value (calculating the value of any such awards based on the grant date fair value of such awards for financial reporting purposes). Our board of directors may make exceptions to this limit for individual non-employee directors in extraordinary circumstances (for example, to compensate such individual for interim service in the capacity of an officer of the Company), as our board of directors may determine in its discretion, provided that the non-employee director receiving such additional compensation may not participate in the decision to award such compensation or in other compensation decisions involving non-employee directors.

Administration . Our board of directors, or a duly authorized committee thereof, has the authority to administer the 2016 Plan. Our board of directors may also delegate to one or more of our officers the authority to (1) designate employees (other than other officers) to be recipients of certain stock awards, and (2) determine the number of shares of common stock to be subject to such stock awards. Subject to the terms of the 2016 Plan, our board of directors or the authorized committee, referred to here as the 2016 Plan administrator, determines recipients, dates of grant, the numbers and types of stock awards to be granted and the terms and conditions of the stock awards, including the period of their exercisability and vesting schedule applicable to a stock award. Subject to the limitations set forth below, the 2016 Plan administrator will also determine the exercise price or purchase price of awards granted and the types of consideration to be paid for the award.

Repricing; Cancellation and Re-Grant of Stock Awards . The 2016 Plan administrator has the authority to modify outstanding awards under the 2016 Plan. Subject to the terms of the 2016 Plan, the 2016 Plan administrator has the authority to reduce the exercise, purchase or strike price of any outstanding stock award, cancel any outstanding stock award in exchange for new stock awards, cash or other consideration, or take any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles, with the consent of any adversely affected participant.

Stock Options . ISOs and NSOs are granted pursuant to stock option agreements adopted by the 2016 Plan administrator. The 2016 Plan administrator determines the exercise price for a stock option, within the terms and conditions of the 2016 Plan, provided that the exercise price of a stock option generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Options granted under the 2016 Plan vest at the rate specified by the 2016 Plan administrator.

The 2016 Plan administrator determines the term of stock options granted under the 2016 Plan, up to a maximum of ten years. Unless the terms of a participant’s stock option agreement provide otherwise, if a participant’s service relationship with us, or any of our affiliates, ceases for any reason other than disability, death or cause, the participant may generally exercise any vested options for a period of three months following

 

136


Table of Contents

the cessation of service. The option term may be extended in the event that the exercise of the option following such a termination of service is prohibited by applicable securities laws or our insider trading policy. If a participant’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases due to disability or death, or the participant dies within a certain period following cessation of service, the participant or a beneficiary may generally exercise any vested options for a period of 12 months in the event of disability and 18 months in the event of death. In the event of a termination for cause, options generally terminate immediately upon the termination of the individual for cause. In no event may an option be exercised beyond the expiration of its term.

Acceptable consideration for the purchase of common stock issued upon the exercise of a stock option will be determined by the 2016 Plan administrator and may include (1) cash, check, bank draft or money order, (2) a broker-assisted cashless exercise, (3) the tender of shares of our common stock previously owned by the participant, (4) a net exercise of the option if it is an NSO, and (5) other legal consideration approved by the 2016 Plan administrator.

Tax Limitations on Incentive Stock Options . The aggregate fair market value, determined at the time of grant, of our common stock with respect to ISOs that are exercisable for the first time by the participant during any calendar year under all of our stock plans may not exceed $100,000. Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit will generally be treated as NSOs. No ISO may be granted to any person who, at the time of the grant, owns or is deemed to own stock possessing more than 10% of our total combined voting power or that of any of our affiliates unless (1) the option exercise price is at least 110% of the fair market value of the stock subject to the option on the date of grant, and (2) the term of the ISO does not exceed five years from the date of grant.

Restricted Stock Awards . Restricted stock awards are granted pursuant to restricted stock award agreements adopted by the 2016 Plan administrator. Restricted stock awards may be granted in consideration for (1) cash, check, bank draft or money order, (2) services rendered to us or our affiliates, or (3) any other form of legal consideration. Common stock acquired under a restricted stock award may, but need not, be subject to a share repurchase option in our favor in accordance with a vesting schedule to be determined by the 2016 Plan administrator. A restricted stock award may be transferred only upon such terms and conditions as set by the 2016 Plan administrator. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement, restricted stock awards that have not vested may be forfeited or repurchased by us upon the participant’s cessation of continuous service for any reason.

Restricted Stock Unit Awards . Restricted stock unit awards are granted pursuant to restricted stock unit award agreements adopted by the 2016 Plan administrator. Restricted stock unit awards may be granted in consideration for any form of legal consideration. A restricted stock unit award may be settled by cash, delivery of stock, a combination of cash and stock as deemed appropriate by the 2016 Plan administrator, or in any other form of consideration set forth in the restricted stock unit award agreement. Additionally, dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of shares covered by a restricted stock unit award.

Except as otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement, restricted stock units that have not vested will be forfeited upon the participant’s cessation of continuous service for any reason.

Stock Appreciation Rights . Stock appreciation rights are granted pursuant to stock appreciation grant agreements adopted by the 2016 Plan administrator. The 2016 Plan administrator determines the strike price for a stock appreciation right, which generally cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Upon the exercise of a stock appreciation right, we will pay the participant an amount equal to the product of (1) the excess of the per share fair market value of our common stock on the date of exercise over the strike price, multiplied by (2) the number of shares of common stock with respect to which the stock appreciation right is exercised. A stock appreciation right granted under the 2016 Plan vests at the rate specified in the stock appreciation right agreement as determined by the 2016 Plan administrator.

The 2016 Plan administrator determines the term of stock appreciation rights granted under the 2016 Plan, up to a maximum of ten years. Unless the terms of a participant’s stock appreciation right agreement provides

 

137


Table of Contents

otherwise, if a participant’s service relationship with us or any of our affiliates ceases for any reason other than cause, disability or death, the participant may generally exercise any vested stock appreciation right for a period of three months following the cessation of service. The stock appreciation right term may be further extended in the event that exercise of the stock appreciation right following such a termination of service is prohibited by applicable securities laws. If a participant’s service relationship with us, or any of our affiliates, ceases due to disability or death, or a participant dies within a certain period following cessation of service, the participant or a beneficiary may generally exercise any vested stock appreciation right for a period of 12 months in the event of disability and 18 months in the event of death. In the event of a termination for cause, stock appreciation rights generally terminate immediately upon the occurrence of the event giving rise to the termination of the individual for cause. In no event may a stock appreciation right be exercised beyond the expiration of its term.

Performance Awards . The 2016 Plan permits the grant of performance-based stock and cash awards that may qualify as performance-based compensation that is not subject to the $1,000,000 limitation on the income tax deductibility of compensation paid to a covered executive officer imposed by Section 162(m) of the Code. To help assure that the compensation attributable to performance-based awards will so qualify, our compensation committee can structure such awards so that stock or cash will be issued or paid pursuant to such award only after the achievement of certain pre-established performance goals during a designated performance period.

The performance goals that may be selected include one or more of the following: ((1) earnings (including earnings per share and net earnings); (2) earnings before interest, taxes and depreciation; (3) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; (4) total stockholder return; (5) return on equity or average stockholder’s equity; (6) return on assets, investment, or capital employed; (7) stock price; (8) margin (including gross margin); (9) income (before or after taxes); (10) operating income; (11) operating income after taxes; (12) pre-tax profit; (13) operating cash flow; (14) sales or revenue targets; (15) increases in revenue or product revenue; (16) expenses and cost reduction goals; (17) improvement in or attainment of working capital levels; (18) economic value added (or an equivalent metric); (19) market share; (20) cash flow; (21) cash flow per share; (22) share price performance; (23) debt reduction; (24) customer satisfaction; (25) stockholders’ equity; (26) capital expenditures; (27) debt levels; (28) operating profit or net operating profit; (29) workforce diversity; (30) growth of net income or operating income; (31) billings; (32) pre-clinical development related compound goals; (33) financing; (34) regulatory milestones, including approval of a compound; (35) stockholder liquidity; (36) corporate governance and compliance; (37) product commercialization; (38) intellectual property; (39) personnel matters; (40) progress of internal research or clinical programs; (41) progress of partnered programs; (42) partner satisfaction; (43) budget management; (44) clinical achievements; (45) completing phases of a clinical study (including the treatment phase); (46) announcing or presenting preliminary or final data from clinical studies; in each case, whether on particular timelines or generally; (47) timely completion of clinical trials; (48) submission of INDs and NDAs and other regulatory achievements; (49) partner or collaborator achievements; (50) internal controls, including those related to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002; (51) research progress, including the development of programs; (52) investor relations, analysts and communication; (53) manufacturing achievements (including obtaining particular yields from manufacturing runs and other measurable objectives related to process development activities); (54) strategic partnerships or transactions (including in-licensing and out-licensing of intellectual property; (55) establishing relationships with commercial entities with respect to the marketing, distribution and sale of the Company’s products (including with group purchasing organizations, distributors and other vendors); (56) supply chain achievements (including establishing relationships with manufacturers or suppliers of active pharmaceutical ingredients and other component materials and manufacturers of the Company’s products); (57) co-development, co-marketing, profit sharing, joint venture or other similar arrangements; and (58) to the extent that an award is not intended to comply with Section 162(m) of the Code, other measures of performance selected by our board of directors.

The performance goals may be based on a company-wide basis, with respect to one or more business units, divisions, affiliates, or business segments, and in either absolute terms or relative to the performance of one or more comparable companies or the performance of one or more relevant indices. Unless specified otherwise

(A) in the award agreement at the time the award is granted or (B) in such other document setting forth the

 

138


Table of Contents

performance goals at the time the goals are established, we will appropriately make adjustments in the method of calculating the attainment of performance goals as follows: (1) to exclude restructuring and/or other nonrecurring charges; (2) to exclude exchange rate effects; (3) to exclude the effects of changes to generally accepted accounting principles; (4) to exclude the effects of any statutory adjustments to corporate tax rates; (5) to exclude the effects of items that are “unusual” in nature or occur “infrequently” as determined under generally accepted accounting principles; (6) to exclude the dilutive effects of acquisitions or joint ventures; (7) to assume that any business divested by the Company achieved performance objectives at targeted levels during the balance of a Performance Period following such divestiture; (8) to exclude the effect of any change in the outstanding shares of common stock of the Company by reason of any stock dividend or split, stock repurchase, reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination or exchange of shares or other similar corporate change, or any distributions to common stockholders other than regular cash dividends; (9) to exclude the effects of stock based compensation and the award of bonuses under the Company’s bonus plans; (10) to exclude costs incurred in connection with potential acquisitions or divestitures that are required to be expensed under generally accepted accounting principles; and (11) to exclude the goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges that are required to be recorded under generally accepted accounting principles. In addition, we retain the discretion to reduce or eliminate the compensation or economic benefit due upon attainment of the performance goals and to define the manner of calculating the performance criteria we select to use for such performance period. The performance goals may differ from participant to participant and from award to award.

Other Stock Awards . The 2016 Plan administrator may grant other awards based in whole or in part by reference to our common stock. The 2016 Plan administrator will set the number of shares under the stock award and all other terms and conditions of such awards.

Transferability . Unless the 2016 Plan administrator provides otherwise, options generally are not transferable except by will, the laws of descent and distribution, or pursuant to a domestic relations order. A participant may designate a beneficiary, however, who may exercise the option following the participant’s death. A participant generally may not transfer other stock awards under our 2016 Plan other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution, or as otherwise provided under our 2016 Plan.

Changes to Capital Structure . In the event that there is a specified type of change in our capital structure, such as a stock split or recapitalization, appropriate adjustments will be made to (1) the class and maximum number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2016 Plan, (2) the class and maximum number of shares by which the share reserve may increase automatically each year, (3) the class and maximum number of shares that may be issued upon the exercise of ISOs, (4) the class and maximum number of shares subject to stock awards that can be granted in a fiscal year (as established under the 2016 Plan pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Code), and (5) the class and number of shares and exercise price, strike price, or purchase price, if applicable, of all outstanding stock awards.

Transactions . The following applies to stock awards under the 2016 Plan in the event of a transaction, unless otherwise provided in a participant’s stock award agreement or other written agreement with us or one of our affiliates or in any director compensation policy or unless otherwise expressly provided by the 2016 Plan administrator at the time of grant.

In the event of a transaction (as defined in the 2016 Plan and described below), our board of directors will have the discretion to take one or more of the following actions with respect to outstanding stock awards, contingent upon the closing or completion of such transaction, unless otherwise provided in the stock award agreement or other written agreement with the participant or unless otherwise provided by our board of directors at the time of grant:

 

    arrange for the surviving or acquiring corporation (or its parent company) to assume or continue the award or to substitute a similar stock award for the award (including an award to acquire the same consideration paid to our stockholders pursuant to the transaction);

 

139


Table of Contents
    arrange for the assignment of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us with respect to the stock award to the surviving or acquiring corporation (or its parent company);

 

    accelerate the vesting (and, if applicable, the exercisability) in whole or in part of the stock award to a date prior to the effective time of the transaction and provide for its termination at or prior to the effective time of the transaction;

 

    arrange for the lapse, in whole or in part, of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us with respect to the stock award;

 

    cancel or arrange for the cancellation of the stock award, to the extent not vested or exercised prior to the effective time of the transaction, in exchange for such cash consideration or no consideration, as our board of directors may consider appropriate; and

 

    make a payment, in such form as may be determined by our board of directors, equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the value of the property the participant would have received upon the exercise of the stock award immediately prior to the effective time of the transaction, over (ii) any exercise price payable in connection with such exercise (for clarity, this payment may be $0 if the value of the property is equal to or less than the exercise price and payments may be delayed to the same extent that payment of consideration to our common stockholders is delayed as a result of escrows, earn outs, holdbacks or any other contingencies).

The board of directors is not obligated to treat all stock awards or portions of stock awards in the same manner. The board of directors may take different actions with respect to the vested and unvested portions of a stock award.

Under the 2016 Plan, a “transaction” means a “corporate transaction” or a “change in control.” A corporate transaction is generally the consummation of (1) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of our consolidated assets, (2) a sale or other disposition of more than 50% of our outstanding securities, (3) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which we are not the surviving corporation, or (4) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which we are the surviving corporation but the shares of our common stock outstanding immediately prior to such transaction are converted or exchanged into other property by virtue of the transaction. Under the 2016 Plan, a “change of control” is generally (1) the acquisition by a person or entity of more than 50% of our combined voting power other than by merger, consolidation or similar transaction; (2) a consummated merger, consolidation or similar transaction immediately after which our stockholders cease to own more than 50% of the combined voting power of the surviving entity; or (3) a consummated sale, lease or exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of our consolidated assets.

Change of Control . The 2016 Plan administrator may provide, in an individual award agreement or in any other written agreement between a participant and us that the stock award will be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability in the event of a change of control. For example, certain of our employees may receive an award agreement that provides for vesting acceleration upon the individual’s termination without cause or resignation for good reason (including a material reduction in the individual’s base salary, duties, responsibilities or authority, or a material relocation of the individual’s principal place of employment with us) in connection with a change of control.

Amendment and Termination . Our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend, or terminate the 2016 Plan, provided that such action does not materially impair the existing rights of any participant without such participant’s written consent. No ISOs may be granted after the tenth anniversary of the date our board of directors adopted the 2016 Plan.

 

140


Table of Contents

2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Our board of directors adopted our 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (2016 ESPP) in July 2016, and our stockholders approved our 2016 ESPP in July 2016. Our 2016 ESPP will become effective upon the execution and delivery of the underwriting agreement related to this offering. Our 2016 ESPP includes both a component that is intended to qualify as an employee stock purchase plan under Section 423 of the Code and a component that is not intended to so qualify. The purpose of the non-423 component of our 2016 ESPP is to authorize the grant of purchase rights that do not meet the requirements of an employee stock purchase plan to achieve tax, regulatory or other objectives.

The first offering period under our 2016 ESPP will begin and end upon a date to be approved by our board of directors or the compensation committee.

Authorized Shares . The maximum aggregate number of shares of our common stock that may be issued under our 2016 ESPP is 150,000 shares. Additionally, the number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our 2016 ESPP will automatically increase on the first day of each fiscal year for ten years, beginning on the fiscal year following the fiscal year in which the 2016 Plan becomes effective, in an amount equal to the lesser of (1) 1% of the total number of shares of our capital stock outstanding on the last day of the preceding fiscal year; (2) 300,000 shares of common stock; or (3) such lesser number as determined by our board of directors. The stock purchasable under the 2016 ESPP will be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired common stock, including shares repurchased by us in the open market. Shares subject to purchase rights granted under our 2016 ESPP that terminate without having been exercised in full will be available for grant under our 2016 ESPP.

Plan Administration . Our board of directors will administer our 2016 ESPP. Our board of directors may delegate authority to administer our 2016 ESPP to our compensation committee.

Subject to the terms of the 2016 ESPP, our board of directors or the authorized committee, referred to here as the 2016 ESPP administrator, may approve offerings with a duration of not more than 27 months, and may specify one or more shorter purchase periods within each offering. Each offering will have one or more purchase dates on which shares of our common stock will be purchased for the employees who are participating in the offering. The administrator, in its discretion, will determine the terms of offerings under our 2016 ESPP including determining which of our designated affiliates will be eligible to participate in the 423 component of our 2016 ESPP and which of our designated affiliates will be eligible to participate in the non-423 component of our 2016 ESPP.

Eligibility . Our employees, including executive officers, may have to satisfy one or more of the following service requirements before participating in our 2016 ESPP, as determined by the administrator: (1) customary employment for more than 20 hours per week and more than five months per calendar year, or (2) continuous employment for a minimum period of time, not to exceed two years. An employee may not be granted rights to purchase stock under our 2016 ESPP if such employee (a) immediately after the grant would own stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of our common stock or (b) holds rights to purchase stock under our 2016 ESPP that would accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 worth of our stock for each calendar year that the rights remain outstanding.

Purchase Rights and Purchase Price . Our 2016 ESPP permits participants to purchase shares of our common stock through payroll deductions or other methods with up to 15% of their earnings. The purchase price of the shares will be not less than 85% of the lower of the fair market value of our common stock on the first day of an offering or on the date of purchase.

Purchase of Stock . In connection with offerings made under the 2016 ESPP, the Board may specify a maximum number of shares of common stock an employee may be granted the right to purchase and the maximum aggregate number of shares of common stock that may be purchased pursuant to such offering by all

 

141


Table of Contents

participants. If the aggregate number of shares to be purchased upon exercise of all outstanding purchase rights would exceed the number of shares of common stock remaining available under the 2016 ESPP, or the maximum number of shares that may be purchased on a single purchase date across all offerings, the Board would make a pro rata allocation (based on each participant’s accumulated payroll deductions) of available shares. Unless the employee’s participation is discontinued, the employee’s right to purchase shares is exercised automatically at the end of the purchase period at the applicable price.

Withdrawal . While each participant in the 2016 ESPP is required to sign an agreement authorizing payroll deductions, the participant may withdraw from a given offering by terminating the employee’s payroll deductions and by delivering to us a notice of withdrawal from the 2016 ESPP. Such withdrawal may be elected at any time prior to the end of the applicable offering, except as otherwise provided in the offering.

Upon any withdrawal from an offering by the employee, we will distribute to the employee the employee’s accumulated payroll deductions without interest, less any accumulated deductions previously applied to the purchase of shares of common stock on the employee’s behalf during such offering, and such employee’s rights in the offering will be automatically terminated. The employee is not entitled to again participate in that offering. However, an employee’s withdrawal from an offering will not prevent such employee from participating in subsequent offerings under the 2016 ESPP.

Reset Feature . Our board of directors has the authority to provide that if the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the first day of any purchase period within a particular offering period is less than or equal to the fair market value on the start date of that offering period, then the participants in that offering period will automatically be transferred and enrolled in a new offering period which will begin on the first day of that purchase period and the participants’ purchase rights in the original offering period will terminate.

Termination of Employment . Unless otherwise specified by our board of directors, a participant’s rights under any offering under the 2016 ESPP terminate immediately upon cessation of an employee’s employment for any reason (subject to any post-employment participation period required by law), and we will distribute to such employee all of the employee’s accumulated payroll deductions, without interest.

Transferability . A participant may not transfer purchase rights under our 2016 ESPP other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution, or as otherwise provided under our 2016 ESPP.

Changes to Capital Structure . In the event that there is a specified type of change in our capital structure, such as a stock split or recapitalization, (i) the class and maximum number of securities subject to the 2016 ESPP, (ii) the class and maximum number of securities by which the share reserve is to increase automatically each year, (iii) the class and number of securities subject to, and the purchase price applicable to outstanding offerings and purchase rights, and (iv) the class and number of securities that are the subject of the purchase limits under each ongoing offering.

Corporate Transactions . In the event of a specified corporate transaction, such as a merger or change in control, a successor corporation may assume, continue or substitute each outstanding purchase right. If the successor corporation does not assume, continue or substitute for the outstanding purchase rights, the offering in progress may be shortened and a new exercise date will be set, so that the participants’ purchase rights can be exercised and terminate immediately thereafter.

Plan Amendment or Termination . Our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate our 2016 ESPP, at any time and for any reason. Any benefits, privileges, entitlements and obligations under any outstanding purchase rights granted before an amendment, suspension or termination of the 2016 ESPP will not be materially impaired except (1) with the participant’s consent; (2) to comply with any laws, listing requirements, or regulations; or (3) to obtain or maintain favorable tax, listing or regulatory treatment.

 

142


Table of Contents

Perquisites, Health, Welfare and Retirement Benefits

Our named executive officers are eligible to participate in our employee benefit plans, including our medical, dental, vision, group life, disability and accidental death and dismemberment insurance plans, in each case on the same basis as all of our other employees. In addition, we provide a medical cash subsidy to any employee, including a named executive officer, who chooses not to participate in our benefit plans described above. We provide a 401(k) plan to our employees, including our named executive officers, as discussed in the section below entitled “—401(k) Plan.”

We generally do not provide perquisites or personal benefits to our named executive officers, except in limited circumstances. We do, however, pay the premiums for term life insurance and disability insurance for all of our employees, including our current named executive officers.

401(k) Plan

We maintain a defined contribution employee retirement plan that provides eligible U.S. employees with an opportunity to save for retirement on a tax advantaged basis under Section 401(k) of the Code. Eligible employees may defer eligible compensation subject to applicable annual Code limits. The 401(k) plan permits participants to make both pre-tax and certain after-tax deferral contributions. These contributions are allocated to each participant’s individual account and are then invested in selected investment alternatives according to the participant’s directions. Earnings on those contributions are not taxable to the employees until distributed from the 401(k) plan. Employees are immediately and fully vested in their contributions. Currently, we do not make matching contributions or discretionary contributions to the 401(k) plan.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

We do not maintain any nonqualified deferred compensation plans. Our board of directors may elect to provide our officers and other employees with nonqualified deferred compensation benefits in the future if it determines that doing so is in our best interests.

Limitations of Liability and Indemnification Matters

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits our amended and restated certificate of incorporation from limiting the liability of our directors for the following:

 

    any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

    acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

    unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions; or

 

    any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws also provide that if Delaware law is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of a director, then the liability of our directors will be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, as so amended. This limitation of liability does not apply to liabilities arising under the federal securities laws and does not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws also provide that we shall have the power to indemnify our employees and agents to the fullest extent permitted by law. Our amended and restated bylaws also permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or

 

143


Table of Contents

other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in this capacity, regardless of whether our amended and restated bylaws would permit indemnification. We have obtained directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

We have entered into separate indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers, in addition to indemnification provided for in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws. These agreements, among other things, provide for indemnification of our directors and executive officers for expenses, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by this person in any action or proceeding arising out of this person’s services as a director or executive officer or at our request. We believe that these provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and executive officers.

The above description of the indemnification provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our amended and restated bylaws and our indemnification agreements is not complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to these documents, each of which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duties. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and our stockholders. A stockholder’s investment may be harmed to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable. There is no pending litigation or proceeding naming any of our directors or officers as to which indemnification is being sought, nor are we aware of any pending or threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification by any director or officer.

 

144


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PERSON TRANSACTIONS

The following includes a summary of transactions since January 1, 2013 to which we have been a party in which the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000, and in which any of our directors, executive officers or, to our knowledge, beneficial owners of more than 5% of our capital stock or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than equity and other compensation, termination, change in control and other arrangements, which are described under “Executive Compensation.” We also describe below certain other transactions with our directors, executive officers and stockholders. We believe the terms obtained or consideration that we paid or received, as applicable, in connection with the transactions described below were comparable to terms available or the amounts that would be paid or received, as applicable, in arm’s-length transactions with unrelated third parties.

Preferred Stock Financings

Series B Preferred Stock Financing

In May 2013 and August 2014, we issued and sold an aggregate of 36,000,000 shares of our Series B preferred stock (Series B Stock), at a purchase price of $0.50 per share, for aggregate consideration of approximately $18.0 million. In connection with this preferred stock financing, we also issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 4,000,000 shares of our Series B Stock at an exercise price of $0.01 per share (Series B Warrants). In April 2016, Series B Warrants were exercised for 1,999,998 shares of Series B Stock. The outstanding Series B Warrants expire in May 2016.

The participants in this preferred stock financing included the following holders of more than 5% of our capital stock or entities affiliated with them. The following table sets forth the aggregate number of shares of Series B Stock issued to these related parties in this preferred stock financing:

 

Participants

   Shares of
Series B Stock
     Warrants to
Purchase Shares of
Series B Stock
     Aggregate
Purchase Price
 

Johnson & Johnson Development Corporation

     14,000,000               $ 7,000,000   

Lilly Ventures Fund I, LLC (1) .

     8,000,000         2,285,714         4,000,000   

Pharmstandard International S.A.

     8,000,000                 4,000,000   

Entities affiliated with Starfish Technology Fund (2)

     6,000,000         1,714,286         3,000,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     36,000,000         4,000,000       $ 18,000,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Armen B Shanafelt, Ph.D. is a member of our board of directors who was designated by Lilly Ventures Fund I, LLC.

 

(2) Consists of (a) 4,975,308 shares and warrants to purchase 1,421,517 shares purchased by Starfish Technology Fund 1 LP and (b) 1,024,692 shares and warrants to purchase 292,769 shares purchased by Starfish Pre-Seed Fund.

Series C Preferred Stock Financing

From July 2015 through March 2016, we issued and sold an aggregate of 80,337,411 shares of our Series C preferred stock (Series C Stock), at a purchase price of $0.4979 per share, for aggregate consideration of approximately $40.0 million.

 

145


Table of Contents

The participants in this preferred stock financing included the following holders of more than 5% of our capital stock or entities affiliated with them. The following table sets forth the aggregate number of shares of Series C Stock issued to these related parties in this preferred stock financing:

 

Participants

   Shares of Series C
Stock
     Aggregate Purchase
Price
 

Canaan X L.P (1) .

     27,113,877       $ 13,500,000   

Johnson & Johnson Development Corporation

     13,054,830         6,500,000   

Adage Capital Partners, LP

     12,050,612         6,000,000   

Entities affiliated with RA Capital Healthcare Fund, L.P. (2)

     10,042,176         4,999,999   

Lilly Ventures Fund I, LLC (3)

     9,841,333         4,900,000   

Pharmstandard International, S.A.

     3,012,652         1,500,000   

Starfish Technology Fund 1, LP

     200,843         100,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     75,316,323       $ 37,499,999   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Consists of 27,113,877 shares of Series C preferred stock purchased by Canaan X L.P. Julie Papanek, a member of our board of directors, is a non-managing member of Canaan Partners X LLC, the general partner of Canaan X L.P. Ms. Papanek does not have voting or investment power over any of the shares directly held by Canaan X L.P.

 

(2) Consists of (a) 8,264,711 shares purchased by RA Capital Healthcare Fund, L.P. and (b) 1,777,465 shares purchased by Blackwell Partners LLC – Series A.

 

(3) Armen B Shanafelt, Ph.D. is a member of our board of directors who was designated by Lilly Ventures Fund I, LLC.

Letter Agreement with Johnson & Johnson Development Corporation

In May 2013, in connection with our sale of Series B Stock, we entered into a letter agreement with Johnson & Johnson Development Corporation (JJDC), as amended on April 19, 2016, pursuant to which we granted JJDC a right of first negotiation with respect to the consummation of any proposed sale, transfer, license, commercialization or distribution arrangement (each, a Transaction) of our inventions, developments, patents, patent applications, know-how or other proprietary rights or products controlled by the Company which are necessary for the research, development or commercialization of the PTG-100, PTG-200 and IL-13 programs (each, a Program) other than an acquisition, merger, consolidation, or sale of substantially all of our assets. The letter agreement does not apply with respect to the PTG-300 program. The term of JJDC’s right of first negotiation commenced in May 2014 and terminates, with respect to any Program, 60 days after our filing of an IND (or the foreign equivalent), with respect to each Program (the ROFN Period). On November 1, 2015, JJDC waived their right of first negotiation with respect to PTG-100. Neither we, nor JJDC, have an obligation to enter into a Transaction during the Right of First Negotiation Period. Neither we, nor JJDC, have an obligation to enter into a Transaction during the ROFN Period. The Company is not currently pursuing an IL-13 Program.

In the event that we receive a bona fide term sheet for a Program, we are obligated to notify JJDC of such offer (but not the terms thereof) and JJDC has a period of 30 days to notify us of exercise of its right to negotiate for a Transaction with JJDC. Following expiration of the ROFN Period with respect to any remaining Program, we are required to deliver to JJDC certain information relating to such Program, including pre-clinical results, manufacturing protocols and other information relevant to the evaluation of such Program, as determined by us. For a period of 60 days following delivery of such information (the Exclusive Negotiation Period), we are required to negotiate in good faith and exclusively with JJDC to enter into a Transaction with JJDC with respect to such Program and we are not permitted to enter into negotiations with any third party with respect to a Transaction involving such Program that would impair the ability of JJDC to exercise its rights under the letter agreement.

 

146


Table of Contents

Finally, for a period of 180 days following expiration of an Exclusive Negotiation Period for a Program (the Tail Period), we are not permitted to enter into any a Transaction with respect to such Program with a third party on terms that contain upfront payments and pre-launch milestones (valued on a risk-adjusted basis) that are inferior in total economic value to those that JJDC and its affiliates last offered to us, to the extent any such offer was previously made by JJDC or its affiliates to us.

JJDC’s right of first negotiation with respect to any Program that has not earlier expired or been waived by JJDC will terminate upon the sale, transfer or other disposition by us of all or substantially all of our assets, our consummation of a merger or consolidation with or into another entity, or the transfer (whether by merger, consolidation, equity financing, or otherwise), in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to a person or group of affiliated persons a majority or more of our outstanding voting stock (or the surviving or acquiring entity).

Amended and Restated Voting Agreement

We have entered into an amended and restated Voting Agreement, as amended, with certain holders of our common stock and preferred stock, including certain of our named executive officers and directors and entities with which certain of our directors are affiliated, with respect to the election of our directors and certain other matters. All of our current directors were elected pursuant to the terms of this agreement. The amended and restated voting agreement will terminate upon the closing of this offering. For more information, see “Management—Board Composition.”

Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement

We have entered into an amended and rested right of first refusal and co-sale agreement with certain holders of our common stock and preferred stock, including certain of our named executive officers and directors and entities with which certain of our directors are affiliated. This agreement provides the holders of preferred stock a right of purchase and a right of co-sale in respect of sales of securities by certain holders of our common stock and preferred stock. These rights of purchase and co-sale will terminate upon the closing of this offering.

Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement

We have entered into an amended and restated investors’ rights agreement with certain holders of our preferred stock, including certain of our directors and entities with which certain of our directors are affiliated. This agreement provides that the holders of common stock issuable upon conversion of our preferred stock have the right to demand that we file a registration statement or request that their shares of common stock be covered by a registration statement that we are otherwise filing. With respect to this offering, the registration rights have been validly waived. In addition to the registration rights, the amended and restated investors’ rights agreement provides for certain information rights and a right of first offer. The provisions of the amended and restated investors’ rights agreement, other than those relating to registration rights, will terminate upon the closing of this offering. For more information regarding this agreement, see “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

Certain of our existing stockholders and their affiliated entities, including investors affiliated with certain of our directors, have indicated an interest in purchasing an aggregate of up to approximately $40.0 million in shares of our common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price and on the same terms as the other purchasers in this offering. However, because indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, these investors may determine to purchase fewer shares than they indicate an interest in purchasing or not to purchase any shares in this offering. It is also possible that these investors could indicate an interest in purchasing more shares of our common stock. In addition, the underwriters could determine to sell fewer shares to any of these investors than the investors indicate an interest in purchasing or not to sell any shares to these investors.

 

147


Table of Contents

Indemnification Agreements

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers prior to the completion of this offering. These agreements, among other things, require us or will require us to indemnify each director (and in certain cases their related venture capital funds) and executive officer to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, including indemnification of expenses such as attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by the director or executive officer in any action or proceeding, including any action or proceeding by or in right of us, arising out of the person’s services as a director or executive officer.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws provide that we will indemnify each of our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. Further, we have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers, and we have purchased a policy of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance that insures our directors and officers against the cost of defense, settlement or payment of a judgment under certain circumstances. For further information, see “Executive Compensation—Limitations of Liability and Indemnification Matters.”

Policies and Procedures for Related Person Transactions

Our board of directors will adopt a written related person transaction policy, to be effective upon the completion of this offering, setting forth the policies and procedures for the review and approval or ratification of related-person transactions. This policy will cover, with certain exceptions set forth in Item 404 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act, any transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships in which we were or are to be a participant, where the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and a related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, including, without limitation, purchases of goods or services by or from the related person or entities in which the related person has a material interest, indebtedness, guarantees of indebtedness and employment by us of a related person. In reviewing and approving any such transactions, our audit committee is tasked to consider all relevant facts and circumstances, including, but not limited to, whether the transaction is on terms comparable to those that could be obtained in an arm’s length transaction and the extent of the related person’s interest in the transaction. All of the transactions described in this section occurred prior to the adoption of this policy.

 

148


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of June 30, 2016, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of shares of common stock in this offering, by:

 

    each of our named executive officers;

 

    each of our directors;

 

    all of our executive officers and directors as a group; and

 

    each person or group of affiliated persons known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock.

The number of shares beneficially owned by each stockholder is determined under rules issued by the SEC. Under these rules, beneficial ownership includes any shares as to which a person has sole or shared voting power or investment power.

The percentage ownership information under the column titled “Before Offering” is based on 8,961,481 shares of common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2016, assuming conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 8,577,571 shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering. The percentage ownership information under the column titled “After Offering” is based on the sale of 14,796,481 shares of common stock outstanding immediately after the closing in this offering (assuming an initial public offering price of $12.00 per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). The percentage ownership information assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

Information with respect to beneficial ownership has been furnished by each director, officer or beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock. We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC. These rules generally attribute beneficial ownership of securities to persons who possess sole or shared voting power or investment power with respect to those securities. In addition, the rules include shares of our common stock issuable pursuant to the exercise of stock options or warrants that are either immediately exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2016. Unless otherwise indicated, we believe, based on the information furnished to us, that the persons or entities identified in this table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares shown as beneficially owned by them, subject to applicable community property laws. This information does not necessarily indicate beneficial ownership for any other purpose, including for purposes of Sections 13(d) and 13(g) of the Securities Act.

Certain of our existing stockholders and their affiliated entities, including investors affiliated with certain of our directors, have indicated an interest in purchasing an aggregate of up to approximately $40.0 million in shares of our common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price and on the same terms as the other purchasers in this offering. However, because indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, any of these stockholders may determine to purchase more, less or no shares in this offering, or the underwriters may determine to sell more, less or no shares in this offering to any of these stockholders. The following table does not reflect any potential purchases by these stockholders, which purchases, if any, will increase the percentage of shares owned after the offering of such stockholder from that set forth in the table below.

 

149


Table of Contents

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner listed below is c/o Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc., 521 Cottonwood Drive, Suite 100, Milpitas, California 95035.

 

     Number of Shares
Beneficially Owned
     Percentage of Shares
Beneficially Owned
 

Name of Beneficial Owner

   Before
Offering
     After
Offering
     Before
Offering
    After
Offering
 

5% Stockholders

          

Canaan X L.P. (1)

     1,869,922         1,869,922         20.9     12.6

Johnson & Johnson Development Corporation (2)

     1,865,850         1,865,850         20.8     12.6

Lilly Ventures Fund I, LLC (3)

     1,516,149         1,516,149         16.9     10.2

Adage Capital Partners, LP (4)

     831,076         831,076         9.3     5.6

Pharmstandard International, S.A. (5)

     759,493         759,493         8.5     5.1

Entities affiliated with Starfish Technology Fund (6)

     696,237         696,237         7.8     4.7

RA Capital Healthcare Fund, L.P. (7)

     692,563         692,563         7.7     4.7

Executive Officers and Directors

          

Dinesh V. Patel, Ph.D. (8)

     177,354         177,354         2.0     1.2

David Y. Liu, Ph.D. (9)

     41,652         41,652         *        *   

William Hodder (10)

     14,423         14,423         *        *   

Harold E. Selick, Ph.D. (11)

     16,596         16,596         *        *   

Chaitan Khosla, Ph.D. (12)

     8,390         8,390         *        *   

Julie Papanek (13)

                              

Armen B. Shanafelt, Ph.D. (3)

     1,516,149         1,516,540         16.9     10.2

William D. Waddill

     540         540         *        *   

All executive officers and directors as a group (10 persons) (14)

     1,775,104         1,775,104         19.05     11.9

 

* Represents beneficial ownership of less than one percent.

 

(1) Consists of 1,869,922 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock held by Canaan X L.P. Canaan Partners X LLC is the general partner of Canaan X L.P. and may be deemed to have sole investment and voting power over the shares held by Canaan X L.P. Brenton K. Ahrens, Stephen M. Bloch, Daniel T. Ciporin, Wende S. Hutton, Maha S. Ibrahim, Deepak Kamra, Nina Kjellson, Guy M. Russo, Tim Shannon and Hrach Simonian are the managing members of Canaan Partners X LLC. Investment, voting and dispositive decisions with respect to the shares held by Canaan X L.P. are made by the managers of Canaan Partners X LLC, collectively. Julie Papanek is a non-managing member of Canaan Partners X LLC, the general partner of Canaan X L.P., and a member of our board of directors. Neither any manager of Canaan Partners X LLC nor Ms. Papanek has beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of any shares held by Canaan X L.P. The address for Canaan X L.P. is 285 Riverside Avenue, Suite 250, Westport, CT 06880.

 

(2) The board of directors of JJDC, which consists of Paulus Stoffels and Steven Rosenberg, has shared investment and voting control with respect to the shares held by JJDC and has delegated responsibility therefor to the management of JJDC to take such actions on behalf of JJDC. As such, no individual member of the JJDC board of directors is deemed to hold any beneficial ownership or reportable pecuniary interest in the shares held by JJDC. No individual representative of JJDC shall be deemed (i) a beneficial owner of, or (ii) to have a reportable pecuniary interest in, the shares held by JJDC. The address of JJDC is 410 George Street, New Brunswick, NJ 08901

 

(3) As such, LVMG may be deemed to indirectly beneficially own the shares held by LVFI. LVMG’s voting and dispositive decisions with respect to the shares held by LVFI are made by LVMG’s management committee, which consists of Ed Torres, Steve Hall and Armen Shanafelt (collectively, the Management Committee Members). The members of LVFI consist of the Management Committee Members and Eli Lilly and Company. However, Eli Lilly and Company has no voting or dispositive power with respect to the shares held by LVFI. The mailing addresses of the beneficial owners is 115 West Washington Street, Suite 1680-South, Indianapolis, IN 46204.

 

(4)

Adage Capital Partners, GP, LLC (ACPGP) serves as the general partner of Adage Capital Partners, LP (ACPLP) and as such has discretion over the portfolio of securities beneficially owned by ACPLP. Adage Capital Advisors, LLC (ACA)

 

150


Table of Contents
  is the managing member of ACPGP and directs ACPGP’s operations. Robert Atchinson and Phillip Gross are the managing members of ACA. Mr. Atchinson and Mr. Gross disclaim beneficial ownership of the reported securities except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. The address of Adage Capital Partners, L.P. is 200 Clarendon Street, 52nd Floor, Boston, Massachusetts 02110.

 

(5) Pharmstandard International S.A (Pharmstandard) is a wholly owned subsidiary of Public Joint Stock Company “Pharmstandard.” As the parent entity, Public Joint Stock Company “Pharmstandard” has voting and investment control over the shares of the Company held by Pharmstandard. The address of Pharmstandard is 65, Boulevard Grande Duchesse Charlotte, L-1331 Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg.

 

(6) Consists of (a) 579,699 shares held by Starfish Technology Fund I LP and (b) 116,538 shares held Starfish Ventures Pty Ltd, as the responsible entity of the Starfish Pre-Seed Fund. The general partner of the Starfish Technology Fund I LP is Starfish Management Company I Pty Ltd, which is wholly-owned by Starfish Ventures Pty Ltd. Starfish Management Company I Pty Ltd has appointed Starfish Ventures Pty Ltd as manager of the Starfish Technology Fund I LP and Starfish Ventures Pty Ltd has the power to bind Starfish Technology Fund I LP and Starfish Pre-Seed Fund. Michael Panaccio and John Dyson are the only directors of the Starfish Ventures Pty Ltd. The registered address of Starfish Ventures Pty Ltd is c/o Chambers & Partners Lv 4, 437 St Kilda Road, Melbourne, Australia, 3004.

 

(7) Consists of 569,980 shares held by RA Capital Healthcare Fund, L.P. and 122,583 shares held by Blackwell Partners LLC – Series A. The investment adviser and sole general partner of RA Capital Healthcare Fund, LP and Blackwell Partners LLC – Series A is RA Capital Management, LLC. Peter Kolchinsky is the sole managing member of RA Capital Management, LLC and has the power to vote or dispose of the shares held by RA Capital Healthcare Fund, LP. The address for Dr. Kolchinsky, RA Capital Healthcare Fund, LP and Blackwell Partners LLC – Series A is 20 Park Plaza, Suite 1200, Boston, MA 02116.

 

(8) Includes 45,378 shares issuable pursuant to stock options exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2016.

 

(9) Consists of 41,652 shares issuable pursuant to stock options exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2016.

 

(10) Includes 6,480 shares issuable pursuant to stock options exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2016.

 

(11) Consists of 16,596 shares issuable pursuant to stock options exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2016.

 

(12) Consists of 8,390 shares issuable pursuant to stock options exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2016.

 

(13) Julie Papanek is a non-managing member of Canaan Partners X LLC, the general partner of Canaan X L.P. Ms. Papanek does not have voting or investment power over any of the shares directly held by Canaan X L.P. referenced in footnote (1) above. Ms. Papanek’s business address is 285 Riverside Avenue, Suite 250, Westport, Connecticut 06880.

 

(14) Includes 119,036 shares issuable pursuant to stock options exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2016.

 

151


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

Following the completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 90,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.00001 par value per share, and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.00001 par value per share.

The following is a summary of the rights of our common and preferred stock and some of the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which will each become effective upon the closing of this offering, the investors’ rights agreement and relevant provisions of Delaware General Corporation Law. Because it is only a summary, it does not contain all the information that may be important to you. For a complete description you should refer to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and investors’ rights agreement, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, as well as the relevant provisions of Delaware General Corporation Law.

Common Stock

As of March 31, 2016, there were 8,823,551 shares of our common stock outstanding and held of record by 26 stockholders, assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock upon completion of this offering.

Voting Rights

Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, including the election of directors, and do not have cumulative voting rights. Accordingly, the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors can elect all of the directors standing for election, if they so choose, other than any directors that holders of any preferred stock we may issue may be entitled to elect.

Dividend Rights

Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then outstanding preferred stock, holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably those dividends, if any, as may be declared by the board of directors out of legally available funds.

Liquidation

In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of or provision for all of our debts and other liabilities, subject to the prior rights of any preferred stock then outstanding.

Rights and Preferences

Holders of common stock have no preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription rights and there are no redemption or sinking funds provisions applicable to the common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of common stock are subject to and may be adversely affected by the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.

Fully Paid and Nonassessable

All outstanding shares of common stock are, and the common stock to be outstanding upon the completion of this offering will be, duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

 

152


Table of Contents

Preferred Stock

As of March 31, 2016, there were 122,374,911 shares of our preferred stock outstanding, which will convert into 8,439,641 shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering.

Upon completion of this offering, all of our previously outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock will have been converted into common stock, there will be no authorized shares of our previously redeemable convertible preferred stock and we will have no shares of preferred stock outstanding. Under the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors has the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, to fix the dividend, voting and other rights, preferences and privileges of the shares of each wholly unissued series and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereon, and to increase or decrease the number of shares of any such series, but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding.

Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of the common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in our control and may adversely affect the market price of the common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of common stock. We have no current plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Options

As of March 31, 2016, options to purchase 783,341 shares of our common stock were outstanding under our 2007 Stock Option Plan, of which 172,236 were vested and exercisable as of that date.

Warrants

As of March 31, 2016, warrants to purchase 4,000,000 shares of our Series B Stock were outstanding with a weighted average exercise price of $0.01 per share. In April 2016, Series B Warrants were exercised for 1,999,998 shares of Series B Stock. The remaining outstanding warrants expired in May 2016.

Registration Rights

We are party to an amended and restated investors’ rights agreement that provides that holders of our preferred stock, including certain holders of 5% of our capital stock and entities affiliated with certain of our directors, have certain registration rights, as set forth below. The registration of shares of our common stock pursuant to the exercise of registration rights described below would enable the holders to sell these shares without restriction under the Securities Act when the applicable registration statement is declared effective. We will pay the registration expenses, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions, of the shares registered pursuant to the demand, piggyback and Form S-3 registrations described below.

Generally, in an underwritten offering, the managing underwriter, if any, has the right, subject to specified conditions, to limit the number of shares such holders may include. The demand, piggyback and Form S-3 registration rights described below will expire upon the earlier of three years following the completion of this offering, or when all investors, considered with their affiliates, can sell all of their shares in a 90-day period under Rule 144.

Demand Registration Rights —The holders of an aggregate of approximately 8.7 million shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2016, issuable upon conversion of outstanding preferred stock and shares of convertible preferred stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants, giving effect to the

 

153


Table of Contents

company conversion and exercise of such warrants as if it occurred on such date, will be entitled to certain demand registration rights. At any time beginning six months following the date of this prospectus, the holders of a majority of these shares may, on not more than two occasions, request that we register all or a portion of their shares, subject to certain specified exceptions.

Piggyback Registration Rights —In connection with this offering, the holders of an aggregate of approximately 8.7 million shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2016, issuable upon conversion of outstanding preferred stock and shares of convertible preferred stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants, giving effect to the company conversion and exercise of such warrants as if it occurred on such date, were entitled to, and the necessary percentage of holders waived, their rights to notice of this offering and to include their shares of registrable securities in this offering. In the event that we propose to register any of our securities under the Securities Act in another offering, either for our own account or for the account of other security holders, the holders of these shares will be entitled to certain “piggyback” registration rights allowing them to include their shares in such registration, subject to certain marketing and other limitations. As a result, whenever we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act, including a registration statement on Form S-3 as discussed below, other than with respect to a demand registration or a registration statement on Forms S-4 or S-8 or related to stock issued upon conversion of debt securities, the holders of these shares are entitled to notice of the registration and have the right, subject to limitations that the underwriters may impose on the number of shares included in the registration, to include their shares in the registration. However, in no event shall the aggregate value of securities of the selling stockholders included in the offering be reduced below twenty-five percent of the total value of all of securities included in such offering.

Form S-3 Registration Rights —The holders of an aggregate of approximately 8.7 million shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2016, issuable upon conversion of outstanding preferred stock and shares of convertible preferred stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants, giving effect to the company conversion and exercise of such warrants as if it occurred on such date, will be entitled to certain Form S-3 registration rights, provided that we have not already effected two such registrations within the twelve-month period preceding the date of such request. Such holders may make a request that we register their shares on Form S-3 if we are qualified to file a registration statement on Form S-3. Such request for registration on Form S-3 must cover securities the aggregate offering price of which, before payment of underwriting discounts and commissions, is at least $2.5 million.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

Some provisions of Delaware law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws contain provisions that could make the following transactions more difficult: an acquisition of us by means of a tender offer; an acquisition of us by means of a proxy contest or otherwise; or the removal of our incumbent officers and directors. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish or could deter transactions that stockholders may otherwise consider to be in their best interest or in our best interests, including transactions which provide for payment of a premium over the market price for our shares.

These provisions, summarized below, are intended to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of the increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure us outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging these proposals because negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Undesignated Preferred Stock —The ability to authorize undesignated preferred stock makes it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change control of us. These and other provisions may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control or management of our company.

 

154


Table of Contents

Stockholder Meetings —Our amended and restated bylaws provide that a special meeting of stockholders may be called only by our chairman of the board, chief executive officer or president, or by a resolution adopted by a majority of our board of directors.

Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals —Our amended and restated bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals to be brought before a stockholder meeting and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of the board of directors or a committee of the board of directors.

Elimination of Stockholder Action by Written Consent —Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws eliminate the right of stockholders to act by written consent without a meeting.

Staggered Board —Our board of directors is divided into three classes. The directors in each class will serve for a three-year term, one class being elected each year by our stockholders. For more information on the classified board, see “Management—Board Composition and Election of Directors.” This system of electing and removing directors may tend to discourage a third-party from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us, because it generally makes it more difficult for stockholders to replace a majority of the directors.

Removal of Directors —Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that no member of our board of directors may be removed from office by our stockholders except for cause and, in addition to any other vote required by law, upon the approval of not less than two thirds of the total voting power of all of our outstanding voting stock then entitled to vote in the election of directors.

Stockholders Not Entitled to Cumulative Voting —Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not permit stockholders to cumulate their votes in the election of directors. Accordingly, the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of our common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors can elect all of the directors standing for election, if they choose, other than any directors that holders of our preferred stock may be entitled to elect.

Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute —We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits persons deemed to be “interested stockholders” from engaging in a “business combination” with a publicly held Delaware corporation for three years following the date these persons become interested stockholders unless the business combination is, or the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder was, approved in a prescribed manner or another prescribed exception applies. Generally, an “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of a corporation’s voting stock. Generally, a “business combination” includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. The existence of this provision may have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions not approved in advance by the board of directors.

Choice of Forum —Our restated certificate of incorporation provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative form, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for: (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty or other wrongdoing by any of our directors, officers, employees or agents to us or our stockholders; (3) any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to any provision of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or our certificate of incorporation or bylaws; (4) any action to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws; or (5) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Our restated certificate of incorporation also provides that any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock will be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to this choice of forum provision. It is possible that a court of law could rule that the choice of forum provision contained in our restated certificate of incorporation is inapplicable or unenforceable if it is challenged in a proceeding or otherwise.

 

155


Table of Contents

Amendment of Charter Provisions —The amendment of any of the above provisions, except for the provision making it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock, would require approval by holders of at least two thirds of the total voting power of all of our outstanding voting stock.

The provisions of Delaware law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws could have the effect of discouraging others from attempting hostile takeovers and, as a consequence, they may also inhibit temporary fluctuations in the market price of our common stock that often result from actual or rumored hostile takeover attempts. These provisions may also have the effect of preventing changes in the composition of our board and management. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC.

NASDAQ Global Market

We have applied to list our common stock on The NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “PTGX.”

 

156


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Immediately prior to this offering, there was no public market for our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market, or the availability of such shares for sale in the public market, could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. As described below, only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nonetheless, sales of our common stock in the public market after such restrictions lapse, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Although we have applied to have our common stock listed on The NASDAQ Global Market, we cannot assure you that there will be an active public market for our common stock.

Based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2016 and assuming (1) the issuance of shares in this offering; (2) the conversion of all of outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 8,439,641 shares of common stock; and (3) no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of common stock, we will have outstanding an aggregate of approximately 14,658,551 shares of common stock.

Of these shares, all shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Shares purchased by our affiliates would be subject to the Rule 144 resale restrictions described below, other than the holding period requirement.

The remaining shares of common stock will be “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities are eligible for public sale only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or 701 under the Securities Act, each of which is summarized below. We expect that substantially all of these shares will be subject to the 180-day lock-up period under the lock-up agreements described below.

In addition, of the 783,341 shares of our common stock that were subject to stock options outstanding as of March 31, 2016, options to purchase 172,236 of such shares of common stock were vested as of such date and, upon exercise, these shares will be eligible for sale subject to the lock–up agreements described below and Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act.

Lock-Up Agreements

We, along with our directors, executive officers and substantially all of our other stockholders, optionholders and warrantholders, have agreed with the underwriters, that for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus and subject to specified exceptions, we or they will not offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of common stock, request or demand that we file a registration statement related to our common stock or enter into any swap or other agreement or any transaction that transfers to another, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of any common stock, whether any such swap, agreement or transaction is to be settled by delivery of share of common stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise. Upon expiration of the lock-up period, certain of our stockholders and warrantholders will have the right to require us to register their shares under the Securities Act. See “—Registration Rights” below and “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

Leerink Partners LLC and Barclays Capital Inc. may, in their sole discretion and at any time or from time to time before the termination of the lock-up period, without public notice, release all or any portion of the securities subject to lock-up agreements. There are no existing agreements between the underwriters and any of our stockholders who will execute a lock-up agreement providing consent to the sale of shares prior to the expiration of the lock-up period.

 

157


Table of Contents

Upon the expiration of the lock-up period, substantially all of the shares subject to such lock-up restrictions will become eligible for sale, subject to the limitations discussed above.

Rule 144

Affiliate Resales of Restricted Securities —In general, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a person who is an affiliate of ours, or who was an affiliate at any time during the 90 days before a sale, who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell in “broker’s transactions” or certain “riskless principal transactions” or to market makers, a number of shares within any three-month period that does not exceed the greater of:

 

    1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately shares immediately after this offering; or

 

    the average weekly trading volume in our common stock on The NASDAQ Global Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

Affiliate resales under Rule 144 are also subject to the availability of current public information about us. In addition, if the number of shares being sold under Rule 144 by an affiliate during any three-month period exceeds 5,000 shares or has an aggregate sale price in excess of $50,000, the seller must file a notice on Form 144 with the Securities and Exchange Commission and The NASDAQ Global Market concurrently with either the placing of a sale order with the broker or the execution of a sale directly with a market maker.

Non-Affiliate Resales of Restricted Securities —In general, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a person who is not an affiliate of ours at the time of sale, and has not been an affiliate at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months but less than a year, is entitled to sell such shares subject only to the availability of current public information about us. If such person has held our shares for at least one year, such person can resell under Rule 144(b)(1) without regard to any Rule 144 restrictions, including the 90-day public company requirement and the current public information requirement.

Non-affiliate resales are not subject to the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice filing provisions of Rule 144.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701, any of an issuer’s employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who purchases shares from the issuer in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement before the effective date of a registration statement under the Securities Act is entitled to sell such shares 90 days after such effective date in reliance on Rule 144. An affiliate of the issuer can resell shares in reliance on Rule 144 without having to comply with the holding period requirement, and non-affiliates of the issuer can resell shares in reliance on Rule 144 without having to comply with the current public information and holding period requirements.

Equity Plans

We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all shares of common stock subject to outstanding stock options and common stock issued or issuable under our equity compensation plans and agreements. We expect to file the registration statement covering shares offered pursuant to these stock plans shortly after the date of this prospectus, permitting the resale of such shares by non-affiliates in the public market without restriction under the Securities Act and the sale by affiliates in the public market subject to compliance with the resale provisions of Rule 144. For a more complete discussion of our compensation plans, see “Executive Compensation—Equity Incentive Award Plans.”

 

158


Table of Contents

Registration Rights

As of March 31, 2016, holders of approximately 8.7 million shares of our common stock, issuable upon conversion of outstanding preferred stock and shares of convertible preferred stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants, or their transferees will be entitled to various rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act upon the completion of this offering. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming fully tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration, except for shares purchased by affiliates. See “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights” for additional information. Shares covered by a registration statement will be eligible for sale in the public market upon the expiration or release from the terms of the lock-up agreement.

 

159


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX

CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following discussion is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to Non-U.S. Holders (as defined below) of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential tax effects. The effects of other U.S. federal tax laws, except as specifically addressed under “—Estate Tax” below, and any applicable state, local or non-U.S. tax laws are not discussed. This discussion is based on the Code, Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial decisions, and published rulings and administrative pronouncements of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the IRS), in each case in effect as of the date hereof. These authorities may change or be subject to differing interpretations. Any such change or differing interpretation may be applied retroactively in a manner that could adversely affect a Non-U.S. Holder of our common stock. We have not sought and will not seek any rulings from the IRS regarding the matters discussed below. There can be no assurance the IRS or a court will not take a contrary position to that discussed below regarding the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock.

This discussion is limited to Non-U.S. Holders that hold our common stock as a “capital asset” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all U.S. federal income tax consequences relevant to a Non-U.S. Holder’s particular circumstances, including the impact of the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income. In addition, it does not address consequences relevant to Non-U.S. Holders subject to special rules, including, without limitation:

 

    U.S. expatriates and former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

 

    persons subject to the alternative minimum tax;

 

    persons holding our common stock as part of a hedge, straddle or other risk reduction strategy or as part of a conversion transaction or other integrated investment;

 

    banks, insurance companies, and other financial institutions;

 

    brokers, dealers or traders in securities;

 

    “controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

 

    partnerships or other entities or arrangements treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and investors therein);

 

    tax-exempt organizations or governmental organizations;

 

    persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code;

 

    persons who hold or receive our common stock pursuant to the exercise of any employee stock option or otherwise as compensation; and

 

    tax-qualified retirement plans.

If an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will depend on the status of the partner, the activities of the partnership and certain determinations made at the partner level. Accordingly, partnerships holding our common stock and the partners in such partnerships should consult their tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences to them.

THIS DISCUSSION IS FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY AND IS NOT TAX ADVICE. INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE

 

160


Table of Contents

APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK ARISING UNDER THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX LAWS OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL OR NON-U.S. TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE INCOME TAX TREATY.

Definition of a Non-U.S. Holder

For purposes of this discussion, a “Non-U.S. Holder” is any beneficial owner of our common stock that is neither a “U.S. person” nor an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A U.S. person is any person that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is or is treated as any of the following:

 

    an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

    a corporation created or organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;

 

    an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

    a trust that (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and the control of one or more “United States persons” (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code), or (2) has a valid election in effect to be treated as a United States person for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Distributions

As described in the section entitled “Dividend Policy,” we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. However, if we make distributions of cash or property on our common stock, such distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Amounts not treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes will constitute a return of capital and will first be applied against and reduce a Non-U.S. Holder’s tax basis in our common stock, but not below zero. Any excess will be treated as gain realized on the sale or other disposition of our common stock and will be treated as described under the section of this prospectus titled “—Sale or Other Taxable Disposition” below.

Subject to the discussion below on effectively connected income, dividends (out of earnings and profits) paid to a Non-U.S. Holder of our common stock generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividends, or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty. To receive the benefit of a reduced treaty rate, a Non-U.S. Holder must furnish to us or the applicable paying agent a valid IRS Form W-8BEN (in the case of an individual), IRS Form W-8BEN-E (in the case of an entity) or applicable successor form, including a U.S. taxpayer identification number and certifying such holder’s qualification for the reduced rate. This certification must be provided to us or the applicable paying agent prior to the payment of dividends and must be updated periodically. If the Non-U.S. Holder holds the stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the Non-U.S. Holder’s behalf, the Non-U.S. Holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent, which then will be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries.

Non-U.S. Holders that do not timely provide the required certification, but that qualify for a reduced treaty rate, may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

If a Non-U.S. Holder holds our common stock in connection with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States, and dividends paid on our common stock are effectively connected with such holder’s U.S. trade or business (and are attributable to such holder’s permanent establishment in the United States if required by an

 

161


Table of Contents

applicable tax treaty), the Non-U.S. Holder will be exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax. To claim the exemption, the Non-U.S. Holder must generally furnish a properly executed IRS Form W-8ECI (or applicable successor form).

Any dividends paid on our common stock that are effectively connected with a Non-U.S. Holder’s U.S. trade or business (and if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the Non-U.S. Holder in the United States) generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates in the same manner as if such holder were a resident of the United States. A Non-U.S. Holder that is a foreign corporation also may be subject to an additional branch profits tax equal to 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year, as adjusted for certain items. Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Sale or Other Taxable Disposition

Subject to the discussion below regarding backup withholding and FATCA, a Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of our common stock, unless:

 

    the gain is effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States, and if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the Non-U.S. Holder in the United States;

 

    the Non-U.S. Holder is a nonresident alien individual present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of the disposition, and certain other requirements are met; or

 

    our common stock constitutes a “United States real property interest” by reason of our status as a United States real property holding corporation (USRPHC), for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition and the Non-U.S. Holder’s holding period for our common stock, and our common stock is not regularly traded on an established securities market during the calendar year in which the sale or other disposition occurs.

The determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property interests relative to the fair market value of our other trade or business assets and our foreign real property interests. We believe we are not currently and do not anticipate becoming a USRPHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Gain described in the first bullet point above generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates in the same manner as if such holder were a resident of the United States. A Non-U.S. Holder that is a foreign corporation may also be subject to an additional branch profits tax equal to 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year, as adjusted for certain items. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Gain described in the second bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a flat 30% rate (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty), but may be offset by certain U.S.-source capital losses (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States), provided that the Non-U.S. Holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

We must report annually to the IRS and to each Non-U.S. Holder the amount of dividends on our common stock paid to such holder and the amount of any tax withheld with respect to those dividends. These information

 

162


Table of Contents

reporting requirements apply even if no withholding was required because the dividends were effectively connected with the holder’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business, or withholding was reduced or eliminated by an applicable income tax treaty. This information also may be made available under a specific treaty or agreement with the tax authorities in the country in which the Non-U.S. Holder resides or is established. Backup withholding, currently at a 28% rate, generally will not apply to payments to a Non-U.S. Holder of dividends on or the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock provided the Non-U.S. Holder furnishes the required certification as to its non-U.S. status, such as by providing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E or IRS Form W-8ECI, or certain other requirements are met. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding may apply if the payor has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the holder is a U.S. person who is not an exempt recipient.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. If any amount is withheld under the backup withholding rules, the Non-U.S. Holder should consult with a U.S. tax advisor regarding the possibility of and procedure for obtaining a refund or a credit against the Non-U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any.

Additional Withholding Tax on Payments Made to Foreign Accounts

Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code (commonly referred to as FATCA) will impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on certain payments, including dividends on and the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock, made to a “foreign financial institution” (as specially defined under these rules) unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners) or an exemption applies. FATCA also generally will impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on certain payments, including dividends on and the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock, made to a non-financial foreign entity unless such entity provides the withholding agent a certification identifying the direct and indirect U.S. owners of the entity or an exemption applies. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country may modify these requirements. Under certain circumstances, a Non-U.S. Holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes. These withholding taxes currently may be imposed on dividends paid on our common stock. These withholding taxes may also be imposed on gross proceeds from sales or other dispositions of our common stock after December 31, 2018.

Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the potential application of withholding under FATCA to their investment in our common stock.

Estate Tax

Individuals who are Non-U.S. Holders (as specially defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes) whose property is potentially includible in such an individual’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes (for example, a trust funded by such an individual and with respect to which the individual has retained certain interests or powers), should note that, absent an applicable treaty benefit, our common stock generally will be treated as U.S. situs property subject to U.S. federal estate tax.

 

163


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

Leerink Partners LLC and Barclays Capital Inc. are acting as representatives of each of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement among us and the underwriters, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters has agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase from us, the number of shares of common stock set forth opposite its name below.

 

Underwriter

   Number of Shares  

Leerink Partners LLC

  

Barclays Capital Inc.

  

BMO Capital Markets Corp.

  
  

 

 

 

Total

     5,835,000   
  

 

 

 

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement, the underwriters have agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase all of the shares sold under the underwriting agreement if any of these shares are purchased, other than those shares covered by the option described below. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated.

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

The underwriters are offering the shares, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, including the validity of the shares, and other conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriters of officers’ certificates and legal opinions. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

Commissions and Discounts

The representatives have advised us that the underwriters propose initially to offer the shares to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus and to dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of          per share. After the initial offering, the public offering price, concession or any other term of the offering may be changed.

The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discount and proceeds before expenses to us. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock.

 

     Per
Share
     Without
Option
     With
Option
 

Public offering price

   $                    $                    $                

Underwriting discount

   $         $         $     

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

   $         $         $     

We estimate expenses payable by us in connection with this offering, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions referred to above, will be approximately          . We also have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for up to          for their FINRA counsel fee. In accordance with FINRA Rule 5110, this reimbursed fee is deemed underwriting compensation for this offering.

Certain of our existing stockholders and their affiliated entities, including investors affiliated with certain of our directors, have indicated an interest in purchasing an aggregate of up to approximately $40.0 million in shares of our common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price and on the same terms as the other

 

164


Table of Contents

purchasers in this offering. However, because indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, these investors may determine to purchase fewer shares than they indicate an interest in purchasing or not to purchase any shares in this offering. It is also possible that these investors could indicate an interest in purchasing more shares of our common stock. In addition, the underwriters could determine to sell fewer shares to any of these investors than the investors indicate an interest in purchasing or not to sell any shares to these investors. Whether or not these investors purchase any or all of the shares for which they indicated an interest in purchasing will not affect the underwriters’ commitment to purchase the common shares offered by us if the underwriters purchase any shares.

Option to Purchase Additional Shares

We have granted an option to the underwriters, exercisable for 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to additional shares at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount. If the underwriters exercise this option, each will be obligated, subject to conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, to purchase a number of additional shares proportionate to that underwriter’s initial amount reflected in the above table.

No Sales of Similar Securities

We, our executive officers and directors and all of our other existing security holders have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell or transfer any common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for common stock, for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of Leerink Partners LLC and Barclays Capital Inc. Specifically, we and these other persons have agreed, with certain limited exceptions, not to directly or indirectly:

 

    offer, pledge, sell or contract to sell any common stock;

 

    sell any option or contract to purchase any common stock;

 

    purchase any option or contract to sell any common stock;

 

    grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of any common stock;

 

    otherwise dispose of or transfer any common stock;

 

    request or demand that we file a registration statement related to the common stock; or

 

    enter into any swap or other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of any common stock, whether any such swap, agreement or transaction is to be settled by delivery of shares of common stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise.

This lock-up provision applies to common stock and to securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for common stock. It also applies to common stock owned now or acquired later by the person executing the agreement or for which the person executing the agreement later acquires the power of disposition.

The restrictions described in the preceding paragraphs do not apply to:

 

    transfers or dispositions of shares of common stock (or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock):

 

    as a bona fide gift or gifts;

 

    to the immediate family of or any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the person subject to the lock-up restrictions; or

 

    if the person subject to the lock-up restriction is an entity, as a distribution to the limited partners or stockholders of the such entity; or

 

165


Table of Contents
    to a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, investment fund or other entity that controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the person subject to the lock-up restrictions, or, in the case of an investment fund, that is managed by, or is under common management with, the person subject to the lock-up restrictions (including a fund managed by the same manager or managing member or general partner or management company or by an entity controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such manager or managing member or general partner or management company as the person subject to the lock-up restrictions or who shares a common investment advisor with the person subject to the lock-up restrictions); or provided that in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to the above, (i) each donee, trustee, distributee or transferee shall sign and deliver to the representatives a lock-up letter substantially in the form executed by the party subject to the lock up restrictions, (ii) such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value, (iii) such transfers are not required to be reported with the Securities and Exchange Commission in accordance with Section 16 of the Exchange Act, and (iv) the person subject to the lock-up restriction does not voluntarily effect any public filing or report regarding such transfers (other than certain required filings after the expiration of the lock-up restrictions).

 

    sales or transfers to the underwriters in this offering; or

 

    transfers to the company upon a vesting event of the company’s securities or upon the exercise or conversion of options or warrants to purchase the company’s securities, in each case, on a “cashless” or “net exercise” basis in connection with such vesting or exercise, provided that (i) such transfers are not required to be reported with the Securities and Exchange Commission in accordance with Section 16 of the Exchange Act and (ii) the person subject to such lock-up restrictions does not otherwise voluntarily effect any public filing or report regarding such transfers during the lock-up period; or

 

    the conversion of shares of preferred stock of the company into shares of common stock or exercise of preferred stock warrants that would expire or terminate in connection with this offering provided that any shares of capital stock received upon any such conversion or exercise remain subject to the terms of the lock-up letter; or

 

    transfers by operation of law, including pursuant to a domestic order or a negotiated divorce settlement, provided that the common stock or other securities received upon such transfer remain subject to the terms of the lock-up letter; or

 

    transfers to the company in connection with the termination of the employment or other service with the company of the person subject to the lock-up restrictions, provided that any filing made pursuant to Section 16 of the Exchange Act clearly indicate that the filing relate to the circumstances described in this paragraph; or

 

    transfers pursuant to a bona fide third party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of common stock or other securities subject to the lock-up and involving a Change of Control (defined below) of the company, provided that in the event that the tender offer, merger, consolidation or other such transaction is not completed, the common stock or other securities subject to the lock-up which are owned by the person subject to the lock-up restrictions shall remain subject to the restrictions contained in the lock-up letter. “Change of Control” under the lock-up letter means the transfer (whether by tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction), in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to a person or group of affiliated persons (other than an underwriter pursuant to this offering), of the company’s voting securities if, after such transfer, such person or group of affiliated persons would hold more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the company (or the surviving entity); or

 

   

sales of shares of common stock acquired in open market transactions after the completion of this offering of the shares, provided such sales are not required during the 180-day period to be reported

 

166


Table of Contents
 

in any press release or public report or filing with SEC or otherwise (other than certain required filings after the expiration of the 180 day period) and the person subject to the lock-up restriction does not otherwise voluntarily effect any press release, public filing or report regarding such sales during the 180-day period; or

 

    the exercise any rights to purchase, exchange or convert any stock options granted pursuant to the company’s equity incentive plans existing as of the date of the underwriting agreement or warrants or any other securities existing as of the date of the underwriting agreement, which securities are convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for common stock, if and only if (x) the shares of common stock received upon such exercise, purchase, exchange or conversion shall remain subject to the terms of the lock-up letter agreement, (y) such exercise, exchange or conversion is not required during the 180 day period to be reported in any press release or public report or filing with the SEC (including, without limitation, any filing under Section 16 of the Exchange Act), or otherwise and (z) the undersigned does not otherwise voluntarily effect any public filing or report regarding such transfers during the 180 day period.

NASDAQ Global Market Listing

We have applied to list our common stock on The NASDAQ Global Market, subject to notice of issuance, under the symbol “PTGX.”

Before this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined through negotiations between us and the representatives. In addition to prevailing market conditions, the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price are:

 

    the valuation multiples of publicly traded companies that the representatives believe to be comparable to us;

 

    our financial information;

 

    the history of, and the prospects for, our company and the industry in which we compete;

 

    an assessment of our management, its past and present operations, and the prospects for, and timing of, our future revenues;

 

    the present state of our development; and

 

    the above factors in relation to market values and various valuation measures of other companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

An active trading market for the shares may not develop. It is also possible that after the offering the shares will not trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

The underwriters do not expect to sell more than 5% of the shares in the aggregate to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

Until the distribution of the shares is completed, SEC rules may limit underwriters and selling group members from bidding for and purchasing our common stock. However, the representatives may engage in transactions that stabilize the price of the common stock, such as bids or purchases to peg, fix or maintain that price.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell our common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, purchases on the open market to cover positions created by

short sales and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of

 

167


Table of Contents

shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares described above. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the option granted to them. “Naked” short sales are sales in excess of such option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of shares of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the closing of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the representatives a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriters’ purchases to cover syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on The NASDAQ Global Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the representatives will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

Electronic Distribution

In connection with the offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses by electronic means, such as e-mail.

Other Relationships

Some of the underwriters and their affiliates have engaged in and may in the future engage in, investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us or our affiliates. They have received, or may in the future receive customary fees and commissions for these transactions.

In addition, in the ordinary course of their business activities, the underwriters and their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers.

Such investments and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours or our affiliates. The underwriters and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or financial instruments and may hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area (each, a “Relevant Member State”), no offer of shares may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State other than:

 

  (a) to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

168


Table of Contents
  (b) to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives; or

 

  (c) in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of shares shall require the Company or the representatives to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.

Each person in a Relevant Member State who initially acquires any shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of the law in that Relevant Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive. In the case of any shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any shares to the public other than their offer or resale in a Relevant Member State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

The company, the representatives and their affiliates will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations, acknowledgements and agreements.

This prospectus has been prepared on the basis that any offer of shares in any Relevant Member State will be made pursuant to an exemption under the Prospectus Directive from the requirement to publish a prospectus for offers of shares. Accordingly any person making or intending to make an offer in that Relevant Member State of shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated in this prospectus may only do so in circumstances in which no obligation arises for the company or any of the underwriters to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive in relation to such offer. Neither the company nor the underwriters have authorized, nor do they authorize, the making of any offer of shares in circumstances in which an obligation arises for the company or the underwriters to publish a prospectus for such offer.

For the purpose of the above provisions, the expression “an offer to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in the Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in the Relevant Member State and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member States) and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

In addition, in the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Prospectus Directive) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19 (5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended (the “Order”) and/or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). This document must not be acted on or relied on in the United Kingdom by persons who are not relevant persons. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity to which this document relates is only available to, and will be engaged in with, relevant persons.

 

169


Table of Contents

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (SIX) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the company or the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA (FINMA), and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (CISA). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre

This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (DFSA). This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The shares to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Australia

No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (ASIC), in relation to the offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001 (the “Corporations Act”), and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

Any offer in Australia of the shares may only be made to persons (the Exempt Investors) who are “sophisticated investors” (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), “professional investors” (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the shares without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.

The shares applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring shares must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.

This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider

 

170


Table of Contents

whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

The shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (a) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance; or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made under that Ordinance.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan

The shares have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948, as amended) and, accordingly, will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan, or for the benefit of any Japanese Person or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to any Japanese Person, except in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines promulgated by relevant Japanese governmental or regulatory authorities in effect at the relevant time. For the purposes of this paragraph, “Japanese Person” shall mean any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the SFA), (ii) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275, of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

 

  (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

 

  (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor,

securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

 

  (c) to an institutional investor or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA;

 

171


Table of Contents
  (d) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer;

 

  (e) where the transfer is by operation of law;

 

  (f) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA; or

 

  (g) as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Canada

This document constitutes an “exempt offering document” as defined in and for the purposes of applicable Canadian securities laws. No prospectus has been filed with any securities commission or similar regulatory authority in Canada in connection with the offer and sale of the securities described herein (the “Securities”). No securities commission or similar regulatory authority in Canada has reviewed or in any way passed upon this document or on the merits of the Securities and any representation to the contrary is an offence.

Canadian investors are advised that this document has been prepared in reliance on section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (“NI 33-105”). Pursuant to section 3A.3 of NI 33-105, this document is exempt from the requirement to provide investors with certain conflicts of interest disclosure pertaining to “connected issuer” and/or “related issuer” relationships as would otherwise be required pursuant to subsection 2.1(1) of NI 33-105.

Resale Restrictions

The offer and sale of the Securities in Canada is being made on a private placement basis only and is exempt from the requirement to prepare and file a prospectus under applicable Canadian securities laws. Any resale of Securities acquired by a Canadian investor in this offering must be made in accordance with applicable Canadian securities laws, which may vary depending on the relevant jurisdiction, and which may require resales to be made in accordance with Canadian prospectus requirements, a statutory exemption from the prospectus requirements, in a transaction exempt from the prospectus requirements or otherwise under a discretionary exemption from the prospectus requirements granted by the applicable local Canadian securities regulatory authority. These resale restrictions may under certain circumstances apply to resales of the Securities outside of Canada.

Representations of Purchasers

Each Canadian investor who purchases the Securities will be deemed to have represented to the issuer and to each dealer from whom a purchase confirmation is received, as applicable, that the investor (i) is purchasing as principal, or is deemed to be purchasing as principal in accordance with applicable Canadian securities laws, for investment only and not with a view to resale or redistribution; (ii) is an “accredited investor” as such term is defined in section 1.1 of National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions (“NI 45-106”) or, in Ontario, as such term is defined in section 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario); and (iii) is a “permitted client” as such term is defined in section 1.1 of National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations .

Taxation and Eligibility for Investment

Any discussion of taxation and related matters contained in this document does not purport to be a comprehensive description of all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to a Canadian investor when deciding to purchase the Securities and, in particular, does not address any Canadian tax considerations. No representation or warranty is hereby made as to the tax consequences to a resident, or deemed resident, of Canada of an investment in the Securities or with respect to the eligibility of the Securities for investment by such investor under relevant Canadian federal and provincial legislation and regulations.

 

172


Table of Contents

Rights of Action for Damages or Rescission

Securities legislation in certain of the Canadian jurisdictions provides certain purchasers of securities pursuant to an offering memorandum, including where the distribution involves an “eligible foreign security” as such term is defined in Ontario Securities Commission Rule 45-501 Ontario Prospectus and Registration Exemptions and in Multilateral Instrument 45-107 Listing Representation and Statutory Rights of Action Disclosure Exemptions , as applicable, with a remedy for damages or rescission, or both, in addition to any other rights they may have at law, where the offering memorandum, or other offering document that constitutes an offering memorandum, and any amendment thereto, contains a “misrepresentation” as defined under applicable Canadian securities laws. These remedies, or notice with respect to these remedies, must be exercised or delivered, as the case may be, by the purchaser within the time limits prescribed under, and are subject to limitations and defences under, applicable Canadian securities legislation. In addition, these remedies are in addition to and without derogation from any other right or remedy available at law to the investor.

Language of Documents

Upon receipt of this document, each Canadian investor hereby confirms that it has expressly requested that all documents evidencing or relating in any way to the sale of the Securities described herein (including for greater certainty any purchase confirmation or any notice) be drawn up in the English language only. Par la réception de ce document, chaque investisseur canadien confirme par les présentes qu’il a expressément exigé que tous les documents faisant foi ou se rapportant de quelque manière que ce soit à la vente des valeurs mobilières décrites aux présentes (incluant, pour plus de certitude, toute confirmation d’achat ou tout avis) soient rédigés en anglais seulement .

 

173


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Cooley LLP, Palo Alto, California. The underwriters are being represented by Latham & Watkins LLP, Menlo Park, California.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2014 and 2015 and for the years then ended included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report (which contains an explanatory paragraph relating to the Company’s liquidity position) of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1, including exhibits and schedules, under the Securities Act, with respect to the shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information in the registration statement and its exhibits. For further information with respect to us and the common stock offered by this prospectus, we refer you to the registration statement and its exhibits. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or any other document referred to are not necessarily complete, and in each instance, we refer you to the copy of the contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Each of these statements is qualified in all respects by this reference.

You can read our SEC filings, including the registration statement, over the Internet at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. You may also read and copy any document we file with the SEC at its public reference facilities at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may also obtain copies of these documents at prescribed rates by writing to the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference facilities.

Upon the completion of this offering, we will be subject to the information reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and we will file reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the public reference room and web site of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at www.protagonist-inc.com, at which, following the completion of this offering, you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Information contained on or accessible through our website is not a part of this prospectus, and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

 

174


Table of Contents

PROTAGONIST THERAPEUTICS, INC.

I NDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and Three Months Ended March 31, 2015 and 2016

 

     Page No.  

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Operations

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

     F-6   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-7   

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-8   

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

  

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-32   

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations

     F-33   

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

     F-34   

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-35   

Notes to the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-36   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc.

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit, and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc. and its subsidiary (“the Company”) at December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has incurred substantial recurring losses and negative cash flows from operations. Management’s plans with respect to its liquidity are also discussed in Note 1.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

San Jose, California

May 3, 2016, except for the effects of additional disclosures relating to the Company’s liquidity position described in Note 1, as to which the date is July 11, 2016, and for the effects of the reverse stock split described in the second to the last paragraph of Note 16, as to which the date is August 1, 2016.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

PROTAGONIST THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In thousands, except share data)

 

    

 

December 31,

 
     2014     2015  

Assets

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 9,324      $ 4,055   

Restricted cash

     10        10   

Available-for-sale securities

            7,868   

Research and development tax incentive receivable

     523        715   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     56        1,558   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     9,913        14,206   

Property and equipment, net

     415        609   

Other assets

            30   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 10,328      $ 14,845   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities, Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

    

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable

   $ 349      $ 1,247   

Accrued expenses and other payables

     1,001        1,879   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     1,350        3,126   

Redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability

            1,643   

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     1,023        480   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     2,373        5,249   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 6)

    

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.00001 par value: 51,231,041 and 126,374,911 shares authorized as of December 31, 2014 and 2015; 42,037,500 and 77,185,117 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2014 and 2015; redemption value of $41,538 as of December 31, 2015

     20,576        36,996   

Stockholders’ deficit:

    

Common stock, $0.00001 par value, 70,000,000 and 160,000,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2014 and 2015; 228,557 and 272,409 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2014 and 2015

              

Additional paid-in capital

     37        118   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (100     (102

Accumulated deficit

     (12,558     (27,416
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (12,621     (27,400
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

   $ 10,328      $ 14,845   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

PROTAGONIST THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2014     2015  

Operating expenses:

    

Research and development

   $ 7,459      $ 11,831   

General and administrative

     1,860        2,963   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     9,319        14,794   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (9,319     (14,794

Interest income

     16        19   

Change in fair value of redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche and warrant liabilities

     (1,769     (83
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (11,072   $ (14,858
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (11,218   $ (14,933
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $ (49.38   $ (59.32
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

     227,197        251,717   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (unaudited)

     $ (3.57
    

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (unaudited)

       4,313,032   
    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

PROTAGONIST THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

(In thousands)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
          2014               2015       

Net loss

   $ (11,072   $ (14,858

Other comprehensive loss:

    

Gain (loss) on translation of foreign operations, net of tax

     (54     3   

Unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities

            (5
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

   $ (11,126   $ (14,860
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

PROTAGONIST THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

                       
    Redeemable
Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Common Stock     Additional
Paid-In
Capital
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Stockholders’
Deficit
 
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount          

Balance at December 31, 2013

    24,037,500      $ 9,122        226,009      $      $ 135      $ (46   $ (1,483   $ (1,394

Issuance of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock

    18,000,000        9,000                                             

Settlement of fair value of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability

           2,308                                             

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to redemption value

           146                      (143            (3     (146

Stock-based compensation expense

                                42                      42   

Issuance of common stock upon the exercise of options

                  2,548               3                      3   

Other comprehensive loss

                                       (54            (54

Net loss

                                              (11,072     (11,072
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2014

    42,037,500        20,576        228,557               37        (100     (12,558     (12,621

Issuance of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs of $138 and reclassification of $1,017 to redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability

    35,147,617        16,345                                             

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to redemption value

           75                      (75                   (75

Stock-based compensation expense

                                99                      99   

Issuance of common stock upon the exercise of options

                  43,852               57                      57   

Other comprehensive loss

                                       (2            (2

Net loss

                                              (14,858     (14,858
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2015

    77,185,117      $ 36,996        272,409      $      $ 118      $ (102   $ (27,416   $ (27,400
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

PROTAGONIST THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In thousands)

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2014     2015  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTITIVIES

    

Net loss

   $ (11,072   $ (14,858

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     258        247   

Amortization of premium on available-for-sale securities

            (8

Stock-based compensation

     42        99   

Change in fair value associated with redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability

     897        626   

Change in fair value of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     872        (543

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Research and development tax credit receivable

     259        (192

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     604        (1,502

Other assets

            (30

Accounts payable

     179        898   

Accrued expenses and other payables

     218        878   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (7,743     (14,385
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

    

Purchase of available-for-sale securities

            (7,865

Purchase of property and equipment

     (299     (399
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (299     (8,264
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

    

Proceeds from issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs

     9,000        17,362   

Proceeds from issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

     3        57   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     9,003        17,419   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect on exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     (97     (39

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     864        (5,269

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

     8,460        9,324   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

   $ 9,324      $ 4,055   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF NON-CASH FINANCING INFORMATION:

    

Settlement of fair value of redeemable convertible preferred stock liability

   $ 2,308      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tranche liability in connection with the Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock financing

   $      $ 1,017   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

   $ 146      $ 75   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

PROTAGONIST THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements

1. Organization and Description of Business

Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc. (the Company) was incorporated in the state of Delaware on August 22, 2006 and is headquartered in Milpitas, California. The Company is a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company with a proprietary peptide-based technology platform focused on discovering and developing new chemical entities to address significant unmet medical needs.

Protagonist Pty Ltd is a wholly-owned subsidiary located in Brisbane, Australia. The Company manages its operations as a single operating segment.

Need for Additional Capital

In the course of its development activities, the Company has sustained operating losses and expects such losses to continue over the next several years. The Company’s ultimate success depends on the outcome of its research and development activities such that over the long term it can receive approval to launch products that will generate sufficient revenue to cover its expenses. The Company has funded its operations to date primarily through the sale of convertible preferred stock. As of December 31, 2015, the Company had an accumulated deficit of $27.4 million. Management expects to incur additional losses in the future to conduct product research and development and will need to raise additional capital to fully implement its business plan. The Company intends to raise such capital through the issuance of additional equity. However, if such financing is not available at adequate levels and on terms that are acceptable to the Company, the Company will need to reevaluate its operating plans. Management believes that its cash, cash equivalents and available-for-sale securities of $11.9 million as of December 31, 2015, and the net proceeds of approximately $22.5 million from the closing of its Series C Second Tranche redeemable convertible preferred stock financing in March 2016 will be sufficient to fund the Company’s operating requirements through at least December 31, 2016.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation and Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiary, Protagonist Pty Ltd and have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP). All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

The financial statements of Protagonist Pty Ltd use the Australian dollar as the functional currency since the majority of expense transactions occur in such currency. Gains and losses from foreign currency transactions were not material for all periods presented. The re-measurement from Australian dollar to U.S. dollars is outlined below:

 

  a. Equity accounts, except for the change in retained earnings during the year, have been translated using historical exchange rates.

 

  b. All other Australian dollar denominated assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2014 and 2015 have been translated using the year-end exchange rate.

 

  c. The consolidated statements of operations have been translated at the weighted average exchange rates in effect during each year, except for depreciation, which has been translated at historical exchange rates.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

PROTAGONIST THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

  d. Foreign currency translation gains and losses are reported as a component of Stockholder’s deficit in accumulated other comprehensive loss on the consolidated balance sheets.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. On an ongoing basis, management evaluates its estimates, including those related to accruals for research and development activities, fair value of redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability, fair value of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability, fair value of common stock, stock-based compensation and income taxes. Management bases these estimates on historical and anticipated results, trends, and various other assumptions that the Company believes are reasonable under the circumstances, including assumptions as to future events. Actual results may differ from those estimates.

Concentrations of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to a concentration of credit risk consist of cash, cash equivalents and available-for-sale securities. Substantially all the Company’s cash is held by one financial institution that management believes is of high credit quality. Such deposits may, at times, exceed federally insured limits.

Cash Equivalents

Cash equivalents that are readily convertible to cash are stated at cost, which approximates market value. The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents consist primarily of amounts invested in money market funds.

Restricted Cash

Restricted cash at December 31, 2014 and 2015, consisted of cash balances primarily held as security in connection with the Company’s corporate credit card.

Available-for-Sale Securities

All marketable securities, have been classified as “available-for-sale” and are carried at estimated fair value as determined based upon quoted market prices or pricing models for similar securities. Management determines the appropriate classification of its marketable securities at the time of purchase and reevaluates such designation as of each balance sheet date. Short-term marketable securities have maturities less than 365 days as of the balance sheet date. Long-term marketable securities have maturities greater than 365 days as of the balance sheet date. Unrealized gains and losses are excluded from earnings and are reported as a component of comprehensive loss. Realized gains and losses and declines in fair value judged to be other than temporary, if any, on available-for-sale securities are included in interest income. The cost of securities sold is based on the specific-identification method. Interest on marketable securities is included in interest income.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

PROTAGONIST THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Fair value accounting is applied for all financial assets and liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the consolidated financial statements on a recurring basis (at least annually). The carrying amount of the Company’s financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, accounts payable and accrued expenses and other payables approximate fair value due to their short term maturities. See Note 3. Fair Value Measurements regarding the fair value of the Company’s available-for-sale securities, redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability and redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, ranging from three to five years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful lives of the assets. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. When assets are retired or otherwise disposed of, the cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the consolidated balance sheet and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in operations in the period realized.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company reviews long-lived assets, primarily comprised of property and equipment, for impairment or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability is measured by comparison of the carrying amount to the future net cash flows which the assets are expected to generate. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the projected discounted future net cash flows arising from the asset. There have been no such impairments of long-lived assets for any of the periods presented.

Accrued Research and Development Costs

The Company accrues for estimated costs of research and development activities conducted by third-party service providers, which include the conduct of pre-clinical studies and clinical trials, and contract manufacturing activities. The Company records the estimated costs of research and development activities based upon the estimated amount of services provided but not yet invoiced, and include these costs in accrued liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets and within research and development expense in the consolidated statements of operations. These costs are a significant component of the Company’s research and development expenses. The Company accrues for these costs based on factors such as estimates of the work completed and in accordance with agreements established with its third-party service providers. The Company makes significant judgments and estimates in determining the accrued liabilities balance in each reporting period. As actual costs become known, the Company adjusts its accrued liabilities. The Company has not experienced any material differences between accrued costs and actual costs incurred. However, the status and timing of actual services performed, number of patients enrolled, and the rate of patient enrollments may vary from the Company’s estimates, resulting in adjustments to expense in future periods. Changes in these estimates that result in material changes to the Company’s accruals could materially affect the Company’s results of operations.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

PROTAGONIST THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

Comprehensive Loss

Comprehensive loss represents all changes in stockholders’ deficit except those resulting from and distributions to stockholders. The Company’s foreign currency translation and unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities represent the only components of other comprehensive loss that are excluded from the reported net loss and that are presented in the consolidated statements of comprehensive loss.

Income Taxes

The Company uses the asset and liability method to account for income taxes in accordance with the authoritative guidance for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, and tax loss and credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates applied to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance is established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

The Company recognizes the effect of income tax positions only if those positions are more likely than not of being sustained. Recognized income tax positions are measured at the largest amount that is greater than 50% likely of being realized. Changes in recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which the change in judgment occurs. The Company records interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. To date, there have been no interest or penalties recorded in relation to the unrecognized tax benefits.

Research and Development Costs

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred and consist of salaries and benefits, stock-based compensation expense, lab supplies and facility costs, as well as fees paid to others that conduct certain research and development activities on the Company’s behalf.

Research and Development Incentive Grant

The Company is eligible under the AusIndustry research and tax development tax incentive program to obtain a cash amount from the Australian Taxation Office (ATO). The tax incentive is available to the Company on the basis of specific criteria with which the Company must comply. Specifically, the Company must have revenue of less than AUD 20.0 million and cannot be controlled by income tax exempt entities. These research and development tax incentives are recognized as contra research and development expense when the right to receive has been attained and funds are considered to be collectible. The tax incentive is denominated in Australian dollars and, therefore, the related receivable is remeasured into U.S. dollars as of each reporting date.

SBIR Grant

In September 2015, the Company was awarded a Phase 1 Small Business Innovation Research (SBIR) Grant from the National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases of the National Institutes of Health (NIH) in support of research on orally stable antagonist peptides of the interleukin-23 (IL-23) receptor as

 

F-11


Table of Contents

PROTAGONIST THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

potential treatments for inflammatory bowel diseases. The Company recorded the eligible costs incurred under the SBIR grant as a reduction of research and development expenses and as receivable as of December 31, 2015.

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Tranche Liability

The Company has determined that the Company’s obligation to issue additional shares of the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock represents a freestanding financial instrument, which was accounted for as a liability. The freestanding redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability was initially recorded at fair value, with fair value changes recognized in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. At the time of the exercise or expiration of the Company’s obligation, any remaining value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability is reclassified to redeemable convertible preferred stock with no further remeasurement required.

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Warrant Liability

The Company has accounted for its freestanding warrants to purchase shares of the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock as liabilities at fair value upon issuance. At the end of each reporting period, changes in estimated fair value during the period are recorded in the consolidated statements of operations. The Company will continue to adjust the warrant liability for changes in fair value until the earlier of the expiration on May 10, 2016 or exercise of the warrants, and no further remeasurement is required.

Stock-based Compensation

The Company measures its stock-based awards made to employees based on the estimated fair values of the awards as of the grant date using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Stock-based compensation expense is recognized over the requisite service period using the straight-line method and is based on the value of the portion of stock-based payment awards that is ultimately expected to vest. As such, the Company’s stock-based compensation is reduced for the estimated forfeitures at the date of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.

Stock-based compensation expense for options granted to non-employees as consideration for services received is measured on the date of performance at the fair value of the consideration received or the fair value of the equity instruments issued, using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, whichever can be more reliably measured. Compensation expense for options granted to non-employees is periodically remeasured as the underlying options vest.

Net Loss per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

Basic net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is calculated by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period, without consideration of potentially dilutive securities. The net loss attributable to common stockholders is calculated by adjusting the net loss of the Company for the accretion on the redeemable convertible preferred stock. Diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is the same as basic net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for all periods presented since the effect of potentially dilutive securities are anti-dilutive given the net loss of the Company.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

PROTAGONIST THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

The unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders has been computed to give effect to the conversion of the shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock into common stock as if such conversion had occurred at the earlier of the beginning of the period or the date of issuance, if later. Also, the numerator in the pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders calculation has been adjusted to remove gains or losses resulting from the remeasurement of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability as the warrants will be reclassified to additional paid-in capital. The unaudited pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders does not include the shares to be sold and related proceeds to be received from the proposed initial public offering.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15, Disclosure of Uncertainties About an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern . ASU 2014-15 requires management to perform interim and annual assessments of an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year of the date the financial statements are issued and provides guidance on determining when and how to disclose going concern uncertainties in the financial statements. Certain disclosures will be required if conditions give rise to substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern. ASU 2014-15 applies to all entities and is effective for annual and interim reporting periods ending after December 15, 2016, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the effect the adoption of this guidance will have, if any, on its consolidated financial statements.

In November 2015, FASB issued ASU No. 2015-17, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes , which is intended to simplify and improve how deferred taxes are classified on the balance sheet. The guidance in this ASU eliminates the current requirement to present deferred tax assets and liabilities as current and noncurrent in a classified balance sheet and now requires entities to classify all deferred tax assets and liabilities as noncurrent. The guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016 and for interim periods within those annual periods though early adoption is permitted. The Company does not expect that the adoption of the guidance will have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). Under the new guidance, (with the exception of short-term leases) at the commencement date, lessees will be required to recognize a lease liability and a right-of-use asset. Lessor accounting is largely unchanged, while lessees will no longer be provided with a source of off-balance sheet financing. Public business entities should apply the amendments in ASU 2016-02 for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years (January 1, 2019, for us). Early application is permitted. Lessees (for capital and operating leases) must apply a modified retrospective transition approach for leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements. The modified retrospective approach would not require any transition accounting for leases that expired before the earliest comparative period presented. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that the guidance will have on its consolidated financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09 Compensation-Stock Compensation (Topic 718) Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting, which is intended to simplify several aspects of the accounting for employee share-based payment transactions, including the income tax consequences, the determination of forfeiture rates, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, and classification on the statement of cash flows. This ASU is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning

 

F-13


Table of Contents

PROTAGONIST THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

after December 15, 2016, and early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of ASU 2016-09 will have on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

3. Fair Value Measurements

Financial assets and liabilities are recorded at fair value. The accounting guidance for fair value provides a framework for measuring fair value, clarifies the definition of fair value and expands disclosures regarding fair value measurements. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in an orderly transaction between market participants at the reporting date. The accounting guidance establishes a three-tiered hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in the valuation methodologies in measuring fair value as follows:

Level 1 —Inputs are unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities at the measurement date.

Level 2 —Inputs (other than quoted market prices included in Level 1) are either directly or indirectly observable for the asset or liability through correlation with market data at the measurement date and for the duration of the instrument’s anticipated life.

Level 3 —Inputs reflect management’s best estimate of what market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date. Consideration is given to the risk inherent in the valuation technique and the risk inherent in the inputs to the model.

In determining fair value, the Company utilizes quoted market prices, broker or dealer quotation, or valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs to the extent possible as well as considers counterparty credit risk in its assessment of fair value.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

PROTAGONIST THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

3. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

 

The following table presents the fair value of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities determined using the inputs defined above (amounts in thousands).

 

     December 31, 2014  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Liabilities:

           

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

   $       $       $ 1,023       $ 1,023   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial liabilities

   $       $       $ 1,023       $ 1,023   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     December 31, 2015  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Assets:

           

Money market funds(a)

   $ 2,136       $       $       $ 2,136   

Corporate bonds(b)

             7,368                 7,368   

Commercial paper(b)

             500                 500   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial assets

   $ 2,136       $ 7,868       $       $ 10,004   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability

   $       $       $ 1,643       $ 1,643   

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

                     480         480   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial liabilities

   $       $       $ 2,123       $ 2,123   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (a) Included in cash and cash equivalents
  (b) Included in available-for-sale securities

The corporate bonds and commercial paper are classified as Level 2 as they were valued based upon quoted market prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active and model-based valuation techniques for which all significant inputs are observable in the market or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets.

The fair value measurements of the redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability and the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability are based on significant inputs not observed in the market and thus represent a Level 3 measurement. Level 3 instruments are valued based on unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and reflect the Company’s assumptions in measuring fair value.

The redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability stems from the initial sale of the Company’s Series B and Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock wherein the Company was obligated to sell additional shares in subsequent closings contingent upon a majority of the stockholders of the outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock and/or the achievement of certain development milestones. The subsequent closings were deemed to be freestanding financial instruments that were at the option of the holders. The Company estimates the fair value of this liability using a one-step binomial lattice model in combination with Option Pricing Model. The change in fair value is recognized as a gain or loss in the consolidated statements of operations. See Note 9 for further discussion on the redeemable convertible preferred stock liability and related valuations.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

PROTAGONIST THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

3. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

 

The determination of the fair value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability is discussed in Note 7. Generally, increases or decreases in the fair value of the underlying redeemable convertible preferred stock would result in a directionally similar impact in the fair value measurement of the warrant liability.

The following table sets forth a summary of the changes in the fair value of the Company’s Level 3 financial instruments as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2014     2015  

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Tranche Liability:

    

Beginning balance

   $ 1,411      $   

Issuance of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability

            1,017   

Change in fair value upon revaluation

     897        626   

Settlement of redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability due to issue of Series B redeemable convertible preferred shares

     (2,308       
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $      $ 1,643   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2014      2015  

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Warrant Liability:

     

Beginning balance

   $ 151       $ 1,023   

Change in fair value upon revaluation

     872         (543
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 1,023       $ 480   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

4. Balance Sheet Components

Cash Equivalents and Available-for-sale Securities

Cash equivalents and available-for-sale securities consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

    December 31, 2015  
    Amortized
Cost
    Gross Unrealized        
      Gains     Losses     Fair Value  

Money market funds

  $ 2,136      $   —      $   —      $ 2,136   

Corporate bonds

    7,373               (5     7,368   

Commercial paper

    500                      500   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cash equivalents and available-for-sale securities

  $ 10,009      $      $ (5   $ 10,004   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Classified as:

       

Cash equivalents

        $ 2,136   

Available-for-sale securities

          7,868   
       

 

 

 

Total cash equivalents and available-for-sale securities

        $ 10,004   
       

 

 

 

 

F-16


Table of Contents

PROTAGONIST THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

4. Balance Sheet Components (Continued)

 

All available-for-sale securities held as of December 31, 2015 had contractual maturities of less than one year. There have been no significant realized gains or losses on available-for-sale securities for the periods presented.

Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
       2014          2015    

Prepaid manufacturing of clinical materials

   $       $ 1,253   

Other

     56         305   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

   $ 56       $ 1,558   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment, net consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2014      2015  

Laboratory equipment

   $ 1,089       $ 1,452   

Furniture and computer equipment

     107         140   

Leasehold improvements

     46         48   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total property and equipment

     1,242         1,640   

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (827      (1,031
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

   $ 415       $ 609   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 was $258,000 and $247,000, respectively. As of December 31, 2014 and 2015, $39,000 and $51,000, respectively, property and equipment, net, were located in Australia. The remainder of the assets are located in the United States.

Accrued Expenses and Other Payables

Accrued expenses and other payables consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2014      2015  

Accrued employee related expenses

   $ 559       $ 754   

Accrued contract research

     345         976   

Accrued expenses and other payables

     97         149   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accrued expenses and other payables

   $ 1,001       $ 1,879   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-17


Table of Contents

PROTAGONIST THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

 

5. Government Grants

Research and Development Tax Incentive

The Company recognized AUD 639,000 ($577,000) and AUD 978,000 ($736,000) as a reduction of research and development expenses for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively, in connection with the Research and Development Tax Incentive from Australia. As of December 31, 2014 and 2015, the research and development tax credit receivable was AUD 639,000 ($523,000) and AUD 978,000 ($715,000), respectively.

SBIR Grant

In September 2015, the Company was awarded a Phase 1 SBIR Grant from the National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases of the NIH in support of research on orally stable antagonist peptide of the interleukin-23 receptor (IL-23R) as potential treatments for inflammatory bowel diseases (IBD). The Company recognizes contra research and development when expenses related to the grant have been incurred and the grant funds become contractually due from NIH. The total grant award was $224,000 and is for the period from September 2015 to August 2016. The Company recorded $155,000 as a reduction of research and development expenses for the year ended December 31, 2015. The Company recorded a receivable for $155,000 as of December 31, 2015 to reflect that the eligible costs incurred under the grant.

6. Commitments and Contingencies

Lease Arrangements

The Company leases its facility under a noncancelable operating lease that expires in April 2018. In August 2015, the Company further amended the lease to expand its square footage of occupancy. The term for the expanded space will also terminate in April 2018. The Company has provided a security deposit of $30,000 as collateral for the lease, which is included in other assets on the consolidated balance sheets.

The following table summarizes the Company’s future minimum lease payments as of December 31, 2015 (in thousands):

 

     Amount  

Year Ending December 31:

  

2016

   $ 372   

2017

     328   

2018

     74   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 774   
  

 

 

 

The Company’s rent expense was $184,000 and $280,000 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively. Rent expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the leases and accordingly, the Company records the difference between cash rent payments and the recognition of rent expense as a deferred rent liability.

Indemnifications

In the ordinary course of business, the Company enters into agreements that may include indemnification provisions. Pursuant to such agreements, the Company may indemnify, hold harmless and defend an indemnified party for losses suffered or incurred by the indemnified party. Some of the provisions will limit losses to those

 

F-18


Table of Contents

PROTAGONIST THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

6. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

 

arising from third party actions. In some cases, the indemnification will continue after the termination of the agreement. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under these provisions is not determinable. The Company has also entered into indemnification agreements with its directors and officers that may require the Company to indemnify its directors and officers against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors or officers to the fullest extent permitted by California corporate law. The Company currently has directors’ and officers’ insurance. To date, the Company has not incurred material costs to defend lawsuits or settle claims related to the indemnification agreements. The Company believes that the fair value of these indemnification agreements is minimal and has not accrued any amounts for the obligations.

7. Preferred Stock Warrants

In connection with the Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock financing, the Company issued warrants to purchase 4,000,000 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.01 per share. These warrants will become exercisable only when certain milestones are met on programs begun as a result of collaborations entered into in 2011 and 2012. In particular, 50% of the warrants are exercisable upon the Company publicly announcing its first Investigational New Drug (IND) candidate to the extent such IND candidate is a result of, or related to, the Company’s previous collaboration(s) with Ironwood Pharmaceuticals and/or Zealand Pharma A/S, and the balance are exercisable upon the first dosing of a human patient in a clinical trial that is a result of, or related to, the Company’s previous collaboration(s) with Ironwood Pharmaceuticals and/or Zealand Pharma A/S. In August 2013, the initial closing date for the Series B financing, the Company issued 2,000,000 of the warrants (First Tranche Warrants). On August 15, 2014, in connection with the closing of the Series B second tranche financing, the Company issued the remaining 2,000,000 warrants (Second Tranche Warrants).

The fair value of the warrants at the issuance date was an aggregate of $783,000, determined using a one-step binomial lattice model in combination with Option Pricing Model based on the following assumptions: an expected term of 2.0 years, risk-free interest rate of 0.26%, volatility of 45.0% and probability of exercisability of 94% and 75% for first tranche and second tranche, respectively. The warrants were accounted for as a warrant liability. The fair value of the warrants in August 2014 was an aggregate of $618,000, determined using a one-step binomial lattice model in combination with the Option Pricing Model based on the following assumptions: an expected term of 2.0 years, risk-free interest rate of 0.47%, volatility of 41.0% and probability of exercisability of 50% and 0% for first tranche and second tranche, respectively. The fair value of the warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2014 was remeasured at $1.0 million, determined using a one-step binomial lattice model in combination with the Option Pricing Model based on the following assumptions: risk-free interest rate of 0.67%, expected life of 2.0 years and expected volatility of 46.0% and probability of exercisability of 75% and 0% for first tranche and second tranche, respectively. The fair value of the warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2015 was remeasured at $480,000, determined using the binomial option pricing model and the following assumptions: risk-free interest rate of 0.90%, expected life of 1.6 years and expected volatility of 57.0% and probability of exercisability of 95% and 0% for first tranche and second tranche, respectively.

As of December 31, 2015, the milestones for both the First Tranche and Second Tranche Warrants were not met. These warrants will expire on May 10, 2016. The change in fair value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant as of December 31, 2014 and 2015 was recorded in the consolidated statements of operations.

In March 2016, the Company made a public announcement related to a pre-clinical candidate which triggered the achievement of the milestone and warrants to purchase 2,000,000 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock became exercisable as of that date.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

PROTAGONIST THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

 

8. Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

The table below provides information on the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock as of December 31, 2014 (in thousands, except shares and original issue price):

 

          Shares              
    Original
Issue Price
    Authorized     Issued and
Outstanding
    Carrying
Value
    Aggregate
Liquidation
Preference
 

Series A

  $ 1.00        9,231,041        6,037,500      $ 1,751      $ 6,038   

Series B

  $ 0.50        42,000,000        36,000,000        18,825        18,000   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total redeemable convertible preferred stock

      51,231,041        42,037,500      $ 20,576      $ 24,038   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The table below provides information on the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock as of December 31, 2015 (in thousands, except shares and original issue price):

 

          Shares              
    Original
Issue Price
    Authorized     Issued and
Outstanding
    Carrying
Value
    Aggregate
Liquidation
Preference
 

Series A

    $1.00        6,037,500        6,037,500      $ 1,751      $ 6,038   

Series B

    $0.50        40,000,000        36,000,000        18,825        18,000   

Series C

    $0.4979        80,337,411        35,147,617        16,420        17,500   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total redeemable convertible preferred stock

      126,374,911        77,185,117      $ 36,996      $ 41,538   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The holders of redeemable convertible preferred stock have various rights and preferences as follows:

Voting

Each holder of shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock is entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which such shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock could be converted and has voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the common stock, and except as provided by law or by other provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, shall vote together with the common stock as a single class on an as-converted basis on all matters as to which holders of common stock have the right to vote.

The holders of Series A, B, and C redeemable convertible preferred stock, each voting separately as a single class, are entitled to elect three members of the Company’s Board of Directors. All remaining members of the Company’s Board of Directors are elected by the holders of the common stock and any other series or class of voting stock, including the Series A, B and C redeemable convertible preferred stock, exclusively and voting together as a single class.

Dividends

The holders of shares of Series A, B and C redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive dividends, when and if, declared by the Company’s Board of Directors. Dividends are noncumulative and none were declared as of December 31, 2015.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

PROTAGONIST THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

8. Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (Continued)

 

Liquidation Preferences

In the event of (A) any sale, transfer of other disposition of the Company (or any subsidiary of the Company) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or its subsidiaries (taken as a whole), (B) any transaction or series of transactions (including any reorganization, share exchange, consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any other entity) (x) in which the holders of the Company’s outstanding common stock immediately before the first such transaction do not, immediately after any other such transaction, retain stock or other equity interests representing at least fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of the surviving entity of such transaction or (y) in which at least fifty percent (50%) of the Company’s outstanding capital stock is transferred or (C) a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the holders of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive, prior to and in preference to any distribution to the holders of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock and Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock and common stock, an amount equal to $0.4979 per share, plus any declared but unpaid dividends on such shares. If upon occurrence of such an event, the assets and funds to be distributed among the holders of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders, the entire assets and funds of the Company legally available for distribution will be distributed ratably among the holders of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock. After completion of the distribution to the holders of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock, the holders of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive, prior and in preference to holders of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock and common stock, an amount equal to $0.50 per share, plus any declared and unpaid dividends. If upon occurrence of such an event, the assets and funds to be distributed among the holders of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders, the assets and funds of the Company legally available for distribution will be distributed ratably among the holders of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock. After completion of the distribution to the holders of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock and Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock, the holders of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive, prior to and in preference to the holders of common stock, an amount equal to $1.00 per share, plus any declared and unpaid dividends. If upon occurrence of such an event the assets and funds to be distributed among the holders of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders, the assets and funds of the Company legally available for distribution will be distributed ratably among the holders of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock. All of the remaining assets, if any, will be distributed to the holders of redeemable convertible preferred stock and common stock pro-rata based on the number of common stock held by each holder on an as converted basis.

Conversion

Each share of Series A, Series B and Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock is convertible, at the option of the holder, into the number of shares of common stock determined by dividing the original issue price of such class of redeemable convertible preferred stock by the conversion price applicable to such class of redeemable convertible preferred stock in effect on the date of conversion. The conversion price per share for Series A, Series B and Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock is $7.25, $7.25 and $7.22 per share, respectively. The conversion price is subject to adjustment from time to time. As of December 31, 2014 and 2015, each share of redeemable convertible preferred stock will convert into common stock on a 1-for-14.5 basis.

Each share of Series A, Series B and Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock is convertible into common stock automatically and immediately upon the earlier of (i) the closing of a Qualified IPO, or (ii) the Company’s receipt of a written request for such conversion from (i) the holders of a majority of the then

 

F-21


Table of Contents

PROTAGONIST THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

8. Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (Continued)

 

outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock and (ii) the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock.

Redemption

The Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock is redeemable at the election of at least 60% of the holders of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock, on or after the redemption in full of all outstanding shares of Series B and Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock, for a price equal to the original issue price, plus all declared but unpaid dividends, in a single installment commencing no later than 90 days after receipt by the Company of the redemption notice.

The Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock is redeemable at the election of the majority of the holders of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock, on or after the redemption in full of all outstanding shares of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock, for a price equal to the greater (i) of the original issue price, plus all declared but unpaid dividends or (ii) and the fair market value per share of the Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock on the date of such redemption election. The Company shall effect such redemption by paying Series B holders in a single installment commencing no later than 90 days after receipt by the Company of the redemption notice.

The Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock is redeemable at the election of the majority of the holders of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock, on or after the seventh anniversary of the Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock issue date (or July 2022), for a price equal to the greater of (i) the original issue price, plus all declared but unpaid dividends, or (ii) and the fair market value per share of the Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock on the date of such redemption election. The Company shall effect such redemption by paying Series C holders in a single installment commencing no later than 90 days after receipt by the Company of the redemption notice.

As only the passage of time is required for Series A, B and C to become redeemable, the Company is accreting on an effective interest method the carrying value of Series A, B and C to their redemption value over the period from the respective date of issuance to July 2022, (the earliest redemption date). In the event of a change of control of the Company, proceeds will be distributed in accordance with the liquidation preferences set forth in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation unless the holders of redeemable convertible preferred stock have converted their redeemable convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock. Therefore, redeemable convertible preferred stock is classified outside of stockholders’ deficit on the consolidated balance sheets, as Series A, B and C redeemable convertible preferred stock can be redeemed and as events triggering the liquidation preferences are not solely within the Company’s control.

The Company recorded $146,000 and $75,000 for the accretion of the redeemable convertible preferred stock during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015. The accretion was recorded as an offset to the additional paid in capital until such balance was depleted and any remaining accretion was recorded to accumulated deficit.

9. Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Tranche Liability

Series B Financing

In May 2013, the Company entered into the Series B Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement (the Series B Agreement) for the issuance of up to 38,000,000 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock at a

 

F-22


Table of Contents

PROTAGONIST THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

9. Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Tranche Liability (Continued)

 

price of $0.50 per share, in multiple closing. The initial closing occurred in 2013, whereby 18,000,000 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock were issued for gross cash proceeds of $9.0 million. According to the initial terms of the Series B Agreement, the Company could issue 18,000,000 shares under the same terms as the initial closing, in a subsequent closing (Series B Second Tranche) contingent upon the achievement of certain development milestones. As discussed in Note 7 above, the Company issued a warrant to purchase 4,000,000 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.01 per share in connection with the Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock financing.

The Company recorded the redeemable convertible preferred stock liability incurred in connection with its Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock financing as a derivative financial instrument liability at the fair value on the date of issuance, and remeasured it on each subsequent balance sheet date. The Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock liability stems from the initial sale of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock wherein the Company was obligated to sell additional shares in subsequent closings contingent upon the achievement of certain development milestones and approval from the Company’s Board of Directors. The subsequent closings were deemed to be freestanding financial instruments that were outside the control of the Company. The changes in fair value are recognized as a gain or loss in the statements of operations and liability is remeasured at each reporting period and settlement of the related Series B Second Tranche. The Company estimated the fair value of this liability using the binomial lattice based option pricing model that included assumptions of probability of achievement of the development milestones or funding of the financing, stock price, expected term and risk-free interest rate.

On the date of the initial closing, the Company recorded a Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock liability of $866,000 as fair value of the obligation/right for the Series B Second Tranche. The fair value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock liability on the date of the initial closing was determined using a one-step binomial lattice model in combination with option pricing method based on the following assumptions: 80% probability of achievement of the development milestones, stock price of $0.50 per share, expected term of 1.64 years, and risk-free rate of 0.3%.

In August 2014, the Company completed the closing of the Series B Second Tranche and issued 18,000,000 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock for gross cash proceeds of $9.0 million. At this time the Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock liability was remeasured at $2.3 million using a one-step binomial lattice model in combination with option pricing method based on the following assumptions: 100% probability of achievement of the development milestones, stock price of $0.50 per share, expected term of 0 years and risk-free rate of 0.5%. Upon the closing of the Series B Second Tranche, the Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock liability was terminated and the balance of the liability of $2.3 million was reclassified to redeemable convertible preferred stock.

For the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company recorded a total charge of $897,000 for the changes in the fair value of the Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock liability in the consolidated statement of operations.

Series C Financing

In July 2015, the Company entered into the Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement (the Series C Agreement) for the issuance of up to 80,337,411 shares of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock at a price of $0.4979 per share, in multiple closings. The initial closing occurred on July 10, 2015, whereby 35,147,617 shares of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock were issued for gross proceeds of approximately $17.5 million. According to the initial terms of the Series C Agreement, the Company could issue

 

F-23


Table of Contents

PROTAGONIST THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

9. Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Tranche Liability (Continued)

 

45,189,794 additional shares under the same terms as the initial closing, in a subsequent closing (Series C Second Tranche) contingent upon the achievement of certain development milestones.

On the date of the initial closing, the Company recorded a Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock liability of $1.0 million, as the fair value of the obligation/right to complete the Series C Second Tranche. The fair value of the Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock liability on the date of the initial closing was determined using a one-step binomial lattice model in combination with the option pricing model based on the following assumptions: 90% probability of achievement of the development milestones, stock price of $0.4979 per share, expected term of 1.0 year, and risk-free rate of 0.5%.

At December 31, 2015, the fair value of the Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock liability was remeasured and determined to be $1.6 million using a one-step binomial lattice model in combination with the option pricing model based on the following assumptions: 95% probability of achievement of the development milestones, stock price of $0.4979 per share, expected term of 0.53 year, and risk-free rate of 0.9%.

For the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company recorded a charge of $626,000 for the change in the fair value of the Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock liability in the consolidated statements of operations.

10. Common Stock

At December 31, 2015, the Company has reserved sufficient shares of common stock for issuance upon conversion of all redeemable convertible preferred stock and exercise of stock options and warrants. Each share of common stock is entitled to one vote. The holders of common stock are also entitled to receive dividends whenever funds are legally available and when declared by the Company’s Board of Directors, subject to prior rights of the holders of redeemable convertible preferred stock.

The Company had reserved shares of common stock for issuance, on an as-converted basis, as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2014      2015  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding

     2,899,134         5,323,103   

Options issued and outstanding

     476,006         833,178   

Options available for future grants

     116,832         147,219   

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants

     275,861         275,861   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     3,767,833         6,579,361   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

11. Stock Option Plan

In May 2007, the Company established its 2007 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (2007 Plan) which provides for the granting of stock options to employees and consultants of the Company. Options granted under the 2007 Plan may be either incentive stock options (ISOs) or nonqualified stock options (NSOs). ISOs may be granted only to Company employees (including officers and directors who are also employees). NSOs may be granted to Company employees and consultants. As of December 31, 2015, the Company has reserved 1,028,388 shares of common stock for issuance under the 2007 Plan.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

PROTAGONIST THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

11. Stock Option Plan (Continued)

 

To date, options have a term of ten years and generally vest over a four-year period with one-year cliff vesting.

Activity under the Company’s stock option plan is set forth below:

 

    Options
Available
for Grant
    Options
Outstanding
    Options Outstanding  
        Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price Per
Share
    Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (years)
    Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 
                            (in thousands)  

Balances at December 31, 2013

    70,082        284,879      $ 1.10        7.92     

Additional options authorized

    240,425                

Options granted

    (199,519     199,519        1.83       

Options exercised

           (2,548     1.30       

Options forfeited

    5,844        (5,844     1.13       
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

Balances at December 31, 2014

    116,832        476,006        1.40        8.04     

Additional options authorized

    431,411                

Options granted

    (408,623     408,623        1.24       

Options exercised

           (43,852     1.30       

Options forfeited

    7,599        (7,599     1.40       
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

Balances at December 31, 2015

    147,219        833,178      $ 1.33        8.56      $ 48   
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

Options exercisable—December 31, 2015

      233,940      $ 1.30        7.10      $ 27   
   

 

 

       

Options vested and expected to vest—December 31, 2015

      820,494      $ 1.33        8.55      $ 48   
   

 

 

       

The aggregate intrinsic values of options outstanding, exercisable, vested and expected to vest were calculated as the difference between the exercise price of the options and the fair value of the Company’s common stock, as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors, as of December 31, 2015. The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised was immaterial for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, the estimated weighted-average grant-date fair value of common stock underlying options granted was $0.82 and $0.69 per share, respectively.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

PROTAGONIST THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

11. Stock Option Plan (Continued)

 

Employee Stock Options Valuation

The fair value of employee and director stock option awards was estimated at the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2014             2015      

Expected term (in years)

     6.08        5.89   

Expected volatility

     64.7     59.8

Risk-free interest rate

     1.89     1.57 – 1.58

Dividend yield

              

The fair value of the Company’s shares of common stock underlying its stock options has historically been determined by the Company’s Board of Directors. Because there has been no public market for the Company’s common stock, the Company’s Board of Directors has determined fair value of the common stock at the time of grant of the option by considering a number of objective and subjective factors including important developments in the Company’s operations, valuations performed by an independent third party, sales of redeemable convertible preferred stock, actual operating results and financial performance, the conditions in the biotechnology industry and the economy in general, the stock price performance and volatility of comparable public companies, and the lack of liquidity of the Company’s common stock, among other factors.

In determining the fair value of the options granted, the Company uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and assumptions discussed below. Each of these inputs is subjective and generally requires significant judgment to determine.

Expected Term —The Company’s expected term represents the period that the Company’s options granted are expected to be outstanding and is determined using the simplified method (based on the mid-point between the vesting date and the end of the contractual term). The Company has very limited historical information to develop reasonable expectations about future exercise patterns and post-vesting employment termination behavior for its stock option grants.

Expected Volatility —Since the Company is privately held and does not have any trading history for its common stock, the expected volatility was estimated based on the average volatility for comparable publicly traded biopharmaceutical companies over a period equal to the expected term of the stock option grants. The comparable companies were chosen based on their similar size, stage in the life cycle or area of specialty.

Risk-Free Interest Rate —The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury zero coupon issues in effect at the time of grant for periods corresponding with the expected term of option.

Expected Dividend —The Company has never paid dividends on its common stock and has no plans to pay dividends on its common stock. Therefore, the Company used an expected dividend yield of zero.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

PROTAGONIST THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

11. Stock Option Plan (Continued)

 

Stock Options Granted to Non-employees

Stock-based compensation related to stock options granted to non-employees is recognized as the stock options are earned. The fair value of the stock options granted is calculated at each reporting date using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2014             2015      

Expected term (in years)

     9.4        6.8   

Expected volatility

     64.7     59.8

Risk-free interest rate

     2.34     1.95

Dividend yield

              

During the years ended December 31, 2014, and 2015, the Company granted 11,805 and 4,816 shares, respectively, to non-employee consultants and recorded stock-based compensation expense of $5,000 and $15,000, respectively.

Stock-Based Compensation

Total stock-based compensation expense recognized for both employees and non-employees was as follows (in thousands):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2014      2015  

Research and development

   $ 17       $ 39   

General and administrative

     25         60   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 42       $ 99   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2015 there was $404,000 of total unrecognized stock-based compensation costs that the Company expects to recognize over a period of approximately 3.2 years.

12. Income Taxes

No provision for income taxes was recorded for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015. The Company has incurred net operating losses for all the periods presented. The Company has not reflected any benefit of such net operating loss carryforwards in the consolidated financial statements. The Company has established a full valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets due to the uncertainty surrounding the realization of such assets.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

PROTAGONIST THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

12. Income Taxes (Continued)

 

The effective tax rate of the provision for income taxes differs from the federal statutory rate as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2014             2015      

Federal statutory income tax rate

     34.0     34.0

State taxes, net of federal benefit

     4.1        (2.7

Foreign tax rate difference

     (6.8     (11.8

Warrant revaluation

     (5.5     (0.2

Change in valuation allowance

     (26.5     (19.9

Other

     0.7        0.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for income taxes

     0.0     0.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The components of the deferred tax assets are as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2014      2015  

Deferred tax assets:

     

Net operating loss carryforwards

   $ 6,874       $ 9,513   

Depreciation and amortization

     525         480   

Accruals/other

     205         293   

Research and development credits & foreign credits

     3         285   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     7,607         10,571   

Valuation allowance

     (7,607      (10,571
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

   $       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Realization of the deferred tax assets is dependent upon future taxable income, if any, the amount and timing of which are uncertain. The Company has established a valuation allowance to offset deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2014 and 2015 due to the uncertainty of realizing future tax benefits from its net operating loss carryforwards and other deferred tax assets. The valuation allowance increased by approximately $2.9 million and $3.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively. The increase in the valuation allowance is mainly related to the increase in net operating loss carryforwards incurred during the respective taxable years.

At December 31, 2015, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards for federal income tax purposes of approximately $20.0 million which are available to offset future taxable income, if any, through 2033 and net operating loss carryforwards for state income tax purposes of approximately $9.4 million which are available to offset future taxable income, if any, through 2033.

At December 31, 2015 the Company also had accumulated Australian tax losses of $8.7 million available for carry forward against future earnings which, under relevant tax laws, do not expire but may not be available under certain circumstances.

Federal and state laws impose substantial restrictions on the utilization of net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards in the event of an ownership change for tax purposes, as defined in Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. As a result of such ownership changes, the Company’s ability to realize the potential future

 

F-28


Table of Contents

PROTAGONIST THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

12. Income Taxes (Continued)

 

benefit of tax losses and tax credits that existed at the time of the ownership change may be significantly reduced. The Company’s deferred tax asset and related valuation allowance would be reduced as a result.

It is the Company’s policy to include penalties and interest expense related to income taxes as a component of other expense, as necessary.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows (in thousands):

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2014     2015  

Balance at beginning of year

  $      $  —   

Additions based on tax positions related to in prior years

           690   

Additions based on tax positions related to current year

           115   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

  $      $ 805   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company does not expect that its uncertain tax positions will materially change in the next twelve months. The reversal of the uncertain tax benefits would not impact the Company’s effective tax rate as the Company continues to maintain a full valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets.

The Company files income tax returns in the United States federal jurisdiction, the State of California and Australia. The Company is not currently under examination by income tax authorities in federal, state or other jurisdictions. The Company’s tax returns for 2011 through 2015 remain open for examination due to the carryover of unused net operating losses and tax credits.

13. Net Loss per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

As the Company had net losses for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, all potential common shares were determined to be anti-dilutive. The following table sets forth the computation of the basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 (in thousands, except share and per share data):

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2014      2015  

Numerator:

     

Net loss

   $ (11,072    $ (14,858

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

     (146      (75
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (11,218    $ (14,933
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Denominator:

     

Weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per common share, basic and diluted

     227,197         251,717   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $ (49.38    $ (59.32
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-29


Table of Contents

PROTAGONIST THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

13. Net Loss per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders (Continued)

 

The following outstanding shares of potentially dilutive securities have been excluded from diluted net loss per share calculations for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, because their inclusion would be anti-dilutive:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2014      2015  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock on an as-converted basis

     2,899,134         5,323,103   

Options to purchase common stock

     476,006         833,178   

Warrants to purchase redeemable convertible preferred stock on an as-converted basis

     275,861         275,861   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     3,651,001         6,432,142   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

14. Pro Forma Net Loss per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders (Unaudited)

The following table sets forth (in thousands, except share and per share amounts) the computation of the Company’s unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders after giving effect to the automatic conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock using the as-if converted method into common stock as though the conversion had occurred at the beginning of the period presented or date of issuance, if later. The numerator in the pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share calculation has been adjusted to remove gains or losses resulting from the remeasurement of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability as the warrants will become warrants to purchase common stock and will be reclassified to additional paid-in capital upon the completion of the offering.

 

    Year Ended
December
31,

2015
 

Net loss

  $ (14,858

Change in fair value of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

    (543
 

 

 

 

Net loss used in computing pro forma net loss per common share, basic and diluted

  $ (15,401
 

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used to compute net loss per share attributable to common stock holders, basic and diluted

    251,717   

Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

    4,061,315   
 

 

 

 

Shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

    4,313,032   
 

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

  $ (3.57
 

 

 

 

The Company corrected an error in the 2015 unaudited pro forma net loss per share calculation, which increased the unaudited pro forma net loss by $1.1 million or $0.25 per share. The Company believes the error in the unaudited pro forma net loss per share calculation to not be material.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

PROTAGONIST THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

 

15. 401(k) Plan

In March 2012, the Company adopted a retirement and savings plan under Section of 401(k) of Internal Revenue Code (the 401(k) Plan) covering all employees. The 401(k) Plan allows employees to make pre- and post-tax contributions up to the maximum allowable amount set by the IRS. The Company does not make matching contributions to the 401(k) plan on behalf of participants.

16. Subsequent Events

In March 2016, the Company completed the closing of the Series C Second Tranche and issued 45,189,794 shares of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock for cash proceeds of $22.5 million. Upon the date of closing, the fair value of the tranche liability was remeasured and the liability was reclassified to redeemable convertible preferred stock.

In March 2016, the Company decided to undertake pre-clinical development studies on PTG-300, that was part of an initial research program with a former collaboration partner. The Company owes $250,000 to the former collaboration partner for triggering this development milestone. If the Company initiates a Phase 1 clinical trial for PTG-300, it will owe the former collaboration partner an additional $250,000. If the Company develops and commercializes this compound without a partner it may be required to pay up to an additional aggregate of $128.5 million in future development and commercialization milestones under the agreement. In addition, the Company will pay a low single digit royalty on worldwide net sales of the product.

In March 2016, effective with the closing of the Series C Second Tranche, the number of shares available for issuance under the Company’s 2007 Plan was increased by 549,977. Subsequent to December 31, 2015, the Company has granted options for the purchase of an aggregate of 631,273 shares of common stock with a weighted average exercise price of $3.70 per share.

In April 2016, 1,999,998 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock were issued in connection with the exercise of warrants.

In July 2016, the Company’s board of directors approved an amendment to the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation to effect a reverse split of the Company’s issued and outstanding common stock at a 14.5-for-1 ratio, which was effected on August 1, 2016. The par value and authorized shares of common stock and convertible preferred stock were not adjusted as a result of the reverse split. All issued and outstanding common stock, options to purchase common stock and per share amounts contained in the financial statements have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the reverse stock split for all periods presented. The financial statements have also been retroactively adjusted to reflect a proportional adjustment to the conversion ratio for each series of preferred stock that will be effected in connection with the reverse stock split.

The Company has reviewed and evaluated subsequent events through May 3, 2016, the date the consolidated financial statements were available for issuance. For the reissuance of these consolidated financial statements, the Company has reviewed and evaluated subsequent events through August 1, 2016.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

PROTAGONIST THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In thousands, except share data)

 

     December 31,
2015
    March 31,
2016
    Pro forma
Stockholders’
Equity as of
March 31,
2016
 
     (Note 2)     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  

Assets

      

Current assets:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 4,055      $ 28,629     

Restricted cash

     10        10     

Available-for-sale securities

     7,868        393     

Research and development tax incentive receivable

     715        1,290     

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     1,558        615     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current assets

     14,206        30,937     

Property and equipment, net

     609        753     

Other assets

     30        166     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total assets

   $ 14,845      $ 31,856     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Liabilities, Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity

      

Current liabilities:

      

Accounts payable

   $ 1,247      $ 1,890     

Accrued expenses and other payables

     1,879        2,580     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current liabilities

     3,126        4,470     

Redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability

     1,643           

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     480        1,005      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total liabilities

     5,249        5,475     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Commitments and contingencies

      

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.00001 par value: 126,374,911 shares authorized as of December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016 (unaudited); 77,185,117 and 122,374,911 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016 (unaudited), respectively; redemption value of $64,038 as of March 31, 2016

     36,996        65,361          

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity:

      

Common stock, $0.00001 par value, 160,000,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016 (unaudited); 272,409 and 383,910 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016, respectively; 8,823,551 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma (unaudited)

                    

Additional paid-in capital

     118        277        66,643   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (102     (95     (95

Accumulated deficit

     (27,416     (39,162     (39,162
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (27,400     (38,980   $ 27,386   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

   $ 14,845      $ 31,856     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

PROTAGONIST THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations

(Unaudited)

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2015     2016  

Operating expenses:

    

Research and development

   $ 2,183      $ 5,625   

General and administrative

     506        1,415   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     2,689        7,040   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (2,689     (7,040

Interest income

     1        12   

Change in fair value of redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche and warrant liabilities

     (9     (4,719
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (2,697   $ (11,747
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (2,697   $ (11,787
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $ (11.75   $ (40.96
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

     299,483        287,800   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

     $ (1.91
    

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

       5,884,892   
    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

PROTAGONIST THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

(Unaudited)

(In thousands)

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2015     2016  

Net loss

   $ (2,697   $ (11,747

Other comprehensive loss:

    

Gain (loss) on translation of foreign operations, net of tax

     (16     2   

Unrecognized gain on available-for-sale securities

           5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

   $ (2,713   $ (11,740
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

PROTAGONIST THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(Unaudited)

(In thousands)

 

     Three Months Ended
March 31,
 
     2015     2016  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

    

Net loss

   $ (2,697   $ (11,747

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     58        73   

Amortization of premium on available-for-sale securities

           82   

Stock-based compensation

     19        56   

Change in fair value associated with redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability

           4,194   

Change in fair value of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     9        525   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Research and development tax credit receivable

     (66     (575

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (270     943   

Accounts payable

     521        593   

Accrued expenses and other payables

     (7     617   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (2,433     (5,239
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

    

Purchase of property and equipment

     (5     (251

Proceeds from maturities of investments

           7,398   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     (5     7,147   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

    

Proceeds from issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs

           22,488   

Proceeds from issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

     2        143   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     2        22,631   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect on exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     (13     35   

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     (2,449     24,574   

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

     9,324        4,055   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

   $ 6,875     $ 28,629   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF NON-CASH FINANCING INFORMATION:

    

Settlement of fair value of redeemable convertible preferred stock liability

   $     $ 5,837   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

   $     $ 40   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred offering costs in accounts payable and accrued liabilities

   $      $ 135   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

PROTAGONIST THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Organization and Description of Business

Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc. (the Company) was incorporated in the state of Delaware on August 22, 2006 and is headquartered in Milpitas, California. The Company is a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company with a proprietary peptide technology platform focused on discovering and developing new chemical entities to address significant unmet medical needs.

Protagonist Pty Ltd is a wholly-owned subsidiary located in Brisbane, Australia. The Company manages its operations as a single operating segment.

Need for Additional Capital

In the course of its development activities, the Company has sustained operating losses and expects such losses to continue over the next several years. The Company’s ultimate success depends on the outcome of its research and development activities. The Company has funded its operations to date primarily through the sale of convertible preferred stock. As of March 31, 2016, the Company had an accumulated deficit of $39.2 million. Management expects to incur additional losses in the future to conduct product research and development and recognizes the need to raise additional capital to fully implement its business plan. The Company intends to raise such capital through the issuance of additional equity. However, if such financing is not available at adequate levels, the Company will need to reevaluate its operating plans.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

The unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiary, Protagonist Pty Ltd. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

The interim condensed consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2016, and the condensed consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, and cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016 are unaudited. The unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the annual consolidated financial statements and reflect, in the opinion of management, all adjustments of a normal and recurring nature that are necessary for the fair statement of the Company’s financial position as of March 31, 2016 and its results of operations and cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016. The financial data and the other financial information disclosed in these notes to the condensed consolidated financial statements related to the three-month periods are also unaudited. The results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2016 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the year ending December 31, 2016 or for any other future annual or interim period. The balance sheet as of December 31, 2015 included herein was derived from the audited consolidated financial statements as of that date. These consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the consolidated financial statements and the

 

F-36


Table of Contents

PROTAGONIST THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. On an ongoing basis, management evaluates its estimates, including those related to accruals for research and development activities, fair value of redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability, fair value of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability, fair value of common stock, stock-based compensation and income taxes. Management bases these estimates on historical and anticipated results, trends, and various other assumptions that the Company believes are reasonable under the circumstances, including assumptions as to future events. Actual results may differ from those estimates.

Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Stockholders’ Equity

The unaudited pro forma consolidated stockholders’ equity as of March 31, 2016 presents the Company’s consolidated stockholders’ equity as though all of the Company’s outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock had converted into shares of common stock immediately prior to the completion of a firm commitment underwritten public offering in which the public offering price equals or exceeds 200% of the Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock original issue price (adjusted to reflect subsequent stock dividends, stock splits, or recapitalization) which results in aggregate net proceeds raised that equals or exceeds $40.0 million (a Qualified IPO). In addition, the unaudited pro forma consolidated stockholders’ equity assumes the reclassification of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability to consolidated stockholders’ equity as the outstanding warrants to purchase redeemable convertible preferred stock expired on May 10, 2016. The unaudited pro forma consolidated stockholders’ equity does not assume any proceeds from the offering.

Cash Equivalents

Cash equivalents that are readily convertible to cash are stated at cost, which approximates market value. The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents consist primarily of amounts invested in money market funds.

Restricted Cash

Restricted cash consisted of cash balances primarily held as security in connection with the Company’s corporate credit card.

Available-for-Sale Securities

All marketable securities, have been classified as “available-for-sale” and are carried at estimated fair value as determined based upon quoted market prices or pricing models for similar securities. Management determines the appropriate classification of its marketable securities at the time of purchase and reevaluates such designation as of each balance sheet date. Short-term marketable securities have maturities less than 365 days as of the balance sheet date. Long-term marketable securities have maturities greater than 365 days as of the balance sheet date. Unrealized gains and losses are excluded from earnings and are reported as a component of comprehensive loss. Realized gains and losses and declines in fair value judged to be other than temporary, if any, on available-for-sale securities are included in interest income. The cost of securities sold is based on the specific-identification method. Interest on marketable securities is included in interest income.

Deferred Offering Costs

Deferred offering costs, which include legal, accounting, printer and filing fees, related to the IPO are capitalized. The deferred offering costs will be offset against proceeds from the IPO upon the effectiveness of the

 

F-37


Table of Contents

PROTAGONIST THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

offering. In the event that the offering is terminated, all capitalized deferred offering costs will be immediately expensed. As of March 31, 2016, $135,000 of deferred offering costs were capitalized, which are included in other assets on the condensed consolidated balance sheet. There were no such costs capitalized as of December 31, 2015.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Fair value accounting is applied for all financial assets and liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the consolidated financial statements on a recurring basis (at least annually). The carrying amount of the Company’s financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, accounts payable and accrued expenses and other payables approximate fair value due to their short term maturities. See Note 3. Fair Value Measurements regarding the fair value of the Company’s available-for-sale securities, redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability and redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability.

Accrued Research and Development Costs

The Company accrues for estimated costs of research and development activities conducted by third-party service providers, which include the conduct of preclinical studies and clinical trials, and contract manufacturing activities. The Company records the estimated costs of research and development activities based upon the estimated amount of services provided but not yet invoiced, and include these costs in accrued liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets and within research and development expense in the consolidated statements of operations. These costs are a significant component of the Company’s research and development expenses. The Company accrues for these costs based on factors such as estimates of the work completed and in accordance with agreements established with its third-party service providers. The Company makes significant judgments and estimates in determining the accrued liabilities balance in each reporting period. As actual costs become known, the Company adjusts its accrued liabilities. The Company has not experienced any material differences between accrued costs and actual costs incurred. However, the status and timing of actual services performed, number of patients enrolled, and the rate of patient enrollments may vary from the Company’s estimates, resulting in adjustments to expense in future periods. Changes in these estimates that result in material changes to the Company’s accruals could materially affect the Company’s results of operations.

Research and Development Costs

Research and development costs are expensed as incurred and consist of salaries and benefits, stock-based compensation expense, lab supplies and facility costs, as well as fees paid to others that conduct certain research and development activities on the Company’s behalf.

Research and Development Incentive Grant

The Company is eligible under the AusIndustry research and tax development tax incentive program to obtain a cash amount from the Australian Taxation Office (ATO). The tax incentive is available to the Company on the basis of specific criteria with which the Company must comply. Specifically, the Company must have revenue of less than AUD 20.0 million and cannot be controlled by income tax exempt entities. These research and development tax incentives are recognized as contra research and development expense when the right to receive has been attained and funds are considered to be collectible. The tax incentive is denominated in Australian dollars and, therefore, the related receivable is remeasured into U.S. dollars as of each reporting date.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

PROTAGONIST THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

Under certain conditions, research and development activities conducted outside Australia (“overseas finding”) also qualify for the research and development incentive grant. Funds received for overseas finding are at a risk of clawback until substantiation that less than 50% research and development expenditures for a project will be incurred overseas. A deferred tax incentive is recorded upon the cash receipt of the overseas finding funds and a reduction of research and development expense is not recognized until the Company can substantiate that more than 50% of the total project expenditure will occur in Australia.

SBIR Grant

In September 2015, the Company was awarded a Phase 1 Small Business Innovation Research (SBIR) Grant from the National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases of the National Institutes of Health (NIH) in support of research on orally stable peptide antagonists of the interleukin-23 (IL-23) receptor as potential treatments for inflammatory bowel diseases. The Company recorded the eligible costs incurred under the SBIR grant as a reduction of research and development expenses and as a receivable as of March 31, 2016.

Net Loss per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

Basic net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is calculated by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period, without consideration of potentially dilutive securities. The net loss attributable to common stockholders is calculated by adjusting the net loss of the Company for the accretion on the redeemable convertible preferred stock. Diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is the same as basic net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for all periods presented since the effect of potentially dilutive securities are anti-dilutive given the net loss of the Company.

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

The unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders has been computed to give effect to the conversion of the shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock into common stock as if such conversion had occurred at the earlier of the beginning of the period or the date of issuance, if later. Also, the numerator in the pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders calculation has been adjusted to remove gains or losses resulting from the remeasurement of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability as the warrants will be reclassified to additional paid-in capital. The unaudited pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders does not include the shares to be sold and related proceeds to be received from the proposed initial public offering.

3. Fair Value Measurements

Financial assets and liabilities are recorded at fair value. The accounting guidance for fair value provides a framework for measuring fair value, clarifies the definition of fair value and expands disclosures regarding fair value measurements. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in an orderly transaction between market participants at the reporting date. The accounting guidance establishes a three-tiered hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in the valuation methodologies in measuring fair value as follows:

Level 1 —Inputs are unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities at the measurement date.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

PROTAGONIST THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

3. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

 

Level 2— Inputs (other than quoted market prices included in Level 1) are either directly or indirectly observable for the asset or liability through correlation with market data at the measurement date and for the duration of the instrument’s anticipated life.

Level 3 —Inputs reflect management’s best estimate of what market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date. Consideration is given to the risk inherent in the valuation technique and the risk inherent in the inputs to the model.

In determining fair value, the Company utilizes quoted market prices, broker or dealer quotation, or valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs to the extent possible as well as considers counterparty credit risk in its assessment of fair value.

The following table presents the fair value of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities determined using the inputs defined above (amounts in thousands).

 

     December 31, 2015  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Assets:

           

Money market funds(a)

   $ 2,136       $       $       $ 2,136   

Corporate bonds(b)

             7,368                 7,368   

Commercial paper(b)

             500                 500   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial assets

   $ 2,136       $ 7,868       $       $ 10,004   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability

   $       $       $ 1,643       $ 1,643   

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

                     480         480   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial liabilities

   $       $       $ 2,123       $ 2,123   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     March 31, 2016  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

Assets:

           

Money market funds(a)

   $ 26,626       $       $       $ 26,626   

Corporate bonds(b)

             393                 393   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial assets

   $ 26,626       $ 393       $       $ 27,019   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

   $       $       $ 1,005       $ 1,005   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total financial liabilities

   $       $       $ 1,005       $ 1,005   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (a) Included in cash and cash equivalents
  (b) Included in available-for-sale securities

 

F-40


Table of Contents

PROTAGONIST THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

3. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

 

The corporate bonds and commercial paper are classified as Level 2 as they were valued based upon quoted market prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active and model-based valuation techniques for which all significant inputs are observable in the market or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets.

The fair value measurements of the redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability and the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability are based on significant inputs not observed in the market and thus represent a Level 3 measurement. Level 3 instruments are valued based on unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and reflect the Company’s assumptions in measuring fair value.

The redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability stems from the initial sale of the Company’s Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock wherein the Company was obligated to sell additional shares in subsequent closings contingent upon a majority of the stockholders of the outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock and/or the achievement of certain development milestones. The subsequent closings were deemed to be freestanding financial instruments that were at the option of the holders. The Company estimates the fair value of this liability using a one-step binomial lattice model in combination with Option Pricing Model. The change in fair value is recognized as a gain or loss in the condensed consolidated statements of operations. See Note 9 for further discussion on the redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability and related valuations.

The determination of the fair value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability is discussed in Note 7. Generally, increases or decreases in the fair value of the underlying redeemable convertible preferred stock would result in a directionally similar impact in the fair value measurement of the warrant liability.

The following table sets forth a summary of the changes in the fair value of the Company’s Level 3 financial instruments as follows (in thousands):

 

    

Three Months
Ended

March 31,

 
     2016  

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Tranche Liability:

  

Balance at December 31, 2015

   $ 1,643   

Change in fair value upon revaluation

     4,194   

Settlement of redeemable convertible preferred stock tranche liability due to issue of Series C redeemable convertible preferred shares

     (5,837
  

 

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2016

   $   
  

 

 

 

 

    

Three Months
Ended

March 31,

 
     2016  

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Warrant Liability:

  

Balance at December 31, 2015

   $ 480   

Change in fair value upon revaluation

     525   
  

 

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2016

   $ 1,005   
  

 

 

 

 

F-41


Table of Contents

PROTAGONIST THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

4. Balance Sheet Components

Cash Equivalents and Available-for-sale Securities

Cash equivalents and available-for-sale securities consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31, 2015  
     Amortized
Cost
     Gross Unrealized         
        Gains      Losses      Fair Value  

Money market funds

   $ 2,136       $   —       $   —       $ 2,136   

Corporate bonds

     7,373                 (5      7,368   

Commercial paper

     500                         500   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cash equivalents and available-for-sale securities

   $ 10,009       $       $ (5    $ 10,004   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Classified as:

           

Cash equivalents

            $ 2,136   

Available-for-sale securities

              7,868   
           

 

 

 

Total cash equivalents and available-for-sale securities

            $ 10,004   
           

 

 

 
     March 31, 2016  
     Amortized
Cost
     Gross Unrealized         
        Gains      Losses      Fair Value  

Money market funds

   $ 26,626       $   —       $   —       $ 26,626   

Corporate bonds

     393                         393   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cash equivalents and available-for-sale securities

   $ 27,019       $       $       $ 27,019   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Classified as:

           

Cash equivalents

            $ 26,626   

Available-for-sale securities

              393   
           

 

 

 

Total cash equivalents and available-for-sale securities

            $ 27,019   
           

 

 

 

All available-for-sale securities held as of December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016 had contractual maturities of less than one year. There have been no significant realized gains or losses on available-for-sale securities for the periods presented.

Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      March 31,  
     2015      2016  

Prepaid manufacturing of clinical materials

   $ 1,253       $ 242   

Other

     305         373   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

   $ 1,558       $ 615   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-42


Table of Contents

PROTAGONIST THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

4. Balance Sheet Components (Continued)

 

Accrued Expenses and Other Payables

Accrued expenses and other payables consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      March 31,  
     2015      2016  

Accrued contract research

   $ 976       $ 1,075   

Accrued employee related expenses

     754         732   

Accrued legal and accounting fees

     64         495   

Accrued expenses and other payables

     85         278   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accrued expenses and other payables

   $ 1,879       $ 2,580   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

5. Research Collaboration and License Agreement

In October 2013, the Company’s former collaboration partner decided to abandon a collaboration program with the Company and, pursuant to the terms of the agreement between the Company and the former collaboration partner, the Company elected to assume the responsibility for the development and commercialization of the product. Upon the former collaboration partner’s abandonment, it assigned to the Company certain intellectual property arising from the collaboration and also granted the Company an exclusive license to certain background intellectual property rights of the former collaboration partner that relate to the products assumed by the Company. Upon the nomination of PTG-300 as a development candidate, the Company owed the former collaboration partner a payment of $250,000. If the Company initiates a Phase 1 clinical trial for PTG-300, it will pay the former collaboration partner an additional $250,000. The Company has the right, but not the obligation, to further develop and commercialize the products and, if the Company successfully develops and commercializes PTG-300 without a partner, the Company will pay to the former collaboration partner up to an additional aggregate of $128.5 million for the achievement of certain development, regulatory and sales milestone events. In addition, the Company will pay to the former collaboration partner a low single digit royalty on worldwide net sales of the product until the later of ten years from the first commercial sale of the product on the expiration of the last patent covering the product. For the three months ended March 31, 2016, the Company recorded research and development expense of $250,000 under this agreement.

6. Government Grants

Research and Development Tax Incentive

The Company recognized AUD 127,000 ($100,000) and AUD 707,000 ($510,000) as a reduction of research and development expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively, in connection with the Research and Development Tax Incentive from Australia. As of December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016, the research and development tax credit receivable was AUD 978,000 ($715,000) and AUD 1.7 million ($1.3 million), respectively. In March 2016, the Company received AUD 237,000 ($181,000) for overseas findings and recorded the funds as a deferred tax incentive in the accrued expenses and other payables on the condensed consolidated balance sheet due to the possibility that the funds could have to be repaid.

SBIR Grant

In September 2015, the Company was awarded a Phase 1 SBIR Grant from the National Institute of Diabetes and Digestive and Kidney Diseases of the NIH in support of research on orally stable peptide

 

F-43


Table of Contents

PROTAGONIST THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

6. Government Grants (Continued)

 

antagonists of the interleukin-23 receptor (IL-23R) as potential treatments for inflammatory bowel diseases (IBD). The Company recognizes contra research and development expense when costs related to the grant have been incurred and the grant funds become contractually due from NIH. The total grant award was $224,000 and is for the period from September 2015 to August 2016. The Company recorded $69,000 as a reduction of research and development expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2016. The Company recorded a receivable for $155,000 and $224,000 as of December 31, 2015 and March 31, 2016, respectively, to reflect the eligible costs incurred under the grant that are contractually due to the Company and such amounts are included in the prepaid expenses and other current assets on the condensed consolidated balance sheets.

7. Preferred Stock Warrants

In connection with the Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock financing, the Company issued warrants to purchase 4,000,000 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $0.01 per share. These warrants will become exercisable only when certain milestones are met on programs begun as a result of collaborations entered into in 2011 and 2012. In particular, 50% of the warrants are exercisable upon the Company publicly announcing its first Investigational New Drug (IND) candidate to the extent such IND candidate is a result of, or related to, the Company’s previous collaboration(s) with Ironwood Pharmaceuticals and/or Zealand Pharma A/S, and the balance are exercisable upon the first dosing of a human patient in a clinical trial that is a result of, or related to, the Company’s previous collaboration(s) with Ironwood Pharmaceuticals and/or Zealand Pharma A/S. In August 2013, the initial closing date for the Series B financing, the Company issued 2,000,000 of the warrants (First Tranche Warrants). On August 15, 2014, in connection with the closing of the Series B second tranche financing, the Company issued the balance of the warrants (Second Tranche Warrants).

The fair value of the warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2015 was remeasured at $480,000, determined using a one-step binomial lattice model in combination with the Option Pricing Model and the following assumptions: risk-free interest rate of 0.90%, expected life of 1.6 years and expected volatility of 57.0% and probability of exercisability of 95% and 0% for first tranche and second tranche, respectively.

The fair value of the warrants outstanding as of March 31, 2016 was remeasured at $1.0 million, determined using a hybrid method of the Option Pricing Model with a 67% weighted value per share and the PWERM with a 33% weighted value per share. The following assumptions were used in the Option Pricing Model: risk-free interest rate of 0.73%, expected life of 2.0 years and expected volatility of 52.0%. The PWERM method included probabilities of three IPO scenarios occurring in July 2016. The scenarios were weighted based on the Company’s estimate of each event occurring in deriving the estimated fair value.

The Company recorded charges of $9,000 and $525,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively, representing the change in the fair value of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability in the condensed consolidated statements of operations.

In March 2016, the Company made a public announcement related to a preclinical candidate which triggered the achievement of the milestone and warrants to purchase 2,000,000 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock became exercisable as of that date. In April 2016, 1,999,998 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock were issued for cash proceeds of $20,000 in connection with the exercise of warrants.

As of March 31, 2016, the milestone for the Second Tranche Warrants was not met and the outstanding warrants expired on May 10, 2016.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

PROTAGONIST THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

8. Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

The table below provides information on the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock as of December 31, 2015 (in thousands, except shares and original issue price):

 

          Shares              
    Original
Issue Price
    Authorized     Issued and
Outstanding
    Carrying
Value
    Aggregate
Liquidation
Preference
 

Series A

    $1.00        6,037,500        6,037,500      $ 1,751      $ 6,038   

Series B

    $0.50        40,000,000        36,000,000        18,825        18,000   

Series C

    $0.4979        80,337,411        35,147,617        16,420        17,500   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total redeemable convertible preferred stock

      126,374,911          77,185,117      $ 36,996      $ 41,538   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

In March 2016, the Company completed the closing of the Series C Second Tranche and issued 45,189,794 shares of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock for net cash proceeds of $22.5 million. The table below provides information on the Company’s redeemable convertible preferred stock as of March 31, 2016 (in thousands, except shares and original issue price):

 

          Shares              
    Original
Issue Price
    Authorized     Issued and
Outstanding
    Carrying
Value
    Aggregate
Liquidation
Preference
 

Series A

    $1.00        6,037,500        6,037,500      $ 1,751      $ 6,038   

Series B

    $0.50        40,000,000        36,000,000        18,825        18,000   

Series C

    $0.4979        80,337,411        80,337,411        44,785        40,000   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total redeemable convertible preferred stock

      126,374,911        122,374,911      $ 65,361      $ 64,038   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company recorded zero and $40,000 for the accretion of the redeemable convertible preferred stock during the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively. The accretion was recorded as an offset to the additional paid-in capital.

9. Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Tranche Liability

In July 2015, the Company entered into the Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement (the Series C Agreement) for the issuance of up to 80,337,411 shares of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock at a price of $0.4979 per share, in multiple closings. The initial closing occurred on July 10, 2015, whereby 35,147,617 shares of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock were issued for gross proceeds of approximately $17.5 million. According to the initial terms of the Series C Agreement, the Company could issue 45,189,794 additional shares under the same terms as the initial closing, in a subsequent closing (Series C Second Tranche) contingent upon the achievement of certain development milestones.

On the date of the initial closing, the Company recorded a Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock liability of $1.0 million, as the fair value of the obligation/right to complete the Series C Second Tranche. The fair value of the Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock liability on the date of the initial closing was determined using a one-step binomial lattice model in combination with the option pricing method based on the

 

F-45


Table of Contents

PROTAGONIST THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

9. Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock Tranche Liability (Continued)

 

following assumptions: 90% probability of achievement of the development milestones, stock price of $0.4979 per share, expected term of 1.0 year, and risk-free rate of 0.5%.

At December 31, 2015, the fair value of the Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock liability was remeasured and determined to be $1.6 million using a one-step binomial lattice model in combination with the option pricing model based on the following assumptions: 95% probability of achievement of the development milestones, stock price of $0.4979 per share, expected term of 0.53 year, and risk-free rate of 0.9%.

In March 2016, the Company completed the closing of the Series C Second Tranche and issued 45,189,794 shares of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock for net cash proceeds of $22.5 million. At this time the Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock liability was remeasured at $5.8 million, determined using a hybrid method of the Option Pricing Model with a 67% weighted value per share and the PWERM with a 33% weighted value per share. The following assumptions were used in the Option Pricing Model: risk-free interest rate of 0.73%, expected life of 2.0 years and expected volatility of 52.0%. The PWERM method included probabilities of three IPO scenarios occurring in July 2016. The scenarios were weighted based on the Company’s estimate of each event occurring in deriving the estimated fair value. Upon the closing of the Series C Second Tranche, the Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock liability was terminated and the balance of the liability of $5.8 million was reclassified to redeemable convertible preferred stock.

For the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016, the Company recorded a charge of zero and $4.2 million, respectively, for the change in the fair value of the Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock liability in the condensed consolidated statements of operations.

10. Common Stock

The Company had reserved shares of common stock for issuance, on an as-converted basis, as follows:

 

     December 31,
2015
     March 31,
2016
 

Redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding

     5,323,103         8,439,641   

Options issued and outstanding

     833,178         783,341   

Options available for future grants

     147,219         635,530   

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants

     275,861         275,861   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     6,579,361         10,134,373   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

11. Stock Option Plan

As of March 31, 2016, the Company has reserved 1,578,365 shares of common stock for issuance under the 2007 Stock Option Plan.

 

F-46


Table of Contents

PROTAGONIST THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

11. Stock Option Plan (Continued)

 

Activity under the Company’s stock option plan is set forth below:

 

                Options Outstanding  
    Options
Available
for
Grant
    Options
Outstanding
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price Per
Share
    Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (years)
    Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 
                            (in thousands)  

Balances at December 31, 2015

    147,219        833,178      $ 1.33        8.56     

Additional options authorized

    549,977                

Options granted

    (61,666     61,666        1.16       

Options exercised

           (111,503     1.28       
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

Balances at March 31, 2016

    635,530        783,341        1.32        8.44      $ 2,259   
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

Options exercisable—March 31, 2016

      172,236        1.35        6.45      $ 492   
   

 

 

       

Options vested and expected to vest—March 31, 2016

      772,073        1.32        8.43      $ 2,226   
   

 

 

       

The aggregate intrinsic values of options outstanding, exercisable, vested and expected to vest were calculated as the difference between the exercise price of the options and the fair value of the Company’s common stock, as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors, as of March 31, 2016.

During the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016, the estimated weighted-average grant-date fair value of common stock underlying options granted was $1.04 and $0.68 per share, respectively.

Employee Stock Options Valuation

The fair value of employee and director stock option awards was estimated at the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions:

 

     Three Months Ended March 31,  
         2015             2016      

Expected term (in years)

     5.89        5.94   

Expected volatility

     59.8     64.8

Risk-free interest rate

     1.57     1.27

Dividend yield

              

 

F-47


Table of Contents

PROTAGONIST THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

11. Stock Option Plan (Continued)

 

Stock Options Granted to Non-employees

Stock-based compensation related to stock options granted to non-employees is recognized as the stock options are earned.

During the three months ended March 31, 2015, and 2016, the Company recorded stock-based compensation expense of $5,000 and $20,000, respectively, related to non-employee consultants.

Stock-Based Compensation

Total stock-based compensation expense recognized for both employees and non-employees was as follows (in thousands):

 

     Three Months Ended March 31,  
     2015      2016  

Research and development

   $ 8       $ 29   

General and administrative

     11         27   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

   $ 19       $ 56   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of March 31, 2016 there was $436,000 of total unrecognized stock-based compensation costs that the Company expects to recognize over a period of approximately 3.0 years.

12. Net Loss per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders and Pro Forma Net Loss per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

As the Company had net losses for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016, all potential common shares were determined to be anti-dilutive. The following table sets forth the computation of the basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders during the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016 (in thousands, except share and per share data):

 

     Three Months Ended March 31,  
     2015      2016  

Numerator:

     

Net loss

   $ (2,697    $ (11,747

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

             (40
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (2,697    $ (11,787
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Denominator:

     

Weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per common share, basic and diluted

     229,483         287,800   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $ (11.75    $ (40.96
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-48


Table of Contents

PROTAGONIST THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

12. Net Loss per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders and Pro Forma Net Loss per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders (Continued)

 

The following outstanding shares of potentially dilutive securities have been excluded from diluted net loss per share calculations for the three months ended March 31, 2015 and 2016, because their inclusion would be anti-dilutive:

 

     Three Months Ended March 31,  
     2015      2016  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock on an as-converted basis

     2,899,134         8,439,641   

Options to purchase common stock

     510,959         783,341   

Warrants to purchase redeemable convertible preferred stock on an as-converted basis

     275,861         275,861   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     3,685,954         9,498,843   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pro Forma Net Loss per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders

The following table sets forth (in thousands, except share and per share amounts) the computation of the Company’s unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders after giving effect to the automatic conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock using the as-if converted method into common stock as though the conversion had occurred at the beginning of the period presented or date of issuance, if later. The numerator in the pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share calculation has been adjusted to remove gains or losses resulting from the remeasurement of the redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability as the warrants will become warrants to purchase common stock and will be reclassified to additional paid-in capital upon the completion of the initial public offering.

 

     Three
Months

Ended
March 31,
2016
 

Net loss

   $ (11,747

Change in fair value of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     525   
  

 

 

 

Net loss used in computing pro forma net loss per common share, basic and diluted

   $ (11,222
  

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used to compute net loss per share attributable to common stock holders, basic and diluted

     287,800   

Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

     5,597,092   
  

 

 

 

Shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

     5,884,892   
  

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $ (1.91)   
  

 

 

 

 

F-49


Table of Contents

PROTAGONIST THERAPEUTICS, INC.

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

 

13. Subsequent Events

In April 2016, 1,999,998 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock were issued in connection with the exercise of warrants for cash proceeds of $20,000.

In April 2016, the Company entered into an amendment to its facility lease agreement to increase the leased space in Milpitas, California. Under the amended lease agreement, the Company will make additional lease payments of $80,000 through April 2018.

In May 2016, the remaining warrants for the purchase of 2,000,000 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock expired unexercised.

In July 2016, the Company was awarded a Phase 1 Small Business Innovation Research (SBIR) Grant for $219,000 from the National Institute of Heart and Lung Diseases of the National Institutes of Health in support of preclinical research aimed at discovering and optimizing lead molecules as novel peptide mimetics of the natural hepcidin hormone.

In July 2016, the Company’s board of directors approved an amendment to the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation to effect a reverse split of the Company’s issued and outstanding common stock at a 14.5-for-1 ratio, which was effected on August 1, 2016. The par value and authorized shares of common stock and convertible preferred stock were not adjusted as a result of the reverse split. All issued and outstanding common stock, options to purchase common stock and per share amounts contained in the financial statements have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the reverse stock split for all periods presented. The financial statements have also been retroactively adjusted to reflect a proportional adjustment to the conversion ratio for each series of preferred stock that will be effected in connection with the reverse stock split.

The Company has reviewed and evaluated subsequent events through August 1, 2016, the date the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements were available for issuance.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

 

 

 

LOGO

5,835,000

SHARES OF COMMON STOCK

 

 

 

Leerink Partners           Barclays      BMO Capital Markets

 

 

Until              , 2016 (25 days after the commencement of this offering), all dealers that buy, sell or trade shares of our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

Part II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table indicates the expenses to be incurred in connection with the offering described in this registration statement, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, all of which will be paid by us. All amounts are estimated except the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or FINRA, filing fee and The NASDAQ Global Market listing fee.

 

     Amount  

Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee

   $ 8,785   

FINRA filing fee

     13,585   

The NASDAQ Global Market listing fee

     125,000   

Accountants’ fees and expenses

     850,000   

Legal fees and expenses

     1,400,000   

Blue Sky fees and expenses

     15,000   

Transfer Agent’s fees and expenses

     5,000   

Printing and engraving expenses

     425,000   

Miscellaneous

     257,630   
  

 

 

 

Total expenses

   $ 3,100,000   
  

 

 

 

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Section 102 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware permits a corporation to eliminate the personal liability of directors of a corporation to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except where the director breached his duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a law, authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a stock repurchase in violation of Delaware corporate law or obtained an improper personal benefit. Our certificate of incorporation provides that no director of the Registrant shall be personally liable to it or its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, notwithstanding any provision of law imposing such liability, except to the extent that the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware prohibits the elimination or limitation of liability of directors for breaches of fiduciary duty.

Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware provides that a corporation has the power to indemnify a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or a person serving at the request of the corporation for another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise in related capacities against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with an action, suit or proceeding to which he was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, ending or completed action, suit or proceeding by reason of such position, if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, in any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful, except that, in the case of actions brought by or in the right of the corporation, no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or other adjudicating court determines that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all of the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, provides that we will indemnify each person who was or is a party or threatened to be

 

II-1


Table of Contents

made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of us) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was, or has agreed to become, a director or officer, or is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at our request as a director, officer, partner, employee or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (all such persons being referred to as an “Indemnitee”), or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal therefrom, if such Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, he or she had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that we will indemnify any Indemnitee who was or is a party to an action or suit by or in the right of us to procure a judgment in our favor by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee is or was, or has agreed to become, a director or officer, or is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at our request as a director, officer, partner, employee or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees) and, to the extent permitted by law, amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, and any appeal therefrom, if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests, except that no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to us, unless a court determines that, despite such adjudication but in view of all of the circumstances, he or she is entitled to indemnification of such expenses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that any Indemnitee has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, he or she will be indemnified by us against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred in connection therewith. Expenses must be advanced to an Indemnitee under certain circumstances.

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers. These indemnification agreements may require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors and officers for some expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by a director or officer in any action or proceeding arising out of his or her service as one of our directors or officers, or any of our subsidiaries or any other company or enterprise to which the person provides services at our request.

We maintain a general liability insurance policy that covers certain liabilities of directors and officers of our corporation arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers.

In any underwriting agreement we enter into in connection with the sale of common stock being registered hereby, the underwriters will agree to indemnify, under certain conditions, us, our directors, our officers and persons who control us within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or Securities Act, against certain liabilities.

 

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

Set forth below is information regarding all unregistered securities sold by us since January 1, 2013.

 

  (1) From January 1, 2013 to date, we have granted stock options under our 2007 Stock Option and Incentive Plan to purchase an aggregate of 1,490,104 shares of our common stock at an exercise price ranging between $0.87 and $6.09 per share to a total of 46 employees, directors and consultants. From January 1, 2013, to date, options to purchase an aggregate of 159,444 shares of common stock have been exercised.

 

  (2) In May 2013, we issued an aggregate of 14,000,000 shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock (convertible into 965,516 shares of common stock) to three accredited investors at a price per share of $0.50, for aggregate consideration of $7.0 million.

 

II-2


Table of Contents
  (3) In August 2013, we issued an aggregate of 4,000,000 shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock (convertible into 275,862 shares of common stock) to one accredited investor at a price per share of $0.50, for aggregate consideration of $2.0 million.

 

  (4) In August 2014, we issued an aggregate of 18,000,000 shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock (convertible into 1,241,379 shares of common stock) to four accredited investors at a price per share of $0.50, for aggregate consideration of $9.0 million.

 

  (5) In July 2015, we issued an aggregate of 35,147,617 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock (convertible into 2,423,969 shares of common stock) to nine accredited investors at a price per share of $0.4979, for aggregate consideration of $17.5 million.

 

  (6) In March 2016, we issued an aggregate of 45,189,794 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock (convertible into 3,116,538 shares of common stock) to nine accredited investors at a price per share of $0.4979, for aggregate consideration of $22.5 million.

The offers, sales and issuances of the securities described in Item 15 were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act under either (1) Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as offers and sale of securities pursuant to certain compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation in compliance with Rule 701 or (2) Section 4(2) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering. The recipients of securities in each of these transactions represented their intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof and appropriate legends were affixed to the stock certificates and instruments issued in such transactions. The purchasers received written disclosures that the securities had not been registered under the Securities Act and that any resale must be made pursuant to a registration statement or an available exemption from such registration.

 

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

 

  (a) Exhibits.

The list of exhibits is set forth under “Exhibit Index” at the end of this registration statement and is incorporated by reference herein.

 

  (b) Financial Statement Schedules.

Schedules not listed above have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.

 

Item 17. Undertakings.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter, at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

The undersigned hereby undertakes that:

 

  (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Milpitas, State of California, on this 1 st day of August, 2016.

 

PROTAGONIST THERAPEUTICS, INC.

By:  

 

/s/ Dinesh V. Patel

  Dinesh V. Patel, Ph.D.
  President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities held on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

/s/ Dinesh V. Patel

Dinesh V. Patel, Ph.D.

 

President, Chief Executive Officer and

Director (Principal Executive Officer)

 

August 1, 2016

/s/ Tom O’Neil

Tom O’Neil

 

Chief Financial Officer (Principal

Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

August 1, 2016

*

Harold E. Selick, Ph.D.

 

 

Chairman of the Board of Directors

 

August 1, 2016

*

Chaitan Khosla, Ph.D.

 

 

Director

 

August 1, 2016

*

Julie Papanek

 

 

Director

 

August 1, 2016

*

Armen B. Shanafelt, Ph.D.

 

 

Director

 

August 1, 2016

*

William D. Waddill

 

 

Director

 

August 1, 2016

By:  

/s/ Dinesh V. Patel

  Dinesh V. Patel, Ph.D.
  Attorney-in-Fact

 

II-5


Table of Contents

Exhibit Index

 

Exhibit

Number

 

Description of Exhibit

  1.1   Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3.1(a)   Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc., as amended, as currently in effect.
  3.1(b)   Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc., to be effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering.
  3.2(a)+   Bylaws of Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc., as currently in effect.
  3.2(b)   Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc., to be effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering.
  4.1   Specimen stock certificate evidencing the shares of common stock.
  4.2   Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc., Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated July 10, 2015, by and among the Registrant and certain of its stockholders.
  5.1   Opinion of Cooley LLP.
10.1+   Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc. 2007 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, as amended and restated, and form of option agreement, exercise notice, joinder, and adoption agreement thereunder.
10.2#   Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc. 2016 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of stock option grant notice, option agreement, notice of exercise, restricted stock unit grant notice and restricted stock unit agreement thereunder.
10.3#   Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc. 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
10.4#   Form of Indemnity Agreement for Directors and Officers.
10.5+   Lease, dated September 30, 2013, by and between the Registrant and Berrueta Family Partnership.
10.6+   First Amendment to Lease, dated March 24, 2014, by and between the Registrant and Berrueta Family Partnership.
10.7+   Second Amendment to Lease, dated May 4 2015, by and between the Registrant and Berrueta Family L.P.
10.8+   Third Amendment to Lease, dated August 11, 2015, by and between the Registrant and Berrueta Family L.P.
10.9#   Severance Agreement, dated August 1, 2016, by and between the Registrant and Dinesh Patel.
10.10#   Severance Agreement, dated August 1, 2016, by and between the Registrant and David Y. Liu, Ph.D.
10.11#   Severance Agreement, dated August 1, 2016, by and between the Registrant and William Hodder.
10.12#   Severance Agreement, dated August 1, 2016, by and between the Registrant and Tom O’Neil.
10.13#   Severance Agreement, dated August 1, 2016, by and between the Registrant and Richard Shames, M.D.
10.14+†   Research and Collaboration Agreement, dated June 16, 2012, by and among the Registrant, Protagonist Pty. Ltd. and Zealand Pharma A/S.
10.15+†   Contract Extension Letter of Agreement, dated June 1, 2013, by and among the Registrant, Protagonist Pty. Ltd. and Zealand Pharma A/S.
10.16+†   Agreement on Addition of Additional Collaboration Program, dated September 16, 2013, by and among the Registrant, Protagonist Pty. Ltd. and Zealand Pharma A/S.


Table of Contents

Exhibit

Number

 

Description of Exhibit

10.17+†   Protagonist Assumption of Responsibility, dated January 28, 2014, by and between the Registrant and Zealand Pharma A/S.
10.18+†   Agreement to Assign Patent Applications, dated February 7, 2014, by and between the Registrant, Protagonist Pty. Ltd. and Zealand Pharma A/S.
10.19+†   Abandonment Agreement, dated February 28, 2014, by and among the Registrant, Protagonist Pty. Ltd. and Zealand Pharma A/S.
10.20+   Letter Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2013, by and between the Registrant and Johnson & Johnson Development Corporation, as amended.
21.1+   List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1   Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
23.2   Consent of Cooley LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1+   Power of Attorney (see page II-5 to this registration statement).

 

Confidential treatment requested with respect to certain portions of this exhibit. Omitted portions have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

# Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

 

+ Previously filed.

Exhibit 1.1

PROTAGONIST THERAPEUTICS, INC.

(a Delaware corporation)

[●] Shares of Common Stock

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

[●], 2016

Leerink Partners LLC

Barclays Capital Inc.

as Representatives of the several Underwriters

c/o Leerink Partners LLC

299 Park Avenue, 21st floor

New York, NY 10176

c/o Barclays Capital Inc.

745 Seventh Avenue

New York, NY 10019

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), confirms its agreement with Leerink Partners LLC (“ Leerink ”), Barclays Capital Inc. (“ Barclays ”) and each of the other Underwriters named in Schedule   A hereto (collectively, the “ Underwriters ,” which term shall also include any underwriter substituted as hereinafter provided in Section 10 hereof), for which Leerink and Barclays are acting as representatives (in such capacity, the “ Representatives ”), with respect to (i) the sale by the Company and the purchase by the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, of the respective numbers of shares of common stock, par value $0.00001 per share, of the Company (“ Common Stock ”) set forth in Schedule   A hereto and (ii) the grant by the Company to the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, of the option described in Section 2(b) hereof to purchase all or any part of [●] additional shares of Common Stock. The aforesaid [●] shares of Common Stock (the “ Initial Securities ”) to be purchased by the Underwriters and all or any part of the [●] shares of Common Stock subject to the option described in Section 2(b) hereof (the “ Option Securities ”) are herein called, collectively, the “ Securities .”

The Company understands that the Underwriters propose to make a public offering of the Securities as soon as the Representatives deem advisable after this underwriting agreement (this “ Agreement ”) has been executed and delivered.

The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) a registration statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-[●]), including the related preliminary prospectus or prospectuses, covering the registration of the sale of the Securities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ 1933 Act ”). Promptly after execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Company will prepare and file a prospectus in accordance with the provisions of Rule 430A (“ Rule 430A ”) of the rules and regulations of the Commission under the 1933 Act (the “ 1933 Act Regulations ”) and Rule 424(b) (“ Rule 424(b) ”) of the 1933 Act Regulations. The information included in such prospectus that was


omitted from such registration statement at the time such registration statement became effective but that is deemed to be part of such registration statement at the time it became effective pursuant to Rule 430A(b) is herein called the “ Rule 430A Information .” Such registration statement, including the amendments thereto, the exhibits thereto and any schedules thereto at the time it became effective, and including the Rule 430A Information, is herein called the “ Registration Statement .” Any registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the 1933 Act Regulations is herein called the “ Rule 462(b) Registration Statement ” and, after such filing, the term “Registration Statement” shall include the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement. Each prospectus used prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, and each prospectus that omitted the Rule 430A Information that was used after such effectiveness and prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement is herein called a “ preliminary prospectus .” The final prospectus, in the form first furnished to the Underwriters for use in connection with the offering of the Securities is herein called the “ Prospectus .” For purposes of this Agreement, all references to the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing shall be deemed to include the copy filed with the Commission pursuant to its Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval system or any successor system (“ EDGAR ”).

As used in this Agreement:

“Applicable Time” means [    :00 [P./A.]M.], New York City time, on [●], 2016 or such other time as agreed by the Company and the Representatives.

“General Disclosure Package” means any Issuer General Use Free Writing Prospectuses issued at or prior to the Applicable Time, the most recent preliminary prospectus that is distributed to investors prior to the Applicable Time and the information included on Schedule   B -1 hereto, all considered together.

“Issuer Free Writing Prospectus” means any “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433 of the 1933 Act Regulations (“ Rule 433 ”), including without limitation any “free writing prospectus” (as defined in Rule 405 of the 1933 Act Regulations (“ Rule 405 ”)) relating to the Securities that is (i) required to be filed with the Commission by the Company, (ii) a “road show for an offering that is a written communication” within the meaning of Rule 433(d)(8)(i), whether or not required to be filed with the Commission, or (iii) exempt from filing with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433(d)(5)(i) because it contains a description of the Securities or of the offering that does not reflect the final terms, in each case in the form filed or required to be filed with the Commission or, if not required to be filed, in the form retained in the Company’s records pursuant to Rule 433(g).

“Issuer General Use Free Writing Prospectus” means any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that is intended for general distribution to prospective investors (other than a “ bona fide electronic road show,” as defined in Rule 433 (a “ Bona Fide Electronic Road Show ”)), as evidenced by its being specified in Schedule   B -2 hereto.

“Issuer Limited Use Free Writing Prospectus” means any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that is not an Issuer General Use Free Writing Prospectus.

“Testing-the-Waters Communication” means any oral or written communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on Section 5(d) of the 1933 Act.

“Written Testing-the-Waters Communication” means any Testing-the-Waters Communication that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405 and shall include any written material presented by the Company to potential investors in connection with a Testing-the-Water Communication.

 

2


SECTION 1. Representations and Warranties .

(a) Representations and Warranties by the Company . The Company represents and warrants to each Underwriter as of the date hereof, the Applicable Time, the Closing Time (as defined below) and any Date of Delivery (as defined below), and agrees with each Underwriter, as follows:

(i) Registration Statement and Prospectuses . Each of the Registration Statement and any amendment thereto has become effective under the 1933 Act. No stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has been issued by the Commission under the 1933 Act, no order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus has been issued by the Commission and no proceedings for any of those purposes have been instituted by the Commission or are pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, contemplated by the Commission. The Company has complied with each request (if any) from the Commission for additional information.

Each of the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the time it became effective, complied in all material respects with the requirements of the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations. Each preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, at the time each was filed with the Commission, complied in all material respects with the requirements of the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations. Each preliminary prospectus delivered to the Underwriters for use in connection with the offering and the Prospectus was or will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

The Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus and the Prospectus, and the filing of the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus and the Prospectus with the Commission have been duly authorized by and on behalf of the Company, and the Registration Statement has been duly executed pursuant to such authorization.

(ii) Accurate Disclosure . Neither the Registration Statement nor any amendment thereto, at its effective time, at the Closing Time or at any Date of Delivery, contained, contains or will contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. As of the Applicable Time, none of (A) the General Disclosure Package, (B) any individual Issuer Limited Use Free Writing Prospectus, when considered together with the General Disclosure Package, nor (C) any individual Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, when considered together with the General Disclosure Package, included, includes or will include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. Neither the Prospectus nor any amendment or supplement thereto (including any prospectus wrapper), as of its issue date, at the time of any filing with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b), at the Closing Time or at any Date of Delivery, included, includes or will include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

The representations and warranties in this subsection shall not apply to statements in or omissions from the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), the General Disclosure

 

3


Package or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto, including any prospectus wrapper) made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by any Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein. For purposes of this Agreement, the only information so furnished shall be the Underwriter Information contained in the Prospectus, it being understood and agreed that the “Underwriter Information” consists of the following information in the Prospectus furnished on behalf of each Underwriter: the concession and reallowance figures appearing in the paragraph under the caption “Underwriting” and the information contained in the [●]th paragraph(s) under the caption “Underwriting.”

(iii) Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses . No Issuer Free Writing Prospectus conflicts or will conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, and any preliminary or other prospectus deemed to be a part thereof that has not been superseded or modified. The Company has made available a Bona Fide Electronic Road Show in compliance with Rule 433(d)(8)(ii) such that no filing of any “road show” (as defined in Rule 433(h)) is required in connection with the offering of the Securities. Any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that the Company is required to file pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act has been, or will be, filed with the Commission in accordance with the requirements of the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations. Each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that the Company has filed, or is required to file, pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the 1933 Act or that was prepared by or behalf of or used or referred to by the Company complies or will comply in all material respects with the requirements of the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations. Except for the Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses, if any, identified in Schedule B-2 hereto, and electronic road shows, if any, each furnished to the Representatives before first use, the Company has not prepared, used or referred to, and will not, without the prior consent of the Representatives, prepare, use or refer to, any issuer free writing prospectus.

(iv) Testing-the-Waters Materials . The Company (A) has not engaged in any Testing-the-Waters Communication other than Testing-the-Waters Communications with the consent of the Representatives with entities that are qualified institutional buyers within the meaning of Rule 144A of the 1933 Act Regulations or institutions that are accredited investors within the meaning of Rule 501 under the 1933 Act and (B) has not authorized anyone other than the Representatives to engage in Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company reconfirms that the Representatives have been authorized to act on its behalf in undertaking Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company has not presented to any potential investor or otherwise distributed any Written Testing-the-Waters Communications other than those listed on Schedule B-3 hereto.

(v) Company Not Ineligible Issuer . At the time of filing the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendments thereto, at the earliest time thereafter that the Company or another offering participant made a bona fide offer (within the meaning of Rule 164(h)(2) of the 1933 Act Regulations) of the Securities and at the date hereof, the Company was not and is not an “ineligible issuer,” as defined in Rule 405, without taking account of any determination by the Commission pursuant to Rule 405 that it is not necessary that the Company be considered an ineligible issuer.

(vi) Emerging Growth Company Status.  From the time of the initial confidential submission of the Registration Statement to the Commission (or, if earlier, the first date on which the Company engaged directly or through any Person authorized to act on its behalf in any Testing-the-Waters Communication) through the date hereof, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the 1933 Act (an “ Emerging Growth Company ”).

 

4


(vii) Independent Accountants . The accountants who certified the financial statements and supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus are independent public accountants as required by the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).

(viii) Financial Statements; Non-GAAP Financial Measures . The financial statements included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, together with the related schedules and notes, comply as to form in all material respects with Regulation S-X under the 1933 Act and present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries (as defined below) at the dates indicated and the statement of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries for the periods specified; said financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“ GAAP ”) applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved. The supporting schedules, if any, present fairly, in all material respects, in accordance with GAAP the information required to be stated therein. The selected financial data and the summary financial information included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus present fairly, in all material respects, the information shown therein and have been compiled on a basis consistent with that of the audited financial statements included therein. The pro forma financial statements and the related notes thereto included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus present fairly the information shown therein, have been prepared in accordance with the Commission’s rules and guidelines with respect to pro forma financial statements and have been properly complied on the bases described therein, and the assumptions used in the preparation thereof are reasonable and the adjustments used therein are appropriate to give effect to the transactions and circumstances referred to therein. Except as included therein, no historical or pro forma financial statements or supporting schedules are required to be included or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus under the 1933 Act or the 1933 Act Regulations. All disclosures contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus regarding “non-GAAP financial measures” (as such term is defined by the rules and regulations of the Commission) comply with Regulation G of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ 1934 Act ”), and Item 10 of Regulation S-K, to the extent applicable.

(ix) Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 . The Company has taken all necessary actions to ensure that, upon the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, it will be in compliance with all provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (collectively, the “ Sarbanes-Oxley Act ”) which the Company is required to comply with as of the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, and is actively taking steps to ensure that it will be in compliance with other provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act that will become applicable to the Company at all times after the effectiveness of the Registration Statement (taking into account all exemptions and phase-in periods provided under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act and otherwise under applicable law).

(x) No Material Adverse Change in Business . Except as otherwise stated therein, since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, (A) there has been no material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or prospects of the Company and its Subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, whether or not arising in the ordinary

 

5


course of business (a “ Material Adverse Effect ”), (B) there have been no transactions entered into by the Company or its Subsidiaries, other than those in the ordinary course of business, which are material with respect to the Company and its Subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, (C) there have been no material liabilities or obligations, direct or contingent, entered into by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and (D) there has been no dividend or distribution of any kind declared, paid or made by the Company on any class of its capital stock.

(xi) Good Standing of the Company . The Company has been duly organized and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement; and the Company is duly qualified as a foreign corporation to transact business and is in good standing in each other jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of its business, except where the failure to be so qualified or to be in good standing would not result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(xii) Good Standing of the Company’s Subsidiaries . Each subsidiary of the Company (collectively, the “ Subsidiaries ”) has been duly organized and is validly existing in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, has corporate or similar power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of business, except where the failure to be so qualified or to be in good standing would not result in a Material Adverse Effect. Except as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of each Subsidiary has been duly authorized and validly issued, is fully paid and non-assessable and is owned by the Company, directly or through Subsidiaries, free and clear of any security interest, mortgage, pledge, lien, encumbrance, claim or equity. None of the outstanding shares of capital stock of any Subsidiary was issued in violation of the preemptive or similar rights of any securityholder of such Subsidiary. The only Subsidiaries are the entities listed on Exhibit 21 to the Registration Statement.

(xiii) Capitalization . The authorized, issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company are as set forth in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus in the column entitled “Actual” under the caption “Capitalization” (except for subsequent issuances, if any, pursuant to (A) this Agreement, (B) reservations, agreements or employee benefit plans referred to in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or (C) the exercise of convertible securities or options referred to in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus). The outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable. None of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company were issued in violation of the preemptive or other similar rights of any securityholder of the Company.

(xiv) Authorization of Agreement . This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.

(xv) Authorization and Description of Securities . The Securities to be purchased by the Underwriters from the Company have been duly authorized for issuance and sale to the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement and, when issued and delivered by the Company

 

6


pursuant to this Agreement against payment of the consideration set forth herein, will be validly issued and fully paid and non-assessable; and the issuance of the Securities is not subject to the preemptive or other similar rights of any securityholder of the Company. The Common Stock conforms to all statements relating thereto contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and such description conforms to the rights set forth in the instruments defining the same. No holder of Securities will be subject to personal liability by reason of being such a holder.

(xvi) Registration Rights . There are no persons with registration rights or other similar rights to have any securities registered for sale pursuant to the Registration Statement or otherwise registered for sale or sold by the Company under the 1933 Act pursuant to this Agreement, other than those rights that have been disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and have been duly waived by the requisite parties holding such rights.

(xvii) Absence of Violations, Defaults and Conflicts . Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is (A) in violation of its charter, by-laws or similar organizational document, (B) in default in the performance or observance of any obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan or credit agreement, note, lease or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any Subsidiary is a party or by which either may be bound or to which any of the properties or assets of the Company or any Subsidiary is subject (collectively, “ Agreements and Instruments ”), except for such defaults that would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect, or (C) in violation of any law, statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ or decree of any arbitrator, court, governmental body, regulatory body, administrative agency or other authority, body or agency having jurisdiction over the Company or its Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties, assets or operations (each, a “ Governmental Entity ”), except for such violations that would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein and in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (including the issuance and sale of the Securities and the use of the proceeds from the sale of the Securities as described therein under the caption “ Use of Proceeds ”) and compliance by the Company with its obligations hereunder have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action and do not and will not, whether with or without the giving of notice or passage of time or both, conflict with or constitute a breach of, or default or Repayment Event (as defined below) under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any properties or assets of the Company or its Subsidiaries pursuant to, the Agreements and Instruments (except for such conflicts, breaches, defaults or Repayment Events or liens, charges or encumbrances that would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect), nor will such action result in any violation of the provisions of the charter, by-laws or similar organizational document of the Company or its Subsidiaries or any law, statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ or decree of any Governmental Entity. As used herein, a “ Repayment Event ” means any event or condition which gives the holder of any note, debenture or other evidence of indebtedness (or any person acting on such holder’s behalf) the right to require the repurchase, redemption or repayment of all or a portion of such indebtedness by the Company or its Subsidiaries.

(xviii) Listing . The Securities have been approved for listing on The NASDAQ Global Market, subject to notice of issuance.

(xix) Absence of Labor Dispute . No labor dispute with the employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries exists or, to the knowledge of the Company, is imminent, and the Company is

 

7


not aware of any existing or imminent labor disturbance by the employees of any of its or its Subsidiaries’ principal suppliers, manufacturers, customers or contractors, which, in either case, would result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(xx) Absence of Proceedings . Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or brought by any Governmental Entity (including, without limitation, any action, suit proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or brought by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (the “ FDA ”)) now pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened, against or affecting the Company or its Subsidiaries, which would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or which would reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect their respective properties or assets or the consummation of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement or the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder; and the aggregate of all pending legal or governmental proceedings to which the Company or any such Subsidiary is a party or of which any of their respective properties or assets is the subject which are not described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, including ordinary routine litigation incidental to the business, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(xxi) Accuracy of Exhibits . There are no contracts or documents which are required to be described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement which have not been so described and filed as required.

(xxii) Absence of Further Requirements . No filing with, or authorization, approval, consent, license, order, registration, qualification or decree of, any Governmental Entity is necessary or required for the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder, in connection with the offering, issuance or sale of the Securities hereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except such as have been already obtained or as may be required under the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations, the rules of The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC, state securities laws or the rules of FINRA.

(xxiii) Possession of Licenses and Permits . The Company and its Subsidiaries possess such permits, licenses, approvals, consents and other authorizations (collectively, “ Governmental Licenses ”) issued by the appropriate Governmental Entities necessary to conduct the business now operated by them, except where the failure so to possess would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect. The Company and its Subsidiaries are in compliance with the terms and conditions of all Governmental Licenses, except where the failure so to comply would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect. All of the Governmental Licenses are valid and in full force and effect, except when the invalidity of such Governmental Licenses or the failure of such Governmental Licenses to be in full force and effect would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company nor its Subsidiaries have received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any Governmental Licenses which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(xxiv) Title to Property . The Company and its Subsidiaries have good and marketable title to all real property owned by them and good title to all other properties owned by them, in each case, free and clear of all mortgages, pledges, liens, security interests, claims, restrictions or encumbrances of any kind except such as (A) are described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or (B) do not, singly or in the aggregate,

 

8


materially affect the value of such property and do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company or its Subsidiaries; and all of the leases and subleases material to the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, considered as one enterprise, and under which the Company or its Subsidiaries holds properties described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, are in full force and effect, and neither the Company nor any such Subsidiary has any notice of any material claim of any sort that has been asserted by anyone adverse to the rights of the Company or any Subsidiary under any of the leases or subleases mentioned above, or affecting or questioning the rights of the Company or such Subsidiary to the continued possession of the leased or subleased premises under any such lease or sublease.

(xxv) Intellectual Property . The Company and its Subsidiaries own, or possess sufficient rights to use, all trademarks, service marks, trade names (including all goodwill associated with the foregoing), patent rights, copyrights, domain names, licenses, approvals, trade secrets, inventions, technology, know-how and other intellectual property and similar rights, including registrations and applications for registration thereof (collectively, “ Intellectual Property Rights ”) used in, or necessary for the conduct of the business now conducted or proposed in the Registration Statement, General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus to be conducted by the Company or its Subsidiaries. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (A) to the Company’s knowledge, there are no rights of third parties to any of the Intellectual Property Rights owned by the Company or its Subsidiaries, (B) to the Company’s knowledge, there is no infringement, misappropriation, breach, default or other violation by any third party of any of the Intellectual Property Rights of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (C) the Company and its Subsidiaries have taken reasonable steps in accordance with normal industry practice to maintain the confidentiality of all Intellectual Property Rights the value of which to the Company or any Subsidiary is contingent upon maintaining the confidentiality thereof, (D) the Company is not obligated to pay a material royalty, grant a license to, or provide other material consideration to any third party in connection with the Company Intellectual Property, and (E) to the Company’s knowledge, all Intellectual Property Rights owned by or exclusively licensed to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries are valid and enforceable. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has materially infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated the Intellectual Property Rights of any third party, and neither the manufacture of, nor the use or sale of, any of the product candidates described in the Registration Statement, General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, would materially infringe or otherwise violate the Intellectual Property Rights of any third party. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there is no pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened action, suit, proceeding or claim by any third party (i) challenging the Company’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ rights in or to, or alleging the violation of any of the terms of, any of their Intellectual Property Rights, (ii) challenging the validity, enforceability or scope of any Intellectual Property Rights owned by or exclusively licensed to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iii) alleging that the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated or conflicted with any Intellectual Property Rights of any third party, and in the case of each of (i), (ii) and (iii) above, the Company is unaware of any fact which would form a reasonable basis for any such action, suit, proceeding or claim.

(xxvi) Patents and Patent Applications . All patents and patent applications owned by the Company or its Subsidiaries, to the knowledge of the Company, been duly and properly filed and each issued patent is being diligently maintained; to the knowledge of the Company, the parties prosecuting such applications have complied with their duty of candor and disclosure to the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office (the “ USPTO ”) in connection with such applications; to the

 

9


Company’s knowledge, there is no prior art material to any patent or patent application of the Company Intellectual Property that may render any U.S. patent held by the Company or its Subsidiaries invalid or any U.S. patent application held by the Company or its Subsidiaries unpatentable.

(xxvii) Regulatory Matters; Products and Product Candidates . Except as described in the Registration Statement, General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company and its Subsidiaries: (A) have operated and currently operate their respective businesses in compliance in all material respects with applicable provisions of the Health Care Laws (as defined below) of the FDA and any comparable foreign regulatory authority to which they are subject (collectively, the “ Applicable Regulatory Authorities ”) applicable to the ownership, testing, development, manufacture, packaging, processing, use, distribution, storage, import, export or disposal of any of the Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ product candidates or any product manufactured or distributed by the Company and its Subsidiaries; (B) have not received any FDA Form 483, written notice of adverse finding, warning letter, untitled letter or other correspondence or written notice from any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority alleging or asserting non-compliance with (i) any Health Care Laws or (ii) or any licenses, certificates, approvals, clearances, exemptions, authorizations, permits and supplements or amendments thereto required by any such Health Care Laws (“ Regulatory Authorizations ”); (C) possesses all Regulatory Authorizations and such Regulatory Authorizations are valid and in full force and effect and the Company is not in violation, in any material respect, of any term of any such Regulatory Authorizations; (D) has not received notice of any claim, action, suit, proceeding, hearing, enforcement, investigation, arbitration or other action from the Applicable Regulatory Authorities or any other third party alleging that any product operation or activity is in material violation of any Health Care Laws or Regulatory Authorizations and has no knowledge that the Applicable Regulatory Authorities or any other third party is considering any such claim, litigation, arbitration, action, suit, investigation or proceeding; (E) has not received notice that any of the Applicable Regulatory Authorities has taken, is taking or intends to take action to limit, suspend, modify or revoke any material Regulatory Authorizations and has no knowledge that any of the Applicable Regulatory Authorities is considering such action; and (F) has filed, obtained, maintained or submitted all material reports, documents, forms, notices, applications, records, claims, submissions and supplements or amendments as required by any Health Care Laws or Regulatory Authorizations and that all such reports, documents, forms, notices, applications, records, claims, submissions and supplements or amendments were materially complete and correct on the date filed (or were materially corrected or supplemented by a subsequent submission).

The term “ Health Care Laws ” means Title XVIII of the Social Security Act, 42 U.S.C. §§ 1395-1395hhh (the Medicare statute); Title XIX of the Social Security Act, 42 U.S.C. §§ 1396-1396v (the Medicaid statute); the Federal Anti-Kickback Statute, 42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7b(b); the civil False Claims Act, 31 U.S.C. §§ 3729 et seq.; the criminal False Claims Act 42 U.S.C. 1320a-7b(a); any criminal laws relating to health care fraud and abuse, including but not limited to 18 U.S.C. Sections 286 and 287 and the health care fraud criminal provisions under the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, 42 U.S.C. §§ 1320d et seq., (“ HIPAA ”); the Civil Monetary Penalties Law, 42 U.S.C. §§ 1320a-7a and 1320a-7b; the Physician Payments Sunshine Act, 42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7h; the Exclusion Laws, 42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7; HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, 42 U.S.C. §§ 17921 et seq.; the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, 21 U.S.C. §§ 301 et seq.; the Public Health Service Act, 42 U.S.C. §§ 201 et seq.; the regulations promulgated pursuant to such laws; and any similar federal, state and local laws and regulations.

 

10


(xxviii) Regulatory Matters: Manufacturing . To the Company’s knowledge, the manufacturing facilities and operations of its suppliers are operated in compliance in all material respects with all applicable statutes, rules, regulations and policies of the Applicable Regulatory Authorities.

(xxix) Regulatory Matters: Clinical Trials . None of the Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ product candidates have received marketing approval from any Applicable Regulatory Authority. All clinical and pre-clinical studies and trials conducted by or on behalf of or sponsored by the Company or its Subsidiaries, or in which the Company or its Subsidiaries have participated, with respect to the Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ product candidates, including any such studies and trials that are described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, or the results of which are referred to in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, as applicable (collectively, “ Company Trials ”), were, and if still pending are, being conducted in all material respects in accordance with all applicable Health Care Laws of the Applicable Regulatory Authorities and current Good Clinical Practices and Good Laboratory Practices and any applicable rules, regulations and policies of the jurisdiction in which such trials and studies are being conducted; the descriptions in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus of the results of any Company Trials are accurate and complete descriptions in all material respects and fairly present the data derived therefrom; the Company has no knowledge of any other studies or trials not described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the results of which are inconsistent with or call into question the results described or referred to in the Registration Statement the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; the Company and each of its Subsidiaries have operated at all times and are currently in compliance in all material respects with all applicable Health Care Laws of the Applicable Regulatory Authorities; neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries have received, nor does the Company have knowledge after due inquiry that any of its or its Subsidiaries’ collaboration partners have received any written notices, correspondence or other communications from the Applicable Regulatory Authorities or any other Governmental Entity requiring or threatening the termination, material modification or suspension of Company Trials, other than ordinary course communications with respect to modifications in connection with the design and implementation of such studies or trials, and, to the Company’s knowledge, there are no reasonable grounds for the same. No investigational new drug application or comparable submission filed by or on behalf of the Company or its Subsidiaries with the FDA has been terminated or suspended by the FDA or any other Applicable Regulatory Authority. To the Company’s knowledge, none of the Company Trials involved any investigator who has been disqualified as a clinical investigator or has been found by the FDA to have engaged in scientific misconduct.

(xxx) Environmental Laws . Except as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or as would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect, (A) neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is in violation of any federal, state, local or foreign statute, law, rule, regulation, ordinance, code, policy or rule of common law or any judicial or administrative interpretation thereof, including any judicial or administrative order, consent, decree or judgment, relating to pollution or protection of human health, the environment (including, without limitation, ambient air, surface water, groundwater, land surface or subsurface strata) or wildlife, including, without limitation, laws and regulations relating to the release or threatened release of chemicals, pollutants, contaminants, wastes, toxic substances, hazardous substances, petroleum or petroleum products, asbestos-containing materials or mold (collectively, “ Hazardous Materials ”) or to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling of Hazardous Materials (collectively, “ Environmental Laws ”), (B) the Company and its Subsidiaries have all permits,

 

11


authorizations and approvals required under any applicable Environmental Laws and are each in compliance with their requirements, (C) there are no pending or, to the knowledge of the Company threatened, administrative, regulatory or judicial actions, suits, demands, demand letters, claims, liens, notices of noncompliance or violation, investigation or proceedings relating to any Environmental Law against the Company or any Subsidiary and (D) there are no events or circumstances that would reasonably be expected to form the basis of an order for clean-up or remediation, or an action, suit or proceeding by any private party or Governmental Entity, against or affecting the Company or any Subsidiary relating to Hazardous Materials or any Environmental Laws.

(xxxi) Accounting Controls . The Company and its Subsidiaries maintain effective internal control over financial reporting (as defined under Rule 13-a15 and 15d-15 under the rules and regulations of the Commission under the 1934 Act (the “ 1934 Act Regulations ”)) and a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that (A) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; (B) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP and to maintain accountability for assets; (C) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (D) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. Except as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, since the end of the Company’s most recent audited fiscal year, there has been (1) no material weakness in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (whether or not remediated) and (2) no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that has materially adversely affected, or is reasonably likely to materially adversely affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

(xxxii) Payment of Taxes . All United States federal income tax returns of the Company and its Subsidiaries required by law to be filed have been filed and all taxes shown by such returns or otherwise assessed, which are due and payable, have been paid, except assessments against which appeals have been or will be promptly taken and as to which adequate reserves have been provided in conformity with GAAP. The Company and its Subsidiaries have filed all other tax returns that are required to have been filed by them pursuant to applicable foreign, state, local or other law except insofar as the failure to file such returns would not result in a Material Adverse Effect, and have paid all taxes due pursuant to such returns or pursuant to any assessment received by the Company and its Subsidiaries, except for such taxes, if any, as are being contested in good faith and as to which adequate reserves have been established by the Company. The charges, accruals and reserves on the books of the Company in respect of any income and corporation tax liability for any years not finally determined are in conformity with GAAP and adequate to meet any assessments or re-assessments for additional income tax for any years not finally determined, except to the extent of any inadequacy that would not result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(xxxiii) Insurance . The Company and its Subsidiaries carry or are entitled to the benefits of insurance, with financially sound and reputable insurers, in such amounts and covering such risks as is generally maintained by companies of established repute engaged in the same or similar business, and all such insurance is in full force and effect. The Company has no reason to believe that it or its Subsidiaries will not be able (A) to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such policies expire or (B) to obtain comparable coverage from similar institutions as may be necessary or appropriate to conduct its business as now conducted and at a cost that would not result in a Material Adverse Effect. None of the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has been denied any insurance coverage which it has sought or for which it has applied.

 

12


(xxxiv) Investment Company Act . The Company is not required, and upon the issuance and sale of the Securities as herein contemplated and the application of the net proceeds therefrom as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus will not be required, to register as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “ 1940 Act ”).

(xxxv) Absence of Manipulation . Neither the Company nor any affiliate of the Company has taken, nor will the Company or any affiliate take, directly or indirectly, any action which is designed, or would be expected, to cause or result in, or which constitutes, the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities or to result in a violation of Regulation M under the 1934 Act.

(xxxvi) Foreign Corrupt Practices Act . None of the Company, its Subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee, affiliate or other person acting on behalf of the Company or its Subsidiaries is aware of or has taken any action, directly or indirectly, that would result in a violation by such persons of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (the “ FCPA ”), including, without limitation, making use of the mails or any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce corruptly in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay or authorization of the payment of any money, or other property, gift, promise to give, or authorization of the giving of anything of value to any “foreign official” (as such term is defined in the FCPA) or any foreign political party or official thereof or any candidate for foreign political office, in contravention of the FCPA and the Company has and, to the knowledge of the Company, its affiliates have conducted their businesses in compliance with the FCPA and have instituted and maintain policies and procedures designed to ensure, and which are reasonably expected to continue to ensure, continued compliance therewith.

(xxxvii) Money Laundering Laws . The operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the money laundering statutes of all jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any Governmental Entity (collectively, the “ Money Laundering Laws ”); and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any Governmental Entity involving the Company or its Subsidiaries with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened.

(xxxviii) OFAC . None of the Company, its Subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee, affiliate or representative of the Company or its Subsidiaries is an individual or entity (“ Person ”) currently the subject or target of any sanctions administered or enforced by the United States Government, including, without limitation, the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury, or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “ Sanctions ”), nor is the Company located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject of Sanctions; and the Company will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the sale of the Securities, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiaries, joint venture partners or other Person, to fund any activities of or business with any Person, or in any country or territory, that, at the time of such

 

13


funding, is the subject of Sanctions or in any other manner that will result in a violation by any Person (including any Person participating in the transaction, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise) of Sanctions.

(xxxix) Lending Relationship .   Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company (i) does not have any material lending or other relationship with any banking or lending affiliate of any Underwriter and (ii) does not intend to use any of the proceeds from the sale of the Securities to repay any outstanding debt owed to any affiliate of any Underwriter.

(xl) Statistical and Market-Related Data . Any statistical and market-related data included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus are based on or derived from sources that the Company believes, after reasonable inquiry, to be reliable and accurate and, to the extent required, the Company has obtained the written consent to the use of such data from such sources.

(xli) Maintenance of Rating . The Company has no debt securities or preferred stock that is rated by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” (as that term is defined by the Commission for purposes of Rule 436(g)(2) of the 1933 Act Regulations).

(xlii) No Broker Fees . Except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package, there are no contracts, agreements or understandings between the Company and any person that would give rise to a valid claim against the Company or any Underwriter for a brokerage commission, finder’s fee or other like payment in connection with the offering of the Securities contemplated hereby.

(b) Officer’s Certificates . Any certificate signed by any officer of the Company or its Subsidiaries delivered to the Representatives or to counsel for the Underwriters delivered pursuant to sections 5(d), 5(j)(i) or 5(k) shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Company to each Underwriter as to the matters covered thereby.

SECTION 2. Sale and Delivery to Underwriters; Closing .

(a) Initial Securities . On the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company agrees to sell to each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, and each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, agrees to purchase from the Company, at the price per share set forth in Schedule   A , that number of Initial Securities set forth in Schedule   A opposite the name of such Underwriter, plus any additional number of Initial Securities which such Underwriter may become obligated to purchase pursuant to the provisions of Section 10 hereof, subject, in each case, to such adjustments among the Underwriters as the Representatives in their sole discretion shall make to eliminate any sales or purchases of fractional shares.

(b) Option Securities . In addition, on the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company hereby grants an option to the Underwriters, severally and not jointly, to purchase up to an additional [●] shares of Common Stock, at the price per share set forth in Schedule   A , less an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Initial Securities but not payable on the Option Securities. The option hereby granted may be exercised for 30 days after the date hereof and may be exercised in whole or in part at any time from time to time upon notice by the Representatives to the Company setting forth the number of Option Securities as to which the several Underwriters are then exercising the option and the time and date of payment and delivery for such Option Securities. Any such

 

14


time and date of delivery (a “ Date of Delivery ”) shall be determined by the Representatives, but any Date of Delivery after the Closing Time shall not be later than seven full business days nor earlier than two full business days after the exercise of said option, nor in any event prior to the Closing Time. If the option is exercised as to all or any portion of the Option Securities, each of the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, will purchase that proportion of the total number of Option Securities then being purchased which the number of Initial Securities set forth in Schedule A opposite the name of such Underwriter bears to the total number of Initial Securities, subject, in each case, to such adjustments as the Representatives in their sole discretion shall make to eliminate any sales or purchases of fractional shares.

(c) Payment . Payment of the purchase price for, and delivery of certificates for, the Initial Securities shall be made at the offices of Latham & Watkins LLP, 140 Scott Drive, Menlo Park, CA 94025, or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Company, at [●] [A.M./P.M] (New York City time) on the third (fourth, if the pricing occurs after 4:30 P.M. (New York City time) on any given day) business day after the date hereof (unless postponed in accordance with the provisions of Section 10), or such other time not later than ten business days after such date as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Company (such time and date of payment and delivery being herein called “ Closing Time ”). Delivery of the Initial Securities at the Closing Time shall be made through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company unless the Representatives shall otherwise instruct.

In addition, in the event that any or all of the Option Securities are purchased by the Underwriters, payment of the purchase price for, and delivery of certificates for, such Option Securities shall be made at the above-mentioned offices, or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Company, on each Date of Delivery as specified in the notice from the Representatives to the Company. Delivery of the Option Securities on each such Date of Delivery shall be made through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company unless the Representatives shall otherwise instruct.

Payment shall be made to the Company by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account designated by the Company against delivery to the Representatives for the respective accounts of the Underwriters of certificates for the Securities to be purchased by them. It is understood that each Underwriter has authorized the Representatives, for their accounts, to accept delivery of, receipt for, and make payment of the purchase price for, the Initial Securities and the Option Securities, if any, which it has agreed to purchase. Each of Leerink and Barclays, individually and not as representatives of the Underwriters, may (but shall not be obligated to) make payment of the purchase price for the Initial Securities or the Option Securities, if any, to be purchased by any Underwriter whose funds have not been received by the Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be, but such payment shall not relieve such Underwriter from its obligations hereunder.

SECTION 3. Covenants of the Company . The Company covenants with each Underwriter as follows:

(a) Compliance with Securities Regulations and Commission Requests . The Company, subject to Section 3(b), will comply with the requirements of Rule 430A, and will notify the Representatives as soon as practicable, and confirm the notice in writing, (i) when any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement shall become effective or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus shall have been filed, (ii) of the receipt of any comments from the Commission, (iii) of any request by the Commission for any amendment to the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or for additional information, (iv) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus, or of the

 

15


suspension of the qualification of the Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or of the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for any of such purposes or of any examination pursuant to Section 8(d) or 8(e) of the 1933 Act concerning the Registration Statement and (v) if the Company becomes the subject of a proceeding under Section 8A of the 1933 Act in connection with the offering of the Securities. The Company will effect all filings required under Rule 424(b), in the manner and within the time period required by Rule 424(b) (without reliance on Rule 424(b)(8)), and will take such steps as it deems necessary to ascertain promptly whether the form of prospectus transmitted for filing under Rule 424(b) was received for filing by the Commission and, in the event that it was not, it will promptly file such prospectus. The Company will make every reasonable effort to prevent the issuance of any stop order, prevention or suspension and, if any such order is issued, to obtain the lifting thereof at the earliest possible moment.

(b) Continued Compliance with Securities Laws . The Company will comply with the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations so as to permit the completion of the distribution of the Securities as contemplated in this Agreement and in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. If at any time when a prospectus relating to the Securities is (or, but for the exception afforded by Rule 172 of the 1933 Act Regulations (“ Rule 172 ”), would be) required by the 1933 Act to be delivered in connection with sales of the Securities, any event shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which it is necessary, in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters or for the Company, to (i) amend the Registration Statement in order that the Registration Statement will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (ii) amend or supplement the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus in order that the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, as the case may be, will not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances existing at the time it is delivered to a purchaser or (iii) amend the Registration Statement or amend or supplement the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, as the case may be, in order to comply with the requirements of the 1933 Act or the 1933 Act Regulations, the Company will promptly (A) give the Representatives notice of such event, (B) prepare any amendment or supplement as may be necessary to correct such statement or omission or to make the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus comply with such requirements and, a reasonable amount of time prior to any proposed filing or use, furnish the Representatives with copies of any such amendment or supplement and (C) file with the Commission any such amendment or supplement; provided that the Company shall not file or use any such amendment or supplement to which the Representatives or counsel for the Underwriters shall reasonably object. The Company will furnish to the Underwriters such number of copies of such amendment or supplement as the Underwriters may reasonably request. The Company has given the Representatives notice of any filings made pursuant to the 1934 Act or the 1934 Act Regulations within 48 hours prior to the Applicable Time; the Company will give the Representatives notice of its intention to make any such filing from the Applicable Time to the Closing Time and will furnish the Representatives with copies of any such documents a reasonable amount of time prior to such proposed filing, as the case may be, and will not file or use any such document to which the Representatives or counsel for the Underwriters shall reasonably object.

(c) Delivery of Registration Statements . The Company has furnished or will deliver to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters, without charge, signed copies of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto (including exhibits filed therewith) and signed copies of all consents and certificates of experts, and will also deliver to the Representatives, without charge, a conformed copy of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto (without exhibits) for each of the Underwriters. The copies of the Registration Statement and each amendment thereto furnished to the Underwriters will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

 

16


(d) Delivery of Prospectuses . The Company has delivered to each Underwriter, without charge, as many copies of each preliminary prospectus as such Underwriter reasonably requested, and the Company hereby consents to the use of such copies for purposes permitted by the 1933 Act. The Company will furnish to each Underwriter, without charge, during the period when a prospectus relating to the Securities is (or, but for the exception afforded by Rule 172, would be) required to be delivered under the 1933 Act, such number of copies of the Prospectus (as amended or supplemented) as such Underwriter may reasonably request. The Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto furnished to the Underwriters will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

(e) Blue Sky Qualifications . The Company will use its best efforts, in cooperation with the Underwriters, to qualify the Securities for offering and sale under the applicable securities laws of such states and other jurisdictions (domestic or foreign) as the Representatives may reasonably designate and to maintain such qualifications in effect so long as required to complete the distribution of the Securities; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to file any general consent to service of process or to qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction in which it is not so qualified or to subject itself to taxation in respect of doing business in any jurisdiction in which it is not otherwise so subject.

(f) Rule 158 . The Company will timely file such reports pursuant to the 1934 Act as are necessary in order to make generally available to its securityholders as soon as practicable an earnings statement for the purposes of, and to provide to the Underwriters the benefits contemplated by, the last paragraph of Section 11(a) of the 1933 Act.

(g) Use of Proceeds . The Company will use the net proceeds received by it from the sale of the Securities in the manner specified in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under “Use of Proceeds.”

(h) Listing . The Company will use its best efforts to effect and maintain the listing of the Common Stock (including the Securities) on The Nasdaq Global Market.

(i) Restriction on Sale of Securities . During a period of 180 days from the date of the Prospectus, the Company will not, without the prior written consent of the Representatives, (i) directly or indirectly, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock or file any registration statement under the 1933 Act with respect to any of the foregoing, (ii) enter into any swap or any other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such swap or transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise or (iii) publicly announce an intention to effect any such swap, agreement or other transaction described in clauses (i) and (ii) above. The foregoing sentence shall not apply to (A) the Securities to be sold hereunder; (B) any shares of Common Stock issued by the Company upon the exercise of an option or warrant or the conversion of a convertible security outstanding on the date hereof and referred to in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; (C) any shares of Common Stock issued or options to purchase Common Stock granted pursuant to existing employee benefit plans of the Company referred to in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; (D) any shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to any existing non-employee director stock plan or dividend reinvestment plan referred to in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; (E) the filing by the Company of any registration statement on Form S-8 or a successor form thereto (F) the entry into agreements providing for the

 

17


issuance by the Company of shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable for shares of Common Stock in connection with the acquisition by the Company or any of its subsidiaries of the securities, business, property or other assets of another person or entity pursuant to an employee benefit plan assumed by the Company in connection with such acquisition, and the issuance of any such securities pursuant to any such agreement, and (G) the entry into agreements providing for the issuance of shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable for shares of Common Stock in connection with joint ventures, commercial relationships or other strategic transactions, and the issuance of any such securities pursuant to any such agreement; provided that in the case of clauses (F) and (G), the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that the Company may sell or issue or agree to sell or issue pursuant to clauses (F) and (G) shall not exceed 5% of the total number of shares of the Common Stock issued and outstanding as of immediately prior to the completion of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and provided further that, in the case of clauses (F) and (G), the Company shall cause each recipient of such securities to execute and deliver, on or prior to the issuance of such securities, a lock-up agreement on substantially the same terms as the lock-up agreements described in Section 5(i) hereof to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer and the Company shall authorize its transfer agent to decline to make any transfer of such shares in violation of such lock-up agreements;

(j) Lock-Up Release or Waiver . If the Representatives, in their sole discretion, agree to release or waive the restrictions set forth in a lock-up agreement described in Section 5(i) hereof for an officer or director of the Company and provide the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by a press release substantially in the form of Exhibit   B hereto through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.

(k) Reporting Requirements . The Company, during the period when a Prospectus relating to the Securities is (or, but for the exception afforded by Rule 172, would be) required to be delivered under the 1933 Act, will file all documents required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to the 1934 Act within the time periods required by the 1934 Act and 1934 Act Regulations. Additionally, the Company shall report the use of proceeds from the issuance of the Securities as may be required under Rule 463 under the 1933 Act.

(l) Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses . The Company agrees that, unless it obtains the prior written consent of the Representatives, it will not make any offer relating to the Securities that would constitute an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or that would otherwise constitute a “free writing prospectus,” or a portion thereof, required to be filed by the Company with the Commission or retained by the Company under Rule 433; provided that the Representatives will be deemed to have consented to the Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses listed on Schedule   B-2 hereto and any “road show that is a written communication” within the meaning of Rule 433(d)(8)(i) that has been reviewed by the Representatives. The Company represents that it has treated or agrees that it will treat each such free writing prospectus consented to, or deemed consented to, by the Representatives as an “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433, and that it has complied and will comply with the applicable requirements of Rule 433 with respect thereto, including timely filing with the Commission where required, legending and record keeping. If at any time following issuance of an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus conflicted or would conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus or included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Company will promptly notify the Representatives and will promptly amend or supplement, at its own expense, such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus to eliminate or correct such conflict, untrue statement or omission.

 

18


(m) Testing-the-Waters Materials . If at any time following the distribution of any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Company will promptly notify the Representatives and will promptly amend or supplement, at its own expense, such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication to eliminate or correct such untrue statement or omission.

(n) Emerging Growth Company Status . The Company will promptly notify the Representatives if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the later of (i) completion of the distribution of the Securities within the meaning of the 1933 Act and (ii) completion of the 180-day restricted period referred to in Section 3(i).

SECTION 4. Payment of Expenses .

(a) Expenses . The Company will pay or cause to be paid all expenses incident to the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, including (i) the preparation, printing and filing of the Registration Statement (including financial statements and exhibits) as originally filed and each amendment thereto, (ii) the preparation, printing and delivery to the Underwriters of copies of each preliminary prospectus, each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and the Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto and any costs associated with electronic delivery of any of the foregoing by the Underwriters to investors, (iii) the preparation, issuance and delivery of the certificates for the Securities to the Underwriters, including any stock or other transfer taxes and any stamp or other duties payable upon the sale, issuance or delivery of the Securities to the Underwriters, (iv) the fees and disbursements of the Company’s counsel, accountants and other advisors, (v) the qualification of the Securities under securities laws in accordance with the provisions of Section 3(e) hereof, including filing fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection therewith and in connection with the preparation of a “Blue Sky Survey” and any supplement thereto (up to a maximum aggregate amount of $2,500 for the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters), (vi) the fees and expenses of any transfer agent or registrar for the Securities, (vii) the costs and expenses of the Company relating to investor presentations on any “road show” undertaken in connection with the marketing of the Securities, including without limitation, expenses associated with the production of road show slides and graphics, fees and expenses of any consultants engaged by the Company in connection with the road show presentations, travel and lodging expenses of the employees, directors and officers of the Company and any such consultants; provided, that the cost of any aircraft chartered in connection with any Testing-the-Waters meetings or the “road show” shall be shared equally between the Company and the Underwriters, (viii) the filing fees incident to, and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Underwriters in connection with, the review by FINRA of the terms of the sale of the Securities (up to a maximum aggregate amount of $40,000 for the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters), (ix) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the Securities on The Nasdaq Global Market, and (x) the costs and expenses (including, without limitation, any damages or other amounts payable in connection with legal or contractual liability) associated with the reforming of any contracts for sale of the Securities made by the Underwriters caused by a breach of the representation contained in the third sentence of Section 1(a)(ii).

(b) Termination of Agreement . If this Agreement is terminated by the Representatives in accordance with the provisions of Section 5, Section 9 or Section 10 hereof, the Company shall reimburse

 

19


the Underwriters for all of their reasonably documented out-of-pocket expenses, including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters; provided, however, that if this Agreement is terminated by the Representatives pursuant to Section 10, the Company shall have no obligation to reimburse any of the out-of-pocket expenses of the Underwriters that have failed to purchase the Securities that they have agreed to purchase hereunder.

SECTION 5. Conditions of Underwriters’ Obligations . The obligations of the several Underwriters hereunder are subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company contained herein or in certificates of any officer of the Company or its Subsidiaries delivered pursuant to the provisions hereof, to the performance by the Company of its covenants and other obligations hereunder, and to the following further conditions:

(a) Effectiveness of Registration Statement; Rule 430A Information . The Registration Statement, including any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, has become effective and, at the Closing Time, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has been issued under the 1933 Act, no order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus has been issued and no proceedings for any of those purposes have been instituted or are pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, contemplated; and the Company has complied with each request (if any) from the Commission for additional information to the reasonable satisfaction of counsel to the Underwriters. A prospectus containing the Rule 430A Information shall have been filed with the Commission in the manner and within the time frame required by Rule 424(b) without reliance on Rule 424(b)(8) or a post-effective amendment providing such information shall have been filed with, and declared effective by, the Commission in accordance with the requirements of Rule 430A.

(b) Opinion of Counsel for Company . At the Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received the opinions and negative assurance letter, each dated the Closing Time, of Cooley LLP, as corporate and intellectual property counsel for the Company, each in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, together with signed or reproduced copies of such opinion and letter for each of the other Underwriters.

(c) Opinion of Counsel for Underwriters . At the Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received the opinion, and negative assurance letter, each dated the Closing Time, of Latham & Watkins LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters with respect to such matters as the Representatives may reasonably request. In giving such opinion such counsel may rely, as to all matters governed by the laws of jurisdictions other than the law of the State of New York, the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and the federal securities laws of the United States, upon the opinions of counsel satisfactory to the Representatives. Such counsel may also state that, insofar as such opinion involves factual matters, they have relied, to the extent they deem proper, upon certificates of officers and other representatives of the Company and its Subsidiaries and certificates of public officials.

(d) Officers’ Certificate . At the Closing Time, there shall not have been, since the date hereof or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, any event or occurrence that could reasonably constitute a Material Adverse Effect, and the Representatives shall have received a certificate of the principal executive officer of the Company and of the principal financial officer of the Company, dated the Closing Time, to the effect that (i) there has been no such event or occurrence that could reasonably constitute a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) the representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement are true and correct with the same force and effect as though expressly made at and as of the Closing Time, (iii) the Company has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be

 

20


performed or satisfied at or prior to the Closing Time, and (iv) no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement under the 1933 Act has been issued, no order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus has been issued and no proceedings for any of those purposes have been instituted or are pending or, to their knowledge, contemplated.

(e) Accountant’s Comfort Letter . At the time of the execution of this Agreement, the Representatives shall have received from PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP a letter, dated such date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

(f) Bring-down Comfort Letter . At the Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received from PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP a letter, dated as of the Closing Time, to the effect that they reaffirm the statements made in the letter furnished pursuant to subsection (e) of this Section, except that the specified date referred to shall be a date not more than three business days prior to the Closing Time.

(g) Approval of Listing . At the Closing Time, the Securities shall have been approved for listing on The Nasdaq Global Market, subject only to official notice of issuance.

(h) No Objection . FINRA has confirmed that it has not raised any objection with respect to the fairness and reasonableness of the underwriting terms and arrangements relating to the offering of the Securities.

(i) Lock-up Agreements . At the date of this Agreement, the Representatives shall have received an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit   A hereto signed by the Company’s directors, officers and securityholders as requested by the Underwriters.

(j) Conditions to Purchase of Option Securities . In the event that the Underwriters exercise their option provided in Section 2(b) hereof to purchase all or any portion of the Option Securities, the representations and warranties of the Company contained herein and the statements in any certificates furnished by the Company and its Subsidiaries hereunder shall be true and correct as of each Date of Delivery and, at the relevant Date of Delivery, the Representatives shall have received:

(i) Officers’ Certificate . A certificate, dated such Date of Delivery, of the principal executive officer of the Company and of the principal financial officer of the Company confirming that the certificate delivered at the Closing Time pursuant to Section 5(d) hereof remains true and correct as of such Date of Delivery.

(ii) Opinion of Counsel for Company . If requested by the Representatives, the opinion(s), and negative assurance letter, of Cooley LLP, corporate and intellectual property counsel for the Company in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, dated such Date of Delivery, relating to the Option Securities to be purchased on such Date of Delivery and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion(s) and negative assurance letter(s) required by Section 5(b) hereof.

(iv) Opinion of Counsel for Underwriters . If requested by the Representatives, the opinion, and negative assurance letter, of Latham & Watkins LLP counsel for the Underwriters, dated such Date of Delivery, relating to the Option Securities to be purchased on such Date of Delivery and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion and negative assurance letter required by Section 5(c) hereof.

(v) Bring-down Comfort Letter . If requested by the Representatives, a letter from PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives and dated such Date of Delivery, substantially in the same form and substance as the letter furnished to the Representatives pursuant to subsection (f) of this Section, except that the “specified date” in the letter furnished pursuant to this paragraph shall be a date not more than three business days prior to such Date of Delivery.

 

21


(k) Additional Documents . At the Closing Time and at each Date of Delivery (if any) counsel for the Underwriters shall have been furnished with such documents and opinions as they may reasonably require for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon the issuance and sale of the Securities as herein contemplated, or in order to evidence the accuracy of any of the representations or warranties, or the fulfillment of any of the conditions, herein contained; and all proceedings taken by the Company in connection with the issuance and sale of the Securities as herein contemplated shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters.

(l) Termination of Agreement . If any condition specified in this Section shall not have been fulfilled when and as required to be fulfilled, this Agreement, or, in the case of any condition to the purchase of Option Securities on a Date of Delivery which is after the Closing Time, the obligations of the several Underwriters to purchase the relevant Option Securities, may be terminated by the Representatives by notice to the Company at any time at or prior to Closing Time or such Date of Delivery, as the case may be, and such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party except as provided in Section 4 and except that Sections 1, 4, 6, 7, 8, 14, 15 and 16 shall survive any such termination and remain in full force and effect.

SECTION 6. Indemnification .

(a) Indemnification of Underwriters . The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its affiliates (as such term is defined in Rule 501(b) under the 1933 Act (each, an “ Affiliate ”)), its selling agents and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act as follows:

(i) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A Information, or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact included (A) in any preliminary prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), or (B) in any materials or information provided to investors by, or with the approval of, the Company in connection with the marketing of the offering of the Securities (“ Marketing Materials ”), including any roadshow or investor presentations made to investors by the Company (whether in person or electronically), or the omission or alleged omission in any preliminary prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, the General Disclosure Package, the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) or in any Marketing Materials of a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

 

22


(ii) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, to the extent of the aggregate amount paid in settlement of any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or of any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission; provided that (subject to Section 6(d) below) any such settlement is effected with the written consent of the Company;

(iii) against any and all expense whatsoever, as incurred (including the fees and disbursements of counsel chosen by the Representatives), reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission, to the extent that any such expense is not paid under (i) or (ii) above;

provided, however, that this indemnity agreement shall not apply to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense to the extent arising out of any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A Information, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information.

(b) Indemnification of Company, Directors and Officers . Each Underwriter severally agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors, each of its officers who signed the Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense described in the indemnity contained in subsection (a) of this Section, as incurred, but only with respect to untrue statements or omissions, or alleged untrue statements or omissions, made in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A Information, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information.

(c) Actions against Parties; Notification . Each indemnified party shall give notice as promptly as reasonably practicable to each indemnifying party of any action commenced against it in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, but failure to so notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve such indemnifying party from any liability hereunder to the extent it is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof and in any event shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this indemnity agreement. In the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 6(a) above, counsel to the indemnified parties shall be selected by the Representatives, and, in the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 6(b) above, counsel to the indemnified parties shall be selected by the Company. An indemnifying party may participate at its own expense in the defense of any such action; provided, however, that counsel to the indemnifying party shall not (except with the consent of the indemnified party) also be counsel to the indemnified party. In no event shall the indemnifying parties be liable for the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one counsel (in addition to any local counsel) separate from their own counsel for all indemnified parties in connection with any one action or separate but similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought under this Section 6 or Section 7 hereof (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such litigation, investigation, proceeding or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

 

23


(d) Settlement without Consent if Failure to Reimburse . If at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel, such indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of the nature contemplated by Section 6(a)(ii) effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 60 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request and such indemnifying party has not disputed in good faith and in writing such request for reimbursement, (ii) such indemnifying party shall have received notice of the terms of such settlement at least 30 days prior to such settlement being entered into and (iii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed such indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement.

SECTION 7. Contribution . If the indemnification provided for in Section 6 hereof is for any reason unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the aggregate amount of such losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by such indemnified party, as incurred, (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, from the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and of the Underwriters, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions, which resulted in such losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.

The relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, in connection with the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the total net proceeds from the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement (before deducting expenses) received by the Company, on the one hand, and the total underwriting discount received by the Underwriters, on the other hand, in each case as set forth on the cover of the Prospectus, bear to the aggregate initial public offering price of the Securities as set forth on the cover of the Prospectus.

The relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any such untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or by the Underwriters and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 7 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this Section 7. The aggregate amount of losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by an indemnified party and referred to above in this Section 7 shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.

 

24


Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 7, no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the underwriting discounts and commissions received by such Underwriter in connection with the Securities underwritten by it and distributed to the public.

No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

For purposes of this Section 7, each person, if any, who controls an Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act and each Underwriter’s Affiliates and selling agents shall have the same rights to contribution as such Underwriter, and each director of the Company, each officer of the Company who signed the Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company. The Underwriters’ respective obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 7 are several in proportion to the number of Initial Securities set forth opposite their respective names in Schedule   A hereto and not joint.

SECTION 8. Representations, Warranties and Agreements to Survive . All representations, warranties and agreements contained in this Agreement or in certificates of officers of the Company or its Subsidiaries submitted pursuant hereto, shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or its Affiliates or selling agents, any person controlling any Underwriter, its officers or directors or any person controlling the Company and (ii) delivery of and payment for the Securities.

SECTION 9. Termination of Agreement .

(a) Termination . The Representatives may terminate this Agreement, by notice to the Company, at any time at or prior to the Closing Time (i) if there has been, in the judgment of the Representatives, since the time of execution of this Agreement or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, there has been any event or occurrence that could reasonably constitute a Material Adverse Effect, or (ii) if there has occurred any material adverse change in the financial markets in the United States or the international financial markets, any outbreak of hostilities or escalation thereof or other calamity or crisis or any change or development involving a prospective change in U.S. or international political, financial or economic conditions, in each case the effect of which is such as to make it, in the judgment of the Representatives, impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the completion of the offering or to enforce contracts for the sale of the Securities, or (iii) if trading in any securities of the Company has been suspended or materially limited by the Commission or The Nasdaq Global Market, or (iv) if trading generally on the NYSE Amex or the New York Stock Exchange or in The Nasdaq Global Market has been suspended or materially limited, or minimum or maximum prices for trading have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices have been required, by any of said exchanges or by order of the Commission, FINRA or any other governmental authority, or (v) a material disruption has occurred in commercial banking or securities settlement or clearance services in the United States or with respect to Clearstream or Euroclear systems in Europe, or (vi) if a banking moratorium has been declared by either Federal or New York authorities.

(b) Liabilities . If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to this Section, such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party except as provided in Section 4 hereof, and provided further that Sections 1, 4, 6, 7, 8, 14, 15 and 16 shall survive such termination and remain in full force and effect.

 

25


SECTION 10. Default by One or More of the Underwriters . If one or more of the Underwriters shall fail at the Closing Time or a Date of Delivery to purchase the Securities which it or they are obligated to purchase under this Agreement (the “ Defaulted Securities ”), the Representatives shall have the right, within 24 hours thereafter, to make arrangements for one or more of the non-defaulting Underwriters, or any other underwriters, to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Defaulted Securities in such amounts as may be agreed upon and upon the terms herein set forth; if, however, the Representatives shall not have completed such arrangements within such 24-hour period, then:

(i) if the number of Defaulted Securities does not exceed 10% of the number of Securities to be purchased on such date, each of the non-defaulting Underwriters shall be obligated, severally and not jointly, to purchase the full amount thereof in the proportions that their respective underwriting obligations hereunder bear to the underwriting obligations of all non-defaulting Underwriters, or

(ii) if the number of Defaulted Securities exceeds 10% of the number of Securities to be purchased on such date, this Agreement or, with respect to any Date of Delivery which occurs after the Closing Time, the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase, and the Company to sell, the Option Securities to be purchased and sold on such Date of Delivery shall terminate without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter.

No action taken pursuant to this Section shall relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability in respect of its default.

In the event of any such default which does not result in a termination of this Agreement or, in the case of a Date of Delivery which is after the Closing Time, which does not result in a termination of the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase and the Company to sell the relevant Option Securities, as the case may be, either the (i) Representatives or (ii) the Company shall have the right to postpone Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be, for a period not exceeding seven days in order to effect any required changes in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or in any other documents or arrangements. As used herein, the term “Underwriter” includes any person substituted for an Underwriter under this Section 10.

SECTION 11. Notices . All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if mailed or transmitted by any standard form of telecommunication. Notices to the Underwriters shall be directed to Leerink at One Federal Street, Floor 37, Boston, MA 02110, attention of John I. Fitzgerald, Esq. (facsimile: (617) 918-4664) and Barclays at 745 Seventh Avenue, New York, NY 10019, attention of Syndicate Registration, with a copy (which copy shall not constitute notice) to Latham & Watkins LLP, 140 Scott Drive, Menlo Park, CA 94025, attention Brian J. Cuneo, Esq. (facsimile: (650) 463-2600); notices to the Company shall be directed to it at 521 Cottonwood Dr., Suite 100, Milpitas, CA 95035, attention of Dinesh Patel and Tom O’Neil, with a copy (which copy shall not constitute notice) to Cooley LLP, 3175 Hanover Street, Palo Alto, CA 94304, attention Michael E. Tenta, Esq. (facsimile: (650) 849-7400).

SECTION 12. No Advisory or Fiduciary Relationship . The Company acknowledges and agrees that (a) the purchase and sale of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement, including the determination of the initial public offering price of the Securities and any related discounts and commissions, is an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Company, on the one hand, and the several Underwriters, on the other hand, (b) in connection with the offering of the Securities and the process leading thereto, each Underwriter is and has been acting solely as a principal and is not the agent or fiduciary of the Company, its Subsidiaries or their respective stockholders, creditors, employees or any other party, (c) no Underwriter has assumed or will assume an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Company

 

26


with respect to the offering of the Securities or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether such Underwriter has advised or is currently advising the Company or any of its Subsidiaries on other matters) and no Underwriter has any obligation to the Company with respect to the offering of the Securities except the obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement, (d) the Underwriters and their respective affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Company and (e) the Underwriters have not provided any legal, accounting, regulatory or tax advice with respect to the offering of the Securities and the Company has consulted its own respective legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate.

SECTION 13. Parties . This Agreement shall each inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Underwriters and the Company and their respective successors. Nothing expressed or mentioned in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any person, firm or corporation, other than the Underwriters and the Company and their respective successors and the controlling persons and officers and directors referred to in Sections 6 and 7 and their heirs and legal representatives, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision herein contained. This Agreement and all conditions and provisions hereof are intended to be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Underwriters and the Company and their respective successors, and said controlling persons and officers and directors and their heirs and legal representatives, and for the benefit of no other person, firm or corporation. No purchaser of Securities from any Underwriter shall be deemed to be a successor by reason merely of such purchase.

SECTION 14. Waiver of Trial by Jury . The Company (on its behalf and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, on behalf of its stockholders and affiliates) and each of the Underwriters hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

SECTION 15. GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY OR DISPUTE ARISING UNDER OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF, THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO ITS CHOICE OF LAW PROVISIONS.

SECTION 16. Consent to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Immunity . Any legal suit, action or proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby shall be instituted in (i) the federal courts of the United States of America located in the City and County of New York, Borough of Manhattan or (ii) the courts of the State of New York located in the City and County of New York, Borough of Manhattan (collectively, the “ Specified Courts ”), and each party irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction (except for proceedings instituted in regard to the enforcement of a judgment of any such court, as to which such jurisdiction is non-exclusive) of such courts in any such suit, action or proceeding. Service of any process, summons, notice or document by mail to such party’s address set forth above shall be effective service of process for any suit, action or other proceeding brought in any such court. The parties irrevocably and unconditionally waive any objection to the laying of venue of any suit, action or other proceeding in the Specified Courts and irrevocably and unconditionally waive and agree not to plead or claim in any such court that any such suit, action or other proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

SECTION 17. TIME . TIME SHALL BE OF THE ESSENCE OF THIS AGREEMENT. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SET FORTH HEREIN, SPECIFIED TIMES OF DAY REFER TO NEW YORK CITY TIME.

SECTION 18. Partial Unenforceability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any Section, paragraph or provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other

 

27


Section, paragraph or provision hereof. If any Section, paragraph or provision of this Agreement is for any reason determined to be invalid or unenforceable, there shall be deemed to be made such minor changes (and only such minor changes) as are necessary to make it valid and enforceable.

SECTION 19. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts (which may include counterparts delivered by any standard form of telecommunication), each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same agreement.

SECTION 20. Effect of Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

SECTION 21. Entire Agreement . This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings (whether written or oral) between the Company and the Underwriters, or any of them, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]

 

28


If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign and return to the Company a counterpart hereof, whereupon this instrument, along with all counterparts, will become a binding agreement among the Underwriters and the Company in accordance with its terms.

 

Very truly yours,
PROTAGONIST THERAPEUTICS, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  

 

CONFIRMED AND ACCEPTED
  As of the date first above written:
LEERINK PARTNERS LLC
By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  
BARCLAYS CAPITAL INC.
By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  

For themselves and as Representatives of the other Underwriters named in Schedule   A hereto.

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO U NDERWRITING A GREEMENT ]


SCHEDULE A

The initial public offering price per share for the Securities shall be $[●].

The purchase price per share for the Securities to be paid by the several Underwriters shall be $[●], being an amount equal to the initial public offering price set forth above less $[●] per share, subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 2(b) for dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Initial Securities but not payable on the Option Securities.

 

Name of Underwriter    Number of
Initial Securities
 

Leerink Partners LLC

     [●]   

Barclays Capital Inc.

     [●]   

BMO Capital Markets Corp.

     [●]   
  

 

 

 

Total

  
  

 

 

 


SCHEDULE B-1

Pricing Terms

1. The Company is selling [●] shares of Common Stock.

2. The Company has granted an option to the Underwriters, severally and not jointly, to purchase up to an additional [●] shares of Common Stock.

3. The initial public offering price per share for the Securities shall be $[●].


SCHEDULE B-2

Free Writing Prospectuses

[To come, if any.]


SCHEDULE B-3

List of Written Testing-the-Waters Communications

[To come, if any.]


Exhibit A

FORM OF LOCK-UP AGREEMENT

                          , 2016

Leerink Partners LLC

Barclays Capital Inc.

as Representative of the several Underwriters

 

c/o Leerink Partners LLC

299 Park Avenue, 21st floor

New York, NY 10171

 

c/o Barclays Capital Inc.

745 Seventh Avenue

New York, NY 10019

 

  Re: Proposed Public Offering by Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned, a stockholder, officer and/or director of Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), understands that Leerink Partners LLC (“ Leerink ”) and Barclays Capital Inc. (“ Barclays ” and, together with Leerink, the “ Representatives ”) propose to enter into an Underwriting Agreement (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”) with the Company providing for the public offering (the “ Public Offering ”) of shares (the “ Securities ”) of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “ Common Stock ”). In recognition of the benefit that such an offering will confer upon the undersigned as a stockholder, officer and/or director of the Company, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the undersigned agrees with each underwriter to be named in the Underwriting Agreement (collectively, the “ Underwriters ”) that, during the period beginning on the date hereof and ending at 11:59 pm ET on the date that is 180 days from the date of the Underwriting Agreement (the “ Lock-Up Period ”), the undersigned will not, without the prior written consent of the Representatives, directly or indirectly, (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Common Stock, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by the undersigned or with respect to which the undersigned has or hereafter acquires the power of disposition (collectively, the “ Lock-Up Securities ”), or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any of the Lock-Up Securities, or file or cause to be filed any registration statement in connection therewith, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (ii) enter into any swap or any other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of the Lock-Up Securities, whether any such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise, or (iii) publicly announce the intention to effect any of the transactions covered in clauses (i) and (ii) above. If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, the undersigned further agrees that the foregoing provisions shall be equally applicable to any issuer-directed Securities the undersigned may purchase in the Public Offering.

If the undersigned is an officer or director of the Company, (1) the Representatives, on behalf of the Underwriters, agree that, at least three business days before the effective date of any release or waiver of the foregoing restrictions in connection with a transfer of shares of Common Stock, the


Representatives, on behalf of the Underwriters, will notify the Company of the impending release or waiver, and (2) the Company has agreed in the Underwriting Agreement to announce the impending release or waiver by press release through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver. Any release or waiver granted by the Representatives on behalf of the Underwriters hereunder to any such officer or director shall only be effective two business days after the publication date of such press release. The provisions of this paragraph will not apply if (i) the release or waiver is effected solely to permit a transfer not for consideration and (ii) the transferee has agreed in writing to be bound by the same terms described in this letter agreement to the extent and for the duration that such terms remain in effect at the time of the transfer.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, and subject to the conditions below, the undersigned may without the prior written consent of the Representatives:

 

  i. transfer Lock-Up Securities, provided that (1) Leerink and Barclays receive a signed lock-up agreement for the balance of the lockup period from each donee, trustee, distributee, or transferee, as the case may be, (2) any such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value, (3) such transfers are not required to be reported with the Securities and Exchange Commission on Form 4 in accordance with Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), and (4) the undersigned does not otherwise voluntarily effect any public filing or report regarding such transfers (other than a required Schedule 13G (or 13G/A) or Form 13F filed after the expiration of the Lock-Up Period):

 

  a. as a  bona fide  gift or gifts; or

 

  b. to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the undersigned or the immediate family of the undersigned (for purposes of this lock-up agreement, “immediate family” shall mean any relationship by blood, marriage or adoption, not more remote than first cousin); or

 

  c. as a distribution to limited partners, limited liability company members or stockholders of the undersigned; or

 

  d. to a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, investment fund or other entity that controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the undersigned, or is wholly-owned by the undersigned, or, in the case of an investment fund, that is managed by, or is under common management with, the undersigned (including, for the avoidance of doubt, a fund managed by the same manager or managing member or general partner or management company or by an entity controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such manager or managing member or general partner or management company as the undersigned or who shares a common investment advisor with the undersigned);

 

  ii. sell or transfer shares of Common Stock to the underwriters in the Public Offering;

 

  iii.

transfer Lock-Up Securities to the Company upon a vesting event of the Company’s securities or upon the exercise or conversion of options or warrants to purchase the Company’s securities, in each case, on a “cashless” or “net exercise” basis in connection with such vesting or exercise, provided that (1) such transfers are not required to be reported with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on Form 4 in accordance with Section 16 of the Exchange Act and (2) the undersigned does not


  otherwise voluntarily effect any public filing or report regarding such transfers during the Lock-Up Period;

 

  iv. transfer Lock-Up Securities to the Company in connection with the termination of the undersigned’s employment or other service with the Company; provided that any filing under Section 16 of the Exchange Act made in connection with such transfer shall clearly indicate in the footnotes thereto that the filing relates to the circumstances described in this clause;

 

  v. convert shares of preferred stock of the Company into shares of Common Stock of the Company in connection with the Public Offering, or exercise preferred stock warrants that would expire or terminate in connection with the Public Offering, provided that any shares of capital stock received upon any such conversion or exercise remain subject to the terms of this letter agreement;

 

  vi. transfer Lock-Up Securities by operation of law, including pursuant to a domestic order or a negotiated divorce settlement, provided that Lock-Up Securities received upon such transfer remain subject to the terms of this letter agreement;

 

  vii. transfer Lock-Up Securities by will or intestate succession upon death of the undersigned; or

 

  viii. transfer Lock-Up Securities pursuant to a bona fide third party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of Lock-Up Securities involving a Change of Control of the Company, provided that in the event that the tender offer, merger, consolidation or other such transaction is not completed, the Lock-Up Securities owned by the undersigned shall remain subject to the restrictions contained in this lock-up agreement. “Change of Control” shall mean the transfer (whether by tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction), in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to a person or group of affiliated persons (other than an underwriter pursuant to the Public Offering), of the Company’s voting securities if, after such transfer, such person or group of affiliated persons would hold more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Company (or the surviving entity).

Furthermore, during the Lock-Up Period, the undersigned may (a) sell shares of Common Stock purchased by the undersigned on the open market following the Public Offering and, unless the undersigned is a director or officer of the Company, any shares of Common Stock the undersigned may purchase in the Public Offering, whether or not issuer directed if and only if (i) such sales are not required during the Lock-Up Period to be reported in any press release or public report or filing with the SEC, or otherwise (other than a required Schedule 13G (or 13G/A), Form 13F or Form 5 filed after the expiration of the Lock-Up Period) and (ii) the undersigned does not otherwise voluntarily effect any press release, public filing or report regarding such sales during the Lock-Up Period and (b) exercise any rights to purchase, exchange or convert any stock options or stock bonus or other type of equity compensation granted pursuant to the Company’s equity incentive plans or otherwise existing as of the date of the Underwriting Agreement or warrants or any other securities existing as of the date of the Underwriting Agreement, which securities are convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Common Stock, if and only if (x) the shares of Common Stock received upon such exercise, purchase, exchange or conversion shall remain subject to the terms of this lock-up agreement, (y) such exercise, exchange or conversion is not required during the Lock-Up Period to be reported in any press release or public report or filing with the SEC (including, without limitation, any filing under Section 16 of the Exchange Act), or


otherwise and (z) the undersigned does not otherwise voluntarily effect any public filing or report regarding such transfers during the Lock-Up Period.

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, nothing herein shall prevent the undersigned from establishing a 10b5-1 trading plan that complies with Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act (“ 10b5-1 Trading Plan ”) or from amending an existing 10b5-1 Trading Plan so long as there are no sales of Lock-Up Securities under such plans during the Lock-Up Period; and provided that, the establishment of a 10b5-1 Trading Plan or the amendment of a 10b5-1 Trading Plan, in either case, providing for sales of Lock-Up Securities shall only be permitted if (i) the establishment or amendment of such plan is not required to be reported in any public report or filing with the SEC, or otherwise and (ii) the undersigned does not otherwise voluntarily effect any public filing or report regarding the establishment or amendment of such plan.

The undersigned also agrees and consents to the entry of stop transfer instructions with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of the Lock-Up Securities except in compliance with the foregoing restrictions. This lock-up agreement shall automatically terminate, and the undersigned shall be released from the undersigned’s obligations hereunder, upon the earliest to occur, if any, of (i) prior to the execution of the Underwriting Agreement, the Company advises the Representatives in writing that it has determined not to proceed with the Public Offering; (ii) the Company files an application to withdraw the registration statement related to the Public Offering; (iii) the Underwriting Agreement is executed but is terminated prior to the closing of the Public Offering (other than the provisions thereof which survive termination), or (iv) December 31, 2016, in the event that the Underwriting Agreement has not been executed by such date (provided that the Company may by written notice to the undersigned prior to December 31, 2016 extend such date for a period of up to an additional 90 days).

This lock-up agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

The undersigned understands that the Underwriters are entering into the Underwriting Agreement and proceeding with the Public Offering in reliance upon this lock-up agreement.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]


  Very truly yours,

 

IF AN INDIVIDUAL:     IF AN ENTITY:

 

   

 

          (signature)               (please print complete name of entity)
Name:  

 

    By:  

 

          (please print full name)               (duly authorized signature)
      Name:  

 

                (please print full name of signatory)
Email Address:     Email Address:

 

   

 

Address:     Address:

 

   

 

 

   

 

[S IGNATURE P AGE TO L OCK -U P A GREEMENT ]


Exhibit B

FORM OF PRESS RELEASE

TO BE ISSUED PURSUANT TO SECTION 3(j)

PROTAGONIST THERAPEUTICS, INC.

[Date]

PROTAGONIST THERAPEUTICS, INC. (the “Company”) announced today that Leerink Partners LLC and Barclays Capital Inc., the joint book-running managers in the Company’s recent public sale of [●] shares of common stock, are [waiving] [releasing] a lock-up restriction with respect to [●] shares of the Company’s common stock held by [certain officers or directors] [an officer or director] of the Company. The [waiver] [release] will take effect on [DATE], and the shares may be sold on or after such date.

This press release is not an offer for sale of the securities in the United States or in any other jurisdiction where such offer is prohibited, and such securities may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an exemption from registration under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Exhibit 3.1(a)

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT OF

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

PROTAGONIST THERAPEUTICS, INC.

The undersigned hereby certifies that:

1. He is the duly elected and acting President of Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Corporation ”).

2. The Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was originally filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on August 22, 2006, under its former name, Protagonist, Inc. An Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed on September 18, 2006. A Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed on May 3, 2013. A Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed on July 10, 2015 (the “ Restated Certificate ”).

3. Pursuant to Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, this Certificate of Amendment of the Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation amends Article Fourth to strike out the first paragraph of Article Fourth and substituting in lieu of said paragraph the following two paragraphs:

“This Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, common stock and preferred stock. The total number of shares that this Corporation is authorized to issue is 286,374,911. The total number of shares of common stock authorized to be issued is 160,000,000, par value $0.00001 per share (the “ Common Stock ”). The total number of shares of preferred stock authorized to be issued is 126,374,911, par value $0.00001 per share (the “ Preferred Stock ”), 6,037,500 of which are designated as Series A Preferred Stock (“ Series A Preferred Stock ”), 40,000,000 of which are designated as Series B Preferred Stock (“ Series B Preferred Stock ” and, together with the Series A Preferred Stock, the “ Junior Preferred Stock ”) and 80,337,411 of which are designated as Series C Preferred Stock (“ Series C Preferred Stock ”).

Effective when this Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation is filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, each fourteen and one half of one (14.5) outstanding shares of Common Stock, par value $0.00001 per share, shall, automatically and without any action on the part of the respective holders thereof, be combined and converted into one (1) share of Common Stock (including all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise or conversion of outstanding options, restricted stock units, convertible securities and any other stock awards as set

 

1


forth in Section 4(e)(iv) with respect to the Preferred Stock), par value $0.00001 per share; provided, however, that the Corporation shall issue no fractional shares as a result of the actions set forth herein but shall instead pay to the holder of such fractional share a sum in cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the fair market value of one share of Common Stock on the day before the date this Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation is filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.”

4. The foregoing Certificate of Amendment of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted by this Corporation’s Board of Directors and stockholders in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections 228 and 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

2


In Witness Whereof, the Corporation has caused this Certificate of Amendment to be signed by its President and Chief Executive Officer this 1 st day of August, 2016.

 

P ROTAGONIST T HERAPEUTICS , I NC .
By:  

/s/ Dinesh V. Patel, Ph.D.

          Dinesh V. Patel, Ph.D.
          President and Chief Executive Officer

P ROTAGONIST T HERAPEUTICS , I NC .

S IGNATURE P AGE TO C ERTIFICATE OF A MENDMENT


Delaware    PAGE 1
The First State   

I, JEFFREY W. BULLOCK, SECRETARY OF STATE OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, DO HEREBY CERTIFY THE ATTACHED IS A TRUE AND CORRECT COPY OF THE RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF “PROTAGONIST THERAPEUTICS, INC.”, FILED IN THIS OFFICE ON THE TENTH DAY OF JULY , A.D. 2015, AT 8:03 O’CLOCK A.M.

A FILED COPY OF THIS CERTIFICATE HAS BEEN FORWARDED TO THE NEW CASTLE COUNTY RECORDER OF DEEDS.

 

LOGO


LOGO

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

PROTAGONIST THERAPEUTICS, INC.

(Pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the

General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware)

Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ General Corporation Law ”),

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

FIRST: That the name of this corporation is Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc., and that this corporation was originally incorporated pursuant to the General Corporation Law on August 22, 2006, under its former name, Protagonist, Inc. An Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed on September 18, 2006. A Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was filed on May 3, 2013.

SECOND: That the Board of Directors of the corporation (the “ Board of Directors ”) duly adopted resolutions proposing to amend and restate the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation, declaring said amendment and restatement to be advisable and in the best interests of this corporation and its stockholders, and authorizing the appropriate officers of this corporation to solicit the consent of the stockholders therefor, which resolution setting forth the proposed amendment and restatement is as follows:

RESOLVED , that the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation be amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

ARTICLE I

The name of this corporation is Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”).

ARTICLE II

The address of the registered office of this Corporation in the State of Delaware is c/o Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19808. The name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

ARTICLE III

The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law.

ARTICLE IV

This Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, common stock and preferred stock. The total number of shares that this Corporation is authorized to issue is 286,374,911. The total number of shares of common stock authorized to be issued is 160,000,000, par value $0.00001 per share (the “ Common Stock ”). The total number of shares of preferred stock authorized to be issued is 126,374,911, par value $0.00001 per share (the “ Preferred Stock ”), 6,037,500 of which are designated as Series A Preferred Stock (“ Series A Preferred Stock ”), 40,000,000 of which are designated as Series B Preferred Stock (“ Series B Preferred Stock ” and, together with the Series A Preferred Stock, the “ Junior Preferred Stock ”) and 80,337,411 of which are designated as Series C Preferred Stock (“ Series C Preferred Stock ”).


The following is a statement of the designations and the powers, privileges and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof in respect of each class of capital stock of the Corporation. Unless otherwise indicated, references to “ Sections ” or “ Subsections ” in this Article refer to sections and subsections of this Article IV. “ Certificate of Incorporation ” refers to this Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

A. Common Stock

1. Relative Rights . The voting, dividend and liquidation rights of the holders of the Common Stock are subject to and qualified by the rights, powers and preferences of the holders of the Preferred Stock set forth herein. Each share of Common Stock shall have the same relative rights as, and be identical in all respects to, all the other shares of Common Stock.

2. Voting . Each holder of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the bylaws of the Corporation, and shall be entitled to vote upon such matters and in such manner as may be provided by law and shall be entitled to cast one vote for each outstanding share of Common Stock so held upon any matter or thing properly considered and acted upon by the holders of Common Stock; provided , however , that, except as otherwise required by law, the holders of Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation or pursuant to the General Corporation Law. Except as provided herein, the number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding stock of the Corporation (voting together on an as-converted to Common Stock basis), irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law.

3. Dividends . Subject to the restrictions and limitations set forth in this Certificate of Incorporation and the preferential rights of holders of all classes of stock at the time outstanding having preferential rights as to dividends, dividends may be declared and paid on the Common Stock from funds lawfully available therefor if, as and when determined by the Board of Directors; provided that no such dividends may be declared or paid (other than in the form of shares of Common Stock) unless dividends are simultaneously declared or paid, as the case may be, on the shares of Preferred Stock as set forth in Section B(1), below.

4. Liquidation . In the event of any dissolution, liquidation, or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, the holders of the Common Stock, along with the holders of Preferred Stock, shall be entitled to participate in the distribution of any assets of the Corporation remaining after the Corporation shall have paid, or set aside for payment, to the holders of any class of stock having preference over the Common Stock in the event of dissolution, liquidation or winding up the full preferential amounts (if any) to which they are entitled, all as more fully described in Section B(2), below.

 

6


B. Preferred Stock

The rights, preferences, privileges, restrictions and other matters relating to the Preferred Stock are as follows.

1. Dividend Provisions .

(a) Series C Preferred Stock . The Corporation shall not declare, pay or set aside any dividends on shares of any other class or series of capital stock of the Corporation (other than dividends on shares of Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock) unless (in addition to the obtaining of any consents required elsewhere in the Certificate of Incorporation) the holders of Series C Preferred Stock then outstanding shall first receive, or simultaneously receive, a dividend on each outstanding share of Series C Preferred Stock in an amount at least equal to (a) in the case of a dividend on Common Stock or any class or series that is convertible into Common Stock, that dividend per share of Series C Preferred Stock as equals the product of (i) the dividend payable on each share of such class or series determined, if applicable, as if all shares of such class or series had been converted into Common Stock and (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of a share of Series C Preferred Stock, in each case calculated on the record date for determination of holders entitled to receive such dividend, or (b) in the case of a dividend on any class or series that is not convertible into Common Stock, at a rate per share of Series C Preferred Stock determined by (i) dividing the amount of the dividend payable on each share of such class or series of capital stock by the original issuance price of such class or series of capital stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to such class or series) and (ii) multiplying such fraction by an amount equal to the Series C Original Issue Price (as defined below); provided that, if the Corporation declares, pays or sets aside on the same date, a dividend on shares of more than one class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, the dividend payable to the holders of Series C Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 1 shall be calculated based upon the dividend on the class or series of capital stock that would result in the highest Series C Preferred Stock dividend. The “ Series C Original Issue Price ” shall mean $0.4979 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series C Preferred Stock.

(b) Junior Preferred Stock . After payment of the prior dividend rights of the Series C Preferred Stock pursuant to the above provisions of Subsection 1(a), the holders of Junior Preferred Stock then outstanding shall first receive, or simultaneously receive, prior and in preference to any declaration, payment or setting aside of any dividend on the Common Stock (other than dividends on shares of Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock), a dividend on each outstanding share of such Junior Preferred Stock in an amount at least equal to (a) in the case of a dividend on Common Stock or any class or series that is convertible into Common Stock, that dividend per share of such Junior Preferred Stock as equals the product of (i) the dividend payable on each share of such class or series determined, if applicable, as if all shares of such class or series had been converted into Common Stock and (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of a share of such Junior Preferred Stock, in each case calculated on the record date for determination of holders entitled to receive such dividend, or (b) in the case of a dividend on any class or series that is not convertible into Common Stock, at a rate per share of such Junior Preferred Stock determined by (i) dividing the amount of the dividend payable on each share of such class or series of capital stock by the original issuance price of such class or series of capital stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to such class or series) and (ii) multiplying such fraction by an amount equal to the Series A Original Issue Price (as defined below) or the Series B Original Issue Price (as defined below), as applicable; provided that, if the Corporation declares, pays or sets aside on the same date, a dividend on shares of more than one class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, the dividend payable to the holders of Junior Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 1 shall be calculated based upon the dividend on the class or series of capital stock that would result in the highest Junior Preferred Stock dividend. The “ Series A Original Issue Price ” shall mean $1.00 per share, subject to

 

7


appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock. The “ Series B Original Issue Price ” shall mean $0.50 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock.

(c) The provisions set forth in Subsections 1(a) and 1(b) shall not apply with respect to any distribution or payment made by the Corporation in accordance with Section 2 or Section 3 hereof.

2. Liquidation Preference .

(a) Series C Preferred Stock Preference Amount . In the event of any Liquidation Event (as defined below), either voluntary or involuntary, the holders of Series C Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of the proceeds of such Liquidation Event (the “ Proceeds ”) to the holders of Common Stock, the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock or any other securities having rights upon a Liquidation Event junior to the Series C Preferred Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, out of the assets of the Corporation lawfully available for distribution to its stockholders, an amount per share of Series C Preferred Stock equal to the sum of (i) the Series C Original Issue Price, plus (ii) all declared but unpaid dividends on such share (such aggregate sum, the “ Series C Preference Amount ”). If, upon the occurrence of any Liquidation Event, the Proceeds and the assets and funds legally available for distribution to the stockholders of the Corporation are insufficient to pay the full Series C Preference Amount in respect of each share of Series C Preferred Stock, then the entire Proceeds and assets and funds legally available for distribution to the stockholders of the Corporation shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock in proportion to the portion of the Series C Preference Amount that each such holder is otherwise entitled to receive under this Subsection 2(a).

(b) Series B Preferred Stock Preference Amount . In the event of any Liquidation Event, either voluntary or involuntary, after payment in full of the Series C Preference Amount in respect of each share of Series C Preferred Stock, the holders of Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of the Proceeds to the holders of Common Stock and the Series A Preferred Stock or any other securities having rights upon a Liquidation Event junior to the Series B Preferred Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, out of the assets of the Corporation lawfully available for distribution to its stockholders, an amount per share of Series B Preferred Stock equal to the sum of (i) the Series B Original Issue Price, plus (ii) all declared but unpaid dividends on such share (such aggregate sum, the “ Series B Preference Amount ”). If, upon the occurrence of any Liquidation Event, after payment in full of the Series C Preference Amount in respect of each share of Series C Preferred Stock, the Proceeds and the assets and funds legally available for distribution to the stockholders of the Corporation are insufficient to pay the full Series B Preference Amount in respect of each share of Series B Preferred Stock, then the entire Proceeds and assets and funds legally available for distribution to the stockholders of the Corporation shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock in proportion to the portion of the Series B Preference Amount that each such holder is otherwise entitled to receive under this Subsection 2(b).

(c) Series A Preferred Stock Preference Amount . In the event of any Liquidation Event, either voluntary or involuntary, after payment in full of the Series C Preference Amount in respect of each share of Series C Preferred Stock and after payment in full of the Series B Preference Amount in respect of each share of Series B Preferred Stock, the holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of the Proceeds to the holders of Common Stock or any other securities having rights upon a Liquidation Event junior to the Series A Preferred Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, out of the assets of the Corporation lawfully available for distribution to its stockholders, an amount per share of Series A Preferred Stock equal to the sum of (i) the Series A

 

8


Original Issue Price, plus (ii) all declared but unpaid dividends on such share (such aggregate sum, the “ Series A Preference Amount ,” and together with the Series C Preference Amount and the Series B Preference Amount, each a “ Preference Amount ”). If, upon the occurrence of any Liquidation Event, after payment in full of the Series C Preference Amount in respect of each share of Series C Preferred Stock and after payment in full of the Series B Preference Amount in respect of each share of Series B Preferred Stock, the Proceeds and the assets and funds legally available for distribution to the stockholders of the Corporation are insufficient to pay the full Series A Preference Amount in respect of each share of Series A Preferred Stock, then the entire Proceeds and assets and funds legally available for distribution to the stockholders of the Corporation shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock in proportion to the portion of the Series A Preference Amount that each such holder is otherwise entitled to receive under this Subsection 2(c).

(d) Remaining Proceeds . In the event of any Liquidation Event, either voluntary or involuntary, after payment has been made to the holders of shares of Preferred Stock of the full Preference Amounts in respect of each such share of Preferred Stock, all of the remaining Proceeds shall be distributed among the holders of Preferred Stock and Common Stock pro rata based on the number of shares of Common Stock held by each such holder, with each share of Preferred Stock treated for such purpose as the number of shares of Common Stock into which such share of Preferred Stock is then convertible.

(e) Liquidation Event .

(i) For purposes of this Section B(2), a “ Liquidation Event ” shall mean (A) the closing of the sale, transfer or other disposition by the Corporation (or any subsidiary of the Corporation) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, (B) any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, any reorganization, share exchange, consolidation or merger of the Corporation with or into any other entity but excluding any sale of capital stock by the Corporation for capital raising purposes) (x) in which the holders of the Corporation’s outstanding capital stock immediately before the first such transaction do not, immediately after any other such transaction, retain stock or other equity interests representing at least fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of the surviving entity of such transaction or (y) in which at least fifty percent (50%) of the Corporation’s outstanding capital stock is transferred (calculated on an as-converted to Common Stock basis) or (C) a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of this Corporation; provided , however , that a transaction shall not constitute a Liquidation Event if its sole purpose is to change the state of this Corporation’s incorporation or to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held this Corporation’s securities immediately prior to such transaction. The treatment of any particular transaction or series of related transactions as a Liquidation Event may be waived by the vote or written consent of (1) the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted to Common Stock basis and (2) the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock (such holders in such clauses (1) and (2) shall be referred to herein as the “ Required Holders ”). Unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the Required Holders, no stockholder of the Corporation shall enter into any transaction or series of related transactions resulting in a Liquidation Event unless the terms of such transaction or transactions provide that the consideration to be paid to the stockholders of the Corporation is to be allocated in accordance with the preferences and priorities set forth in this Section 2.

 

9


(ii) In any Liquidation Event, if the Proceeds from such Liquidation Event is other than cash, its value will be deemed its fair market value. Any securities shall be valued as follows.

(A) Securities not subject to investment letter or other similar restrictions on free marketability covered by clause (B) below:

(1) if traded on a securities exchange or through the Nasdaq Capital Market, Global Market or Global Select Market, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the securities on such exchange or system over the twenty (20) trading-day period ending three (3) trading days prior to the closing of the Liquidation Event;

(2) if actively traded over-the-counter, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid or sale prices (whichever is applicable) over the twenty (20) trading-day period ending three (3) trading days prior to the closing of the Liquidation Event; and

(3) if there is no active public market, the value shall be the fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

(B) The method of valuation of securities subject to investment letter or other restrictions on free marketability (other than restrictions arising solely by virtue of a stockholder’s status as an affiliate or former affiliate) shall be to make an appropriate discount from the market value determined as above in clause (A)(1), (2) or (3) to reflect the approximate fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

(C) The foregoing methods for valuing non-cash consideration to be distributed in connection with a Liquidation Event may be superceded by any determination of such value set forth in the definitive agreements governing such Liquidation Event, provided that this Corporation is a party to such definitive agreements.

(f) Notice . Written notice of any such Liquidation Event stating a payment date, the place where such payment shall be made, the amount of each payment in liquidation and the amount of dividends to be paid shall be given by first class mail, postage prepaid, not less than ten (10) days prior to the payment date stated therein, to each holder of record of Preferred Stock at such holder’s address as shown in the records of the Corporation, provided that any holder of Preferred Stock may convert its shares of Preferred Stock to Common Stock pursuant to Section B(4) below during such period at any time prior to the payment date stated in such notice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, subject to compliance with the General Corporation Law such notice period may be shortened or waived upon the written consent of the Required Holders.

(g) Effecting a Liquidation Event .

(i) Unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the Required Holders, the Corporation shall not have the power to effect a Liquidation Event that is a merger or consolidation in which the Corporation is a constituent party unless the agreement or plan of merger or consolidation for such transaction (the “ Merger Agreement ”) provides that the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Section 2 hereof.

(ii) In the event of a Liquidation Event that is referred to in Subsection 2(e)(i)(A), if the Corporation does not effect a dissolution of the Corporation under the General Corporation Law within 90 days after such Liquidation Event, then, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the Required Holders, (A) the Corporation shall send a written notice to each holder of Preferred Stock no later than the 90th day after the Liquidation Event advising such holders of their right (and the requirements to be met to secure such right) pursuant to the terms of the following clause (B) to require

 

10


the redemption of such shares of Preferred Stock, and (B) the Corporation shall use the consideration received by the Corporation for such Liquidation Event (net of any retained liabilities associated with the assets sold or technology licensed, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors), together with any other assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders (the “ Available Proceeds ”), to the extent legally available therefor, on the 150th day after such Liquidation Event, to redeem all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock at a price per share equal to the amount payable in respect of such share in accordance with the liquidation preferences set forth in Subsections 2(a)-(d). The provisions of Section B(3) regarding the mechanics of effecting a redemption shall apply, with such necessary changes in the details thereof as are necessitated by the context, to the redemption of the Series C Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series A Preferred Stock pursuant to this Subsection 2(g)(ii). Prior to the distribution or redemption provided for in this Subsection 2(g)(ii), the Corporation shall not expend or dissipate the consideration received for such Liquidation Event, except to discharge expenses incurred in connection with such Liquidation Event or in the ordinary course of business.

(h) Allocation of Contingent Consideration . Notwithstanding any other provision set forth in this Section 2, in the event of a Liquidation Event, if any portion of the consideration payable to the Corporation or the stockholders of the Corporation is contingent upon the occurrence of any event or the passage of time (including, without limitation, any deferred purchase price payments, installment payments, payments made in respect of any promissory note issued in such transaction, payments from escrow, purchase price adjustment payments or payments in respect of “earnouts” or holdbacks) (the “ Additional Consideration ”) such Additional Consideration shall not be deemed received by the Corporation or its stockholders or available for distribution to such stockholders unless and until the contingencies related to such Additional Consideration have been satisfied and such Additional Consideration is indefeasibly received by the Corporation or its stockholders in accordance with the terms of such Liquidation Event. Notwithstanding any other provision set forth in this Section 2, the portion of consideration payable in a Liquidation Event that is not Additional Consideration (such portion, the “ Initial Consideration ”) shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Subsections 2(a)-(d) as if the Initial Consideration were the only consideration payable in connection such Liquidation Event and (ii) any Additional Consideration which becomes payable upon satisfaction of such contingencies shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Subsections 2(a)-(d) after taking into account the previous payment of the Initial Consideration as part of the same transaction.

3. Redemption . This Corporation shall be obligated to redeem the Preferred Stock as follows.

(a) Series C Preferred Stock Redemption Rights . At any time after seven (7) years from the date on which shares of Series C Preferred Stock are first issued (the “ Series C Original Issue Date ”), upon the written election (the “ Series C Redemption Election ”) of the holders of at least a majority of the Series C Preferred Stock then outstanding (the “ Series C Electing Holders ”), this Corporation, to the extent it may lawfully do so, shall redeem all outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock by paying in cash in exchange for each share of Series C Preferred Stock to be redeemed a sum equal to the greater of (i) the Series C Original Issue Price per share plus all declared but unpaid dividends with respect to such share and (ii) the fair market value per share of Series C Preferred Stock on the date of the Series C Redemption Election, as determined by an independent appraiser chosen by the Series C Electing Holders (the costs of which shall be borne by this Corporation) (the “ Independent Appraiser ”) (the “ Series C Redemption Price ”). The fair market value shall be determined by the Independent Appraiser without applying any illiquidity or minority ownership discounts. This Corporation shall effect such redemption by paying the holders of Series C Preferred Stock the full amount of the Series C Redemption Price in a single installment on a date no later than ninety (90) days following the date of the Series C Redemption Election (the “ Series C Redemption Date ”).

 

11


(b) Series B Preferred Stock Redemption Rights . At any time following the date upon which all shares of Series C Preferred Stock have been redeemed or converted, upon the written election (the “ Series B Redemption Election ”) of the holders of at least a majority of the Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding, (the “ Series B Electing Holders ”), this Corporation, to the extent it may lawfully do so, shall redeem all outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock by paying in cash in exchange for each share of Series B Preferred Stock to be redeemed a sum equal to the greater of (i) the Series B Original Issue Price per share plus all declared but unpaid dividends with respect to such share and (ii) the fair market value per share of Series B Preferred Stock on the date of the Series B Redemption Election, as determined by the Independent Appraiser (the “ Series B Redemption Price ”). The fair market value shall be determined by the Independent Appraiser without applying any illiquidity or minority ownership discounts. This Corporation shall effect such redemption by paying the holders of Series B Preferred Stock the full amount of the Series B Redemption Price in a single installment on a date no later than ninety (90) days following the date of the Series B Redemption Election (the “ Series B Redemption Date ”).

(c) Series A Preferred Stock Redemption Rights . At any time following the date upon which all shares of Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock have been redeemed or converted, upon the written election (the “ Series A Redemption Election ”) of the holders of at least 60% of the Series A Preferred Stock then outstanding, this Corporation, to the extent it may lawfully do so, shall redeem all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock by paying in cash in exchange for each share of Series A Preferred Stock to be redeemed a sum equal to the Series A Original Issue Price per share plus all declared but unpaid dividends with respect to such share (the “ Series A Redemption Price ,” and collectively with the Series B Redemption Price and the Series C Redemption Price, the “ Redemption Price ”). This Corporation shall effect such redemption by paying the holders of Series A Preferred Stock the full amount of the Series A Redemption Price in a single installment on a date no later than ninety (90) days following the date of the Series A Redemption Election (the “ Series A Redemption Date ,” and collectively with the Series C Redemption Date and the Series B Redemption Date, a “ Redemption Date ”).

(d) Notice . Not later than thirty (30) days prior to each Redemption Date, this Corporation shall mail, postage prepaid, to each holder of record of shares to be redeemed at its address shown on the records of this Corporation a redemption notice (the “ Redemption Notice ”), which shall set forth the applicable Redemption Date, the amount to be redeemed and the number of shares that the holder is to surrender to this Corporation, at the place designated therein, the holder’s certificate or certificates representing the number of shares of stock to be redeemed. If on the applicable Redemption Date sufficient funds are not legally available to redeem all shares required to be redeemed in accordance with the preferences and priorities set forth above in this Section B(3), the funds legally available shall be used to redeem the maximum possible number of shares ratably among the holders based upon the aggregate Redemption Price of their respective holdings of such shares (in accordance with the preferences and priorities set forth above in this Section B(3)), and the remaining shares shall be redeemed as soon as possible after funds become legally available. This Corporation shall give the holders of shares to be redeemed at least 10 days’ notice of any redemption payment to be made after the relevant Redemption Date.

(e) Mechanics of Redemption . Each holder of shares to be redeemed shall surrender such holder’s certificate or certificates representing the shares to be redeemed, duly endorsed in blank or accompanied by a duly endorsed stock power attached thereto, to this Corporation at the place designated in the Redemption Notice, and thereupon the Redemption Price for such shares shall be paid to the order of the person whose name appears on such certificate or certificates and each surrendered certificate shall be canceled and retired. This Corporation shall issue to each holder redeeming shares on each Redemption Date a new certificate representing the number of shares of stock not redeemed by such

 

12


holder on such Redemption Date, if applicable. If any shares are not redeemed solely because a holder fails to surrender the certificate or certificates representing such shares pursuant to this Section, then, from and after the applicable Redemption Date, and except for the continuing right to receive payment under this Section (which shall not bear interest), such shares of stock thereupon subject to redemption shall not be entitled to any further rights as Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Series C Preferred Stock, as applicable.

(f) Deposit of Funds . On or within two (2) business days prior to each Redemption Date, the Corporation shall deposit the applicable Redemption Price of all shares designated for redemption in the Redemption Notice on such Redemption Date and not yet converted with a bank or trust company having aggregate capital and surplus in excess of $25,000,000 as a trust fund for the benefit of the holders of the shares designated for redemption. Any moneys deposited by the Corporation pursuant to this Subsection 3(f) for the redemption of shares that are thereafter converted into shares of Common Stock pursuant to Section B(4) hereof shall be returned to the Corporation forthwith upon such conversion. The balance of any moneys deposited by the Corporation pursuant to this Subsection 3(f) remaining unclaimed at the expiration of one (1) year following the final applicable Redemption Date shall thereafter be returned to the Corporation upon its request expressed in a resolution of its Board of Directors, after which the holders of such shares called for redemption shall be entitled only to receive payment of the applicable Redemption Price from the Corporation.

4. Conversion . The holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows (the “ Conversion Rights ”).

(a) Right to Convert . Each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share, at the office of this Corporation or any transfer agent for such stock, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing $0.50 (as such price may be adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock) by the Conversion Price applicable to such share, determined as hereafter provided, in effect on the date the certificate is surrendered for conversion. Each share of Series B Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share, at the office of this Corporation or any transfer agent for such stock, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the Series B Original Issue Price by the Conversion Price applicable to such share, determined as hereafter provided, in effect on the date the certificate is surrendered for conversion. Each share of Series C Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share, at the office of this Corporation or any transfer agent for such stock, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the Series C Original Issue Price by the Conversion Price applicable to such share, determined as hereafter provided, in effect on the date the certificate is surrendered for conversion. The initial “ Series A Conversion Price ” per share for the Series A Preferred Stock shall be equal to $0.50, the initial “ Series B Conversion Price ” per share for the Series B Preferred Stock shall be the Series B Original Issue Price and the initial “ Series C Conversion Price ” per share for the Series C Preferred Stock shall be the Series C Original Issue Price; provided , however , that the applicable Conversion Price shall be subject to adjustment as set forth in this Section B(4). The Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price and the Series C Conversion Price are collectively referred to herein as a “ Conversion Price .”

(b) Mechanics of Conversion . Before any holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to voluntarily convert the same into shares of Common Stock, he or she shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of this Corporation or of any transfer agent for the Preferred Stock (or such holder shall notify the Corporation that such certificates have been lost, stolen or

 

13


destroyed and such holder shall execute an agreement, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Corporation, to indemnify the Corporation from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificates), and shall give written notice to this Corporation at its principal corporate office, of the election to convert the same and shall state therein the name or names in which the certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock are to be issued. This Corporation shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver at such office to such holder of Preferred Stock, or to the nominee or nominees of such holder, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder shall be entitled as aforesaid. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of such surrender of the shares of Preferred Stock to be converted, and the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such shares of Common Stock as of such date. If the conversion is in connection with an underwritten offering of securities registered pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the conversion may, at the option of any holder tendering Preferred Stock for conversion, be conditioned upon the closing with the underwriters of the sale of securities pursuant to such offering, in which event the persons entitled to receive the Common Stock upon conversion of the Preferred Stock shall not be deemed to have converted such Preferred Stock until immediately prior to the closing of such sale of securities. If the conversion is in connection with the automatic conversion provisions of Section B(4)(c)(ii) below, such conversion shall be deemed to have been made on the conversion date described in the stockholder consent approving such conversion, and the persons entitled to receive shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holders of such shares of Common Stock as of such date. If the conversion is in connection with a Special Mandatory Conversion pursuant to Section B(4)(d) below, such conversion shall be deemed to have been made on the date of closing of the Series C Second Tranche, and the persons entitled to receive shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holders of such shares of Common Stock as of such date.

(c) Automatic Conversion . Each share of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock at the Conversion Price applicable to such share at the time in effect immediately upon the earlier of (i) this Corporation’s sale of its Common Stock in a firm commitment underwritten public offering for the account of the Corporation, underwritten by a nationally recognized underwriter satisfactory to the Required Holders, pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the public offering price per share of which is not less than 200% of the Series C Original Issue Price, which results in cash proceeds to the Corporation (net of underwriting discounts and commissions, if any) of at least $40,000,000 in the aggregate and, after which, the Common Stock is listed on a United States national securities exchange (a “ Qualified Public Offering ”) or (ii) the date specified by the written consent or agreement of the Required Holders.

(d) Special Mandatory Conversion .

(i) Triggering Events . In the event that any holder of shares of Series C Preferred Stock becomes a “Defaulting Investor” (as such term is defined under the Series C Stock Purchase Agreement (as defined below)) under the Series C Stock Purchase Agreement, then each ten (10) shares of Series C Preferred Stock held by such holder shall automatically, without consideration and without any further action on the part of such holder, be converted into one (1) share of Common Stock effective upon, subject to, and concurrently with, the consummation of the Series C Second Tranche. Such conversion is referred to as a “ Special Mandatory Conversion .” If any Defaulting Investor converted any shares of Series C Preferred Stock held by such Defaulting Investor into shares of Common Stock at any time prior to becoming a Defaulting Investor, then such shares of Series C Preferred Stock that were so converted shall be deemed to have been converted pursuant to such Special Mandatory

 

14


Conversion (and ninety percent (90%) of the number of shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of such shares of Series C Preferred Stock shall be forfeited by such Defaulting Investor and cancelled immediately upon such Defaulting Investor becoming a Defaulting Investor).

(ii) Procedural Requirements . Upon a Special Mandatory Conversion, each holder of shares of Series C Preferred Stock converted pursuant to Subsection (4)(d)(i) above shall be sent written notice of such Special Mandatory Conversion. Upon receipt of such notice, each holder of such shares of Series C Preferred Stock shall surrender his, her or its certificate or certificates for all such shares (or, if such holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Corporation at the place designated in such notice. If so required by the Corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or by his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing. All rights with respect to the Series C Preferred Stock converted pursuant to Subsection 4(d)(i), including the rights, if any, to receive notices and vote (other than as a holder of Common Stock), will terminate at the time of the Special Mandatory Conversion (notwithstanding the failure of the holder or holders thereof to surrender the certificates for such shares at or prior to such time), except only the rights of the holders thereof, upon surrender of their certificate or certificates therefor (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement), to receive the items provided for in the next sentence of this Subsection 4(d)(ii). As soon as practicable after the Special Mandatory Conversion and the surrender of the certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) for Series C Preferred Stock so converted, the Corporation shall issue and deliver to such holder, or to his, her or its nominees, a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable on such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof, together with cash as provided in Subsection 4(h) below in lieu of any fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion and the payment of any declared but unpaid dividends on the shares of Series C Preferred Stock converted. Such converted Series C Preferred Stock shall be retired and cancelled and may not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock accordingly.

(iii) Definitions . For purposes of this Section 4(d), the following definitions shall apply.

(A) “ Series C Stock Purchase Agreement ” shall mean that certain Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc., Series C Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated on or about the date of the filing of this Certificate of Incorporation, which contemplates the sale of Series C Preferred Stock.

(B) “ Series C Second Tranche ” shall mean the “Milestone Closing” as such term is defined under the Series C Stock Purchase Agreement.

(e) Conversion Price Adjustments of Preferred Stock for Certain Dilutive Issuances . The Conversion Price with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as follows.

(i) If this Corporation shall issue, on or after the date upon which this Certificate of Incorporation is accepted for filing by the Secretary of State of Delaware (the “ Filing Date ”), any Additional Stock (as defined below) without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Conversion Price for a particular series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to the issuance of such Additional Stock, the Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock in effect

 

15


immediately prior to each such issuance shall forthwith (except as otherwise provided in this clause (i)) be adjusted to a price determined by multiplying such Conversion Price applicable to such series of Preferred Stock by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock Outstanding (as defined below) immediately prior to such issuance plus the number of shares of Common Stock that the aggregate consideration received by this Corporation for such issuance would purchase at such Conversion Price; and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock Outstanding (as defined below) immediately prior to such issuance plus the number of shares of such Additional Stock so issued.

For purposes of this Section B(4)(e)(i), the term “ Common Stock Outstanding ” shall mean and include the following: (1) the number of the then-outstanding shares of Common Stock, (2) the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the then-outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, (3) the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the then-outstanding stock options and (4) the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise (and, in the case of warrants to purchase Preferred Stock, conversion) of the then-outstanding warrants. Shares described in (1) through (4) above shall be included whether vested or unvested, whether contingent or non-contingent and whether exercisable or not yet exercisable.

(A) Except to the limited extent provided for in Subsections (D)(3) and (D)(4) below, no adjustment of such Conversion Price pursuant to this Subsection 4(e)(i) shall have the effect of increasing such Conversion Price above the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment.

(B) In the case of the issuance of Additional Stock for cash, the consideration shall be deemed to be the amount of cash paid therefor before deducting any reasonable discounts, commissions or other expenses allowed, paid or incurred by this Corporation for any underwriting or otherwise in connection with the issuance and sale thereof.

(C) In the case of the issuance of the Additional Stock for a consideration in whole or in part other than cash, the consideration other than cash shall be deemed to be the fair market value thereof as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors irrespective of any accounting treatment.

(D) In the case of the issuance of options to purchase or rights to subscribe for Common Stock, securities by their terms convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock or options to purchase or rights to subscribe for such convertible or exchangeable securities, the following provisions shall apply for purposes of determining the number of shares of Additional Stock issued and the consideration paid therefor.

(1) The aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon exercise (assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to exercisability, including without limitation, the passage of time, but without taking into account potential antidilution adjustments) of such options to purchase or rights to subscribe for Common Stock shall be deemed to have been issued at the time such options or rights were issued and for a consideration equal to the consideration (determined in the manner provided in Subsections 4(e)(i)(B) and 4(e)(i)(C)), if any, received by this Corporation upon the issuance of such options or rights plus the minimum exercise price provided in such options or rights (without taking into account potential antidilution adjustments) for the Common Stock covered thereby.

 

16


(2) The aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion of, or in exchange (assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to convertibility or exchangeability, including, without limitation, the passage of time, but without taking into account potential antidilution adjustments) for, any such convertible or exchangeable securities or upon the exercise of options to purchase or rights to subscribe for such convertible or exchangeable securities and subsequent conversion or exchange thereof shall be deemed to have been issued at the time such securities were issued or such options or rights were issued and for a consideration equal to the consideration, if any, received by this Corporation for any such securities and related options or rights (excluding any cash received on account of accrued interest or accrued dividends), plus the minimum additional consideration, if any, to be received by this Corporation (without taking into account potential antidilution adjustments) upon the conversion or exchange of such securities or the exercise of any related options or rights (the consideration in each case to be determined in the manner provided in subsections 4(e)(i)(B) and 4(e)(i)(C)).

(3) In the event of any change in the number of shares of Common Stock deliverable or in the consideration payable to this Corporation upon exercise of such options or rights or upon conversion of or in exchange for such convertible or exchangeable securities, the Conversion Price of each series of Preferred Stock, to the extent in any way affected by or computed using such options, rights or securities, shall be recomputed to reflect such change, but no further adjustment shall be made for the actual issuance of Common Stock or any payment of such consideration upon the exercise of any such options or rights or the conversion or exchange of such securities.

(4) Upon the expiration of any such options or rights, the termination of any such rights to convert or exchange or the expiration of any options or rights related to such convertible or exchangeable securities, the Conversion Price of each series of Preferred Stock, to the extent in any way affected by or computed using such options, rights or securities or options or rights related to such securities, shall be recomputed to reflect the issuance of only the number of shares of Common Stock (and convertible or exchangeable securities that remain in effect) actually issued upon the exercise of such options or rights, upon the conversion or exchange of such securities or upon the exercise of the options or rights related to such securities.

(5) The number of shares of Additional Stock deemed issued and the consideration deemed paid therefor pursuant to subsections 4(e)(i)(D)(l) and (2) shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect any change, termination or expiration of the type described in either subsection 4(e)(i)(D)(3) or (4).

(ii) “ Additional Stock ” shall mean any shares of Common Stock issued (or deemed to have been issued pursuant to Subsection 4(e)(i)(D)) by this Corporation on or after the Series C Original Issue Date other than:

(A) Common Stock issued pursuant to a transaction described in Subsection 4(e)(iii) below;

(B) Common Stock (or options therefor) issued or deemed issued to employees, directors, consultants and other service providers for the primary purpose of soliciting or retaining their services pursuant to plans or agreements approved by the Board of Directors, including without limitation this Corporation’s current option plan;

 

17


(C) Common Stock issued pursuant to a Qualified Public Offering;

(D) Common Stock or Preferred Stock, as the case may be, issued pursuant to the conversion or exercise of convertible or exercisable securities outstanding on the Filing Date;

(E) Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock; or

(F) Shares of Series C Preferred Stock sold pursuant to the Series C Stock Purchase Agreement.

(iii) In the event this Corporation should at any time or from time to time after the Filing Date fix a record date for the effectuation of a split or subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock or the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive a dividend or other distribution payable in additional shares of Common Stock or other securities or rights convertible into, or entitling the holder thereof to receive directly or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock (hereinafter referred to as “ Common Stock Equivalents ”) without payment of any consideration by such holder for the additional shares of Common Stock or the Common Stock Equivalents (including the additional shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exercise thereof), then, as of such record date (or the date of such dividend, distribution, split or subdivision if no record date is fixed), the Conversion Price for each series of Preferred Stock shall be appropriately decreased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be increased in proportion to such increase of the aggregate of shares of Common Stock outstanding and those issuable with respect to such Common Stock Equivalents with the number of shares issuable with respect to Common Stock Equivalents determined from time to time in the manner provided for deemed issuances in Subsection 4(e)(i)(D).

(iv) If the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at any time after the Filing Date is decreased by a combination of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, then, following the record date of such combination, the Conversion Price applicable to each series of Preferred Stock shall be appropriately increased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding shares.

(f) Other Distributions . In the event this Corporation shall declare a distribution payable in securities of other persons, evidences of indebtedness issued by this Corporation or other persons, assets (excluding cash dividends) or options or rights not referred to in Subsection 4(e)(iii), then, in each such case for the purpose of this Subsection 4(f), the holders of the Preferred Stock shall be entitled to a proportionate share of any such distribution as though they were the holders of the number of shares of Common Stock of this Corporation into which their shares of Preferred Stock are convertible as of the record date fixed for the determination of the holders of Common Stock of this Corporation entitled to receive such distribution.

(g) Recapitalizations . If at any time or from time to time there shall be a recapitalization of the Common Stock or the Common Stock is converted into other securities, assets or property, whether pursuant to a reorganization, merger, consolidation or otherwise (other than a subdivision or combination provided for elsewhere in this Section 4 or a Liquidation Event) provision shall be made so that the holders of the Preferred Stock shall thereafter be entitled to receive upon conversion of the Preferred Stock the number of shares of stock or other securities or property of this Corporation or otherwise, to which a holder of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion would have

 

18


been entitled in connection with such transaction or event. In any such case, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Section 4 with respect to the rights of the holders of the Preferred Stock after the recapitalization to the end that the provisions of this Section 4 (including adjustment of the Conversion Price then in effect with respect to such series of Preferred Stock and the number of shares purchasable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock) shall be applicable after that event as nearly equivalently as may be practicable.

(h) No Fractional Shares and Certificate as to Adjustments .

(i) No fractional shares shall be issued upon the conversion of any share or shares of the Preferred Stock and the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock to be issued to particular stockholders shall be rounded down to the nearest whole share and the Corporation shall pay in cash the fair market value of any fractional shares as of the time when entitlement to receive such fractions is determined. Whether or not fractional shares would be issuable upon such conversion shall be determined on the basis of the total number of shares of Preferred Stock the holder is at the time converting into Common Stock and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion.

(ii) Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of a Conversion Price pursuant to this Section 4, this Corporation, at its expense, shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and prepare and furnish to each holder of the applicable series of Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. This Corporation shall, upon the written request at any time of any holder of Preferred Stock, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a like certificate setting forth (A) such adjustment and readjustment, (B) the Conversion Price at the time in effect with respect to such series of Preferred Stock, and (C) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other property that at the time would be received upon the conversion of a share of such series of Preferred Stock.

(i) Notices of Record Date . In the event of any taking by this Corporation of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend (other than a cash dividend) or other distribution, this Corporation shall mail to each holder of Preferred Stock, at least ten (10) days prior to the date specified therein, a notice specifying the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend or distribution, and the amount and character of such dividend or distribution.

(j) Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion . This Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of the Preferred Stock, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then-outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, in addition to such other remedies as shall be available to the holder of such Preferred Stock, this Corporation will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite stockholder approval of any necessary amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation.

(k) Notices . Any notice required by the provisions of this Section 4 to be given to the holders of shares of Preferred Stock shall be deemed given if deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to each holder of record at his address appearing on the books of this Corporation.

 

19


(l) Waiver of Adjustment to Conversion Price . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any downward adjustment of the Conversion Price applicable to a series of Preferred Stock may be waived, either prospectively or retroactively and either generally or in a particular instance, by the consent or vote of the holders of at least 60% of the then-outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock in the case of an adjustment to the Series A Conversion Price, a majority of the then-outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock in the case of an adjustment to the Series B Conversion Price and a majority of the then-outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock in the case of an adjustment to the Series C Conversion Price. Any such waiver shall bind all future holders of shares of such series of Preferred Stock.

5. Voting Rights . In addition to any special class or series voting rights provided hereunder or under the General Corporation Law or otherwise, the holder of each share of Preferred Stock shall have the right to one vote for each share of Common Stock into which such Preferred Stock could then be converted, and with respect to such vote, such holder shall have full voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the holders of Common Stock, shall be entitled, notwithstanding any provision hereof, to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the Bylaws of this Corporation, and shall be entitled to vote, together with holders of Common Stock, with respect to any question upon which holders of Common Stock have the right to vote. Fractional votes shall not, however, be permitted and any fractional voting rights available on an as-converted basis (after aggregating all shares into which shares of Preferred Stock held by each holder could be converted) shall be rounded to the nearest whole number (with one-half being rounded upward).

6. Protective Provisions . So long as any shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Series C Preferred Stock are outstanding, this Corporation shall not (by amendment to this Certificate of Incorporation or by merger, consolidation or otherwise), and shall not permit any of its subsidiaries to, without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the Required Holders, in addition to any other vote required by law and any such act or transaction entered into without such vote or written consent shall be null and void ab initio and of no force or effect:

(a) authorize or consummate a Liquidation Event (whether or not this Corporation or a subsidiary of this Corporation is the surviving entity);

(b) create, issue, authorize or grant, or permit any subsidiary of the Corporation to create, issue, authorize or grant, any payment or other consideration to any person or entity in connection with a Liquidation Event, other than in respect of any outstanding equity interest in the Corporation;

(c) permit any subsidiary of the Corporation to (i) sell, lease, assign, exclusively license, convey, or otherwise dispose of or encumber all or any substantial portion of its assets, property or business, (ii) merge or consolidate with or into any other entity, (iii) effect a reorganization, recapitalization or division or (iv) liquidate, dissolve or wind up;

(d) alter, repeal, change or waive any of the rights, preferences or privileges of any series of Preferred Stock;

(e) purchase or redeem (or permit any subsidiary to purchase or redeem) or pay or declare any dividend or make any distribution on, any shares of capital stock or other equity securities of the Corporation other than (i) redemptions of the Series C Preferred Stock as expressly authorized herein, (ii) dividends or other distributions payable on the Common Stock solely in the form of additional shares of Common Stock, and (iii) repurchases of stock from former employees, officers, directors, consultants or other persons who performed services for the Corporation or any subsidiary in connection with the cessation of such employment or service at the lower of the original purchase price or the then-current fair market value thereof;

 

20


(f) create, or authorize the creation of, or issue or obligate itself to issue shares of, any additional class or series of capital stock unless the same ranks junior to the Series C Preferred Stock with respect to the distribution of assets on a Liquidation Event, the payment of dividends and rights of redemption;

(g) increase the authorized number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock or increase the authorized number of shares of any other class or series of capital stock, unless the same ranks junior to the Preferred Stock with respect to the distribution of assets on a Liquidation Event, the payment of dividends and rights of redemption;

(h) (i) reclassify, alter or amend any existing security of the Corporation that is pari passu with the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, or Series C Preferred Stock in respect of the distribution of assets on a Liquidation Event, the payment of dividends or rights of redemption, if such reclassification, alteration or amendment would render such other security senior to the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, or Series C Preferred Stock in respect of any such right, preference or privilege, or (ii) reclassify, alter or amend any existing security of the Corporation that is junior to the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, or the Series C Preferred Stock in respect of the distribution of assets on a Liquidation Event, the payment of dividends or rights of redemption, if such reclassification, alteration or amendment would render such other security senior to or pari passu with the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Series C Preferred Stock in respect of any such right, preference or privilege;

(i) amend, alter, or repeal any provision of this Corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws;

(j) create, or authorize the creation of, or issue, or authorize the issuance of any debt security or other indebtedness, or guaranty the obligation of any third party with respect to, or permit any subsidiary to take any such action with respect to any debt security or indebtedness, if the aggregate indebtedness of the Corporation and its subsidiaries for borrowed money following such action would exceed $250,000;

(k) (i) permit any subsidiary of the Corporation to authorize or issue any security to any person or entity other than to the Corporation or (ii) sell, assign, encumber, convey or otherwise dispose of any security of any subsidiary of the Corporation;

(l) acquire, or permit an subsidiary to acquire, any business (whether by purchase of stock or assets) for consideration in excess of $100,000 or incur any expenditures in excess of $100,000 not included in the annual operating budget;

(m) change the fundamental business of the Corporation or any subsidiary not in accordance with the Corporation’s business plan approved by the Board of Directors;

(n) sell, transfer, lease, exclusively license, or otherwise dispose of, or permit any subsidiary to sell, transfer, lease, exclusively license, or otherwise dispose of, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, any material asset or assets exceeding a value of $250,000;

(o) increase or decrease the authorized number of directors constituting the Board of Directors;

 

21


(p) agree to any action which may impair the Corporation’s ability to honor the rights and preferences of the Preferred Stock;

(q) issue, or authorize the issuance of, any shares of Common Stock, options or other securities to any employee, director, officer, consultant or advisor of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries other than Common Stock issued pursuant to (i) the exercise of the stock options granted pursuant to the Corporation’s 2007 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, as amended (the “ Equity Incentive Plan ”) and outstanding on the Filing Date exercisable for up to 6,831,742 shares of Common Stock (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations and splits with respect to such shares of Common Stock), (ii) restricted stock awards or stock options issued or granted after the Filing Date pursuant to the Equity Incentive Plan, up to a maximum of 7,444,005 shares of Common Stock (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations and splits with respect to such shares of Common Stock); provided that after the closing date of the Series C Second Tranche, such maximum number of shares under this clause (ii) shall increase to a maximum of 15,418,675 shares of Common Stock (as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations and splits with respect to such shares of Common Stock), or (iii) restricted stock awards or stock options issued or granted after the date of the Series C Stock Purchase Agreement pursuant to the Equity Incentive Plan to the extent that any stock options or restricted stock awards previously granted pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) of this Subsection 6(q) are canceled or expire unexercised or are repurchased upon termination of employment or the applicable consulting arrangement with the Corporation at cost; or

(r) agree to take any of the foregoing actions.

7. Board of Directors .

(a) The holders of Series C Preferred Stock shall be entitled, by vote of the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock voting as a separate class, to elect one (1) member of the Board of Directors at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Corporation’s stockholders for the election of directors (the “ Series C Director ”), and to remove from office such Series C Director and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of such Series C Director. Any Series C Director elected as provided in this Section 7(a) may be removed without cause by, and only by, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock voting as a separate class given either at a special meeting of such stockholders duly called for that purpose or pursuant to a written consent of stockholders.

(b) The holders of Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled, by vote of the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock voting as a separate class, to elect one (1) member of the Board of Directors at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Corporation’s stockholders for the election of directors (the “ Series B Director ”), and to remove from office such Series B Director and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of such Series B Director. Any Series B Director elected as provided in this Section 7(b) may be removed without cause by, and only by, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock voting as a separate class given either at a special meeting of such stockholders duly called for that purpose or pursuant to a written consent of stockholders.

(c) The holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled, by vote of the holders of at least 60% of the then-outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock voting as a separate class, to elect one (1) member of the Board of Directors at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Corporation’s stockholders for the election of directors (the “ Series A Director ”), and to remove from office such Series A Director and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of such Series A Director. Any Series A Director elected as provided in this Section 7(c) may be removed without cause by, and only by, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 60% of the then-outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock voting as a separate class given either at a special meeting of such stockholders duly called for that purpose or pursuant to a written consent of stockholders

 

22


(d) The holders of Common Stock and Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis, shall be entitled to elect all remaining members of the Board of Directors at each meeting or pursuant to each consent of the Corporation’s stockholders for the election of directors, and to remove from office such directors and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or removal of such directors.

8. Status of Redeemed or Converted Stock . In the event any shares of Preferred Stock shall be redeemed or converted pursuant to Sections B(3) or (4) hereof, the shares so redeemed or converted (as applicable) shall be cancelled and shall not be issuable by this Corporation. This Certificate of Incorporation shall be appropriately amended to effect the corresponding reduction in this Corporation’s authorized capital stock.

ARTICLE V

Except as otherwise provided in this Certificate of Incorporation, in furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, repeal, alter, amend and rescind any or all of the Bylaws of this Corporation.

ARTICLE VI

Except as otherwise provided in this Certificate of Incorporation (including Section 6 of Article IV(B)), the number of directors of this Corporation shall be determined in the manner set forth in the Bylaws of this Corporation.

ARTICLE VII

Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of this Corporation shall so provide.

ARTICLE VIII

Meetings of stockholders may be held within or outside of the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws of this Corporation may provide. The books of this Corporation may be kept outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of this Corporation.

ARTICLE IX

To the fullest extent permitted by law, a director of this Corporation shall not be personally liable to this Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the General Corporation Law or any other law of the State of Delaware is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article IX to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of this Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law as so amended.

Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article IX by the stockholders of this Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of this Corporation existing at the time of, or increase the liability of any director of this Corporation with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to, such repeal or modification.

 

23


ARTICLE X

The Corporation shall indemnify its directors, and shall provide for advancement of the expenses of such persons, to the fullest extent provided by Section 145 of the General Corporation Law. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Corporation is authorized to provide indemnification of (and advancement of expenses to) officers and agents of the Corporation (and any other persons to which the General Corporation Law permits the Corporation to provide indemnification) through Bylaw provisions, agreements with such officer, agents or other persons, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, in excess of the indemnification and advancement otherwise permitted by Section 145 of the General Corporation Law, subject only to limits created by applicable law (statutory or non-statutory), with respect to actions for breach of duty to the Corporation, its stockholders and others.

Any amendment, repeal or modification of the foregoing provision of this Article X shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director, officer, agent, or other person existing at the time of, or increase the liability of any director, officer or agent of the Corporation with respect to any acts or omissions of such director, officer or agent occurring prior to, such amendment, repeal, modification or adoption.

ARTICLE XI

Pursuant to Section 122(17) of the General Corporation Law, the Corporation hereby renounces any interest or expectancy of the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any and all business opportunities that are presented to the holders of Preferred Stock or their affiliates other than holders who are employees of the Corporation (including, without limitation, any representative or affiliate of such holders of Preferred Stock serving on the Board of Directors or the board of directors or other governing body of any subsidiary of the Corporation (each a “ Board ”)) (collectively, the “ Investor Parties ”). Without limiting the foregoing renunciation, the Corporation on behalf of itself and its subsidiaries (a) acknowledges that the Investor Parties are in the business of making investments in, and have or may have investments in, other businesses similar to and that may compete with the businesses of the Corporation and its subsidiaries (“ Competing Businesses ”) and (b) agrees that the Investor Parties shall have the unfettered right to make investments in or have relationships with other Competing Businesses independent of their investments in the Corporation. By virtue of an Investor Party holding capital stock of the Corporation or by having persons designated by or affiliated with such Investor Party serving on or observing at meetings of any Board or otherwise, no Investor Party shall have any obligation to the Corporation, any of its subsidiaries or any other holder of capital stock or securities of the Corporation to refrain from competing with the Corporation and any of its subsidiaries, making investments in or having relationships with Competing Businesses, or otherwise engaging in any commercial activity and none of the Corporation, any of its subsidiaries or any other holder of capital stock or securities of the Corporation shall have any right with respect to any investment or activities undertaken by such Investor Party. Without limitation of the foregoing, each Investor Party may engage in or possess any interest in other business ventures of any nature or description, independently or with others, similar or dissimilar to the business of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, and none of the Corporation, any of its subsidiaries or any other holder of capital stock or securities of the Corporation shall have any rights or expectancy by virtue of such Investor Parties’ relationships with the Corporation, or otherwise in and to such independent ventures or the income or profits derived therefrom; and the pursuit of any such ventures, even if such investment is in a Competing Business, shall not for any purpose be deemed wrongful or improper. No Investor Party shall be obligated to present any particular investment opportunity to the Corporation or its subsidiaries even if

 

24


such opportunity is of a character that, if presented to the Corporation or such subsidiary, could be taken by the Corporation or such subsidiary, and each Investor Party shall continue to have the right for its own respective account or to recommend to others any such particular investment opportunity.

THIRD: The foregoing amendment and restatement was approved by the holders of the requisite number of shares of said Corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law.

FOURTH: That said Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, which restates and integrates and further amends the provisions of this Corporation’s Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, has been duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

25


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been executed by a duly authorized officer of this Corporation on this 9 th day of July 2015.

 

PROTAGONIST THERAPEUTICS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Dinesh V. Patel

Name:   Dinesh V. Patel
Title:   President

Exhibit 3.1(b)

A MENDED AND R ESTATED

C ERTIFICATE OF I NCORPORATION

OF

P ROTAGONIST T HERAPEUTICS , I NC .

Dinesh V. Patel hereby certifies that:

ONE: The date of filing the original Certificate of Incorporation of this company with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware was August 22, 2006.

TWO: He is the duly elected and acting President and Chief Executive Officer of Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

THREE: The Certificate of Incorporation of this company is hereby amended and restated to read as follows:

I.

The name of this company is P ROTAGONIST T HERAPEUTICS , I NC . (the “ Company ” or the “ Corporation ”).

II.

The address of the registered office of this Corporation in the State of Delaware is c/o Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19808, and the name of the registered agent of this Corporation in the State of Delaware at such address is Corporation Service Company.

III.

The purpose of this Company is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law (“ DGCL ”).

IV.

A. This Company is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, “ Common Stock ” and “ Preferred Stock .” The total number of shares which the Company is authorized to issue is 100,000,000 shares. 90,000,000 shares shall be Common Stock, each having a par value of one-thousandth of one cent ($0.00001). 10,000,000 shares shall be Preferred Stock, each having a par value of one-thousandth of one cent ($0.00001).

B. The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board of Directors ”) is hereby expressly authorized to provide for the issue of all of any of the shares of the Preferred Stock in one or more series, and to fix the number of shares and to determine or alter for each such series, such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such designation, preferences, and relative, participating, optional, or other rights and such qualifications, limitations, or restrictions thereof, as shall be stated and expressed in the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors providing for the issuance of such shares and as may be permitted by the DGCL. The Board of Directors is also expressly authorized to increase or decrease the number of shares of any series subsequent to the issuance of shares of that series, but not below the

 

1


number of shares of such series then outstanding. In case the number of shares of any series shall be decreased in accordance with the foregoing sentence, the shares constituting such decrease shall resume the status that they had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series. The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the stock of the corporation entitled to vote thereon, without a separate vote of the holders of the Preferred Stock, or of any series thereof, unless a vote of any such holders is required pursuant to the terms of any certificate of designation filed with respect to any series of Preferred Stock.

C. Each outstanding share of Common Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote on each matter properly submitted to the stockholders of the corporation for their vote; provided, however , that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation filed with respect to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together as a class with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon by law or pursuant to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any certificate of designation filed with respect to any series of Preferred Stock).

V.

For the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the Company, and in further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Company, of its directors and of its stockholders or any class thereof, as the case may be, it is further provided that:

A. M ANAGEMENT OF B USINESS . The management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Company shall be vested in its Board of Directors. The number of directors which shall constitute the Board of Directors shall be fixed exclusively by resolutions adopted by a majority of the authorized number of directors constituting the Board of Directors.

B. B OARD OF D IRECTORS

Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, following the closing of the initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ 1933 Act ”), covering the offer and sale of Common Stock to the public (the “ Initial Public Offering ”), the directors shall be divided into three classes designated as Class I, Class II and Class III, respectively. The Board of Directors is authorized to assign members of the Board of Directors already in office to such classes at the time the classification becomes effective. At the first annual meeting of stockholders following the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the term of office of the Class I directors shall expire and Class I directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the second annual meeting of stockholders following the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the term of office of the Class II directors shall expire and Class II directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the third annual meeting of stockholders following the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the term of office of the Class III directors shall expire and Class III directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At each succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, directors shall be elected for a full term of three years to succeed the directors of the class whose terms expire at such annual meeting.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this section, each director shall serve until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

 

2


C. R EMOVAL OF D IRECTORS .

a. Subject to the rights of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, following the closing of the Initial Public Offering, neither the Board of Directors nor any individual director may be removed without cause.

b. Subject to any limitation imposed by law, any individual director or directors may be removed with cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the voting power of all then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally at an election of directors.

D. V ACANCIES . Subject to any limitations imposed by applicable law and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other causes and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors, shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by the stockholders and except as otherwise provided by applicable law, be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, and not by the stockholders. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the director for which the vacancy was created or occurred and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified.

E. B YLAW A MENDMENTS .

1. The Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Company. Any adoption, amendment or repeal of the Bylaws of the Company by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of a majority of the authorized number of directors. The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Company; provided, however, that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Company required by law or by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, such action by stockholders shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

2. The directors of the Company need not be elected by written ballot unless the Bylaws so provide.

3. No action shall be taken by the stockholders of the Company except at an annual or special meeting of stockholders called in accordance with the Bylaws, and no action shall be taken by the stockholders by written consent or electronic transmission.

4. Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Company shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Company.

VI.

A. The liability of the directors for monetary damages shall be eliminated to the fullest extent under applicable law.

B. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company is authorized to provide indemnification of (and advancement of expenses to) directors, officers and agents of the Company (and any other persons to which applicable law permits the Company to provide indemnification) through Bylaw provisions, agreements with such agents or other persons, vote of stockholders or disinterested

 

3


directors or otherwise in excess of the indemnification and advancement otherwise permitted by such applicable law. If applicable law is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article VI to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director to the company shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as so amended.

C. Any repeal or modification of this Article VI shall only be prospective and shall not affect the rights or protections or increase the liability of any director under this Article VI in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any act or omission to act giving rise to liability or indemnification.

VII.

Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (A) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Company; (B) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Company to the Company or the Company’s stockholders; (C) any action asserting a claim against the Company arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Company; or (D) any action asserting a claim against the Company governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Company shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of this Article VII.

VIII.

A. The Company reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, except as provided in paragraph B. of this Article VIII, and all rights conferred upon the stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

B. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or any provision of law which might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any affirmative vote of the holders of any particular class or series of the Company required by law or by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or any certificate of designation filed with respect to a series of Preferred Stock, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to alter, amend or repeal Articles V, VI, VII and VIII.

* * * *

FOUR: This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly approved by the Board of Directors of the Company.

FIVE: This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was approved by the holders of the requisite number of shares of said corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the DGCL by the stockholders of the Company.

 

4


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc. has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by its President and Chief Executive Officer this      day of             , 2016.

 

P ROTAGONIST T HERAPEUTICS , I NC .
By:  

 

  Dinesh V. Patel
  President and Chief Executive Officer

 

5

Exhibit 3.2(b)

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

PROTAGONIST THERAPEUTICS, INC.

(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)


Table of Contents

 

         Page  

ARTICLE I

 

OFFICES

     1   

Section 1.

 

Registered Office

     1   

Section 2.

 

Other Offices

     1   

ARTICLE II

 

CORPORATE SEAL

     1   

Section 3.

 

Corporate Seal

     1   

ARTICLE III

 

STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

     1   

Section 4.

 

Place Of Meetings

     1   

Section 5.

 

Annual Meetings

     1   

Section 6.

 

Special Meetings

     5   

Section 7.

 

Notice Of Meetings

     6   

Section 8.

 

Quorum

     6   

Section 9.

 

Adjournment And Notice Of Adjourned Meetings

     6   

Section 10.

 

Voting Rights

     7   

Section 11.

 

Joint Owners Of Stock

     7   

Section 12.

 

List Of Stockholders

     7   

Section 13.

 

Action Without Meeting

     7   

Section 14.

 

Organization

     7   

ARTICLE IV

 

DIRECTORS

     8   

Section 15.

 

Number And Term Of Office

     8   

Section 16.

 

Powers

     8   

Section 17.

 

Classes of Directors.

     8   

Section 18.

 

Vacancies

     8   

Section 19.

 

Resignation

     9   

Section 20.

 

Removal

     9   

Section 21.

 

Meetings

     9   

Section 22.

 

Quorum And Voting

     10   

Section 23.

 

Action Without Meeting

     10   

Section 24.

 

Fees And Compensation

     11   

Section 25.

 

Committees

     11   

Section 26.

 

Duties of Chairperson of the Board of Directors

     12   

Section 27.

 

Organization

     12   

ARTICLE V

 

OFFICERS

     12   

Section 28.

 

Officers Designated

     12   

 

-i-


Table of Contents

(continued)

 

         Page  

Section 29.

 

Tenure And Duties Of Officers

     12   

Section 30.

 

Delegation Of Authority

     14   

Section 31.

 

Resignations

     14   

Section 32.

 

Removal

     14   

ARTICLE VI

 

EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS AND VOTING OF SECURITIES OWNED BY THE CORPORATION

     14   

Section 33.

 

Execution Of Corporate Instruments

     14   

Section 34.

 

Voting Of Securities Owned By The Corporation

     15   

ARTICLE VII

 

SHARES OF STOCK

     15   

Section 35.

 

Form And Execution Of Certificates

     15   

Section 36.

 

Lost Certificates

     15   

Section 37.

 

Transfers

     15   

Section 38.

 

Fixing Record Dates

     15   

Section 39.

 

Registered Stockholders

     16   

ARTICLE VIII

 

OTHER SECURITIES OF THE CORPORATION

     16   

Section 40.

 

Execution Of Other Securities

     16   

ARTICLE IX

 

DIVIDENDS

     17   

Section 41.

 

Declaration Of Dividends

     17   

Section 42.

 

Dividend Reserve

     17   

ARTICLE X

 

FISCAL YEAR

     17   

Section 43.

 

Fiscal Year

     17   

ARTICLE XI

 

INDEMNIFICATION

     17   

Section 44.

 

Indemnification of Directors, Executive Officers, Other Officers, Employees and Other Agents

     17   

ARTICLE XII

 

NOTICES

     20   

Section 45.

 

Notices

     20   

ARTICLE XIII

 

AMENDMENTS

     21   

Section 46.

 

Amendments

     21   

ARTICLE XIV

 

LOANS TO OFFICERS

     21   

Section 47.

 

Loans To Officers

     21   

ARTICLE XV

 

FORUM FOR ADJUDICATION OF DISPUTES

     21   

Section 48.

 

Forum for Adjudication of Disputes

     21   

 

-ii-


AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

OF

PROTAGONIST THERAPEUTICS, INC.

(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1. Registered Office . The registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle.

Section 2. Other Offices . The corporation shall also have and maintain an office or principal place of business at such place as may be fixed by the Board of Directors, and may also have offices at such other places, both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

CORPORATE SEAL

Section 3. Corporate Seal . The Board of Directors may adopt a corporate seal. The corporate seal shall consist of a die bearing the name of the corporation and the inscription, “Corporate Seal-Delaware.” Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

ARTICLE III

STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

Section 4. Place Of Meetings . Meetings of the stockholders of the corporation may be held at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that the meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as provided under the Delaware General Corporation Law (“ DGCL ”).

Section 5. Annual Meetings.

(a) The annual meeting of the stockholders of the corporation, for the purpose of election of directors and for such other business as may properly come before it, shall be held on such date and at such time as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the corporation and the proposal of business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders: (i) pursuant to the corporation’s notice of meeting of stockholders (with respect to business other than nominations); (ii) brought specifically by or at the direction of the Board of Directors; or (iii) by any stockholder of the corporation who was a stockholder of record at the time of giving the stockholder’s notice provided for in Section 5(b) below, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complied with the notice procedures set forth in Section 5. For the avoidance of doubt, clause (iii) above shall be the exclusive means for a

 

-1-


stockholder to make nominations and submit other business (other than matters properly included in the corporation’s notice of meeting of stockholders and proxy statement under Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (the “ 1934 Act ”)) before an annual meeting of stockholders.

(b) At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as is a proper matter for stockholder action under Delaware law and as shall have been properly brought before the meeting.

(i) For nominations for the election to the Board of Directors to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 5(a) of these Bylaws, the stockholder must deliver written notice to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation on a timely basis as set forth in Section 5(b)(iii) and must update and supplement such written notice on a timely basis as set forth in Section 5(c). Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth: (A) as to each nominee such stockholder proposes to nominate at the meeting: (1) the name, age, business address and residence address of such nominee, (2) the principal occupation or employment of such nominee, (3) the class and number of shares of each class of capital stock of the corporation which are owned of record and beneficially by such nominee, (4) the date or dates on which such shares were acquired and the investment intent of such acquisition, (5) a statement whether such nominee, if elected, intends to tender, promptly following such person’s failure to receive the required vote for election or re-election at the next meeting at which such person would face election or re-election, an irrevocable resignation effective upon acceptance of such resignation by the Board of Directors, and (6) such other information concerning such nominee as would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement soliciting proxies for the election of such nominee as a director in an election contest (even if an election contest is not involved), or that is otherwise required to be disclosed pursuant to Section 14 of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (including such person’s written consent to being named as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected); and (B) the information required by Section 5(b)(iv). The corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as it may reasonably require to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as an independent director of the corporation or that could be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of the independence, or lack thereof, of such proposed nominee.

(ii) Other than proposals sought to be included in the corporation’s proxy materials pursuant to Rule 14(a)-8 under the 1934 Act, for business other than nominations for the election to the Board of Directors to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 5(a) of these Bylaws, the stockholder must deliver written notice to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation on a timely basis as set forth in Section 5(b)(iii), and must update and supplement such written notice on a timely basis as set forth in Section 5(c). Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth: (A) as to each matter such stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting, and any material interest (including any anticipated benefit of such business to any Proponent (as defined below) other than solely as a result of its ownership of the corporation’s capital stock, that is material to any Proponent individually, or to the Proponents in the aggregate) in such business of any Proponent; and (B) the information required by Section 5(b)(iv).

(iii) To be timely, the written notice required by Section 5(b)(i) or 5(b)(ii) must be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the ninetieth (90 th ) day nor earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120 th ) day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that, subject to the last sentence of this Section 5(b)(iii), in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than thirty (30) days prior to or delayed by more than thirty (30) days after the

 

-2-


anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so received not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120 th ) day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90 th ) day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth (10 th ) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. In no event shall an adjournment or a postponement of an annual meeting for which notice has been given, or the public announcement thereof has been made, commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

(iv) The written notice required by Section 5(b)(i) or 5(b)(ii) shall also set forth, as of the date of the notice and as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (each, a “ Proponent ” and collectively, the “ Proponents ”): (A) the name and address of each Proponent, as they appear on the corporation’s books; (B) the class, series and number of shares of the corporation that are owned beneficially and of record by each Proponent; (C) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether oral or in writing) with respect to such nomination or proposal between or among any Proponent and any of its affiliates or associates, and any others (including their names) acting in concert, or otherwise under the agreement, arrangement or understanding, with any of the foregoing; (D) a representation that the Proponents are holders of record or beneficial owners, as the case may be, of shares of the corporation entitled to vote at the meeting and intend to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the person or persons specified in the notice (with respect to a notice under Section 5(b)(i)) or to propose the business that is specified in the notice (with respect to a notice under Section 5(b)(ii)); (E) a representation as to whether the Proponents intend to deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of a sufficient number of holders of the corporation’s voting shares to elect such nominee or nominees (with respect to a notice under Section 5(b)(i)) or to carry such proposal (with respect to a notice under Section 5(b)(ii)); (F) to the extent known by any Proponent, the name and address of any other stockholder supporting the proposal on the date of such stockholder’s notice; and (G) a description of all Derivative Transactions (as defined below) by each Proponent during the previous twelve (12) month period, including the date of the transactions and the class, series and number of securities involved in, and the material economic terms of, such Derivative Transactions.

For purposes of Sections 5 and 6, a “ Derivative Transaction ” means any agreement, arrangement, interest or understanding entered into by, or on behalf or for the benefit of, any Proponent or any of its affiliates or associates, whether record or beneficial:

(w) the value of which is derived in whole or in part from the value of any class or series of shares or other securities of the corporation,

(x) which otherwise provides any direct or indirect opportunity to gain or share in any gain derived from a change in the value of securities of the corporation,

(y) the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss, manage risk or benefit of security value or price changes, or

(z) which provides the right to vote or increase or decrease the voting power of, such Proponent, or any of its affiliates or associates, with respect to any securities of the corporation,

which agreement, arrangement, interest or understanding may include, without limitation, any option, warrant, debt position, note, bond, convertible security, swap, stock appreciation right, short position, profit interest, hedge, right to dividends, voting agreement, performance-related fee or arrangement to borrow or lend shares (whether or not subject to payment, settlement, exercise or conversion in any such class or series), and any proportionate interest of such Proponent in the securities of the corporation held by any general or limited partnership, or any limited liability company, of which such Proponent is, directly or indirectly, a general partner or managing member.

 

-3-


(c) A stockholder providing written notice required by Section 5(b)(i) or (ii) shall update and supplement such notice in writing, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice is true and correct in all material respects as of (i) the record date for the meeting and (ii) the date that is five (5) business days prior to the meeting and, in the event of any adjournment or postponement thereof, five (5) business days prior to such adjourned or postponed meeting. In the case of an update and supplement pursuant to clause (i) of this Section 5(c), such update and supplement shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than five (5) business days after the record date for the meeting. In the case of an update and supplement pursuant to clause (ii) of this Section 5(c), such update and supplement shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than two (2) business days prior to the date for the meeting, and, in the event of any adjournment or postponement thereof, two (2) business days prior to such adjourned or postponed meeting.

(d) Notwithstanding anything in Section 5(b)(iii) to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors in an Expiring Class is increased and there is no public announcement of the appointment of a director to such class, or, if no appointment was made, of the vacancy in such class, made by the corporation at least ten (10) days before the last day a stockholder may deliver a notice of nomination in accordance with Section 5(b)(iii), a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 5 and which complies with the requirements in Section 5(b)(i), other than the timing requirements in Section 5(b)(iii), shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions in such Expiring Class created by such increase, if it shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the corporation. For purposes of this section, an “ Expiring Class ” shall mean a class of directors whose term shall expire at the next annual meeting of stockholders.

(e) A person shall not be eligible for election or re-election as a director unless the person is nominated either in accordance with clause (ii) of Section 5(a), or in accordance with clause (iii) of Section 5(a). Except as otherwise required by law, the chairperson of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made, or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in these Bylaws and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with these Bylaws, or the Proponent does not act in accordance with the representations in Sections 5(b)(iv)(D) and 5(b)(iv)(E), to declare that such proposal or nomination shall not be presented for stockholder action at the meeting and shall be disregarded, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such nominations or such business may have been solicited or received.

(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 5, in order to include information with respect to a stockholder proposal in the proxy statement and form of proxy for a stockholders’ meeting, a stockholder must also comply with all applicable requirements of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the 1934 Act; provided, however, that any references in these Bylaws to the 1934 Act or the rules and regulations thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit the requirements applicable to proposals and/or nominations to be considered pursuant to Section 5(a)(iii) of these Bylaws.

(g) For purposes of Sections 5 and 6,

 

-4-


(i) public announcement ” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act; and

(ii) affiliates ” and “ associates ” shall have the meanings set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ 1933 Act ”).

Section 6. Special Meetings.

(a) Special meetings of the stockholders of the corporation may be called, for any purpose as is a proper matter for stockholder action under Delaware law, by (i) the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, (ii) the Chief Executive Officer, or (iii) the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board of Directors for adoption).

(b) The Board of Directors shall determine the time and place, if any, of such special meeting. Upon determination of the time and place, if any, of the meeting, the Secretary shall cause a notice of meeting to be given to the stockholders entitled to vote, in accordance with the provisions of Section 7 of these Bylaws. No business may be transacted at such special meeting otherwise than specified in the notice of meeting.

(c) Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (ii) by any stockholder of the corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time of giving notice provided for in this paragraph, who shall be entitled to vote at the meeting and who delivers written notice to the Secretary of the corporation setting forth the information required by Section 5(b)(i). In the event the corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board of Directors, any such stockholder of record may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be), for election to such position(s) as specified in the corporation’s notice of meeting, if written notice setting forth the information required by Section 5(b)(i) of these Bylaws shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90 th ) day prior to such meeting or the tenth (10 th ) day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting. The stockholder shall also update and supplement such information as required under Section 5(c). In no event shall an adjournment or a postponement of a special meeting for which notice has been given, or the public announcement thereof has been made, commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 6, a stockholder must also comply with all applicable requirements of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to matters set forth in this Section 6. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the 1934 Act; provided, however, that any references in these Bylaws to the 1934 Act or the rules and regulations thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit the requirements applicable to nominations for the election to the Board of Directors to be considered pursuant to Section 6(c) of these Bylaws.

 

-5-


Section 7. Notice Of Meetings . Except as otherwise provided by law, notice, given in writing or by electronic transmission, of each meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting, such notice to specify the place, if any, date and hour, in the case of special meetings, the purpose or purposes of the meeting, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at any such meeting. If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the corporation. Notice of the time, place, if any, and purpose of any meeting of stockholders may be waived in writing, signed by the person entitled to notice thereof, or by electronic transmission by such person, either before or after such meeting, and will be waived by any stockholder by his attendance thereat in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy, except when the stockholder attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Any stockholder so waiving notice of such meeting shall be bound by the proceedings of any such meeting in all respects as if due notice thereof had been given.

Section 8. Quorum . At all meetings of stockholders, except where otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, or by these Bylaws, the presence, in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy duly authorized, of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. In the absence of a quorum, any meeting of stockholders may be adjourned, from time to time, either by the chairperson of the meeting or by vote of the holders of a majority of the shares represented thereat, but no other business shall be transacted at such meeting. The stockholders present at a duly called or convened meeting, at which a quorum is present, may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum. Except as otherwise provided by statute or by applicable stock exchange rules, or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the majority of shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote generally on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise provided by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote generally on the election of directors. Where a separate vote by a class or classes or series is required, except where otherwise provided by the statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or classes or series, present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy duly authorized, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter. Except where otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the affirmative vote of the majority (plurality, in the case of the election of directors) of shares of such class or classes or series present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class or classes or series.

Section 9. Adjournment And Notice Of Adjourned Meetings . Any meeting of stockholders, whether annual or special, may be adjourned from time to time either by the chairperson of the meeting or by the vote of a majority of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, if any, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place, if any, thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

-6-


Section 10. Voting Rights . For the purpose of determining those stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of the stockholders, except as otherwise provided by law, only persons in whose names shares stand on the stock records of the corporation on the record date, as provided in Section 12 of these Bylaws, shall be entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders. Every person entitled to vote shall have the right to do so either in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by an agent or agents authorized by a proxy granted in accordance with Delaware law. An agent so appointed need not be a stockholder. No proxy shall be voted after three (3) years from its date of creation unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

Section 11. Joint Owners Of Stock . If shares or other securities having voting power stand of record in the names of two (2) or more persons, whether fiduciaries, members of a partnership, joint tenants, tenants in common, tenants by the entirety, or otherwise, or if two (2) or more persons have the same fiduciary relationship respecting the same shares, unless the Secretary is given written notice to the contrary and is furnished with a copy of the instrument or order appointing them or creating the relationship wherein it is so provided, their acts with respect to voting shall have the following effect: (a) if only one (1) votes, his act binds all; (b) if more than one (1) votes, the act of the majority so voting binds all; (c) if more than one (1) votes, but the vote is evenly split on any particular matter, each faction may vote the securities in question proportionally, or may apply to the Delaware Court of Chancery for relief as provided in the DGCL, Section 217(b). If the instrument filed with the Secretary shows that any such tenancy is held in unequal interests, a majority or even-split for the purpose of subsection (c) shall be a majority or even-split in interest.

Section 12. List of Stockholders . The Secretary shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at said meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (b) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the corporation. In the event that the corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the corporation. The list shall be open to examination of any stockholder during the time of the meeting as provided by law.

Section 13. Action Without Meeting . No action shall be taken by the stockholders except at an annual or special meeting of stockholders called in accordance with these Bylaws, and no action shall be taken by the stockholders by written consent or by electronic transmission.

Section 14. Organization.

(a) At every meeting of stockholders, the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairperson has not been appointed or is absent, the Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving or is absent, the President, or, if the President is absent, a chairperson of the meeting chosen by a majority in interest of the stockholders entitled to vote, present in person or by proxy, shall act as chairperson. The Chairperson of the Board may appoint the Chief Executive Officer as chairperson of the meeting. The Secretary, or, in his or her absence, an Assistant Secretary or other officer or other person directed to do so by the chairperson of the meeting, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

(b) The Board of Directors of the corporation shall be entitled to make such rules or regulations for the conduct of meetings of stockholders as it shall deem necessary, appropriate or convenient. Subject to such rules and regulations of the Board of Directors, if any, the chairperson of the

 

-7-


meeting shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairperson, are necessary, appropriate or convenient for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, establishing an agenda or order of business for the meeting, rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present, limitations on participation in such meeting to stockholders of record of the corporation and their duly authorized and constituted proxies and such other persons as the chairperson shall permit, restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof, limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants and regulation of the opening and closing of the polls for balloting on matters which are to be voted on by ballot. The date and time of the opening and closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at the meeting shall be announced at the meeting. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the chairperson of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with rules of parliamentary procedure.

ARTICLE IV

DIRECTORS

Section 15. Number And Term Of Office . The authorized number of directors of the corporation shall be fixed in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation. If for any cause, the directors shall not have been elected at an annual meeting, they may be elected as soon thereafter as convenient at a special meeting of the stockholders called for that purpose in the manner provided in these Bylaws.

Section 16. Powers . The powers of the corporation shall be exercised, its business conducted and its property controlled by the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation.

Section 17. Classes of Directors.   Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, following the closing of the initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the 1933 Act, covering the offer and sale of Common Stock of the corporation to the public (the “ Initial Public Offering ”), the directors shall be divided into three classes designated as Class I, Class II and Class III, respectively. The Board of Directors is authorized to assign members of the Board of Directors already in office to such classes at the time the classification becomes effective. At the first annual meeting of stockholders following the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the term of office of the Class I directors shall expire and Class I directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the second annual meeting of stockholders following the Initial Public Offering, the term of office of the Class II directors shall expire and Class II directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the third annual meeting of stockholders following the Initial Public Offering, the term of office of the Class III directors shall expire and Class III directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At each succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, directors shall be elected for a full term of three years to succeed the directors of the class whose terms expire at such annual meeting.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 17, each director shall serve until his successor is duly elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

Section 18. Vacancies .   Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock or as otherwise provided by applicable law, any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation,

 

-8-


disqualification, removal or other causes and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by stockholders, be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, or by a sole remaining director, and not by the stockholders, provided, however , that whenever the holders of any class or classes of stock or series thereof are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, vacancies and newly created directorships of such class or classes or series shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by stockholders, be filled by a majority of the directors elected by such class or classes or series thereof then in office, or by a sole remaining director so elected, and not by the stockholders. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the director for which the vacancy was created or occurred and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified. A vacancy in the Board of Directors shall be deemed to exist under this Bylaw in the case of the death, removal or resignation of any director.

Section 19. Resignation . Any director may resign at any time by delivering his or her notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Secretary, such resignation to specify whether it will be effective at a particular time. If no such specification is made, the Secretary, in his or her discretion, may either (a) require confirmation from the director prior to deeming the resignation effective, in which case the resignation will be deemed effective upon receipt of such confirmation, or (b) deem the resignation effective at the time of delivery of the resignation to the Secretary. When one or more directors shall resign from the Board of Directors, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each Director so chosen shall hold office for the unexpired portion of the term of the Director whose place shall be vacated and until his successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

Section 20. Removal.

(a) Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, neither the Board of Directors nor any individual director may be removed without cause.

(b) Subject to any limitation imposed by law, any individual director or directors may be removed with cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the voting power of all then outstanding shares of capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally at an election of directors, voting together as a single class.

Section 21. Meetings.

(a) Regular Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time or date and at any place within or without the State of Delaware which has been designated by the Board of Directors and publicized among all directors, either orally or in writing, by telephone, including a voice-messaging system or other system designed to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other electronic means. No further notice shall be required for regular meetings of the Board of Directors.

(b) Special Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, special meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time and place within or without the State of Delaware whenever called by the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or a majority of the total number of authorized directors.

 

-9-


(c) Meetings by Electronic Communications Equipment. Any member of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

(d) Notice of Special Meetings. Notice of the time and place of all special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be orally or in writing, by telephone, including a voice messaging system or other system or technology designed to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other electronic means, during normal business hours, at least twenty-four (24) hours before the date and time of the meeting. If notice is sent by US mail, it shall be sent by first class mail, charges prepaid, at least three (3) days before the date of the meeting. Notice of any meeting may be waived in writing, or by electronic transmission, at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

(e) Waiver of Notice. The transaction of all business at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof, however called or noticed, or wherever held, shall be as valid as though it had been transacted at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum be present and if, either before or after the meeting, each of the directors not present who did not receive notice shall sign a written waiver of notice or shall waive notice by electronic transmission. All such waivers shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting.

Section 22. Quorum And Voting.

(a) Unless the Certificate of Incorporation requires a greater number, and except with respect to questions related to indemnification arising under Section 45 for which a quorum shall be one-third of the exact number of directors fixed from time to time, a quorum of the Board of Directors shall consist of a majority of the exact number of directors fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation; provided, however, at any meeting whether a quorum be present or otherwise, a majority of the directors present may adjourn from time to time until the time fixed for the next regular meeting of the Board of Directors, without notice other than by announcement at the meeting.

(b) At each meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present, all questions and business shall be determined by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present, unless a different vote be required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

Section 23. Action Without Meeting . Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and such writing or writings or transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

 

-10-


Section 24. Fees And Compensation . Directors shall be entitled to such compensation for their services as may be approved by the Board of Directors, including, if so approved, by resolution of the Board of Directors, a fixed sum and expenses of attendance, if any, for attendance at each regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors and at any meeting of a committee of the Board of Directors. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity as an officer, agent, employee, or otherwise and receiving compensation therefor.

Section 25. Committees.

(a) Executive Committee. The Board of Directors may appoint an Executive Committee to consist of one (1) or more members of the Board of Directors. The Executive Committee, to the extent permitted by law and provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to (i) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopting, amending or repealing any Bylaw of the corporation.

(b) Other Committees. The Board of Directors may, from time to time, appoint such other committees as may be permitted by law. Such other committees appointed by the Board of Directors shall consist of one (1) or more members of the Board of Directors and shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be prescribed by the resolution or resolutions creating such committees, but in no event shall any such committee have the powers denied to the Executive Committee in these Bylaws.

(c) Term. The Board of Directors, subject to any requirements of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock and the provisions of subsections (a) or (b) of this Section 25, may at any time increase or decrease the number of members of a committee or terminate the existence of a committee. The membership of a committee member shall terminate on the date of his death or voluntary resignation from the committee or from the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may at any time for any reason remove any individual committee member and the Board of Directors may fill any committee vacancy created by death, resignation, removal or increase in the number of members of the committee. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee, and, in addition, in the absence or disqualification of any member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

(d) Meetings. Unless the Board of Directors shall otherwise provide, regular meetings of the Executive Committee or any other committee appointed pursuant to this Section 25 shall be held at such times and places as are determined by the Board of Directors, or by any such committee, and when notice thereof has been given to each member of such committee, no further notice of such regular meetings need be given thereafter. Special meetings of any such committee may be held at any place which has been determined from time to time by such committee, and may be called by any Director who is a member of such committee, upon notice to the members of such committee of the time and place of such special meeting given in the manner provided for the giving of notice to members of the Board of Directors of the time and place of special meetings of the Board of Directors. Notice of any special meeting of any committee may be waived in writing or by electronic transmission at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the

 

-11-


director attends such special meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors in the resolutions authorizing the creation of the committee, a majority of the authorized number of members of any such committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of those present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of such committee.

Section 26. Duties of Chairperson of the Board of Directors . The Chairperson of the Board of Directors, if appointed and when present, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors. The Chairperson of the Board of Directors shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.

Section 27. Organization . At every meeting of the directors, the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairperson has not been appointed or is absent, the Chief Executive Officer (if a director), or, if a Chief Executive Officer is absent, the President (if a director), or if the President is absent, the most senior Vice President (if a director), or, in the absence of any such person, a chairperson of the meeting chosen by a majority of the directors present, shall preside over the meeting. The Secretary, or in his absence, any Assistant Secretary or other officer, director or other person directed to do so by the person presiding over the meeting, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

Section 28. Officers Designated . The officers of the corporation shall include, if and when designated by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, one or more Vice Presidents, the Secretary, the Chief Financial Officer and the Treasurer. The Board of Directors may also appoint one or more Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers and such other officers and agents with such powers and duties as it shall deem necessary. The Board of Directors may assign such additional titles to one or more of the officers as it shall deem appropriate. Any one person may hold any number of offices of the corporation at any one time unless specifically prohibited therefrom by law. The salaries and other compensation of the officers of the corporation shall be fixed by or in the manner designated by the Board of Directors.

Section 29. Tenure And Duties Of Officers.

(a) General. All officers shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and until their successors shall have been duly elected and qualified, unless sooner removed. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors. If the office of any officer becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy may be filled by the Board of Directors.

(b) Duties of Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors (if a director), unless the Chairperson of the Board of Directors has been appointed and is present. Unless an officer has been appointed Chief Executive Officer of the corporation, the President shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the corporation. To the extent that a Chief Executive Officer has been appointed and no President has been appointed, all references in these Bylaws to the President shall be deemed references to the Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.

 

-12-


(c) Duties of President. The President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors (if a director), unless the Chairperson of the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer has been appointed and is present. Unless another officer has been appointed Chief Executive Officer of the corporation, the President shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the corporation. The President shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.

(d) Duties of Vice Presidents. A Vice President may assume and perform the duties of the President in the absence or disability of the President or whenever the office of President is vacant. A Vice President shall perform other duties commonly incident to their office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or, if the Chief Executive Officer has not been appointed or is absent, the President shall designate from time to time.

(e) Duties of Secretary. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors and shall record all acts and proceedings thereof in the minute book of the corporation. The Secretary shall give notice in conformity with these Bylaws of all meetings of the stockholders and of all meetings of the Board of Directors and any committee thereof requiring notice. The Secretary shall perform all other duties provided for in these Bylaws and other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time. The Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President may direct any Assistant Secretary or other officer to assume and perform the duties of the Secretary in the absence or disability of the Secretary, and each Assistant Secretary shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President shall designate from time to time.

(f) Duties of Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall keep or cause to be kept the books of account of the corporation in a thorough and proper manner and shall render statements of the financial affairs of the corporation in such form and as often as required by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President. The Chief Financial Officer, subject to the order of the Board of Directors, shall have the custody of all funds and securities of the corporation. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President shall designate from time to time. To the extent that a Chief Financial Officer has been appointed and no Treasurer has been appointed, all references in these Bylaws to the Treasurer shall be deemed references to the Chief Financial Officer. The President may direct the Treasurer, if any, or any Assistant Treasurer, or the controller or any assistant controller to assume and perform the duties of the Chief Financial Officer in the absence or disability of the Chief Financial Officer, and each Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer and each controller and assistant controller shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President shall designate from time to time.

 

-13-


(g) Duties of Treasurer. Unless another officer has been appointed Chief Financial Officer of the corporation, the Treasurer shall be the chief financial officer of the corporation and shall keep or cause to be kept the books of account of the corporation in a thorough and proper manner and shall render statements of the financial affairs of the corporation in such form and as often as required by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President, and, subject to the order of the Board of Directors, shall have the custody of all funds and securities of the corporation. The Treasurer shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President and Chief Financial Officer (if not Treasurer) shall designate from time to time.

Section 30. Delegation Of Authority . The Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officer or agent, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

Section 31. Resignations . Any officer may resign at any time by giving notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Board of Directors or to the Chief Executive Officer, or if no Chief Executive Officer is then serving, the President or to the Secretary. Any such resignation shall be effective when received by the person or persons to whom such notice is given, unless a later time is specified therein, in which event the resignation shall become effective at such later time. Unless otherwise specified in such notice, the acceptance of any such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation shall be without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract with the resigning officer.

Section 32. Removal . Any officer may be removed from office at any time, either with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors in office at the time, or by the unanimous written consent of the directors in office at the time, or by any committee or by the Chief Executive Officer or by other superior officers upon whom such power of removal may have been conferred by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE VI

EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS AND VOTING OF SECURITIES OWNED BY THE CORPORATION

Section 33. Execution Of Corporate Instruments . The Board of Directors may, in its discretion, determine the method and designate the signatory officer or officers, or other person or persons, to execute on behalf of the corporation any corporate instrument or document, or to sign on behalf of the corporation the corporate name without limitation, or to enter into contracts on behalf of the corporation, except where otherwise provided by law or these Bylaws, and such execution or signature shall be binding upon the corporation.

All checks and drafts drawn on banks or other depositaries on funds to the credit of the corporation or in special accounts of the corporation shall be signed by such person or persons as the Board of Directors shall authorize so to do.

Unless authorized or ratified by the Board of Directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

 

-14-


Section 34. Voting Of Securities Owned By The Corporation . All stock and other securities of other corporations owned or held by the corporation for itself, or for other parties in any capacity, shall be voted, and all proxies with respect thereto shall be executed, by the person authorized so to do by resolution of the Board of Directors, or, in the absence of such authorization, by the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or any Vice President.

ARTICLE VII

SHARES OF STOCK

Section 35. Form And Execution Of Certificates . The shares of the corporation shall be represented by certificates, or shall be uncertificated if so provided by resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors. Certificates for the shares of stock, if any, shall be in such form as is consistent with the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law. Every holder of stock in the corporation represented by certificate shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by or in the name of the corporation by the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, or the President or any Vice President and by the Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or Assistant Secretary, certifying the number of shares owned by him in the corporation. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be facsimiles. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.

Section 36. Lost Certificates . A new certificate or certificates shall be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen, or destroyed. The corporation may require, as a condition precedent to the issuance of a new certificate or certificates, the owner of such lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate or certificates, or the owner’s legal representative, to agree to indemnify the corporation in such manner as it shall require or to give the corporation a surety bond in such form and amount as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed.

Section 37. Transfers.

(a) Transfers of record of shares of stock of the corporation shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by attorney duly authorized, and, in the case of stock represented by certificate, upon the surrender of a properly endorsed certificate or certificates for a like number of shares.

(b) The corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

Section 38. Fixing Record Dates.

(a) In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall, subject to applicable law, not be more

 

-15-


than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

(b) In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

Section 39. Registered Stockholders . The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

ARTICLE VIII

OTHER SECURITIES OF THE CORPORATION

Section 40. Execution Of Other Securities . All bonds, debentures and other corporate securities of the corporation, other than stock certificates (covered in Section 36), may be signed by the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, the President or any Vice President, or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, and the corporate seal impressed thereon or a facsimile of such seal imprinted thereon and attested by the signature of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or the Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer; provided, however, that where any such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be authenticated by the manual signature, or where permissible facsimile signature, of a trustee under an indenture pursuant to which such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be issued, the signatures of the persons signing and attesting the corporate seal on such bond, debenture or other corporate security may be the imprinted facsimile of the signatures of such persons. Interest coupons appertaining to any such bond, debenture or other corporate security, authenticated by a trustee as aforesaid, shall be signed by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the corporation or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, or bear imprinted thereon the facsimile signature of such person. In case any officer who shall have signed or attested any bond, debenture or other corporate security, or whose facsimile signature shall appear thereon or on any such interest coupon, shall have ceased to be such officer before the bond, debenture or other corporate security so signed or attested shall have been delivered, such bond, debenture or other corporate security nevertheless may be adopted by the corporation and issued and delivered as though the person who signed the same or whose facsimile signature shall have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer of the corporation.

 

-16-


ARTICLE IX

DIVIDENDS

Section 41. Declaration Of Dividends . Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors pursuant to law at any regular or special meeting. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law.

Section 42. Dividend Reserve . Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors shall think conducive to the interests of the corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

ARTICLE X

FISCAL YEAR

Section 43. Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE XI

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 44. Indemnification of Directors, Executive Officers, Other Officers, Employees and Other Agents.

(a) Directors and executive officers . The corporation shall indemnify its directors and executive officers (for the purposes of this Article XI, “ executive officers ” shall have the meaning defined in Rule 3b-7 promulgated under the 1934 Act) to the extent not prohibited by the DGCL or any other applicable law; provided, however, that the corporation may modify the extent of such indemnification by individual contracts with its directors and executive officers; and, provided, further, that the corporation shall not be required to indemnify any director or executive officer in connection with any proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless (i) such indemnification is expressly required to be made by law, (ii) the proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors of the corporation, (iii) such indemnification is provided by the corporation, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the corporation under the DGCL or any other applicable law or (iv) such indemnification is required to be made under subsection (d).

(b) Other Officers, Employees and Other Agents. The corporation shall have power to indemnify its other officers, employees and other agents as set forth in the DGCL or any other applicable law. The Board of Directors shall have the power to delegate the determination of whether indemnification shall be given to any such person except executive officers to such officers or other persons as the Board of Directors shall determine.

 

-17-


(c) Expenses. The corporation shall advance to any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or executive officer, of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or executive officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, prior to the final disposition of the proceeding, promptly following request therefor, all expenses incurred by any director or executive officer in connection with such proceeding provided, however, that if the DGCL requires, an advancement of expenses incurred by a director or executive officer in his or her capacity as a director or executive officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon delivery to the corporation of an undertaking (hereinafter an “ undertaking ”), by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (hereinafter a “ final adjudication ”) that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this section or otherwise.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise determined pursuant to paragraph (e) of this section, no advance shall be made by the corporation to an executive officer of the corporation (except by reason of the fact that such executive officer is or was a director of the corporation in which event this paragraph shall not apply) in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, if a determination is reasonably and promptly made (i) by a majority vote of directors who were not parties to the proceeding, even if not a quorum, or (ii) by a committee of such directors designated by a majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (iii) if there are no such directors, or such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, that the facts known to the decision-making party at the time such determination is made demonstrate clearly and convincingly that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation.

(d) Enforcement. Without the necessity of entering into an express contract, all rights to indemnification and advances to directors and executive officers under this Bylaw shall be deemed to be contractual rights and be effective to the same extent and as if provided for in a contract between the corporation and the director or executive officer. Any right to indemnification or advances granted by this section to a director or executive officer shall be enforceable by or on behalf of the person holding such right in any court of competent jurisdiction if (i) the claim for indemnification or advances is denied, in whole or in part, or (ii) no disposition of such claim is made within ninety (90) days of request therefor. To the extent permitted by law, the claimant in such enforcement action, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting the claim. In connection with any claim for indemnification, the corporation shall be entitled to raise as a defense to any such action that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct that make it permissible under the DGCL or any other applicable law for the corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed. In connection with any claim by an executive officer of the corporation (except in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such executive officer is or was a director of the corporation) for advances, the corporation shall be entitled to raise a defense as to any such action clear and convincing evidence that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, or with respect to any criminal action or proceeding that such person acted without reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was lawful. Neither the failure of the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL or any other applicable law, nor an actual determination by the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a

 

-18-


presumption that claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct. In any suit brought by a director or executive officer to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, the burden of proving that the director or executive officer is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this section or otherwise shall be on the corporation.

(e) Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Bylaw shall not be exclusive of any other right which such person may have or hereafter acquire under any applicable statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding office. The corporation is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advances, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL, or by any other applicable law.

(f) Survival of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Bylaw shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or executive officer or officer, employee or other agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

(g) Insurance. To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL or any other applicable law, the corporation, upon approval by the Board of Directors, may purchase insurance on behalf of any person required or permitted to be indemnified pursuant to this section.

(h) Amendments. Any repeal or modification of this section shall only be prospective and shall not affect the rights under this Bylaw in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that is the cause of any proceeding against any agent of the corporation.

(i) Saving Clause. If this Bylaw or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each director and executive officer to the full extent not prohibited by any applicable portion of this section that shall not have been invalidated, or by any other applicable law. If this section shall be invalid due to the application of the indemnification provisions of another jurisdiction, then the corporation shall indemnify each director and executive officer to the full extent under any other applicable law.

(j) Certain Definitions. For the purposes of this Bylaw, the following definitions shall apply:

(i) The term “ proceeding ” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, the investigation, preparation, prosecution, defense, settlement, arbitration and appeal of, and the giving of testimony in, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative.

(ii) The term “ expenses ” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, court costs, attorneys’ fees, witness fees, fines, amounts paid in settlement or judgment and any other costs and expenses of any nature or kind incurred in connection with any proceeding.

(iii) The term the “ corporation ” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this section with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

 

-19-


(iv) References to a “ director ,” “ executive officer ,” “ officer ,” “ employee ,” or “ agent ” of the corporation shall include, without limitation, situations where such person is serving at the request of the corporation as, respectively, a director, executive officer, officer, employee, trustee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

(v) References to “ other enterprises ” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “ fines ” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “ serving at the request of the corporation ” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee, or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “ not opposed to the best interests of the corporation ” as referred to in this section.

ARTICLE XII

NOTICES

Section 45. Notices.

(a) Notice To Stockholders. Written notice to stockholders of stockholder meetings shall be given as provided in Section 7 herein. Without limiting the manner by which notice may otherwise be given effectively to stockholders under any agreement or contract with such stockholder, and except as otherwise required by law, written notice to stockholders for purposes other than stockholder meetings may be sent by US mail or nationally recognized overnight courier, or by facsimile, telegraph or telex or by electronic mail or other electronic means.

(b) Notice To Directors. Any notice required to be given to any director may be given by the method stated in subsection (a), as otherwise provided in these Bylaws with notice other than one which is delivered personally to be sent to such address as such director shall have filed in writing with the Secretary, or, in the absence of such filing, to the last known address of such director.

(c) Affidavit Of Mailing. An affidavit of mailing, executed by a duly authorized and competent employee of the corporation or its transfer agent appointed with respect to the class of stock affected, or other agent, specifying the name and address or the names and addresses of the stockholder or stockholders, or director or directors, to whom any such notice or notices was or were given, and the time and method of giving the same, shall in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts therein contained.

(d) Methods of Notice. It shall not be necessary that the same method of giving notice be employed in respect of all recipients of notice, but one permissible method may be employed in respect of any one or more, and any other permissible method or methods may be employed in respect of any other or others.

(e) Notice To Person With Whom Communication Is Unlawful. Whenever notice is required to be given, under any provision of law or of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the corporation, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency

 

-20-


for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

(f) Notice to Stockholders Sharing an Address. Except as otherwise prohibited under DGCL, any notice given under the provisions of DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Such consent shall have been deemed to have been given if such stockholder fails to object in writing to the corporation within sixty (60) days of having been given notice by the corporation of its intention to send the single notice. Any consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation.

ARTICLE XIII

AMENDMENTS

Section 46. Amendments. Subject to the limitations set forth in Section 44(h) of these Bylaws or the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the corporation. Any adoption, amendment or repeal of the Bylaws of the corporation by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of a majority of the authorized number of directors. The stockholders also shall have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the corporation; provided, however, that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the corporation required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, such action by stockholders shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

ARTICLE XIV

LOANS TO OFFICERS

Section 47. Loans To Officers . Except as otherwise prohibited by applicable law, the corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the corporation or of its subsidiaries, including any officer or employee who is a director of the corporation or its subsidiaries, whenever, in the judgment of the Board of Directors, such loan, guarantee or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the corporation. The loan, guarantee or other assistance may be with or without interest and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the Board of Directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the corporation. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the corporation at common law or under any statute.

ARTICLE XV

FORUM FOR ADJUDICATION OF DISPUTES

Section 48. Forum for Adjudication of Disputes . Unless the corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (a) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the

 

-21-


corporation, (b) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the corporation to the corporation or the corporation’s stockholders, (c) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, or (d) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Section 48.

 

-22-


PROTAGONIST THERAPEUTICS, INC.

CERTIFICATE OF SECRETARY

I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT :

I am the duly elected and acting Secretary of P ROTAGONIST T HERAPEUTICS , I NC . , a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”); and

Attached hereto is a complete and accurate copy of the Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company as duly adopted by the stockholders of the Company by Action by Written Consent of the Stockholders of the Company dated                      and said Amended and Restated Bylaws are presently in effect.

Signed on                     .

 

 

  , Secretary

Exhibit 4.1

 

LOGO

Number
Protagonist Therapeutics
Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc.
INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE
Shares
CUSIP 74366E 10 2
SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
THIS CERTIFIES THAT
SPECIMEN
is the owner of
FULLY PAID AND NONASSESSABLE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK, $0.00001 PAR VALUE PER SHARE, OF
PROTAGONIST THERAPEUTICS, INC.
transferable on the books of the Corporation in person or by its duly authorized attorney upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed. This Certificate is not valid unless countersigned by the Transfer Agent and registered by the Registrar.
Witness the facsimile seal of the Corporation and the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers.
DATED
PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc.
CORPORATE
SEAL
DELAWARE
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED:
AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY, LLC
(Brooklyn, NY) TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
BY:
AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE
SECURITY-COLUMBIAN UNITED STATES BANKNOTE CORPORATION


The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

 

        TEN COM   – as tenants in common   UNIF GIFT MIN ACT–                      Custodian                     
        TEN ENT   – as tenants by the entireties                                                (Cust)                          (Minor)
        JT TEN  

– as joint tenants with right of

   survivorship and not as tenants

   in common

                                           under Uniform Gifts to Minors
                                             Act                                         
                                                                 (State)

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

FOR VALUE RECEIVED,                                          HEREBY SELLS, ASSIGNS AND TRANSFERS UNTO

 

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER

IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE

 

 

    

    

   

 

 

 

(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  shares

of Common Stock of the Corporation represented by this Certificate and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint

 

 

    attorney   

to transfer the said shares of Common Stock on the books of the Corporation, with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

Dated  

 

 

X  

 

X  

 

  NOTICE: THE SIGNATURE(S) TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME(S) AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATSOEVER.

 

SIGNATURE(S) GUARANTEED:

 

THE SIGNATURE(S) MUST BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM), PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15.

Exhibit 4.2

PROTAGONIST THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

 

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED

INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

 

July 31, 2016


PROTAGONIST THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

 

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED

INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

SECTION 1. REGISTRATION RIGHTS

     2   
 

1.1

  

C ERTAIN D EFINITIONS

     2   
 

1.2

  

D EMAND R EGISTRATION

     3   
 

( A )

  

D EMAND FOR R EGISTRATION

     3   
 

( B )

  

U NDERWRITING

     4   
 

1.3

  

P IGGYBACK R EGISTRATION

     4   
 

( A )

  

C OMPANY R EGISTRATION

     4   
 

( B )

  

U NDERWRITING

     5   
 

( C )

  

R IGHT TO T ERMINATE R EGISTRATION

     6   
 

1.4

  

E XPENSES OF R EGISTRATION

     6   
 

1.5

  

O BLIGATIONS OF THE C OMPANY

     6   
 

1.6

  

I NDEMNIFICATION

     8   
 

1.7

  

I NFORMATION BY H OLDER

     10   
 

1.8

  

T RANSFER AND A SSIGNMENT OF R IGHTS

     11   
 

1.9

  

F ORM S-3

     11   
 

1.10

  

D ELAY OF R EGISTRATION

     11   
 

1.11

  

L IMITATIONS ON S UBSEQUENT R EGISTRATION R IGHTS

     11   
 

1.12

  

R ULE 144 R EPORTING

     12   
 

1.13

  

“M ARKET S TAND -O FF ” A GREEMENT

     12   
 

1.14

  

T ERMINATION OF R IGHTS

     13   

SECTION 2. MISCELLANEOUS

     13   
 

2.1

  

G OVERNING L AW

     13   
 

2.2

  

S UCCESSORS AND A SSIGNS

     13   
 

2.3

  

E NTIRE A GREEMENT

     13   
 

2.4

  

S EVERABILITY

     14   
 

2.5

  

A MENDMENT AND W AIVER

     14   
 

2.6

  

D ELAYS OR O MISSIONS

     14   
 

2.7

  

N OTICES , ETC

     14   
 

2.8

  

T ITLES AND S UBTITLES

     15   
 

2.9

  

C OUNTERPARTS

     15   


PROTAGONIST THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

 

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED

INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

 

This Third Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of this 31st day of July 2016, by and among Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) and the holders of the Preferred Stock listed on Exhibit A attached hereto (referred to herein as the “ Preferred Holders ” or the “ Investors ”).

RECITAL

WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain Series A Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 18, 2006, certain of the Investors previously acquired shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, par value $0.00001 per share (the “ Series A Preferred Stock ”);

WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain Series B Preferred Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2013, certain of the Investors previously acquired shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock, par value $0.00001 per share (the “ Series B Preferred Stock ”);

WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain Series C Preferred Stock and Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 10, 2015, certain of the Investors previously acquired shares of the Company’s Series C Preferred Stock, par value $0.00001 per share (the “ Series C Preferred Stock ” and together with the Series A Preferred Stock and the Series B Preferred Stock, the “ Preferred Stock ”);

WHEREAS, the Company and certain of the Investors are parties to a certain Second Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement dated as of July 10, 2015 (as amended, the “ Prior Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, in connection with the Company’s initial public offering, the parties hereto, representing the (i) Company, and (ii) the Required Holders (as defined in the Prior Agreement), desire to amend and restate the Prior Agreement in its entirety as set forth below.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of these premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:


AGREEMENT

Section 1.

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

The Company hereby grants to each of the Holders (as defined below) the registration rights set forth in this Section 1 with respect to the Registrable Securities (as defined below) owned by such Holders. The Company and the Holders agree that the registration rights provided herein set forth the sole and entire agreement, and supersede any prior agreement, between the Company and the Holders with respect to registration rights for the Company’s securities.

1.1 Certain Definitions . As used in this Section 1 , the following terms shall have the following meanings.

(a) The terms “ register ”, “ registered ” and “ registration ” refer to a registration effected by filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”) a registration statement (the “ Registration Statement ”) in compliance with the 1933 Act, and the declaration or ordering by the SEC of the effectiveness of such Registration Statement.

(b) The term “ Registrable Securities ” means (i) Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the shares of Preferred Stock held by Investors or any transferee as permitted by Section 1.8 hereof, (ii) Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the Warrant Shares, and (iii) any Common Stock issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security that is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange or in replacement of, such above-described securities; provided , however , that shares of Common Stock or other securities shall only be treated as Registrable Securities if and so long as (A) they have not been sold to or through a broker or dealer or underwriter in a public distribution or a public securities transaction, (B) they have not been sold in a transaction exempt from the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the 1933 Act under Section 4(1) thereof so that all transfer restrictions and restrictive legends with respect thereto are removed upon the consummation of such sale, and (C) the registration rights associated with such securities have not been terminated pursuant to Section 1.14 hereof.

(c) The term “ Holder ” (collectively, “ Holders ”) means each Investor and any transferee, as permitted by Section 1.8 hereof, holding Registrable Securities, securities exercisable for or convertible into Registrable Securities or securities exercisable for securities convertible into Registrable Securities.

(d) The term “ Initiating Holders ” means any Holder or Holders of at least a majority of the Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the shares of Preferred Stock other than Mandatory Conversion Shares (as defined below) held by Investors or any transferee as permitted by Section 1.8 hereof.

(e) The term “ Warrant Shares ” means shares of Series B Preferred Stock issued or issuable upon exercise of any warrants, outstanding as of the date hereof, to purchase shares of Series B Preferred Stock (the “ Warrants ”).

 

2


1.2 Demand Registration .

(a) Demand for Registration . If the Company shall receive from Initiating Holders a written demand that the Company effect any registration (a “ Demand Registration ”) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding (other than a registration on Form S-3 or any related form of registration statement or any foreign equivalent should the Registrable Securities be listed on an exchange outside the United States, such a request being provided for under Section 1.9 hereof), the Company will:

(i) promptly (but in any event within 10 days) give written notice of the proposed registration to all other Holders; and

(ii) effect such registration as soon as practicable and as will permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Initiating Holders’ Registrable Securities as are specified in such demand, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any Holder or Holders joining in such demand as are specified in a written demand received by the Company within 15 days after such written notice is given, provided that the Company shall not be obligated to take any action to effect any such registration pursuant to this Section 1.2 :

(A) in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the 1933 Act;

(B) after the Company has effected two (2) such registrations pursuant to this Section 1.2 , and the sales of the shares of Common Stock under such registration have closed;

(C) if the Company shall furnish to such Holders a certificate signed by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board of Directors ”) it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such Registration Statement to be filed at the date filing would be required, in which case the Company shall have an additional period or periods of not more than 90 days within which to file such Registration Statement; provided , however , that the Company shall not use this right to delay the filing for more than 90 days in the aggregate in any 12-month period; provided, further, that the Company shall not register any securities for its own account or that of any other stockholder during such ninety (90) day period other than pursuant to a registration relating to the sale of securities to employees of the Company or a subsidiary pursuant to a stock option, stock purchase, or similar plan; a registration on any form that does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the Registrable Securities; or a registration in which the only Common Stock being registered is Common Stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered; or

(D) prior to the date six (6) months after the effective date of the initial firm commitment underwritten public offering of the Company’s securities.

 

3


(b) Underwriting . If reasonably required to maintain an orderly market in the Common Stock, the Holders shall distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their demand by means of an underwriting. If the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their demand by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as part of their demand made pursuant to this Section 1.2 , including the identity of the managing underwriter, and the Company shall include such information in the written notice referred to in Section 1.2(a)(i) . In such event, the right of any Holder to registration pursuant to this Section 1.2 shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein.

The Company shall, together with all holders of capital stock of the Company proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting, enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected by a majority-in-interest of the Initiating Holders and reasonably satisfactory to the Company. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 1.2 , if the underwriter shall advise the Company that marketing factors (including, without limitation, an adverse effect on the per share offering price) require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, then the Company shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities that have requested to participate in such offering, and the number of shares of Registrable Securities that may be included in the registration and underwriting shall be allocated pro rata among such Holders thereof in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to the amounts of Registrable Securities held by such Holders at the time of filing the Registration Statement. No Registrable Securities excluded from the underwriting by reason of the underwriter’s marketing limitation shall be included in such registration.

If any Holder disapproves of the terms of the underwriting, such Holder may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company, the underwriter and the Initiating Holders. The Registrable Securities so withdrawn shall also be withdrawn from registration.

If the underwriter has not limited the number of Registrable Securities to be underwritten, the Company may include securities for its own account (or for the account of other stockholders) in such registration if the underwriter so agrees and if the number of Registrable Securities would not thereby be limited.

1.3 Piggyback Registration .

(a) Company Registration . If at any time or from time to time the Company shall determine to register any of its securities, either for its own account or for the account of security holders, other than a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans, a registration on Form S-4 relating solely to an SEC Rule 145 transaction or a registration pursuant to Section 1.2 or 1.9 hereof, the Company will:

(i) promptly (but in any event within 10 days) give to each Holder written notice thereof; and

(ii) include in such registration (and any related qualification under state securities laws or other compliance), and in any underwriting involved therein, all the Registrable Securities specified in a written request or requests, made within 15 days after receipt of such written notice from the Company, by any Holder or Holders, except as set forth in Section 1.3(b) below.

 

4


Such Registrable Securities shall only be included to the extent that inclusion will not diminish the number of securities included by the Company.

(b) Underwriting . If the registration of which the Company gives notice is for a registered public offering involving an underwriting, the Company shall so advise the Holders as a part of the written notice given pursuant to Section 1.3(a)(i) . In such event the right of any Holder to registration pursuant to this Section 1.3 shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein.

All Holders proposing to distribute their Registrable Securities through such underwriting shall, together with the Company and the other parties distributing their securities through such underwriting, enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by the Company. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 1.3 , if the underwriter determines that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, the underwriter may limit the number of Registrable Securities to be included in the registration and underwriting, or may exclude Registrable Securities entirely from such registration and underwriting subject to the terms of this Section 1.3 . The Company shall so advise all holders of the Company’s securities that would otherwise be registered and underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of shares of such securities, including Registrable Securities, that may be included in the registration and underwriting shall be allocated in the following manner: (i) first, shares, other than Registrable Securities and other securities that have contractual rights with respect to registration similar to those provided for in this Section 1.3 , requested to be included in such registration by stockholders shall be excluded, and (ii) second, if a limitation on the number of shares is still required, the number of securities to be included shall be allocated among the holders of Registrable Securities and other securities that have contractual rights with respect to registration similar to those provided for in this Section 1.3 in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to the amounts of securities held by each such holder at the time of filing the Registration Statement; provided , however , that the aggregate value of securities (including Registrable Securities) to be included in such registration by the Holders may not be so reduced to less than 25% of the total value of all securities included in such registration except in the Company’s first Qualified Public Offering (as defined below). For purposes of any such underwriter cutback, all Registrable Securities and other securities held by any holder that is a partnership, limited liability company or corporation shall also include any Registrable Securities held by the partners, retired partners, members, stockholders or affiliated entities of such holder, or the estates and Family Members (as defined below) of any such partners, retired partners, members and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing persons, and such holder and other persons shall be deemed to be a single “selling holder,” and any pro rata reduction with respect to such “selling holder” shall be based upon the aggregate amount of shares carrying registration rights owned by all entities and individuals included in such “selling holder,” as defined in this sentence. No securities excluded from the underwriting by reason of the underwriter’s marketing limitation shall be included in such registration. Except as specifically set forth herein, nothing in

 

5


this Section 1.3(b) is intended to diminish the number of securities to be included by the Company in the underwriting. For the purposes of this Agreement, a “ Family Member ” of a person shall mean (in each case including adoptive and step relationships) any child, grandchild, parent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, aunt, uncle, or cousin of such person, or any spouse or child of any of the foregoing.

If any Holder disapproves of the terms of the underwriting, it may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company and the underwriter. The Registrable Securities so withdrawn shall also be withdrawn from registration. If requested by the Company, each Holder participating in such underwriting shall enter into and perform its respective obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter of such offering.

(c) Right to Terminate Registration . The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 1.3 prior to the effectiveness of such registration whether or not any Holder has elected to include securities in such registration.

1.4 Expenses of Registration . All reasonable expenses incurred in connection with all registrations effected pursuant to Sections 1.2 , 1.3 and 1.9 , including without limitation all registration, filing and qualification fees (including state securities law fees and expenses), printing expenses, escrow fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company (and, if the participating Holders request representation by a separate special counsel for the participating Holders, the reasonable fees and disbursements of one such counsel), and expenses of any special audits incidental to or required by such registration shall be borne by the Company; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to pay stock transfer taxes or underwriters’ discounts or selling commissions relating to Registrable Securities; and provided , further , that the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration pursuant to Section 1.9 if the Company has effected two (2) registrations pursuant to Section 1.9 in the preceding twelve (12) months and paid the expenses thereof, in which event the Holders of Registrable Securities to be registered shall bear all such expenses pro rata on the basis of Registrable Securities to be registered. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary above, the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding under Section 1.2 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of the Registrable Securities to have been registered, in which event the Holders of Registrable Securities to have been registered shall bear all such expenses pro rata on the basis of the Registrable Securities to have been registered. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, however, if at the time of the withdrawal, the Holders have learned of a materially adverse change in the condition, business or prospects of the Company from that known to the Holders at the time of their request and have withdrawn the request with reasonable promptness after learning of such information, then the Holders shall not be required to pay any of said expenses and shall retain their rights pursuant to Section 1.2 .

1.5 Obligations of the Company . Whenever required under this Section 1 to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

(a) prepare and file with the SEC a Registration Statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its diligent efforts to cause such Registration Statement to become effective, and keep such Registration Statement effective for the lesser of 90 days or until the Holder or Holders have completed the distribution relating thereto;

 

6


(b) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such Registration Statement and the prospectus used in connection with such Registration Statement as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective and to comply with the provisions of the 1933 Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement for the period set forth in paragraph (a) above;

(c) furnish to the Holders such numbers of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the 1933 Act, and such other documents as they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of Registrable Securities owned by them;

(d) use its commercially reasonable efforts to register or otherwise qualify the securities covered by such Registration Statement under such other securities laws of such states and other jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders or the managing underwriter, provided that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions;

(e) in the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter of such offering;

(f) notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement, at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the 1933 Act, of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such Registration Statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing;

(g) use its reasonable efforts to list the Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement with any securities exchange on which the Common Stock is then listed;

(h) make available for inspection by each Holder including Registrable Securities in such registration, any underwriter participating in any distribution pursuant to such registration, and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by such Holder or underwriter, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company, as such parties may reasonably request, and cause the Company’s officers, directors and employees to supply all information reasonably requested by any such Holder, underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with such Registration Statement;

(i) cooperate with Holders including Registrable Securities in such registration and the managing underwriters, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Registrable Securities to be sold, such certificates to be in such denominations and registered in such names as such Holders or the managing underwriters may request at least two (2) business days prior to any sale of Registrable Securities; and

 

7


(j) permit any Holder that, in the sole and exclusive judgment exercised in good faith, of such Holder, might be deemed to be a controlling person of the Company, to participate in good faith in the preparation of such Registration Statement and to require the insertion therein of material, furnished to the Company in writing, that in the reasonable judgment of such Holder and its counsel should be included.

1.6 Indemnification .

(a) The Company will, and does hereby undertake to, indemnify and hold harmless each Holder of Registrable Securities, each of such Holder’s officers, directors, managers, partners, members and agents, and each person controlling such Holder, with respect to any registration, qualification or compliance effected pursuant to this Section 1 , and each underwriter, if any, and each person who controls any underwriter, of the Registrable Securities held by or issuable to such Holder, against all claims, losses, damages and liabilities (or actions in respect thereto) to which they may become subject under the 1933 Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ 1934 Act ”), or other federal or state law arising out of or based on (i) any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained in any prospectus, offering circular or other similar document (including any related Registration Statement, notification, or the like) incident to any such registration, qualification or compliance, or based on any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances in which they were made, (ii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of any federal, state or common law rule or regulation applicable to the Company in connection with any such registration, qualification or compliance, or (iii) any failure to register or qualify Registrable Securities in any state where the Company or its agents have affirmatively undertaken or agreed in writing that the Company (the undertaking of any underwriter chosen by the Company being attributed to the Company) will undertake such registration or qualification on behalf of the Holders of such Registrable Securities (provided that in such instance the Company shall not be so liable if it has undertaken commercially reasonable efforts to so register or qualify such Registrable Securities) and will reimburse, as incurred, each such Holder, each such underwriter and each such director, manager, officer, partner, member agent and controlling person, for any legal and any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending any such claim, loss, damage, liability or action; provided that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such claim, loss, damage, liability or expense arises out of or is based on any untrue statement or omission made in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by an instrument duly executed by such Holder or underwriter and stated to be specifically for use therein.

(b) Each Holder will, and if Registrable Securities held by or issuable to such Holder are included in such registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to this Section 1 , does hereby undertake to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors and officers, and each person controlling the Company, each underwriter, if any, and each person who controls any underwriter, of the Company’s securities covered by such a Registration Statement, and each other Holder, each of such other Holder’s officers, directors, managers,

 

8


partners, members and agents and each person controlling such other Holder, against all claims, losses, damages and liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arising out of or based on any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained in any such Registration Statement, prospectus, offering circular or other document, or any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances in which they were made; and will reimburse, as incurred, the Company, each such underwriter, each such other Holder, and each such director, officer, manager, partner, member and controlling person of the foregoing, for any legal or any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending any such claim, loss, damage, liability or action, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) or omission (or alleged omission) was made in such Registration Statement, prospectus, offering circular or other document, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by an instrument duly executed by such Holder and stated to be specifically for use therein; provided , however , that the liability of each Holder hereunder (unless such Holder’s liability hereunder is based upon such Holder’s willful misconduct as determined by the nonappealable final decision of a court) shall be limited to the proportion of any such claim, loss, damage or liability that is equal to the proportion that the public offering price of the shares sold by such Holder under such Registration Statement bears to the total public offering price of all securities sold thereunder, but in any event not to exceed the net proceeds received by such Holder from the sale of securities under such Registration Statement. It is understood and agreed that the indemnification obligations of each Holder pursuant to any underwriting agreement entered into in connection with any Registration Statement shall be limited to the obligations contained in this subsection 1.6(b) .

(c) Each party entitled to indemnification under this Section 1.6 (the “ Indemnified Party ”) shall give notice to the party required to provide such indemnification (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) of any claim as to which indemnification may be sought promptly after such Indemnified Party has actual knowledge thereof, and shall permit the Indemnifying Party to assume the defense of any such claim or any litigation resulting therefrom; provided that counsel for the Indemnifying Party, who shall conduct the defense of such claim or litigation, shall be subject to approval by the Indemnified Party (whose approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) and the Indemnified Party may participate in such defense at the Indemnifying Party’s expense if representation of such Indemnified Party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such Indemnified Party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding; and provided further that the failure of any Indemnified Party to give notice as provided herein shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations under this Section 1 , except to the extent that such failure to give notice shall materially adversely affect the Indemnifying Party in the defense of any such claim or any such litigation. The Indemnifying Party shall not be entitled to assume or maintain control of the defense of any claim and shall pay the fees and expenses of one counsel retained by the Indemnified Party if (i) the claim relates to or arises in connection with any criminal proceeding, action, indictment or allegation, (ii) the Indemnified Party reasonably believes an adverse determination with respect to the claim would be materially detrimental to the reputation or future business prospects of the Indemnified Party or any of its affiliates, (iii) the claim seeks an injunction or equitable relief against the Indemnified Party or any of its affiliates or (iv) the Indemnifying Party has failed or is failing to prosecute or defend vigorously the claim. An Indemnifying Party shall not, except

 

9


with the consent of each Indemnified Party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement that does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnified Party of a release from all liability in respect of such claim or litigation, and no Indemnified Party shall consent to entry of any judgment or settle such claim or litigation without the prior written consent of the Indemnifying Party (which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).

(d) In order to provide for just and equitable contribution in circumstances in which the indemnification provided for in this Section 1.6 is due in accordance with its terms but for any reason is held to be unavailable to an Indemnified Party in respect to any expenses, losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to herein, then the Indemnifying Party shall, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party, contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such expenses, losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which such party may be subject in proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Indemnifying Party on the one hand and the Indemnified Party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact related to information supplied by the Indemnifying Party or the Indemnified Party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Company and the Investors agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 1.6 were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 1.6(d) , (i) in no case shall any one Investor be liable or responsible for any amount in excess of the net proceeds received by such Investor from the offering of Registrable Securities and (ii) the Company shall be liable and responsible for any amount in excess of such proceeds; provided, however, that no person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. Any party entitled to contribution will, promptly after receipt of notice of commencement of any action, suit or proceeding against such party or parties under this Section 1.6 , notify such party or parties from whom such contribution may be sought, but the omission so to notify such party or parties from contribution may be sought shall not relieve such party from any other obligation it or they may have thereunder or otherwise under this Section 1.6 . No party shall be liable for contribution with respect to any action, suit, proceeding or claim settled without its prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

(e) The indemnities provided in this Section 1.6 shall survive the transfer of any Registrable Securities by such Holder.

1.7 Information by Holder . The Holder or Holders of Registrable Securities included in any registration shall furnish to the Company such information regarding such Holder or Holders and the distribution proposed by such Holder or Holders as the Company may reasonably request in writing and as shall be required in connection with any registration, qualification or compliance referred to in this Section 1 .

 

10


1.8 Transfer and Assignment of Rights . The rights contained in Sections 1 and 2 hereof may be assigned or otherwise conveyed to transferees or assignees of Registrable Securities, who shall be considered a “ Holder ” for purposes hereof, provided that such transferee agrees to be subject to all restrictions set forth in this Agreement and the Related Documents (as defined in the Purchase Agreement).

1.9 Form S-3 . After the Company is eligible for the use of Form S-3 (or any future form that is substantially equivalent to the current Form S-3 or any foreign equivalent if the Registrable Securities are listed on an exchange outside the United States) as soon as it is eligible, the Holders shall have the right to request registrations on Form S-3 under this Section 1.9 . The Company shall give notice to all Holders of Registrable Securities of the receipt of a request for registration pursuant to this Section 1.9 and shall provide a reasonable opportunity for other Holders to participate in the registration. Subject to the foregoing, the Company will use its diligent efforts to effect as soon as practicable the registration of all shares of Registrable Securities on Form S-3 to the extent requested by the Holder or Holders thereof for purposes of disposition; provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration (a) if the Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) at an aggregate price to the public of less than $2,500,000 or (b) if the Company has effected two or more registrations on Form S-3 in the preceding twelve (12) months. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall restrict, prohibit or limit in any way a Holder’s ability to exercise its registration rights under Sections 1.2 or 1.3 hereof. The Company shall have no obligation to take any action to effect any registration pursuant to this Section 1.9 for any of the reasons set forth in Section 1.2(a)(ii)(A) or (C) (which shall be deemed to apply to the obligations under this Section 1.9 with equal force). In addition, any registration pursuant to this Section 1.9 shall be subject to the provisions of Section 1.2(b) , which shall be deemed to apply to the obligations under this Section 1.9 with equal force, except that any reference therein to Section 1.2 or a subsection thereof shall, for these purposes only, be deemed to be a reference to this Section 1.9 .

1.10 Delay of Registration . No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any such registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 1 .

1.11 Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights . From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Investors that hold at least a majority of (a) the aggregate number of all shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock held by all Investors plus the number of then outstanding shares of Common Stock that were issued upon conversion of previously outstanding shares of Preferred Stock then held by all Investors other than shares of Common Stock issued upon a Special Mandatory Conversion (as defined in the Company’s certificate of incorporation, as in effect from time to time, a “ Special Mandatory Conversion ”) before, on or after the date hereof (the “ Mandatory Conversion Shares ”) and (b) the then outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock held by all Investors (such holders in such clauses (a) and (b) shall be referred to herein as the “ Required Holders ”), enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company that would allow such holder or prospective holder to (i) require the Company to effect a registration, or (ii) include any securities in any registration filed

 

11


under Section 1.2 , 1.3 or 1.9 hereof, unless, under the terms of such agreement, such holder or prospective holder may include such securities in any such registration only to the extent that the inclusion of such securities will not diminish the amount of Registrable Securities that are included in such registration.

1.12 Rule 144 Reporting . With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the SEC that may permit the sale of the Registrable Securities to the public without registration, the Company agrees to use its diligent efforts to:

(a) make and keep current public information available, within the meaning of SEC Rule 144 or any similar or analogous rule promulgated under the 1933 Act, at all times after it has become subject to the reporting requirements of the 1934 Act;

(b) file with the SEC, in a timely manner, all reports and other documents required of the Company under the 1933 Act and 1934 Act (after it has become subject to such reporting requirements); and

(c) so long as a Holder owns any Registrable Securities, furnish to such Holder forthwith upon request a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of said Rule 144 (at any time commencing 90 days after the effective date of the first registration filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public), the 1933 Act and the 1934 Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements); a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company; and such other reports and documents as a Holder may reasonably request in availing itself of any rule or regulation of the SEC allowing it to sell any such securities without registration.

1.13 “Market Stand-Off” Agreement . Each Holder hereby agrees that during a period, not to exceed 180 days (or, if required by such underwriter, such longer period of time as is necessary to enable such underwriter to issue a research report or make a public appearance that relates to an earnings release or announcement by the Company within 18 days prior to or after the date that is one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of the registration statement relating to such offering, but in any event not to exceed two hundred ten (210) days following the effective date of the registration statement relating to such offering), following the effective date of the initial, effective registration statement of the Company filed under the 1933 Act (“ IPO ”), it shall not, to the extent requested by the Company and any underwriter, sell, pledge, transfer, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise transfer or dispose of (other than to donees who agree to be similarly bound) any Common Stock held by it at any time during such period except Common Stock included in such registration; provided , however , that all officers and directors of the Company and all One Percent Stockholders (as defined below) of the Company enter into similar agreements; provided, however, that all restrictions set forth in this Section 1.13 on all such Holders shall terminate and be of no further force or effect if any stockholder, officer or director is released from, or otherwise no longer bound by, such restrictions, other than due to such person no longer holding shares of the Company’s capital stock as a result of the Company’s repurchase of such shares upon a termination of such person’s employment with the Company. The underwriters in connection with the IPO are intended third-party beneficiaries of this Section 1.13 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto. Each

 

12


Holder further agrees to execute such agreements as may be reasonably requested by the underwriters in the IPO that are consistent with this Section 1.13 or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. The obligations of the Holders hereunder shall only apply to the first Registration Statement covering Common Stock of the Company to be sold on its behalf to the public in the IPO.

For purposes of this Agreement, the term “ One Percent Stockholder ” shall mean a stockholder of the Company who holds at least 1% of the outstanding Common Stock of the Company (assuming conversion of all outstanding Preferred Stock of the Company).

In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Registrable Securities of each Holder (and the shares or securities of every other person subject to the foregoing restriction) until the end of such period.

1.14 Termination of Rights . The rights of any particular Holder under this Section 1 hereof shall terminate as to any Holder on the earliest of (a) the date that is three (3) years after the closing of a Qualified Public Offering (as defined below), (b) the date on which such Holder is able to dispose of all of its Registrable Securities in any 90-day period pursuant to SEC Rule 144 (or any similar or analogous rule promulgated under the 1933 Act), so long as the Company has completed its initial public offering and such Holder holds less than one percent (1%) of the Company’s then-outstanding equity securities, or (c) the date that such Holder’s Preferred Stock has been converted to Common Stock pursuant to a Special Mandatory Conversion; provided, however, that a Holder’s obligations under Section 1.13 above will survive a termination of rights under clause (c) of this Section 1.14 .

Section 2.

MISCELLANEOUS

2.1 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed and construed under the laws of the State of Delaware. The venue for any claim, controversy or dispute which arises between the parties hereto shall be the United States District Court for the District of Delaware (or state court located in Delaware, if federal jurisdiction does not apply) and the parties hereby consent to the jurisdiction of such court and waive any objection to such venue. THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY WITH RESPECT TO DISPUTES ARISING UNDER THIS AGREEMENT AND CONSENT TO A BENCH TRIAL WITH THE APPROPRIATE JUDGE ACTING AS THE FINDER OF FACT.

2.2 Successors and Assigns . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the provisions hereof shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators of the parties hereto.

2.3 Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement among the parties with regard to the subjects hereof, and any other written or oral agreements relating to the subject matter of this Agreement, including the Prior Agreement, existing between the parties is expressly canceled. All provisions of, rights granted and covenants made in the Prior Agreement are hereby waived, released and superseded in their entirety and shall have no further force or effect. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party, other than the parties hereto and their successors and assigns, any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided herein.

 

13


2.4 Severability . Any invalidity, illegality or limitation of the enforceability with respect to any Holder of any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement, or any part thereof, whether arising by reason of the law of any such person’s domicile or otherwise, shall in no way affect or impair the validity, legality or enforceability of this Agreement with respect to any other Holder. In case any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, it shall to the extent practicable, be modified so as to make it valid, legal and enforceable and to retain as nearly as practicable the intent of the parties, and the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

2.5 Amendment and Waiver . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, any term of this Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance, either retroactively or prospectively and either for a specified period of time or indefinitely) with the written consent of the Company and the Required Holders; provided that any right of any party hereunder may be waived by the waiving party on such party’s own behalf, without the consent of any other party. The foregoing notwithstanding, this Agreement may not be amended or terminated and the observance of any term hereof may not be waived with respect to any Investor without the written consent of such Investor, unless such amendment, termination or waiver applies to all Investors in the same fashion. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 2.5 shall be binding upon the Company and each Investor and each transferee of the Registrable Securities. Upon the effectuation of each such amendment or waiver, the Company shall promptly give written notice thereof to the Investors who have not previously consented thereto in writing. The Company shall pay, and hold the Investors harmless against liability for the payment of the reasonable fees and expenses incurred with respect to the enforcement of the rights granted under, or any amendments or waivers to, this Agreement.

2.6 Delays or Omissions . No delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to the Company, the Investors, or any transferees upon any breach, default or noncompliance of the Investors or any transferee or the Company under this Agreement, shall impair any such right, power or remedy, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach, default or noncompliance, or any acquiescence therein, or of any similar breach, default or noncompliance thereafter occurring. It is further agreed that any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on the part of the Company or the Investors of any breach, default or noncompliance under this Agreement or any waiver on the Company’s or the Investors’ part of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing and that all remedies, either under this Agreement, by law, or otherwise afforded to the Company and the Investors, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

2.7 Notices, etc . All notices sent to a person or entity within the United States of America required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed email or

 

14


facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, if not, then on the next business day, (c) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All notices sent to a person or entity outside of the United States of America required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (x) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, (y) eight (8) days after having been sent by airmail, or (z) when sent by confirmed email or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, if not, then on the next business day. Notices shall be addressed:

(a) if to the Company, at:

Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc.

521 Cottonwood Drive

Milpitas, CA 95035

Attn: Chief Executive Officer

Email: d.patel@protagonist-inc.com

or at such other address as the Company shall have furnished to the Investors in writing;

(b) if to the Investors, at the addresses of such Investors specified on the Exhibits hereto, or at such other addresses as the Investors shall have furnished to the Company in writing; and

(c) if to a Holder other than the Investors, at such Holder’s address as shall have been furnished to the Company in writing.

2.8 Titles and Subtitles . The titles of the sections and subsections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in construing this Agreement.

2.9 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Counterparts may be delivered via electronic mail (including .pdf or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, e.g., www.rightsignature.com) or other transmission method, and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

[The next page is the signature page.]

 

15


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Third Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the parties as of the date first above written.

 

THE COMPANY:     PROTAGONIST THERAPEUTICS, INC.
    By:   /s/ Dinesh Patel
    Name:   Dinesh Patel
    Title:   President

[Signature Page to Third Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Third Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the parties as of the date first above written.

 

THE INVESTORS:     JOHNSON & JOHNSON INNOVATION—JJDC, INC.
    By:   /s/ Asish K. Xavier
    Name:   Asish K. Xavier
    Title:   VP, Venture Investments

[Signature Page to Third Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Third Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the parties as of the date first above written.

 

THE INVESTORS:    

CANAAN X L.P.

 

By: Canaan Partners X LLC

    By:   /s/ Tim Shannon
    Name:   Tim Shannon
    Title:   General Partner


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Third Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the parties as of the date first above written.

 

THE INVESTORS:       RA CAPITAL HEALTHCARE FUND, L.P.
    By:   RA Capital Management, LLC
    Its:   General Partner
    By:   /s/ Rajeev Shah
    Name:    
    Title:   Authorized Signatory


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Third Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the parties as of the date first above written.

 

THE INVESTORS:     LILLY VENTURES FUND I, LLC
    By:   /s/ S. Edward Torres
      Name: S. Edward Torres
      Title: Managing Director


EXHIBIT A

Schedule of Preferred Holders

Name and Address of Investor

Canaan X L.P.

2765 Sand Hill Road

Menlo Park, CA 94025

Adage Capital Partners, LP

200 Clarendon Street

52 nd Floor

Boston, MA 02116

Attn: Dan Lehan

RA Capital Healthcare Fund, L.P.

20 Park Plaza

Suite 1200

Boston, MA 02116

Blackwell Partners LLC—Series A

20 Park Plaza

Suite 1200

Boston, MA 02116

Foresite Capital Fund III, L.P.

101 California Street

Suite 4100

San Francisco, CA 94111

Johnson & Johnson Innovation—JJDC, Inc.

410 George Street

New Brunswick, NJ 08901

Lilly Ventures Fund I, LLC

115 West Washington Street, Suite 1680S

Indianapolis, IN 46204

Facsimile:


Starfish Ventures Pty Ltd, as responsible

entity of the Starfish Pre-Seed Fund

Level 1, 120 Jolimont Road

East Melbourne VIC 3002

Australia

Facsimile:

Starfish Ventures Pty Ltd., as agent and

attorney of Starfish Technology Fund 1, LP

Level 1, 120 Jolimont Road

East Melbourne VIC 3002

Australia

Facsimile:

Pharmstandard International S.A.

Attn: Mr. Alexey A. Vinogradov

27 Soljenitsyna Street

Moscow 109004 Russia

Facsimile:

LOGO

 

Michael E. Tenta    EXHIBIT 5.1
T: +1 650 843 5636   
mtenta@cooley.com   

August 1, 2016

Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc.

521 Cottonwood Drive, Suite 100

Milpitas, California 95035

Ladies and Gentlemen:

You have requested our opinion, as counsel to Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), in connection with the filing by the Company of a Registration Statement (No. 333-212476) on Form S-1 (the “ Registration Statement ”) with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including a related prospectus filed with the Registration Statement (the “ Prospectus ”), covering an underwritten public offering of up to 5,835,000 shares (the “ Shares ”) of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.00001, including up to 875,250 Shares that may be sold pursuant to the exercise of an option to purchase additional shares. All of the Shares are to be sold by the Company as described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

In connection with this opinion, we have (i) examined and relied upon (a) the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, (b) the Company’s Third Amended Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, and Bylaws, as currently in effect, (c) the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, filed as Exhibit 3.1(b) to the Registration Statement, and the Company’s Amended and Restated Bylaws, filed as Exhibit 3.2(b) to the Registration Statement, each of which is to be in effect upon the closing of the offering contemplated by the Registration Statement, and (d) the originals or copies certified to our satisfaction of such records, documents, certificates, memoranda and other instruments as in our judgment are necessary or appropriate to enable us to render the opinion expressed below, and (ii) assumed that the Shares to be sold to the underwriters by the Company will be sold at a price established by the Board of Directors of the Company or the Pricing Committee thereof in accordance with Section 153 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. We have undertaken no independent verification with respect to such matters. We have assumed the genuineness and authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, and the conformity to originals of all documents submitted to us as copies and the due execution and delivery of all documents where due execution and delivery are a prerequisite to the effectiveness thereof. As to certain factual matters, we have relied upon a certificate of an officer of the Company and have not sought independently to verify such matters. Our opinion is expressed only with respect to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

On the basis of the foregoing, and in reliance thereon, we are of the opinion that the Shares, when sold and issued against payment therefor as described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Legal Matters” in the Prospectus included in the Registration Statement and to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.

 

Sincerely,
By:  

/s/ Michael E. Tenta

  Michael E. Tenta, Partner

3175 HANOVER STREET, PALO ALTO, CA 94304 T: (650) 495-5000 F: (650) 495-7400 WWW.COOLEY.COM

Exhibit 10.2

P ROTAGONIST T HERAPEUTICS , I NC .

2016 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN

A DOPTED BY THE B OARD OF D IRECTORS : J ULY 28, 2016

A PPROVED BY THE S TOCKHOLDERS : J ULY  31, 2016

E FFECTIVE D ATE : J ULY 28, 2016

1. G ENERAL .

(a) Successor to and Continuation of Prior Plan.  The Plan is intended as the successor to and continuation of the Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc. 2007 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, as amended (the “ Prior Plan ”). From and after 12:01 a.m. Pacific Time on the Effective Date, no additional stock awards may be granted under the Prior Plan. All Awards granted on or after 12:01 a.m. Pacific Time on the Effective Date will be granted under this Plan. All stock awards granted under the Prior Plan will remain subject to the terms of the Prior Plan.

(i) Any shares that would otherwise remain available for future grants under the Prior Plan as of 12:01 a.m. Pacific Time on the Effective Date (the “ Prior Plan’s Available Reserve ”) will cease to be available under the Prior Plan at such time. Instead, that number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Prior Plan’s Available Reserve will be added to the Share Reserve (as further described in Section 3(a) below) and be then immediately available for grants and issuance pursuant to Stock Awards hereunder, up to the maximum number set forth in Section 3(a) below.

(ii) In addition, from and after 12:01 a.m. Pacific time on the Effective Date, with respect to the aggregate number of shares subject, at such time, to outstanding stock awards granted under the Prior Plan that (1) expire or terminate for any reason prior to exercise or settlement; (2) are forfeited because of the failure to meet a contingency or condition required to vest such shares or otherwise return to the Company; or (3) are reacquired, withheld (or not issued) to satisfy a tax withholding obligation in connection with an award or to satisfy the purchase price or exercise price of a stock award (such shares the “ Returning Shares ”) will immediately be added to the Share Reserve (as further described in Section 3(a) below) as and when such a share becomes a Returning Share.

(b) Eligible Award Recipients.  Employees, Directors and Consultants are eligible to receive Awards.

(c) Available Awards.  The Plan provides for the grant of the following types of Awards: (i) Incentive Stock Options, (ii) Nonstatutory Stock Options, (iii) Stock Appreciation Rights (iv) Restricted Stock Awards, (v) Restricted Stock Unit Awards, (vi) Performance Stock Awards, (vii) Performance Cash Awards, and (viii) Other Stock Awards.

(d) Purpose.  The Plan, through the granting of Awards, is intended to help the Company secure and retain the services of eligible award recipients, provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and any Affiliate and provide a means by which the eligible recipients may benefit from increases in value of the Common Stock.

 

1


2. A DMINISTRATION .

(a) Administration by Board.  The Board will administer the Plan. The Board may delegate administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees, as provided in Section 2(c).

(b) Powers of Board.  The Board will have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

(i) To determine (A) who will be granted Awards; (B) when and how each Award will be granted; (C) what type of Award will be granted; (D) the provisions of each Award (which need not be identical), including when a person will be permitted to exercise or otherwise receive cash or Common Stock under the Award; (E) the number of shares of Common Stock subject to, or the cash value of, an Award; and (F) the Fair Market Value applicable to a Stock Award.

(ii) To construe and interpret the Plan and Awards granted under it, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for administration of the Plan and Awards. The Board, in the exercise of these powers, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan or in any Award Agreement or in the written terms of a Performance Cash Award, in a manner and to the extent it will deem necessary or expedient to make the Plan or Award fully effective.

(iii) To settle all controversies regarding the Plan and Awards granted under it.

(iv) To accelerate, in whole or in part, the time at which an Award may be exercised or vest (or at which cash or shares of Common Stock may be issued).

(v) To suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or an Award Agreement, suspension or termination of the Plan will not impair a Participant’s rights under his or her then-outstanding Award without his or her written consent except as provided in subsection (viii) below.

(vi) To amend the Plan in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable, including, without limitation, by adopting amendments relating to Incentive Stock Options and certain nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code and/or to make the Plan or Awards granted under the Plan compliant with the requirements for Incentive Stock Options or exempt from or compliant with the requirements for nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code, subject to the limitations, if any, of applicable law. However, if required by applicable law or listing requirements, and except as provided in Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the Company will seek stockholder approval of any amendment of the Plan that (A) materially increases the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan, (B) materially expands the class of individuals eligible to receive Awards under the Plan, (C) materially increases the benefits accruing to Participants under the Plan, (D) materially reduces the price at which shares of Common Stock may be issued or purchased under the Plan, (E) materially extends the term of the Plan, or

 

2


(F) materially expands the types of Awards available for issuance under the Plan. Except as provided in the Plan (including subsection (viii) below) or an Award Agreement, no amendment of the Plan will impair a Participant’s rights under an outstanding Award unless (1) the Company requests the consent of the affected Participant, and (2) such Participant consents in writing.

(vii) To submit any amendment to the Plan for stockholder approval, including, but not limited to, amendments to the Plan intended to satisfy the requirements of (A) Section 162(m) of the Code regarding the exclusion of performance-based compensation from the limit on corporate deductibility of compensation paid to Covered Employees, (B) Section 422 of the Code regarding incentive stock options or (C) Rule 16b-3.

(viii) To approve forms of Award Agreements for use under the Plan and to amend the terms of any one or more Awards, including, but not limited to, amendments to provide terms more favorable to the Participant than previously provided in the Award Agreement, subject to any specified limits in the Plan that are not subject to Board discretion; provided however, that a Participant’s rights under any Award will not be impaired by any such amendment unless (A) the Company requests the consent of the affected Participant, and (B) such Participant consents in writing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (1) a Participant’s rights will not be deemed to have been impaired by any such amendment if the Board, in its sole discretion, determines that the amendment, taken as a whole, does not materially impair the Participant’s rights, and (2) subject to the limitations of applicable law, if any, the Board may amend the terms of any one or more Awards without the affected Participant’s consent (A) to maintain the qualified status of the Award as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code; (B) to change the terms of an Incentive Stock Option, if such change results in impairment of the Award solely because it impairs the qualified status of the Award as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code; (C) to clarify the manner of exemption from, or to bring the Award into compliance with, Section 409A of the Code; or (D) to comply with other applicable laws or listing requirements.

(ix) Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as the Board deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company and that are not in conflict with the provisions of the Plan or Awards.

(x) To adopt such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit participation in the Plan by Employees, Directors or Consultants who are foreign nationals or employed outside the United States (provided that Board approval will not be necessary for immaterial modifications to the Plan or any Award Agreement that are required for compliance with the laws of the relevant foreign jurisdiction).

(xi) To effect, with the consent of any adversely affected Participant, (A) the reduction of the exercise, purchase or strike price of any outstanding Stock Award; (B) the cancellation of any outstanding Stock Award and the grant in substitution therefor of a new (1) Option or SAR, (2) Restricted Stock Award, (3) Restricted Stock Unit Award, (4) Other Stock Award, (5) cash and/or (6) other valuable consideration determined by the Board, in its sole discretion, with any such substituted award (x) covering the same or a different number of shares of Common Stock as the cancelled Stock Award and (y) granted under the Plan or another equity or compensatory plan of the Company; or (C) any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles.

 

3


(c) Delegation to Committee.

(i) General.  The Board may delegate some or all of the administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees. If administration of the Plan is delegated to a Committee, the Committee will have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed by the Board that have been delegated to the Committee, including the power to delegate to a subcommittee of the Committee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and references in this Plan to the Board will thereafter be to the Committee or subcommittee). Any delegation of administrative powers will be reflected in resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, adopted from time to time by the Board or Committee (as applicable). The Committee may, at any time, abolish the subcommittee and/or revest in the Committee any powers delegated to the subcommittee. The Board may retain the authority to concurrently administer the Plan with the Committee and may, at any time, revest in the Board some or all of the powers previously delegated.

(ii) Section 162(m) and Rule 16b-3 Compliance.  The Committee may consist solely of two or more Outside Directors, in accordance with Section 162(m) of the Code, or solely of two or more Non-Employee Directors, in accordance with Rule 16b-3.

(d) Delegation to an Officer . The Board may delegate to one or more Officers the authority to do one or both of the following (i) designate Employees who are not Officers to be recipients of Options and SARs (and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, other Stock Awards) and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the terms of such Awards, and (ii) determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be subject to such Stock Awards granted to such Employees; provided, however , that the Board resolutions regarding such delegation will specify the total number of shares of Common Stock that may be subject to the Stock Awards granted by such Officer and that such Officer may not grant a Stock Award to himself or herself. Any such Stock Awards will be granted on the form of Award Agreement most recently approved for use by the Committee or the Board, unless otherwise provided in the resolutions approving the delegation authority. The Board may not delegate authority to an Officer who is acting solely in the capacity of an Officer (and not also as a Director) to determine the Fair Market Value pursuant to Section 13(y)(iii) below.

(e) Effect of Board’s Decision. All determinations, interpretations and constructions made by the Board in good faith will not be subject to review by any person and will be final, binding and conclusive on all persons.

3. S HARES S UBJECT TO THE P LAN .

(a) Share Reserve.   Subject to Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, and the following sentence regarding the annual increase, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to Stock Awards will not exceed (A) 1,200,000 shares, which number is the sum of (i) the 52,925 shares subject to the Prior Plan’s Available Reserve and (ii) an additional 1,147,075 new shares plus (B) the Returning Shares, if any, which

 

4


become available for grant under this Plan from time to time, up to a maximum of 1,365,987 Returning Shares (such aggregate number of shares described in (A) and (B) above, the “ Share Reserve ”). In addition, the Share Reserve will automatically increase on the first day of each fiscal year for a period of up to ten years, commencing on the first day of the fiscal year following the year in which the IPO Date occurs, in an amount equal to four percent (4%) of the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on the last day of the preceding fiscal year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may act prior to the first day of any fiscal year to provide that there will be no increase in the Share Reserve for such fiscal year or that the increase in the Share Reserve for such fiscal year will be a lesser number of shares of Common Stock than would otherwise occur pursuant to the preceding sentence.

For clarity, the Share Reserve in this Section 3(a) is a limitation on the number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the Plan. Accordingly, this Section 3(a) does not limit the granting of Stock Awards except as provided in Section 7(a). Shares may be issued in connection with a merger or acquisition as permitted by NASDAQ Listing Rule 5635(c) or, if applicable, NYSE Listed Company Manual Section 303A.08, AMEX Company Guide Section 711 or other applicable rule, and such issuance will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under the Plan.

(b) Reversion of Shares to the Share Reserve.   If a Stock Award or any portion thereof (i) expires or otherwise terminates without all of the shares covered by such Stock Award having been issued or (ii) is settled in cash ( i.e. , the Participant receives cash rather than stock), such expiration, termination or settlement will not reduce (or otherwise offset) the number of shares of Common Stock that may be available for issuance under the Plan. If any shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to a Stock Award are forfeited back to or repurchased by the Company because of the failure to meet a contingency or condition required to vest such shares in the Participant, then the shares that are forfeited or repurchased will revert to and again become available for issuance under the Plan. Any shares reacquired by the Company in satisfaction of tax withholding obligations on a Stock Award or as consideration for the exercise or purchase price of a Stock Award will again become available for issuance under the Plan.

(c) Incentive Stock Option Limit.   Subject to the Share Reserve and Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options will be 3,500,000 shares of Common Stock.

(d) Section 162(m) Limitations . Subject to the Share Reserve and Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, at such time as the Company may be subject to the applicable provisions of Section 162(m) of the Code, the following limitations will apply.

(i) A maximum of 1,000,000 shares of Common Stock subject to Options, SARs and Other Stock Awards whose value is determined by reference to an increase over an exercise or strike price of at least 100% of the Fair Market Value on the date any such Stock Award is granted may be granted to any Participant during any fiscal year.

(ii) A maximum of 1,000,000 shares of Common Stock subject to Performance Stock Awards may be granted to any one Participant during any one fiscal year (whether the grant, vesting or exercise is contingent upon the attainment during the Performance Period of the Performance Goals).

(iii) A maximum of $2,000,000 may be granted as a Performance Cash Award to any one Participant during any one fiscal year.

 

5


If a Performance Stock Award is in the form of an Option, it will count only against the Performance Stock Award limit. If a Performance Stock Award could be paid out in cash, it will count only against the Performance Stock Award limit.

(e) Limitation on Grants to Non-Employee Directors.   The maximum number of shares of Common Stock subject to Stock Awards granted under the Restated Plan or otherwise during any one fiscal year to any Non-Employee Director, taken together with any cash fees paid by the Company to such Non-Employee Director during such fiscal year for service on the Board, will not exceed $500,000 in total value, or $1,000,000 with respect to a Non-Employee Director’s first year of service (calculating the value of any such Stock Awards based on the grant date fair value of such Stock Awards for financial reporting purposes). The Board may make exceptions to the applicable limit in this Section 3(e) for individual Non-Employee Directors in extraordinary circumstances (for example, to compensate such individual for interim service in the capacity of an officer of the Company), as the Board may determine in its discretion, provided that the Non-Employee Director receiving such additional compensation may not participate in the decision to award such compensation.

(f) Source of Shares.  The stock issuable under the Plan will be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock, including shares repurchased by the Company on the open market or otherwise.

4. E LIGIBILITY .

(a) Eligibility for Specific Stock Awards . Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to employees of the Company or a “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” thereof (as such terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and 424(f) of the Code). Stock Awards other than Incentive Stock Options may be granted to Employees, Directors and Consultants; provided, however, that Stock Awards may not be granted to Employees, Directors and Consultants who are providing Continuous Service only to any “parent” of the Company, as such term is defined in Rule 405, unless (i) the stock underlying such Stock Awards is treated as “service recipient stock” under Section 409A of the Code (for example, because the Stock Awards are granted pursuant to a Transaction such as a spin off transaction), (ii) the Company, in consultation with its legal counsel, has determined that such Stock Awards are otherwise exempt from Section 409A of the Code, or (iii) the Company, in consultation with its legal counsel, has determined that such Stock Awards comply with the distribution requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

(b) Ten Percent Stockholders.  A Ten Percent Stockholder will not be granted an Incentive Stock Option unless the exercise price of such Option is at least 110% of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant and the Option is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date of grant.

 

6


5. P ROVISIONS R ELATING TO O PTIONS AND S TOCK A PPRECIATION R IGHTS .

Each Option or SAR will be in such form and will contain such terms and conditions as the Board deems appropriate. All Options will be separately designated Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options at the time of grant, and, if certificates are issued, a separate certificate or certificates will be issued for shares of Common Stock purchased on exercise of each type of Option. If an Option is not specifically designated as an Incentive Stock Option, or if an Option is designated as an Incentive Stock Option but some portion or all of the Option fails to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option under the applicable rules, then the Option (or portion thereof) will be a Nonstatutory Stock Option. The provisions of separate Options or SARs need not be identical; provided, however , that each Award Agreement will conform to (through incorporation of provisions hereof by reference in the applicable Award Agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(a) Term.  Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, no Option or SAR will be exercisable after the expiration of ten years from the date of its grant or such shorter period specified in the Award Agreement.

(b) Exercise Price.  Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, the exercise or strike price of each Option or SAR will be not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option or SAR on the date the Award is granted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option or SAR may be granted with an exercise or strike price lower than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Award if such Award is granted pursuant to an assumption of or substitution for another option or stock appreciation right pursuant to a Transaction and in a manner consistent with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code and, if applicable, Section 424(a) of the Code. Each SAR will be denominated in shares of Common Stock equivalents.

(c) Purchase Price for Options.  The purchase price of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Option may be paid, to the extent permitted by applicable law and as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, by any combination of the methods of payment set forth below. The Board will have the authority to grant Options that do not permit all of the following methods of payment (or otherwise restrict the ability to use certain methods) and to grant Options that require the consent of the Company to use a particular method of payment. The permitted methods of payment are as follows:

(i) by cash, check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company;

(ii) pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of the stock subject to the Option, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds;

(iii) by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of shares of Common Stock;

(iv) if an Option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Common Stock

 

7


issuable upon exercise by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price; provided, however , that the Company will accept a cash or other payment from the Participant to the extent of any remaining balance of the aggregate exercise price not satisfied by such reduction in the number of whole shares to be issued. Shares of Common Stock will no longer be subject to an Option and will not be exercisable thereafter to the extent that (A) shares issuable upon exercise are used to pay the exercise price pursuant to the “net exercise,” (B) shares are delivered to the Participant as a result of such exercise, and (C) shares are withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations; or

(v) in any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board and specified in the applicable Award Agreement.

(d) Exercise and Payment of a SAR.  To exercise any outstanding SAR, the Participant must provide written notice of exercise to the Company in compliance with the provisions of the Award Agreement evidencing such SAR. The appreciation distribution payable on the exercise of a SAR will be not greater than an amount equal to the excess of (A) the aggregate Fair Market Value (on the date of the exercise of the SAR) of a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of Common Stock equivalents in which the Participant is vested under such SAR, and with respect to which the Participant is exercising the SAR on such date, over (B) the aggregate strike price of the number of Common Stock equivalents with respect to which the Participant is exercising the SAR on such date. The appreciation distribution may be paid in Common Stock, in cash, in any combination of the two or in any other form of consideration, as determined by the Board and contained in the Award Agreement evidencing such SAR.

(e) Transferability of Options and SARs.  The Board may, in its sole discretion, impose such limitations on the transferability of Options and SARs as the Board will determine. In the absence of such a determination by the Board to the contrary, the following restrictions on the transferability of Options and SARs will apply:

(i) Restrictions on Transfer . An Option or SAR will not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution (and pursuant to subsections (ii) and (iii) below), and will be exercisable during the lifetime of the Participant only by the Participant. The Board may permit transfer of the Option or SAR in a manner that is not prohibited by applicable tax and securities laws. Except as explicitly provided herein, neither an Option nor a SAR may be transferred for consideration.

(ii) Domestic Relations Orders . Subject to the approval of the Board or a duly authorized Officer, an Option or SAR may be transferred pursuant to the terms of a domestic relations order, official marital settlement agreement or other divorce or separation instrument as permitted by Treasury Regulation 1.421-1(b)(2). If an Option is an Incentive Stock Option, such Option may be deemed to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option as a result of such transfer.

(iii) Beneficiary Designation . Subject to the approval of the Board or a duly authorized Officer, a Participant may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form approved by the Company (or the designated broker), designate a third party who, upon the death

 

8


of the Participant, will thereafter be entitled to exercise the Option or SAR and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise. In the absence of such a designation, upon the death or the Participant, the executor or administrator of the Participant’s estate will be entitled to exercise the Option or SAR and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise. However, the Company may prohibit designation of a beneficiary at any time, including due to any conclusion by the Company that such designation would be inconsistent with the provisions of applicable laws.

(f) Vesting Generally.  The total number of shares of Common Stock subject to an Option or SAR may vest and therefore become exercisable in periodic installments that may or may not be equal. The Option or SAR may be subject to such other terms and conditions on the time or times when it may or may not be exercised (which may be based on the satisfaction of Performance Goals or other criteria) as the Board may deem appropriate. The vesting provisions of individual Options or SARs may vary. The provisions of this Section 5(f) are subject to any Option or SAR provisions governing the minimum number of shares of Common Stock as to which an Option or SAR may be exercised.

(g) Termination of Continuous Service.   Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, if a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates (other than for Cause and other than upon the Participant’s death or Disability), the Participant may exercise his or her Option or SAR (to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise such Award as of the date of termination of Continuous Service) within the period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date three months following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the applicable Award Agreement) and (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the Award Agreement. If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Participant does not exercise his or her Option or SAR (as applicable) within the applicable time frame, the Option or SAR will terminate.

(h) Extension of Termination Date.  Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, if the exercise of an Option or SAR following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (other than for Cause and other than upon the Participant’s death or Disability) would be prohibited at any time solely because the issuance of shares of Common Stock would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act, then the Option or SAR will terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of a total period of time (that need not be consecutive) equal to the applicable post termination exercise period after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service during which the exercise of the Option or SAR would not be in violation of such registration requirements, and (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement. In addition, unless otherwise provided in a Participant’s Award Agreement, if the sale of any Common Stock received on exercise of an Option or SAR following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (other than for Cause) would violate the Company’s insider trading policy, then the Option or SAR will terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of a period of months (that need not be consecutive) equal to the applicable post-termination exercise period after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service during which the sale of the Common Stock received upon exercise of the Option or SAR would not be in violation of the Company’s insider trading policy, or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

 

9


(i) Disability of Participant.  Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, if a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option or SAR (to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise such Option or SAR as of the date of termination of Continuous Service), but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date 12 months following such termination of Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Award Agreement) and (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the Award Agreement. If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Participant does not exercise his or her Option or SAR within the applicable time frame, the Option or SAR (as applicable) will terminate.

(j) Death of Participant.  Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, if (i) a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Participant’s death, or (ii) the Participant dies within the period (if any) specified in the Award Agreement for exercisability after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service for a reason other than death, then the Option or SAR may be exercised (to the extent the Participant was entitled to exercise such Option or SAR as of the date of death) by the Participant’s estate, by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option or SAR by bequest or inheritance or by a person designated to exercise the Option or SAR upon the Participant’s death, but only within the period ending on the earlier of (i) the date 18 months following the date of death (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Award Agreement) and (ii) the expiration of the term of such Option or SAR as set forth in the Award Agreement. If, after the Participant’s death, the Option or SAR is not exercised within the applicable time frame, the Option or SAR (as applicable) will terminate.

(k) Termination for Cause.  Except as explicitly provided otherwise in a Participant’s Award Agreement or other individual written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant, if a Participant’s Continuous Service is terminated for Cause, the Option or SAR will terminate immediately upon such Participant’s termination of Continuous Service, and the Participant will be prohibited from exercising his or her Option or SAR from and after the time of such termination of Continuous Service. If a Participant’s Continuous Service is suspended pending an investigation of the existence of Cause, all of the Participant’s rights under the Option or SAR will also be suspended during the investigation period.

(l) Non-Exempt Employees . If an Option or SAR is granted to an Employee who is a non-exempt employee for purposes of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, the Option or SAR will not be first exercisable for any shares of Common Stock until at least six months following the date of grant of the Option or SAR (although the Award may vest prior to such date). Consistent with the provisions of the Worker Economic Opportunity Act, (i) if such non-exempt Employee dies or suffers a Disability, (ii) upon a Corporate Transaction in which such Option or SAR is not assumed, continued, or substituted, (iii) upon a Change in Control, or (iv) upon the Participant’s retirement (as such term may be defined in the Participant’s Award Agreement, in another agreement between the Participant and the Company, or, if no such

 

10


definition, in accordance with the Company’s then current employment policies and guidelines), the vested portion of any Options and SARs may be exercised earlier than six months following the date of grant. The foregoing provision is intended to operate so that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise or vesting of an Option or SAR will be exempt from his or her regular rate of pay. To the extent permitted and/or required for compliance with the Worker Economic Opportunity Act to ensure that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise, vesting or issuance of any shares under any other Stock Award will be exempt from the employee’s regular rate of pay, the provisions of this Section 5(l) will apply to all Stock Awards and are hereby incorporated by reference into such Stock Award Agreements.

6. P ROVISIONS OF S TOCK A WARDS O THER THAN O PTIONS AND SAR S .

(a) Restricted Stock Awards.  Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement will be in such form and will contain such terms and conditions as the Board deems appropriate. To the extent consistent with the Company’s bylaws, at the Board’s election, shares of Common Stock may be (i) held in book entry form subject to the Company’s instructions until any restrictions relating to the Restricted Stock Award lapse; or (ii) evidenced by a certificate, which certificate will be held in such form and manner as determined by the Board. The terms and conditions of Restricted Stock Award Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Restricted Stock Award Agreements need not be identical. Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement will conform to (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(i) Consideration.  A Restricted Stock Award may be awarded in consideration for (A) cash, check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company, (B) past services to the Company or an Affiliate, or (C) any other form of legal consideration (including future services) that may be acceptable to the Board, in its sole discretion, and permissible under applicable law.

(ii) Vesting.   Shares of Common Stock awarded under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement may be subject to forfeiture to the Company in accordance with a vesting schedule to be determined by the Board.

(iii) Termination of Participant’s Continuous Service.  If a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates, the Company may receive through a forfeiture condition or a repurchase right any or all of the shares of Common Stock held by the Participant that have not vested as of the date of termination of Continuous Service under the terms of the Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

(iv) Transferability.  Rights to acquire shares of Common Stock under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement will be transferable by the Participant only upon such terms and conditions as are set forth in the Restricted Stock Award Agreement, as the Board will determine in its sole discretion, so long as Common Stock awarded under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement remains subject to the terms of the Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

(v) Dividends.   A Restricted Stock Award Agreement may provide that any dividends paid on Restricted Stock will be subject to the same vesting and forfeiture restrictions as apply to the shares subject to the Restricted Stock Award to which they relate.

 

11


(b) Restricted Stock Unit Awards.   Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement will be in such form and will contain such terms and conditions as the Board deems appropriate. The terms and conditions of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements need not be identical. Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement will conform to (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the Agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

(i) Consideration.  At the time of grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board will determine the consideration, if any, to be paid by the Participant upon delivery of each share of Common Stock subject to the Restricted Stock Unit Award. The consideration to be paid (if any) by the Participant for each share of Common Stock subject to a Restricted Stock Unit Award may be paid in any form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board, in its sole discretion, and permissible under applicable law.

(ii) Vesting.   At the time of the grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board may impose such restrictions on or conditions to the vesting of the Restricted Stock Unit Award as it, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate.

(iii) Payment . A Restricted Stock Unit Award may be settled by the delivery of shares of Common Stock, their cash equivalent, any combination thereof or in any other form of consideration, as determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement.

(iv) Additional Restrictions.   At the time of the grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board, as it deems appropriate, may impose such restrictions or conditions that delay the delivery of the shares of Common Stock (or their cash equivalent) subject to a Restricted Stock Unit Award to a time after the vesting of such Restricted Stock Unit Award.

(v) Dividend Equivalents.   Dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of shares of Common Stock covered by a Restricted Stock Unit Award, as determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement. At the sole discretion of the Board, such dividend equivalents may be converted into additional shares of Common Stock covered by the Restricted Stock Unit Award in such manner as determined by the Board. Any additional shares covered by the Restricted Stock Unit Award credited by reason of such dividend equivalents will be subject to all of the same terms and conditions of the underlying Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement to which they relate.

(vi) Termination of Participant s Continuous Service.   Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement, such portion of the Restricted Stock Unit Award that has not vested will be forfeited upon the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service.

 

12


(c) Performance Awards .

(i) Performance Stock Awards . A Performance Stock Award is a Stock Award (covering a number of shares not in excess of that set forth in Section 3(d)(ii) above) that is payable (including that may be granted, vest or exercised) contingent upon the attainment during a Performance Period of certain Performance Goals. A Performance Stock Award may, but need not, require the completion of a specified period of Continuous Service. The length of any Performance Period, the Performance Goals to be achieved during the Performance Period, and the measure of whether and to what degree such Performance Goals have been attained will be conclusively determined by the Committee (or, if not required for compliance with Section 162(m) of the Code, the Board), in its sole discretion. In addition, to the extent permitted by applicable law and the applicable Award Agreement, the Board may determine that cash may be used in payment of Performance Stock Awards.

(ii) Performance Cash Awards . A Performance Cash Award is a cash award (for a dollar value not in excess of that set forth in Section 3(d)(iii) above) that is payable contingent upon the attainment during a Performance Period of certain Performance Goals. A Performance Cash Award may also require the completion of a specified period of Continuous Service. At the time of grant of a Performance Cash Award, the length of any Performance Period, the Performance Goals to be achieved during the Performance Period, and the measure of whether and to what degree such Performance Goals have been attained will be conclusively determined by the Committee (or, if not required for compliance with Section 162(m) of the Code, the Board), in its sole discretion. The Board may specify the form of payment of Performance Cash Awards, which may be cash or other property, or may provide for a Participant to have the option for his or her Performance Cash Award, or such portion thereof as the Board may specify, to be paid in whole or in part in cash or other property.

(iii) Board Discretion . The Board retains the discretion to reduce or eliminate the compensation or economic benefit due upon attainment of Performance Goals and to define the manner of calculating the Performance Criteria it selects to use for a Performance Period.

(iv) Section 162(m) Compliance . Unless otherwise permitted in compliance with the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code with respect to an Award intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” thereunder, the Committee will establish the Performance Goals applicable to, and the formula for calculating the amount payable under, the Award no later than the earlier of (A) the date 90 days after the commencement of the applicable Performance Period, and (B) the date on which 25% of the Performance Period has elapsed, and in any event at a time when the achievement of the applicable Performance Goals remains substantially uncertain. Prior to the payment of any compensation under an Award intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee will certify the extent to which any Performance Goals and any other material terms under such Award have been satisfied (other than in cases where such relate solely to the increase in the value of the Common Stock). Notwithstanding satisfaction of any completion of any Performance Goals, the number of shares of Common Stock, Options, cash or other benefits granted, issued, retainable and/or vested under an Award on account of satisfaction of such Performance Goals may be reduced by the Committee on the basis of such further considerations as the Committee, in its sole discretion, will determine.

(d) Other Stock Awards . Other forms of Stock Awards valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, Common Stock, including the appreciation in value thereof (e.g., options or stock rights with an exercise price or strike price less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock at the time of grant) may be granted either alone or in addition to Stock Awards provided for under Section 5 and the preceding provisions of this Section 6. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board will have sole and complete authority to determine the persons to whom and the time or times at which such Other Stock Awards will be granted, the number of shares of Common Stock (or the cash equivalent thereof) to be granted pursuant to such Other Stock Awards and all other terms and conditions of such Other Stock Awards.

 

13


7. C OVENANTS OF THE C OMPANY .

(a) Availability of Shares.  The Company will keep available at all times the number of shares of Common Stock reasonably required to satisfy then-outstanding Stock Awards.

(b) Securities Law Compliance.  The Company will seek to obtain from each regulatory commission or agency having jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be required to grant Stock Awards and to issue and sell shares of Common Stock upon exercise of the Stock Awards; provided, however , that this undertaking will not require the Company to register under the Securities Act the Plan, any Stock Award or any Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to any such Stock Award. If, after reasonable efforts and at a reasonable cost, the Company is unable to obtain from any such regulatory commission or agency the authority that counsel for the Company deems necessary for the lawful issuance and sale of Common Stock under the Plan, the Company will be relieved from any liability for failure to issue and sell Common Stock upon exercise of such Stock Awards unless and until such authority is obtained. A Participant will not be eligible for the grant of an Award or the subsequent issuance of cash or Common Stock pursuant to the Award if such grant or issuance would be in violation of any applicable securities law.

(c) No Obligation to Notify or Minimize Taxes.   The Company will have no duty or obligation to any Participant to advise such holder as to the time or manner of exercising such Stock Award. Furthermore, the Company will have no duty or obligation to warn or otherwise advise such holder of a pending termination or expiration of an Award or a possible period in which the Award may not be exercised. The Company has no duty or obligation to minimize the tax consequences of an Award to the holder of such Award.

8. M ISCELLANEOUS .

(a) Use of Proceeds from Sales of Common Stock.   Proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock pursuant to Stock Awards will constitute general funds of the Company.

(b) Corporate Action Constituting Grant of Awards.  Corporate action constituting a grant by the Company of an Award to any Participant will be deemed completed as of the date of such corporate action, unless otherwise determined by the Board, regardless of when the instrument, certificate, or letter evidencing the Award is communicated to, or actually

 

14


received or accepted by, the Participant. In the event that the corporate records (e.g., Board consents, resolutions or minutes) documenting the corporate action approving the grant contain terms (e.g., exercise price, vesting schedule or number of shares) that are inconsistent with those in the Award Agreement or related grant documents as a result of a clerical error in the papering of the Award Agreement or related grant documents, the corporate records will control and the Participant will have no legally binding right to the incorrect term in the Award Agreement or related grant documents.

(c) Stockholder Rights.  No Participant will be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares of Common Stock subject to an Award unless and until (i) such Participant has satisfied all requirements for exercise of, or the issuance of shares of Common Stock under, the Award pursuant to its terms, and (ii) the issuance of the Common Stock subject to such Award has been entered into the books and records of the Company.

(d) No Employment or Other Service Rights.  Nothing in the Plan, any Award Agreement or any other instrument executed thereunder or in connection with any Award granted pursuant thereto will confer upon any Participant any right to continue to serve the Company or an Affiliate in the capacity in effect at the time the Award was granted or will affect the right of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate (i) the employment of an Employee with or without notice and with or without cause, (ii) the service of a Consultant pursuant to the terms of such Consultant’s agreement with the Company or an Affiliate, or (iii) the service of a Director pursuant to the bylaws of the Company or an Affiliate, and any applicable provisions of the corporate law of the state in which the Company or the Affiliate is incorporated, as the case may be.

(e) Change in Time Commitment . In the event a Participant’s regular level of time commitment in the performance of his or her services for the Company and any Affiliates is reduced (for example, and without limitation, if the Participant is an Employee of the Company and the Employee has a change in status from a full-time Employee to a part-time Employee or takes an extended leave of absence) after the date of grant of any Award to the Participant, the Board has the right in its sole discretion to (x) make a corresponding reduction in the number of shares or cash amount subject to any portion of such Award that is scheduled to vest or become payable after the date of such change in time commitment, and (y) in lieu of or in combination with such a reduction, extend the vesting or payment schedule applicable to such Award. In the event of any such reduction, the Participant will have no right with respect to any portion of the Award that is so reduced or extended.

(f) Incentive Stock Option Limitations.  To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time of grant) of Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Optionholder during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Affiliates) exceeds $100,000 (or such other limit established in the Code) or otherwise does not comply with the rules governing Incentive Stock Options, the Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) or otherwise do not comply with such rules will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options, notwithstanding any contrary provision of the applicable Option Agreement(s).

 

15


(g) Investment Assurances.  The Company may require a Participant, as a condition of exercising or acquiring Common Stock under any Award, (i) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company as to the Participant’s knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and/or to employ a purchaser representative reasonably satisfactory to the Company who is knowledgeable and experienced in financial and business matters and that he or she is capable of evaluating, alone or together with the purchaser representative, the merits and risks of exercising the Award; and (ii) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company stating that the Participant is acquiring Common Stock subject to the Award for the Participant’s own account and not with any present intention of selling or otherwise distributing the Common Stock. The foregoing requirements, and any assurances given pursuant to such requirements, will be inoperative if (A) the issuance of the shares upon the exercise or acquisition of Common Stock under the Stock Award has been registered under a then currently effective registration statement under the Securities Act, or (B) as to any particular requirement, a determination is made by counsel for the Company that such requirement need not be met in the circumstances under the then applicable securities laws. The Company may, upon advice of counsel to the Company, place legends on stock certificates issued under the Plan as such counsel deems necessary or appropriate in order to comply with applicable securities laws, including, but not limited to, legends restricting the transfer of the Common Stock.

(h) Withholding Obligations.  Unless prohibited by the terms of an Award Agreement, the Company may, in its sole discretion, satisfy any federal, state or local tax withholding obligation relating to an Award by any of the following means or by a combination of such means: (i) causing the Participant to tender a cash payment; (ii) withholding shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock issued or otherwise issuable to the Participant in connection with the Stock Award; provided, however, that no shares of Common Stock are withheld with a value exceeding the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law (or such lesser amount as may be necessary to avoid classification of the Stock Award as a liability for financial accounting purposes); (iii) withholding cash from an Award settled in cash; (iv) withholding payment from any amounts otherwise payable to the Participant; or (v) by such other method as may be set forth in the Award Agreement.

(i) Electronic Delivery . Any reference herein to a “written” agreement or document will include any agreement or document delivered electronically, filed publicly at www.sec.gov (or any successor website thereto) or posted on the Company’s intranet (or other shared electronic medium controlled by the Company to which the Participant has access).

(j) Deferrals.  To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Board, in its sole discretion, may determine that the delivery of Common Stock or the payment of cash, upon the exercise, vesting or settlement of all or a portion of any Award may be deferred and may establish programs and procedures for deferral elections to be made by Participants. Deferrals by Participants will be made in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. Consistent with Section 409A of the Code, the Board may provide for distributions while a Participant is still an employee or otherwise providing services to the Company. The Board is authorized to make deferrals of Awards and determine when, and in what annual percentages, Participants may receive payments, including lump sum payments, following the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service, and implement such other terms and conditions consistent with the provisions of the Plan and in accordance with applicable law.

 

16


(k) Clawback/Recovery . All Awards granted under the Plan will be subject to recoupment in accordance with any clawback policy that the Company is required to adopt pursuant to the listing standards of any national securities exchange or association on which the Company’s securities are listed or as is otherwise required by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act or other applicable law. In addition, the Board may impose such other clawback, recovery or recoupment provisions in an Award Agreement as the Board determines necessary or appropriate, including but not limited to a reacquisition right in respect of previously acquired shares of Common Stock or other cash or property upon the occurrence of Cause. No recovery of compensation under such a clawback policy will be an event giving rise to a right to voluntary terminate employment upon a “resignation for good reason,” or for a “constructive termination” or any similar term under any plan of or agreement with the Company.

(l) Compliance with Section 409A.   Unless otherwise expressly provided for in an Award Agreement, the Plan and Award Agreements will be interpreted to the greatest extent possible in a manner that makes the Plan and the Awards granted hereunder exempt from Section 409A of the Code, and, to the extent not so exempt, in compliance with Section 409A of the Code. If the Board determines that any Award granted hereunder is not exempt from and is therefore subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Award Agreement evidencing such Award will incorporate the terms and conditions necessary to avoid the consequences specified in Section 409A(a)(1) of the Code, and to the extent an Award Agreement is silent on terms necessary for compliance, such terms are hereby incorporated by reference into the Award Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan (and unless the Award Agreement specifically provides otherwise), if the shares of Common Stock are publicly traded, and if a Participant holding an Award that constitutes “deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code is a “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code, no distribution or payment of any amount that is due because of a “separation from service” (as defined in Section 409A of the Code without regard to alternative definitions thereunder) will be issued or paid before the date that is six months following the date of such Participant’s “separation from service” or, if earlier, the date of the Participant’s death, unless such distribution or payment can be made in a manner that complies with Section 409A of the Code, and any amounts so deferred will be paid in a lump sum on the day after such six month period elapses, with the balance paid thereafter on the original schedule.

9. A DJUSTMENTS UPON C HANGES IN C OMMON S TOCK ; O THER C ORPORATE E VENTS .

(a) Capitalization Adjustments . In the event of a Capitalization Adjustment, the Board will appropriately and proportionately adjust: (i) the class(es) and maximum number of securities subject to the Plan pursuant to Section 3(a), (ii) the class(es) and maximum number of securities by which the share reserve is to increase automatically each year pursuant to Section 3(a), (iii) the class(es) and maximum number of securities that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options pursuant to Section 3(c), (iv) the class(es) and maximum number of securities that may be awarded to any person pursuant to Sections 3(d), and (v) the class(es) and number of securities and price per share of stock subject to outstanding Stock Awards. The Board will make such adjustments, and its determination will be final, binding and conclusive.

 

17


(b) Dissolution . Except as otherwise provided in the Stock Award Agreement, in the event of a Dissolution of the Company, all outstanding Stock Awards (other than Stock Awards consisting of vested and outstanding shares of Common Stock not subject to a forfeiture condition or the Company’s right of repurchase) will terminate immediately prior to the completion of such Dissolution, and the shares of Common Stock subject to the Company’s repurchase rights or subject to a forfeiture condition may be repurchased or reacquired by the Company notwithstanding the fact that the holder of such Stock Award is providing Continuous Service; provided, however, that the Board may, in its sole discretion, cause some or all Stock Awards to become fully vested, exercisable and/or no longer subject to repurchase or forfeiture (to the extent such Stock Awards have not previously expired or terminated) before the Dissolution is completed but contingent on its completion.

(c) Transactions.  The following provisions will apply to Stock Awards in the event of a Transaction unless otherwise provided in the Stock Award Agreement or any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant or unless otherwise expressly provided by the Board at the time of grant of a Stock Award. In the event of a Transaction, then, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Board may take one or more of the following actions with respect to Stock Awards, contingent upon the closing or completion of the Transaction:

(i) arrange for the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company) to assume or continue the Stock Award or to substitute a similar stock award for the Stock Award (including, but not limited to, an award to acquire the same consideration paid to the stockholders of the Company pursuant to the Transaction);

(ii) arrange for the assignment of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company in respect of Common Stock issued pursuant to the Stock Award to the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company);

(iii) accelerate the vesting, in whole or in part, of the Stock Award (and, if applicable, the time at which the Stock Award may be exercised) to a date prior to the effective time of such Transaction as the Board determines (or, if the Board does not determine such a date, to the date that is five days prior to the effective date of the Transaction), with such Stock Award terminating if not exercised (if applicable) at or prior to the effective time of the Transaction; provided, however , that the Board may require Participants to complete and deliver to the Company a notice of exercise before the effective date of a Transaction, which exercise is contingent upon the effectiveness of such Transaction;

(iv) arrange for the lapse, in whole or in part, of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company with respect to the Stock Award;

(v) cancel or arrange for the cancellation of the Stock Award, to the extent not vested or not exercised prior to the effective time of the Transaction, in exchange for such cash consideration or no consideration as the Board, in its sole discretion, may consider appropriate; and

(vi) make a payment, in such form as may be determined by the Board equal to the excess, if any, of (A) the value of the property the Participant would have received upon the exercise of the Stock Award immediately prior to the effective time of the Transaction, over (B) any exercise price payable by such holder in connection with such exercise. For clarity, this payment may be zero ($0) if the value of the property is equal to or less than the exercise price. Payments under this provision may be delayed to the same extent that payment of consideration to the holders of Common Stock in connection with the Transaction is delayed as a result of escrows, earn outs, holdbacks or any other contingencies.

 

18


The Board need not take the same action or actions with respect to all Stock Awards or portions thereof or with respect to all Participants. The Board may take different actions with respect to the vested and unvested portions of a Stock Award.

(d) Change in Control.  A Stock Award may be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability upon or after a Change in Control as may be provided in the Stock Award Agreement for such Stock Award or as may be provided in any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant, but in the absence of such provision, no such acceleration will occur.

10. T ERMINATION OR S USPENSION OF THE P LAN .

(a) The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. No Incentive Stock Option will be granted after the tenth anniversary of the earlier of (i) the Adoption Date, or (ii) the date the Plan is approved by the stockholders of the Company. No Awards may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.

(b) No Impairment of Rights.  Suspension or termination of the Plan will not impair rights and obligations under any Award granted while the Plan is in effect except with the written consent of the affected Participant or as otherwise permitted in the Plan.

11. E FFECTIVE D ATE OF P LAN .

The Plan will come into existence on the Adoption Date; provided, however, no Award may be granted prior to the IPO Date (that is, the Effective Date). In addition, no Stock Award will be exercised (or, in the case of a Restricted Stock Award, Restricted Stock Unit Award, Performance Stock Award, or Other Stock Award, will be granted) and no Performance Cash Award will be settled unless and until the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, which approval will be within 12 months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board.

12. C HOICE OF L AW .

The laws of the State of Delaware will govern all questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Plan, without regard to that state’s conflict of laws rules.

13. D EFINITIONS .   As used in the Plan, the following definitions will apply to the capitalized terms indicated below:

(a) Adoption Date ” means the date the Plan is adopted by the Board.

 

19


(b) Affiliate ” means, at the time of determination, any “parent” or “subsidiary” of the Company as such terms are defined in Rule 405. The Board will have the authority to determine the time or times at which “parent” or “subsidiary” status is determined within the foregoing definition.

(c) Award ” means a Stock Award or a Performance Cash Award.

(d) Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of an Award.

(e) Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(f) Capitalization Adjustment ” means any change that is made in, or other events that occur with respect to, the Common Stock subject to the Plan or subject to any Stock Award after the Effective Date without the receipt of consideration by the Company through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, large nonrecurring cash dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or any similar equity restructuring transaction, as that term is used in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (or any successor thereto). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the conversion of any convertible securities of the Company will not be treated as a Capitalization Adjustment.

(g) Cause ” will have the meaning ascribed to such term in any written agreement between the Participant and the Company defining such term and, in the absence of such agreement, such term means, with respect to a Participant, the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) such Participant’s commission, indictment or conviction of, or plea of no contest with respect to, any felony or crime involving dishonesty or moral turpitude; (ii) such Participant’s failure to satisfactorily perform his or her job duties as assigned by the Board or the officers of the Company, inability to meet documented performance goals, willful neglect of his or her duties, or refusal or failure to follow the lawful and reasonable directions of the Board or the officers of the Company, provided that the Company first provides the Participant with written notice of such conduct and 30 days to cure the conduct (if curable), and the Participant has failed to cure such conduct within such 30 day period; (iii) such Participant’s disloyalty, gross negligence, willful misconduct, dishonesty, fraud or breach of fiduciary duty to the Company; (iv) such Participant’s violation of any rule or policy of the Company, or breach of an employment, consulting or other agreement with the Company, which could reasonably result in direct or indirect loss, damage or injury to the Company; (v) such Participant’s disclosure of any trade secret or confidential information of the Company; (vi) such Participant’s commission of an act which could at the discretion of the Company be reasonably deemed to constitute unfair competition with the Company or induce any customer or supplier to breach a contract with the Company; or (vii) such Participant’s intentional acts on the part of the Participant that have generated material adverse publicity toward or about the Company. Any determination by the Company that the Continuous Service of a Participant was terminated with or without Cause for the purposes of outstanding Awards held by such Participant will have no effect upon any determination of the rights or obligations of the Company or such Participant for any other purpose.

 

20


(h) Change in Control ” means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i) any Exchange Act Person becomes the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities other than by virtue of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control will not be deemed to occur (A) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company directly from the Company, (B) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company by an investor, any affiliate thereof or any other Exchange Act Person that acquires the Company’s securities in a transaction or series of related transactions the primary purpose of which is to obtain financing for the Company through the issuance of equity securities, (C) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company by any individual who is, on the IPO Date, either an executive officer or a Director (either, an “ IPO Investor ”) and/or any entity in which an IPO Investor has a direct or indirect interest (whether in the form of voting rights or participation in profits or capital contributions) of more than 50% (collectively, the “ IPO Entities ”) or on account of the IPO Entities continuing to hold shares that come to represent more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities as a result of the conversion of any class of the Company’s securities into another class of the Company’s securities having a different number of votes per share pursuant to the conversion provisions set forth in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation; or (D) solely because the level of Ownership held by any Exchange Act Person (the “ Subject Person ”) exceeds the designated percentage threshold of the outstanding voting securities as a result of a repurchase or other acquisition of voting securities by the Company reducing the number of shares outstanding, provided that if a Change in Control would occur (but for the operation of this sentence) as a result of the acquisition of voting securities by the Company, and after such share acquisition, the Subject Person becomes the Owner of any additional voting securities that, assuming the repurchase or other acquisition had not occurred, increases the percentage of the then outstanding voting securities Owned by the Subject Person over the designated percentage threshold, then a Change in Control will be deemed to occur;

(ii) there is consummated a merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving (directly or indirectly) the Company and, immediately after the consummation of such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, the stockholders of the Company immediately prior thereto do not Own, directly or indirectly, either (A) outstanding voting securities representing more than 50% of the combined outstanding voting power of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction or (B) more than 50% of the combined outstanding voting power of the parent of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, in each case in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such transaction; provided, however , that a merger, consolidation or similar transaction will not constitute a Change in Control under this prong of the definition if the outstanding voting securities representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the surviving Entity or its parent are owned by the IPO Entities;

 

21


(iii) there is consummated a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, other than a sale, lease, license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries to an Entity, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are Owned by stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such sale, lease, license or other disposition; provided, however , that a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries will not constitute a Change in Control under this prong of the definition if the outstanding voting securities representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the acquiring Entity or its parent are owned by the IPO Entities; or

(iv) individuals who, on the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, are members of the Board (the “ Incumbent Board ”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board; provided, however , that if the appointment or election (or nomination for election) of any new Board member was approved or recommended by a majority vote of the members of the Incumbent Board then still in office, such new member will, for purposes of this Plan, be considered as a member of the Incumbent Board.

Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of this Plan, (A) the term Change in Control will not include a sale of assets, merger or other transaction effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company, and (B) the definition of Change in Control (or any analogous term) in an individual written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant will supersede the foregoing definition with respect to Awards subject to such agreement; provided, however , that if no definition of Change in Control or any analogous term is set forth in such an individual written agreement, the foregoing definition will apply. To the extent required for compliance with Section 409A of the Code, in no event will a Change in Control be deemed to have occurred if such transaction is not also a “change in the ownership or effective control of” the Company or “a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of” the Company as determined under Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-3(i)(5) (without regard to any alternative definition thereunder). The Board may, in its sole discretion and without a Participant’s consent, amend the definition of “Change in Control” to conform to the definition of “Change in Control” under Section 409A of the Code, and the regulations thereunder.

(i) Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including any applicable regulations and guidance thereunder.

(j) Committee ” means a committee of one or more Directors to whom authority has been delegated by the Board in accordance with Section 2(c).

(k) Common Stock ” means the common stock of the Company.

(l) Company ” means Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(m) Consultant ” means any person, including an advisor, who is (i) engaged by the Company or an Affiliate to render consulting or advisory services and is compensated for such

 

22


services, or (ii) serving as a member of the board of directors of an Affiliate and is compensated for such services. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such service, will not cause a Director to be considered a “Consultant” for purposes of the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a person is treated as a Consultant under this Plan only if a Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act is available to register either the offer or the sale of the Company’s securities to such person.

(n) Continuous Service ” means that the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, whether as an Employee, Director or Consultant, is not interrupted or terminated. A change in the capacity in which the Participant renders service to the Company or an Affiliate as an Employee, Director or Consultant or a change in the Entity for which the Participant renders such service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, will not terminate a Participant’s Continuous Service; provided, however, that if the Entity for which a Participant is rendering services ceases to qualify as an Affiliate, as determined by the Board, in its sole discretion, such Participant’s Continuous Service will be considered to have terminated on the date such Entity ceases to qualify as an Affiliate. For example, a change in status from an Employee of the Company to a Consultant of an Affiliate or to a Director will not constitute an interruption of Continuous Service. To the extent permitted by law, the Board or the chief executive officer of the Company, in that party’s sole discretion, may determine whether Continuous Service will be considered interrupted in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Board or chief executive officer, including sick leave, military leave or any other personal leave, or (ii) transfers between the Company, an Affiliate, or their successors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a leave of absence will be treated as Continuous Service for purposes of vesting in an Award only to such extent as may be provided in the Company’s leave of absence policy, in the written terms of any leave of absence agreement or policy applicable to the Participant, or as otherwise required by law. In addition, to the extent required for exemption from or compliance with Section 409A of the Code, the determination of whether there has been a termination of Continuous Service will be made, and such term will be construed, in a manner that is consistent with the definition of “separation from service” as defined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h) (without regard to any alternative definition thereunder).

(o) Corporate Transaction ” means the consummation, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all, as determined by the Board, in its sole discretion, of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

(ii) a sale or other disposition of more than 50% of the outstanding securities of the Company;

(iii) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is not the surviving corporation; or

(iv) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is the surviving corporation but the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger, consolidation or similar transaction are converted or exchanged by virtue of the merger, consolidation or similar transaction into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise.

 

23


(p) Covered Employee ” will have the meaning provided in Section 162(m)(3) of the Code.

(q) Director ” means a member of the Board.

(r) Disability ” means, with respect to a Participant, the inability of such Participant to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or that has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, as provided in Sections 22(e)(3) and 409A(a)(2)(c)(i) of the Code, and will be determined by the Board on the basis of such medical evidence as the Board deems warranted under the circumstances.

(s) Dissolution means when the Company, after having executed a certificate of dissolution with the State of Delaware, has completely wound up its affairs. Conversion of the Company into a Limited Liability Company (or any other pass-through entity) will not be considered a “Dissolution” for purposes of the Plan.

(t) Effective Date ” means the effective date of this Plan, which is the IPO Date.

(u) Employee ” means any person employed by the Company or an Affiliate. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such services, will not cause a Director to be considered an “Employee” for purposes of the Plan.

(v) Entity ” means a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity.

(w) Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(x) Exchange Act Person ” means any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act), except that “Exchange Act Person” will not include (i) the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (ii) any employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (iii) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to a registered public offering of such securities, (iv) an Entity Owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of stock of the Company; or (v) any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act) that, as of the Effective Date, is the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities.

(y) Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of the Common Stock determined as follows:

(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or traded on any established market, the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock will be, unless otherwise determined by the Board, the closing sales price for such stock as quoted on such exchange or market (or the exchange or market with the greatest volume of trading in the Common Stock) on the date of determination, as reported in a source the Board deems reliable.

 

24


(ii) Unless otherwise provided by the Board, if there is no closing sales price for the Common Stock on the date of determination, then the Fair Market Value will be the closing selling price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

(iii) In the absence of such markets for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value will be determined by the Board in good faith and in a manner that complies with Sections 409A and 422 of the Code.

(z) Incentive Stock Option ” means an option granted pursuant to Section 5 of the Plan that is intended to be, and that qualifies as, an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

(aa) IPO Date ” means the date of the underwriting agreement between the Company and the underwriter(s) managing the initial public offering of the Common Stock, pursuant to which the Common Stock is priced for the initial public offering.

(bb) Non-Employee Director ” means a Director who either (i) is not a current employee or officer of the Company or an Affiliate, does not receive compensation, either directly or indirectly, from the Company or an Affiliate for services rendered as a consultant or in any capacity other than as a Director (except for an amount as to which disclosure would not be required under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act (“ Regulation S-K ”)), does not possess an interest in any other transaction for which disclosure would be required under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K, and is not engaged in a business relationship for which disclosure would be required pursuant to Item 404(b) of Regulation S-K; or (ii) is otherwise considered a “non-employee director” for purposes of Rule 16b-3.

(cc) Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means any option granted pursuant to Section 5 of the Plan that does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(dd) Officer ” means a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

(ee) Option ” means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option to purchase shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to the Plan.

(ff) Option Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and an Optionholder evidencing the terms and conditions of an Option grant. Each Option Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(gg) Optionholder ” means a person to whom an Option is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Option.

 

25


(hh) Other Stock Award ” means an award based in whole or in part by reference to the Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(d).

(ii) Other Stock Award Agreement means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of an Other Stock Award evidencing the terms and conditions of an Other Stock Award grant. Each Other Stock Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(jj) Outside Director ” means a Director who either (i) is not a current employee of the Company or an “affiliated corporation” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 162(m) of the Code), is not a former employee of the Company or an “affiliated corporation” who receives compensation for prior services (other than benefits under a tax-qualified retirement plan) during the taxable year, has not been an officer of the Company or an “affiliated corporation,” and does not receive remuneration from the Company or an “affiliated corporation,” either directly or indirectly, in any capacity other than as a Director, or (ii) is otherwise considered an “outside director” for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code.

(kk) Own, ” “ Owned, ” “ Owner, ” “ Ownership ” A person or Entity will be deemed to “Own,” to have “Owned,” to be the “Owner” of, or to have acquired “Ownership” of securities if such person or Entity, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting, with respect to such securities.

(ll) Participant ” means a person to whom an Award is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Stock Award.

(mm) Performance Cash Award ” means an award of cash granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(c)(ii).

(nn) Performance Criteria ” means the one or more criteria that the Board or Committee (as applicable) will select for purposes of establishing the Performance Goals for a Performance Period. The Performance Criteria that will be used to establish such Performance Goals may be based on any one of, or combination of, the following as determined by the Board or Committee (as applicable): (1) earnings (including earnings per share and net earnings); (2) earnings before interest, taxes and depreciation; (3) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; (4) total stockholder return; (5) return on equity or average stockholder’s equity; (6) return on assets, investment, or capital employed; (7) stock price; (8) margin (including gross margin); (9) income (before or after taxes); (10) operating income; (11) operating income after taxes; (12) pre-tax profit; (13) operating cash flow; (14) sales or revenue targets; (15) increases in revenue or product revenue; (16) expenses and cost reduction goals; (17) improvement in or attainment of working capital levels; (18) economic value added (or an equivalent metric); (19) market share; (20) cash flow; (21) cash flow per share; (22) share price performance; (23) debt reduction; (24) customer satisfaction; (25) stockholders’ equity; (26) capital expenditures; (27) debt levels; (28) operating profit or net operating profit; (29) workforce diversity; (30) growth of net income or operating income; (31) billings; (32) pre-clinical development related compound goals; (33) financing; (34) regulatory milestones, including approval of a compound; (35) stockholder liquidity; (36) corporate governance and

 

26


compliance; (37) product commercialization; (38) intellectual property; (39) personnel matters; (40) progress of internal research or clinical programs; (41) progress of partnered programs; (42) partner satisfaction; (43) budget management; (44) clinical achievements; (45) completing phases of a clinical study (including the treatment phase); (46) announcing or presenting preliminary or final data from clinical studies; in each case, whether on particular timelines or generally; (47) timely completion of clinical trials; (48) submission of INDs and NDAs and other regulatory achievements; (49) partner or collaborator achievements; (50) internal controls, including those related to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002; (51) research progress, including the development of programs; (52) investor relations, analysts and communication; (53) manufacturing achievements (including obtaining particular yields from manufacturing runs and other measurable objectives related to process development activities); (54) strategic partnerships or transactions (including in-licensing and out-licensing of intellectual property; (55) establishing relationships with commercial entities with respect to the marketing, distribution and sale of the Company’s products (including with group purchasing organizations, distributors and other vendors); (56) supply chain achievements (including establishing relationships with manufacturers or suppliers of active pharmaceutical ingredients and other component materials and manufacturers of the Company’s products); (57) co-development, co-marketing, profit sharing, joint venture or other similar arrangements; and (58) to the extent that an Award is not intended to comply with Section 162(m) of the Code, other measures of performance selected by the Board or Committee (as applicable).

(oo) Performance Goals ” means, for a Performance Period, the one or more goals established by the Board or Committee (as applicable) for the Performance Period based upon the Performance Criteria. Performance Goals may be based on a Company-wide basis, with respect to one or more business units, divisions, Affiliates, or business segments, and in either absolute terms or relative to the performance of one or more comparable companies or the performance of one or more relevant indices. Unless specified otherwise by the Board or Committee (as applicable) (i) in the Award Agreement at the time the Award is granted or (ii) in such other document setting forth the Performance Goals at the time the Performance Goals are established, the Board or Committee (as applicable) will appropriately make adjustments in the method of calculating the attainment of Performance Goals for a Performance Period as follows: (1) to exclude restructuring and/or other nonrecurring charges; (2) to exclude exchange rate effects; (3) to exclude the effects of changes to generally accepted accounting principles; (4) to exclude the effects of any statutory adjustments to corporate tax rates; (5) to exclude the effects of items that are “unusual” in nature or occur “infrequently” as determined under generally accepted accounting principles; (6) to exclude the dilutive effects of acquisitions or joint ventures; (7) to assume that any business divested by the Company achieved performance objectives at targeted levels during the balance of a Performance Period following such divestiture; (8) to exclude the effect of any change in the outstanding shares of common stock of the Company by reason of any stock dividend or split, stock repurchase, reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination or exchange of shares or other similar corporate change, or any distributions to common stockholders other than regular cash dividends; (9) to exclude the effects of stock based compensation and the award of bonuses under the Company’s bonus plans; (10) to exclude costs incurred in connection with potential acquisitions or divestitures that are required to be expensed under generally accepted accounting principles; and (11) to exclude the goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges that are required to be recorded under generally accepted accounting principles. In addition, the Board or

 

27


Committee (as applicable) retains the discretion to reduce or eliminate the compensation or economic benefit due upon attainment of Performance Goals and to define the manner of calculating the Performance Criteria it selects to use for such Performance Period. Partial achievement of the specified criteria may result in the payment or vesting corresponding to the degree of achievement as specified in the Stock Award Agreement or the written terms of a Performance Cash Award.

(pp) Performance Period ” means the period of time selected by the Board or Committee (as applicable) over which the attainment of one or more Performance Goals will be measured for the purpose of determining a Participant’s right to and the payment of a Stock Award or a Performance Cash Award. Performance Periods may be of varying and overlapping duration, at the sole discretion of the Board or Committee (as applicable).

(qq) Performance Stock Award ” means a Stock Award granted under the terms and conditions of Section 6(c)(i).

(rr) Plan ” means this Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc. 2016 Equity Incentive Plan.

(ss) Restricted Stock Award ” means an award of shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(a).

(tt) Restricted Stock Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Restricted Stock Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Award grant. Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(uu) Restricted Stock Unit Award ” means a right to receive shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(b).

(vv) Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Restricted Stock Unit Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Unit Award grant. Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(ww) Rule 16b-3 ” means Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act or any successor to Rule 16b-3, as in effect from time to time.

(xx) Rule 405 ” means Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act.

(yy) Rule 701 ” means Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act.

(zz) Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(aaa) Stock Appreciation Right ” or “ SAR ” means a right to receive the appreciation on Common Stock that is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 5.

(bbb) Stock Appreciation Right Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Stock Appreciation Right evidencing the terms and conditions of a Stock Appreciation Right grant. Each Stock Appreciation Right Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

28


(ccc) Stock Award ” means any right to receive Common Stock granted under the Plan, including an Incentive Stock Option, a Nonstatutory Stock Option, a Restricted Stock Award, a Restricted Stock Unit Award, a Stock Appreciation Right, a Performance Stock Award or any Other Stock Award.

(ddd) Stock Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of a Stock Award grant. Each Stock Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

(eee) Subsidiary ” means, with respect to the Company, (i) any corporation of which more than 50% of the outstanding capital stock having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether, at the time, stock of any other class or classes of such corporation will have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time, directly or indirectly, Owned by the Company, and (ii) any partnership, limited liability company or other entity in which the Company has a direct or indirect interest (whether in the form of voting or participation in profits or capital contribution) of more than 50%.

(fff) Ten Percent Stockholder ” means a person who Owns (or is deemed to Own pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Affiliate.

(ggg) Transaction ” means a Corporate Transaction or a Change in Control.

 

29


P ROTAGONIST T HERAPEUTICS , I NC .

S TOCK O PTION G RANT N OTICE

(2016 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN )

Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc. (the “ Company ”), pursuant to its 2016 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), hereby grants to Optionholder an option to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock set forth below. This option is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth in this notice, in the Option Agreement, the Plan and the Notice of Exercise, all of which are attached hereto and incorporated herein in their entirety. Capitalized terms not explicitly defined herein but defined in the Plan or the Option Agreement will have the same definitions as in the Plan or the Option Agreement. If there is any conflict between the terms in this notice and the Plan, the terms of the Plan will control.

 

Optionholder:     
ID:     
Date of Grant:     
Grant Number:     
Vesting Commencement Date:     
Number of Shares Subject to Option:     
Exercise Price (Per Share):     
Total Exercise Price:     
Expiration Date:     

 

Type of Grant:    ¨   Incentive Stock Option 1              ¨   Nonstatutory Stock Option
Exercise Schedule:    Same as Vesting Schedule
Vesting Schedule:    [                                                     ]
Payment:    By one or a combination of the following items (described in the Option Agreement):
   ¨   By cash, check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company
   ¨   Pursuant to a Regulation T Program if the shares are publicly traded
   ¨   By delivery of already-owned shares if the shares are publicly traded
   ¨   If and only to the extent this option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, and subject to the Company’s consent at the time of exercise, by a “net exercise” arrangement

Additional Terms/Acknowledgements: Optionholder acknowledges receipt of, and understands and agrees to, this Stock Option Grant Notice, the Option Agreement and the Plan. Optionholder acknowledges and agrees that this Stock Option Grant Notice and the Option Agreement may not be modified, amended or revised except as provided in the Plan. Optionholder further acknowledges that as of the Date of Grant, this Stock Option Grant Notice, the Option Agreement, and the Plan set forth the entire understanding between Optionholder and the Company regarding this option award and supersede all prior oral and written agreements, promises and/or representations on that subject with the exception, if applicable, of (i) equity awards previously granted and delivered to Optionholder, (ii) any compensation

 

1   If this is an Incentive Stock Option, it (plus other outstanding Incentive Stock Options) cannot be first exercisable for more than $100,000 in value (measured by exercise price) in any calendar year. Any excess over $100,000 is a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

 

1.


recovery policy that is adopted by the Company or is otherwise required by applicable law and (iii) any written employment or severance arrangement that would provide for vesting acceleration of this option upon the terms and conditions set forth therein.

By accepting this option, Optionholder consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through an online or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

 

P ROTAGONIST T HERAPEUTICS , I NC .       O PTIONHOLDER :
By:  

 

     

 

  Signature         Signature
Title:  

 

      Date:  

 

Date:  

 

       

A TTACHMENTS : Option Agreement, 2016 Equity Incentive Plan and Notice of Exercise

 

2.


A TTACHMENT I

O PTION A GREEMENT


P ROTAGONIST T HERAPEUTICS , I NC .

2016 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN

O PTION A GREEMENT

(I NCENTIVE S TOCK O PTION OR N ONSTATUTORY S TOCK O PTION )

Pursuant to your Stock Option Grant Notice (“ Grant Notice ”) and this Option Agreement, Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc. (the “ Company ”) has granted you an option under its 2016 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock indicated in your Grant Notice at the exercise price indicated in your Grant Notice. The option is granted to you effective as of the date of grant set forth in the Grant Notice (the “ Date of Grant ”). If there is any conflict between the terms in this Option Agreement and the Plan, the terms of the Plan will control. Capitalized terms not explicitly defined in this Option Agreement or in the Grant Notice but defined in the Plan will have the same definitions as in the Plan.

The details of your option, in addition to those set forth in the Grant Notice and the Plan, are as follows:

1. V ESTING .  Subject to the provisions contained herein, your option will vest as provided in your Grant Notice. Vesting will cease upon the termination of your Continuous Service.

2. N UMBER OF S HARES AND E XERCISE P RICE .  The number of shares of Common Stock subject to your option and your exercise price per share in your Grant Notice will be adjusted for Capitalization Adjustments.

3. E XERCISE R ESTRICTION FOR N ON -E XEMPT E MPLOYEES .  If you are an Employee eligible for overtime compensation under the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended (that is, a “ Non-Exempt Employee ”), and except as otherwise provided in the Plan, you may not exercise your option until you have completed at least six (6) months of Continuous Service measured from the Date of Grant, even if you have already been an employee for more than six (6) months. Consistent with the provisions of the Worker Economic Opportunity Act, you may exercise your option as to any vested portion prior to such six (6) month anniversary in the case of (i) your death or disability, (ii) a Corporate Transaction in which your option is not assumed, continued or substituted, (iii) a Change in Control or (iv) your termination of Continuous Service on your “retirement” (as defined in the Company’s benefit plans).

4. M ETHOD OF P AYMENT .  You must pay the full amount of the exercise price for the shares you wish to exercise. You may pay the exercise price in cash or by check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company or in any other manner permitted by your Grant Notice, which may include one or more of the following:

(a) Provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded, pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of Common Stock, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds. This manner of payment is also known as a “broker-assisted exercise”, “same day sale”, or “sell to cover”.

(b) Provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded, by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of already-owned shares of Common

 

1.


Stock that are owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, and that are valued at Fair Market Value on the date of exercise. “Delivery” for these purposes, in the sole discretion of the Company at the time you exercise your option, will include delivery to the Company of your attestation of ownership of such shares of Common Stock in a form approved by the Company. You may not exercise your option by delivery to the Company of Common Stock if doing so would violate the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock.

(c) If this option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, subject to the consent of the Company at the time of exercise, by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of your option by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price. You must pay any remaining balance of the aggregate exercise price not satisfied by the “net exercise” in cash or other permitted form of payment. Shares of Common Stock will no longer be outstanding under your option and will not be exercisable thereafter if those shares (i) are used to pay the exercise price pursuant to the “net exercise,” (ii) are delivered to you as a result of such exercise, and (iii) are withheld to satisfy your tax withholding obligations.

5. W HOLE S HARES .  You may exercise your option only for whole shares of Common Stock.

6. S ECURITIES L AW C OMPLIANCE .  In no event may you exercise your option unless the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise are then registered under the Securities Act or, if not registered, the Company has determined that your exercise and the issuance of the shares would be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The exercise of your option also must comply with all other applicable laws and regulations governing your option, and you may not exercise your option if the Company determines that such exercise would not be in material compliance with such laws and regulations (including any restrictions on exercise required for compliance with Treas. Reg. 1.401(k)-1(d)(3), if applicable).

7. T ERM .  You may not exercise your option before the Date of Grant or after the expiration of the option’s term. The term of your option expires, subject to the provisions of Sections 5(h) and 9(c) of the Plan, upon the earliest of the following:

(a) immediately upon the termination of your Continuous Service for Cause;

(b) three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service for any reason other than Cause, your Disability or your death (except as otherwise provided in Section 7(d) below); provided, however, that if during any part of such three (3) month period your option is not exercisable solely because of the condition set forth in the section above relating to “Securities Law Compliance,” your option will not expire until the earlier of the Expiration Date or until it has been exercisable for an aggregate period of three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service; provided further, that if (i) you are a Non-Exempt Employee, (ii) your Continuous Service terminates within six (6) months after the Date of Grant, and (iii) you have vested in a portion of your option at the time of your termination of Continuous Service, your option will not expire until the earlier of (x) the later of (A) the date that is seven (7) months after the Date of Grant, and (B) the date that is three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service, and (y) the Expiration Date;

(c) twelve (12) months after the termination of your Continuous Service due to your Disability (except as otherwise provided in Section 7(d)) below;

 

2.


(d) eighteen (18) months after your death if you die either during your Continuous Service or within three (3) months after your Continuous Service terminates for any reason other than Cause;

(e) the Expiration Date indicated in your Grant Notice; or

(f) the day before the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Date of Grant.

If your option is an Incentive Stock Option, note that to obtain the federal income tax advantages associated with an Incentive Stock Option, the Code requires that at all times beginning on the Date of Grant and ending on the day three (3) months before the date of your option’s exercise, you must be an employee of the Company or an Affiliate, except in the event of your death or Disability. The Company has provided for extended exercisability of your option under certain circumstances for your benefit but cannot guarantee that your option will necessarily be treated as an Incentive Stock Option if you continue to provide services to the Company or an Affiliate as a Consultant or Director after your employment terminates or if you otherwise exercise your option more than three (3) months after the date your employment with the Company or an Affiliate terminates.

8. E XERCISE .

(a) You may exercise the vested portion of your option (and the unvested portion of your option if your Grant Notice so permits) during its term by (i) delivering a Notice of Exercise (in a form designated by the Company) or completing such other documents and/or procedures designated by the Company for exercise and (ii) paying the exercise price and any applicable withholding taxes to the Company’s Secretary, stock plan administrator, or such other person as the Company may designate, together with such additional documents as the Company may then require.

(b) By exercising your option you agree that, as a condition to any exercise of your option, the Company may require you to enter into an arrangement providing for the payment by you to the Company of any tax withholding obligation of the Company arising by reason of (i) the exercise of your option, (ii) the lapse of any substantial risk of forfeiture to which the shares of Common Stock are subject at the time of exercise, or (iii) the disposition of shares of Common Stock acquired upon such exercise.

(c) If your option is an Incentive Stock Option, by exercising your option you agree that you will notify the Company in writing within fifteen (15) days after the date of any disposition of any of the shares of the Common Stock issued upon exercise of your option that occurs within two (2) years after the Date of Grant or within one (1) year after such shares of Common Stock are transferred upon exercise of your option.

(d) [By exercising your option you agree that you will not sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale with respect to any shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company held by you, for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act or such longer period as the underwriters or the Company will request to facilitate compliance with FINRA Rule 2241 or any successor or similar rules or regulation (the “ Lock-Up Period ”); provided , however , that nothing contained in this Section will prevent the exercise of a repurchase option, if any, in favor of the Company during the Lock-Up Period. You further agree to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriters that are consistent with the foregoing or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may

 

3.


impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to your shares of Common Stock until the end of such period. You also agree that any transferee of any shares of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by you will be bound by this Section 8(d). The underwriters of the Company’s stock are intended third party beneficiaries of this Section 8(d) and will have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.] 2

9. T RANSFERABILITY .  Except as otherwise provided in this Section 9, your option is not transferable, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during your life only by you.

(a) Certain Trusts.  Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, you may transfer your option to a trust if you are considered to be the sole beneficial owner (determined under Section 671 of the Code and applicable state law) while the option is held in the trust. You and the trustee must enter into transfer and other agreements required by the Company.

(b) Domestic Relations Orders.  Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, and provided that you and the designated transferee enter into transfer and other agreements required by the Company, you may transfer your option pursuant to the terms of a domestic relations order, official marital settlement agreement or other divorce or separation instrument as permitted by Treasury Regulation 1.421-1(b)(2) that contains the information required by the Company to effectuate the transfer. You are encouraged to discuss the proposed terms of any division of this option with the Company prior to finalizing the domestic relations order or marital settlement agreement to help ensure the required information is contained within the domestic relations order or marital settlement agreement. If this option is an Incentive Stock Option, this option may be deemed to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option as a result of such transfer.

(c) Beneficiary Designation.  Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, you may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form approved by the Company and any broker designated by the Company to handle option exercises, designate a third party who, on your death, will thereafter be entitled to exercise this option and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise. In the absence of such a designation, your executor or administrator of your estate will be entitled to exercise this option and receive, on behalf of your estate, the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise.

10. O PTION NOT A S ERVICE C ONTRACT .  Your option is not an employment or service contract, and nothing in your option will be deemed to create in any way whatsoever any obligation on your part to continue in the employ of the Company or an Affiliate, or of the Company or an Affiliate to continue your employment. In addition, nothing in your option will obligate the Company or an Affiliate, their respective shareholders, boards of directors, officers or employees to continue any relationship that you might have as a Director or Consultant for the Company or an Affiliate.

11. W ITHHOLDING O BLIGATIONS .

(a) At the time you exercise your option, in whole or in part, and at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, you hereby authorize withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to you, and otherwise agree to make adequate provision for (including by means of a “same day sale” pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board to the extent permitted by the Company), any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company or an Affiliate, if any, which arise in connection with the exercise of your option.

 

2   For inclusion only in any grants made during lock-up period.

 

4.


(b) If this option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, then upon your request and subject to approval by the Company, and compliance with any applicable legal conditions or restrictions, the Company may withhold from fully vested shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to you upon the exercise of your option a number of whole shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value, determined by the Company as of the date of exercise, not in excess of the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law (or such lower amount as may be necessary to avoid classification of your option as a liability for financial accounting purposes). Notwithstanding the filing of such election, shares of Common Stock shall be withheld solely from fully vested shares of Common Stock determined as of the date of exercise of your option that are otherwise issuable to you upon such exercise. Any adverse consequences to you arising in connection with such share withholding procedure shall be your sole responsibility.

(c) You may not exercise your option unless the tax withholding obligations of the Company and/or any Affiliate are satisfied. Accordingly, you may not be able to exercise your option when desired even though your option is vested, and the Company will have no obligation to issue a certificate for such shares of Common Stock or release such shares of Common Stock from any escrow provided for herein, if applicable, unless such obligations are satisfied.

12. T AX C ONSEQUENCES . You hereby agree that the Company does not have a duty to design or administer the Plan or its other compensation programs in a manner that minimizes your tax liabilities. You will not make any claim against the Company, or any of its Officers, Directors, Employees or Affiliates related to tax liabilities arising from your option or your other compensation. In particular, you acknowledge that this option is exempt from Section 409A of the Code only if the exercise price per share specified in the Grant Notice is at least equal to the “fair market value” per share of the Common Stock on the Date of Grant and there is no other impermissible deferral of compensation associated with the option.

13. N OTICES .  Any notices provided for in your option or the Plan will be given in writing (including electronically) and will be deemed effectively given upon receipt or, in the case of notices delivered by mail by the Company to you, five (5) days after deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to you at the last address you provided to the Company. The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to participation in the Plan and this option by electronic means or to request your consent to participate in the Plan by electronic means. By accepting this option, you consent to receive such documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

14. G OVERNING P LAN D OCUMENT .  Your option is subject to all the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of which are hereby made a part of your option, and is further subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations, which may from time to time be promulgated and adopted pursuant to the Plan. If there is any conflict between the provisions of your option and those of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will control. In addition, your option (and any compensation paid or shares issued under your option) is subject to recoupment in accordance with The Dodd–Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and any implementing regulations thereunder, any clawback policy adopted by the Company and any compensation recovery policy otherwise required by applicable law. No recovery of compensation under such a clawback policy will be an event giving rise to a right to voluntarily terminate employment upon a resignation for “good reason,” or for a “constructive termination” or any similar term under any plan of or agreement with the Company.

 

5.


15. O THER D OCUMENTS . You hereby acknowledge receipt of and the right to receive a document providing the information required by Rule 428(b)(1) promulgated under the Securities Act, which includes the Plan prospectus. In addition, you acknowledge receipt of the Company’s policy permitting certain individuals to sell shares only during certain “window” periods and the Company’s insider trading policy, in effect from time to time.

16. E FFECT ON O THER E MPLOYEE B ENEFIT P LANS . The value of this option will not be included as compensation, earnings, salaries, or other similar terms used when calculating your benefits under any employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company or any Affiliate, except as such plan otherwise expressly provides. The Company expressly reserves its rights to amend, modify, or terminate any of the Company’s or any Affiliate’s employee benefit plans.

17. V OTING R IGHTS . You will not have voting or any other rights as a shareholder of the Company with respect to the shares to be issued pursuant to this option until such shares are issued to you. Upon such issuance, you will obtain full voting and other rights as a shareholder of the Company. Nothing contained in this option, and no action taken pursuant to its provisions, will create or be construed to create a trust of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between you and the Company or any other person.

18. S EVERABILITY . If all or any part of this Option Agreement or the Plan is declared by any court or governmental authority to be unlawful or invalid, such unlawfulness or invalidity will not invalidate any portion of this Option Agreement or the Plan not declared to be unlawful or invalid. Any Section of this Option Agreement (or part of such a Section) so declared to be unlawful or invalid shall, if possible, be construed in a manner which will give effect to the terms of such Section or part of a Section to the fullest extent possible while remaining lawful and valid.

19. M ISCELLANEOUS .

(a) The rights and obligations of the Company under your option will be transferable to any one or more persons or entities, and all covenants and agreements hereunder will inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Company’s successors and assigns.

(b) You agree upon request to execute any further documents or instruments necessary or desirable in the sole determination of the Company to carry out the purposes or intent of your option.

(c) You acknowledge and agree that you have reviewed your option in its entirety, have had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing and accepting your option, and fully understand all provisions of your option.

(d) This Option Agreement will be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.

(e) All obligations of the Company under the Plan and this Option Agreement will be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company.

 

6.


*        *         *

This Option Agreement will be deemed to be signed by you upon the signing by you of the Grant Notice to which it is attached.

 

7.


A TTACHMENT II

2016 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN


A TTACHMENT III

N OTICE OF E XERCISE


NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc.   
Attention: [Stock Plan Administrator]   
521 Cottonwood Drive   
Milpitas, CA 95035    Date of Exercise:                         

This constitutes notice to Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc. (the “ Company ”) under my stock option that I elect to purchase the below number of shares of Common Stock of the Company (the “ Shares ”) for the price set forth below.

 

Type of option (check one):      Incentive   ¨        Nonstatutory   ¨   
Stock option dated:                                                         
Number of Shares as to which option is exercised:                                                         
Certificates to be issued in name of:                                                         
Total exercise price:    $                           $                        

Cash payment delivered herewith:

   $                           $                        

[Value of            Shares delivered herewith 3 :

   $                           $                     

[Value of             Shares pursuant to net exercise 2 :

   $                           $                     

[Regulation T Program (cashless exercise):

   $                           $                      ] 4  

By this exercise, I agree (i) to provide such additional documents as you may require pursuant to the terms of the Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc. 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, (ii) to provide for the payment by me to you (in the manner designated by you) of your withholding obligation, if any, relating to the exercise of this option, and (iii) if this exercise relates to an Incentive Stock Option, to notify you in writing within fifteen (15) days after the date of any disposition of any of the Shares issued upon exercise of this option that occurs within two (2) years after the date of grant of this option or within one (1) year after such Shares are issued upon exercise of this option.

 

2   Shares must meet the public trading requirements set forth in the option. Shares must be valued in accordance with the terms of the option being exercised, and must be owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests. Certificates must be endorsed or accompanied by an executed assignment separate from certificate.
3   The option must be a Nonstatutory Stock Option, and the Company must have established net exercise procedures at the time of exercise, in order to utilize this payment method.
4   Delete bracketed methods of payment that are not provided for in the grant notice.


[I further agree that, if required by the Company (or a representative of the underwriters) in connection with the first underwritten registration of the offering of any securities of the Company under the Securities Act, I will not sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale with respect to any shares of Common Stock or other securities of the Company for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (or such longer period as the underwriters or the Company shall request to facilitate compliance with FINRA Rule 2241 or any successor or similar rule or regulation) (the “ Lock-Up Period ”). I further agree to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company or the underwriters that are consistent with the foregoing or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop transfer instructions with respect to securities subject to the foregoing restrictions until the end of such period.] 5

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

5   For inclusion only in any grants made during lock-up period.

 

2.


P ROTAGONIST T HERAPEUTICS , I NC .

R ESTRICTED S TOCK U NIT G RANT N OTICE

(2016 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN )

Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc. (the “ Company ”), pursuant to Section 11 of the Company’s 2016 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), hereby awards to Participant a Restricted Stock Unit Award for the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock (“ Restricted Stock Units ”) set forth below (the “ Award ”). The Award is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth in this notice of grant (this “ Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice ”) and in the Plan and the Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (the “ Award Agreement ”), both of which are attached hereto and incorporated herein in their entirety. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Plan or the Award Agreement. In the event of any conflict between the terms in the Award and the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall control.

 

Participant:

                                                                                                   

ID:

                                                                                                  

Date of Grant:

                                                                                                  

Grant Number:

                                                                                                  

Vesting Commencement Date:

                                                                                                  

Number of Restricted Stock Units/Shares:

                                                                                                  

Consideration:

   Participant’s services   

 

Vesting Schedule:    [                                           , subject to the Participant’s Continuous Service through such dates]
Issuance Schedule:    Subject to any change on a Capitalization Adjustment, one share of Common Stock will be issued for each Restricted Stock Unit that vests at the time set forth in Section 6 of the Award Agreement.

Additional Terms/Acknowledgements:  Participant acknowledges receipt of, and understands and agrees to, this Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice, the Award Agreement and the Plan. Participant acknowledges and agrees that this Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice and the Award Agreement may not be modified, amended or revised except as provided in the Plan. Participant further acknowledges that as of the Date of Grant, this Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice, the Award Agreement and the Plan set forth the entire understanding between Participant and the Company regarding the acquisition of Common Stock pursuant to the Award and supersede all prior oral and written agreements on that subject with the exception, if applicable, of (i) equity awards previously granted and delivered to Participant, (ii) any compensation recovery policy that is adopted by the Company or is otherwise required by applicable law, and (iii) any written employment or severance arrangement that would provide for vesting acceleration of this Award upon the terms and conditions set forth therein.

By accepting this Award, Participant consents to receive such documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through an on-line or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.


P ROTAGONIST T HERAPEUTICS , I NC .         P ARTICIPANT
By:  

 

       

 

  Signature         Signature
Title:  

 

        Date:   

 

Date:  

 

          

A TTACHMENTS : Award Agreement and 2016 Equity Incentive Plan


P ROTAGONIST T HERAPEUTICS , I NC .

2016 E QUITY I NCENTIVE P LAN

R ESTRICTED S TOCK U NIT A GREEMENT

Pursuant to the Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice (the “ Grant Notice ”) and this Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (the “ Award Agreement ”) and in consideration of your services, Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc. (the “ Company ”) has awarded you (“ Participant ”) a Restricted Stock Unit Award (the “ Award ”) pursuant to Section 11 of the Company’s 2016 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) for the number of Restricted Stock Units/shares indicated in the Grant Notice. Capitalized terms not explicitly defined in this Award Agreement or the Grant Notice shall have the same meanings given to them in the Plan. The terms of your Award, in addition to those set forth in the Grant Notice, are as follows.

1. G RANT OF THE A WARD . This Award represents the right to be issued on a future date one (1) share of Common Stock for each Restricted Stock Unit that vests on the applicable vesting date(s) (subject to any adjustment under Section 3 below) as indicated in the Grant Notice. As of the Date of Grant, the Company will credit to a bookkeeping account maintained by the Company for your benefit (the “ Account ”) the number of Restricted Stock Units/shares of Common Stock subject to the Award. This Award was granted in consideration of your services to the Company. Except as otherwise provided herein, you will not be required to make any payment to the Company or an Affiliate (other than services to the Company or an Affiliate) with respect to your receipt of the Award, the vesting of the Stock Units or the delivery of the Company’s Common Stock to be issued in respect of the Award. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company reserves the right to issue you the cash equivalent of Common Stock, in part or in full satisfaction of the delivery of Common Stock upon vesting of your Stock Units, and, to the extent applicable, references in this Award Agreement and the Grant Notice to Common Stock issuable in connection with your Stock Units will include the potential issuance of its cash equivalent pursuant to such right.

2. V ESTING . Subject to the limitations contained herein, your Award will vest, if at all, in accordance with the vesting schedule provided in the Grant Notice, provided that vesting will cease upon the termination of your Continuous Service. Upon such termination of your Continuous Service, the Restricted Stock Units/shares of Common Stock credited to the Account that were not vested on the date of such termination will be forfeited at no cost to the Company and you will have no further right, title or interest in or to such underlying shares of Common Stock.

3. N UMBER OF S HARES . The number of Restricted Stock Units/shares subject to your Award may be adjusted from time to time for Capitalization Adjustments, as provided in the Plan. Any additional Restricted Stock Units, shares, cash or other property that becomes subject to the Award pursuant to this Section 3, if any, shall be subject, in a manner determined by the Board, to the same forfeiture restrictions, restrictions on transferability, and time and manner of delivery as applicable to the other Restricted Stock Units and shares covered by your Award. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 3, no fractional shares or rights for fractional shares of Common Stock shall be created pursuant to this Section 3. Any fraction of a share will be rounded down to the nearest whole share.

4. S ECURITIES L AW C OMPLIANCE . You may not be issued any Common Stock under your Award unless the shares of Common Stock underlying the Restricted Stock Units are either (i) then registered under the Securities Act, or (ii) the Company has determined that such issuance would be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Your Award must also comply with other applicable laws and regulations governing the Award, and you shall not receive such Common Stock if the Company determines that such receipt would not be in material compliance with such laws and regulations.

 

1.


5. T RANSFER R ESTRICTIONS . Prior to the time that shares of Common Stock have been delivered to you, you may not transfer, pledge, sell or otherwise dispose of this Award or the shares issuable in respect of your Award, except as expressly provided in this Section 5. For example, you may not use shares that may be issued in respect of your Restricted Stock Units as security for a loan. The restrictions on transfer set forth herein will lapse upon delivery to you of shares in respect of your vested Restricted Stock Units. Notwithstanding the foregoing, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form satisfactory to the Company, you may designate a third party who, in the event of your death, shall thereafter be entitled to receive any distribution of Common Stock to which you were entitled at the time of your death pursuant to this Award Agreement. In the absence of such a designation, your legal representative will be entitled to receive, on behalf of your estate, such Common Stock or other consideration.

(a) Death . Your Award is transferable by will and by the laws of descent and distribution. At your death, vesting of your Award will cease and your executor or administrator of your estate shall be entitled to receive, on behalf of your estate, any Common Stock or other consideration that vested but was not issued before your death.

(b) Domestic Relations Orders. Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, and provided that you and the designated transferee enter into transfer and other agreements required by the Company, you may transfer your right to receive the distribution of Common Stock or other consideration hereunder, pursuant to a domestic relations order, official marital settlement agreement or other divorce or separation instrument that contains the information required by the Company to effectuate the transfer. You are encouraged to discuss the proposed terms of any division of this Award with the Company General Counsel prior to finalizing the domestic relations order or marital settlement agreement to verify that you may make such transfer, and if so, to help ensure the required information is contained within the domestic relations order or marital settlement agreement.

6. D ATE OF I SSUANCE .

(a) The issuance of shares in respect of the Restricted Stock Units is intended to comply with Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) and will be construed and administered in such a manner. Subject to the satisfaction of the withholding obligations set forth in this Award Agreement, in the event one or more Restricted Stock Units vests, the Company shall issue to you one (1) share of Common Stock for each Restricted Stock Unit that vests on the applicable vesting date(s) (subject to any adjustment under Section 3 above). The issuance date determined by this paragraph is referred to as the “ Original Issuance Date ”.

(b) If the Original Issuance Date falls on a date that is not a business day, delivery shall instead occur on the next following business day. In addition, if:

(i) the Original Issuance Date does not occur (1) during an “open window period” applicable to you, as determined by the Company in accordance with the Company’s then-effective policy on trading in Company securities, or (2) on a date when you are otherwise permitted to sell shares of Common Stock on an established stock exchange or stock market (including but not limited to under a previously established written trading plan that meets the requirements of Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act and was entered into in compliance with the Company’s policies (a “ 10b5-1 Plan ”)), and

(ii) either (1) Withholding Taxes do not apply, or (2) the Company decides, prior to the Original Issuance Date, (A) not to satisfy the Withholding Taxes by withholding shares of

 

2.


Common Stock from the shares otherwise due, on the Original Issuance Date, to you under this Award, and (B) not to permit you to enter into a “same day sale” commitment with a broker-dealer pursuant to Section 11 of this Agreement (including but not limited to a commitment under a 10b5-1 Plan) and (C) not to permit you to pay the Withholding Taxes in cash or from other compensation otherwise payable to you by the Company,

then the shares that would otherwise be issued to you on the Original Issuance Date will not be delivered on such Original Issuance Date and will instead be delivered on the first business day when you are not prohibited from selling shares of the Company’s Common Stock in the open public market, but in no event later than December 31 of the calendar year in which the Original Issuance Date occurs (that is, the last day of your taxable year in which the Original Issuance Date occurs), or, if and only if permitted in a manner that complies with Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(b)(4), no later than the date that is the 15th day of the third calendar month of the applicable year following the year in which the shares of Common Stock under this Award are no longer subject to a “substantial risk of forfeiture” within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(d).

(c) The form of delivery of the shares of Common Stock in respect of your Award ( e.g. , a stock certificate or electronic entry evidencing such shares) shall be determined by the Company.

7. D IVIDENDS . You shall receive no benefit or adjustment to your Award with respect to any cash dividend, stock dividend or other distribution that does not result from a Capitalization Adjustment; provided, however, that this sentence will not apply with respect to any shares of Common Stock that are delivered to you in connection with your Award after such shares have been delivered to you.

8. R ESTRICTIVE L EGENDS . The shares of Common Stock issued under your Award shall be endorsed with appropriate legends as determined by the Company.

9. E XECUTION OF D OCUMENTS . You hereby acknowledge and agree that the manner selected by the Company by which you indicate your consent to your Grant Notice is also deemed to be your execution of your Grant Notice and of this Award Agreement. You further agree that such manner of indicating consent may be relied upon as your signature for establishing your execution of any documents to be executed in the future in connection with your Award.

10. A WARD NOT A S ERVICE C ONTRACT .

(a) Nothing in this Award Agreement (including, but not limited to, the vesting of your Award or the issuance of the shares subject to your Award), the Plan or any covenant of good faith and fair dealing that may be found implicit in this Award Agreement or the Plan shall: (i) confer upon you any right to continue in the employ of, or affiliation with, the Company or an Affiliate; (ii) constitute any promise or commitment by the Company or an Affiliate regarding the fact or nature of future positions, future work assignments, future compensation or any other term or condition of employment or affiliation; (iii) confer any right or benefit under this Award Agreement or the Plan unless such right or benefit has specifically accrued under the terms of this Award Agreement or Plan; or (iv) deprive the Company of the right to terminate you at will and without regard to any future vesting opportunity that you may have.

(b) The Company has the right to reorganize, sell, spin-out or otherwise restructure one or more of its businesses or Affiliates at any time or from time to time, as it deems appropriate (a “ reorganization ”). Such a reorganization could result in the termination of your Continuous Service, or the termination of Affiliate status of your employer and the loss of benefits available to you under this

 

3.


Award Agreement, including but not limited to, the termination of the right to continue vesting in the Award. This Award Agreement, the Plan, the transactions contemplated hereunder and the vesting schedule set forth herein or any covenant of good faith and fair dealing that may be found implicit in any of them do not constitute an express or implied promise of continued engagement as an employee or consultant for the term of this Award Agreement, for any period, or at all, and shall not interfere in any way with the Company’s right to conduct a reorganization.

11. W ITHHOLDING O BLIGATIONS .

(a) On each vesting date, and on or before the time you receive a distribution of the shares underlying your Restricted Stock Units, and at any other time as reasonably requested by the Company in accordance with applicable tax laws, you hereby authorize any required withholding from the Common Stock issuable to you and/or otherwise agree to make adequate provision in cash for any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company or any Affiliate that arise in connection with your Award (the “ Withholding Taxes ”). Additionally, the Company or any Affiliate may, in its sole discretion, satisfy all or any portion of the Withholding Taxes obligation relating to your Award by any of the following means or by a combination of such means: (i) withholding from any compensation otherwise payable to you by the Company or an Affiliate; (ii) causing you to tender a cash payment; (iii) permitting or requiring you to enter into a “same day sale” commitment, if applicable, with a broker-dealer that is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (a “ FINRA Dealer ”) whereby you irrevocably elect to sell a portion of the shares to be delivered in connection with your Restricted Stock Units to satisfy the Withholding Taxes and whereby the FINRA Dealer irrevocably commits to forward the proceeds necessary to satisfy the Withholding Taxes directly to the Company and/or its Affiliates; or (iv) withholding shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock issued or otherwise issuable to you in connection with the Award with a Fair Market Value (measured as of the date shares of Common Stock are issued to pursuant to Section 6) equal to the amount of such Withholding Taxes; provided , however , that the number of such shares of Common Stock so withheld will not exceed the amount necessary to satisfy the Company’s required tax withholding obligations using the minimum statutory withholding rates for federal, state, local and, if applicable, foreign tax purposes, including payroll taxes, that are applicable to supplemental taxable income; and provided , further, that to the extent necessary to qualify for an exemption from application of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, if applicable, such share withholding procedure will be subject to the express prior approval of the Company’s Compensation Committee.

(b) Unless the tax withholding obligations of the Company and/or any Affiliate are satisfied, the Company shall have no obligation to deliver to you any Common Stock or other consideration pursuant to this Award.

(c) In the event the Company’s obligation to withhold arises prior to the delivery to you of Common Stock or it is determined after the delivery of Common Stock to you that the amount of the Company’s withholding obligation was greater than the amount withheld by the Company, you agree to indemnify and hold the Company harmless from any failure by the Company to withhold the proper amount.

12. T AX C ONSEQUENCES . The Company has no duty or obligation to minimize the tax consequences to you of this Award and shall not be liable to you for any adverse tax consequences to you arising in connection with this Award. You are hereby advised to consult with your own personal tax, financial and/or legal advisors regarding the tax consequences of this Award and by signing the Grant Notice, you have agreed that you have done so or knowingly and voluntarily declined to do so. You understand that you (and not the Company) shall be responsible for your own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment or the transactions contemplated by this Award Agreement.

 

4.


13. U NSECURED O BLIGATION . Your Award is unfunded, and as a holder of a vested Award, you shall be considered an unsecured creditor of the Company with respect to the Company’s obligation, if any, to issue shares or other property pursuant to this Award Agreement. You shall not have voting or any other rights as a stockholder of the Company with respect to the shares to be issued pursuant to this Award Agreement until such shares are issued to you pursuant to Section 6 of this Award Agreement. Upon such issuance, you will obtain full voting and other rights as a stockholder of the Company. Nothing contained in this Award Agreement, and no action taken pursuant to its provisions, shall create or be construed to create a trust of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between you and the Company or any other person.

14. N OTICES . Any notice or request required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing to each of the other parties hereto and shall be deemed effectively given on the earlier of (i) the date of personal delivery, including delivery by express courier, or delivery via electronic means, or (ii) the date that is five (5) days after deposit in the United States Post Office (whether or not actually received by the addressee), by registered or certified mail with postage and fees prepaid, addressed at the following addresses, or at such other address(es) as a party may designate by ten (10) days’ advance written notice to each of the other parties hereto:

 

C OMPANY :      Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc.
     Attn: Thomas O’Neil
     521 Cottonwood Drive
     Milpitas, CA 95035
P ARTICIPANT :      Your address as on file with the Company at the time notice is given

15. H EADINGS . The headings of the Sections in this Award Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute a part of this Award Agreement or to affect the meaning of this Award Agreement.

16. A DDITIONAL A CKNOWLEDGEMENTS .   You hereby consent and acknowledge that:

(a) Participation in the Plan is voluntary and therefore you must accept the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Award Agreement and Grant Notice as a condition to participating in the Plan and receipt of this Award. This Award and any other awards under the Plan are voluntary and occasional and do not create any contractual or other right to receive future awards or other benefits in lieu of future awards, even if similar awards have been granted repeatedly in the past. All determinations with respect to any such future awards, including, but not limited to, the time or times when such awards are made, the size of such awards and performance and other conditions applied to the awards, will be at the sole discretion of the Company.

(b) The future value of your Award is unknown and cannot be predicted with certainty. You do not have, and will not assert, any claim or entitlement to compensation, indemnity or damages arising from the termination of this Award or diminution in value of this Award and you irrevocably release the Company, its Affiliates and, if applicable, your employer, if different from the Company, from any such claim that may arise.

(c) The rights and obligations of the Company under your Award shall be transferable by the Company to any one or more persons or entities, and all covenants and agreements hereunder shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the Company’s successors and assigns.

 

5.


(d) You agree upon request to execute any further documents or instruments necessary or desirable in the sole determination of the Company to carry out the purposes or intent of your Award.

(e) You acknowledge and agree that you have reviewed your Award in its entirety, have had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing and accepting your Award and fully understand all provisions of your Award.

(f) This Award Agreement shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.

(g) All obligations of the Company under the Plan and this Award Agreement shall be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company.

17. G OVERNING P LAN D OCUMENT . Your Award is subject to all the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of which are hereby made a part of your Award, and is further subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations which may from time to time be promulgated and adopted pursuant to the Plan. Your Award (and any compensation paid or shares issued under your Award) is subject to recoupment in accordance with The Dodd–Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and any implementing regulations thereunder, any clawback policy adopted by the Company and any compensation recovery policy otherwise required by applicable law. No recovery of compensation under such a clawback policy will be an event giving rise to a right to voluntarily terminate employment upon a resignation for “good reason,” or for a “constructive termination” or any similar term under any plan of or agreement with the Company.

18. E FFECT ON O THER E MPLOYEE B ENEFIT P LANS . The value of the Award subject to this Award Agreement shall not be included as compensation, earnings, salaries, or other similar terms used when calculating benefits under any employee benefit plan (other than the Plan) sponsored by the Company or any Affiliate except as such plan otherwise expressly provides. The Company expressly reserves its rights to amend, modify, or terminate any or all of the employee benefit plans of the Company or any Affiliate.

19. C HOICE OF L AW . The interpretation, performance and enforcement of this Award Agreement shall be governed by the law of the State of Delaware without regard to that state’s conflicts of laws rules.

20. S EVERABILITY . If all or any part of this Award Agreement or the Plan is declared by any court or governmental authority to be unlawful or invalid, such unlawfulness or invalidity shall not invalidate any portion of this Award Agreement or the Plan not declared to be unlawful or invalid. Any Section of this Award Agreement (or part of such a Section) so declared to be unlawful or invalid shall, if possible, be construed in a manner which will give effect to the terms of such Section or part of a Section to the fullest extent possible while remaining lawful and valid.

21. O THER D OCUMENTS . You hereby acknowledge receipt of and the right to receive a document providing the information required by Rule 428(b)(1) promulgated under the Securities Act, which includes the Plan prospectus. In addition, you acknowledge receipt of the Company’s policy permitting certain individuals to sell shares only during certain “window” periods and the Company’s insider trading policy, in effect from time to time.

 

6.


22. A MENDMENT . This Award Agreement may not be modified, amended or terminated except by an instrument in writing, signed by you and by a duly authorized representative of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Award Agreement may be amended solely by the Board by a writing which specifically states that it is amending this Award Agreement, so long as a copy of such amendment is delivered to you, and provided that, except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, no such amendment materially adversely affecting your rights hereunder may be made without your written consent. Without limiting the foregoing, the Board reserves the right to change, by written notice to you, the provisions of this Award Agreement in any way it may deem necessary or advisable to carry out the purpose of the Award as a result of any change in applicable laws or regulations or any future law, regulation, ruling, or judicial decision, provided that any such change shall be applicable only to rights relating to that portion of the Award which is then subject to restrictions as provided herein.

23. C OMPLIANCE WITH S ECTION 409A OF THE C ODE . This Award is intended to comply with the “short-term deferral” rule set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(4). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if it is determined that the Award fails to satisfy the requirements of the short-term deferral rule and is otherwise deferred compensation subject to Section 409A, and if you are a “Specified Employee” (within the meaning set forth in Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code) as of the date of your “separation from service” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h) and without regard to any alternative definition thereunder), then the issuance of any shares that would otherwise be made upon the date of the separation from service or within the first six (6) months thereafter will not be made on the originally scheduled date(s) and will instead be issued in a lump sum on the earlier of: (i) the fifth business day following your death, or (ii) the date that is six (6) months and one day after the date of the separation from service, with the balance of the shares issued thereafter in accordance with the original vesting and issuance schedule set forth above, but if and only if such delay in the issuance of the shares is necessary to avoid the imposition of adverse taxation on you in respect of the shares under Section 409A of the Code. Each installment of shares that vests is intended to constitute a “separate payment” for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2).

* * * * *

This Award Agreement shall be deemed to be signed by the Company and the Participant upon the signing or electronic acceptance by the Participant of the Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice to which it is attached.

 

7.

Exhibit 10.3

P ROTAGONIST T HERAPEUTICS , I NC .

2016 E MPLOYEE S TOCK P URCHASE P LAN

A DOPTED BY THE B OARD OF D IRECTORS : J ULY 28, 2016

A PPROVED BY THE S TOCKHOLDERS : J ULY 31, 2016

1. G ENERAL ; P URPOSE .

(a) The Plan provides a means by which Eligible Employees of the Company and certain designated Related Corporations may be given an opportunity to purchase shares of Common Stock. The Plan permits the Company to grant a series of Purchase Rights to Eligible Employees under an Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

(b) The Company, by means of the Plan, seeks to retain the services of such Employees, to secure and retain the services of new Employees and to provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and its Related Corporations.

2. A DMINISTRATION .

(a) The Board will administer the Plan unless and until the Board delegates administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees, as provided in Section 2(c).

(b) The Board will have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

(i) To determine how and when Purchase Rights will be granted and the provisions of each Offering (which need not be identical).

(ii) To designate from time to time which Related Corporations of the Company will be eligible to participate in the Plan.

(iii) To construe and interpret the Plan and Purchase Rights, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for its administration. The Board, in the exercise of this power, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan, in a manner and to the extent it deems necessary or expedient to make the Plan fully effective.

(iv) To settle all controversies regarding the Plan and Purchase Rights granted under the Plan.

(v) To suspend or terminate the Plan at any time as provided in Section 12.

(vi) To amend the Plan at any time as provided in Section 12.

(vii) Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as it deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company and its Related Corporations and to carry out the intent that the Plan be treated as an Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

(viii) To adopt such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit participation in the Plan by Employees who are foreign nationals or employed outside the United States.


(c) The Board may delegate some or all of the administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees. If administration is delegated to a Committee, the Committee will have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed by the Board that have been delegated to the Committee, including the power to delegate to a subcommittee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and references in this Plan to the Board will thereafter be to the Committee or subcommittee), subject, however, to such resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as may be adopted from time to time by the Board. The Board may retain the authority to concurrently administer the Plan with the Committee and may, at any time, revest in the Board some or all of the powers previously delegated. Whether or not the Board has delegated administration of the Plan to a Committee, the Board will have the final power to determine all questions of policy and expediency that may arise in the administration of the Plan.

(d) All determinations, interpretations and constructions made by the Board in good faith will not be subject to review by any person and will be final, binding and conclusive on all persons.

3. S HARES OF C OMMON S TOCK S UBJECT TO THE P LAN .

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 11(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued under the Plan will not exceed 150,000 shares of Common Stock, plus the number of shares of Common Stock that are automatically added on the first day of each fiscal year for a period of up to ten years, commencing on the first day of the fiscal year following the year in which the IPO Date occurs, in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) 1% of the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on the last day of the preceding fiscal year, and (ii) 300,000 shares of Common Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may act prior to the first day of any fiscal year to provide that there will be no increase in the share reserve for such fiscal year or that the increase in the share reserve for such fiscal year will be a lesser number of shares of Common Stock than would otherwise occur pursuant to the preceding sentence.

(b) If any Purchase Right granted under the Plan terminates without having been exercised in full, the shares of Common Stock not purchased under such Purchase Right will again become available for issuance under the Plan.

(c) The stock purchasable under the Plan will be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock, including shares repurchased by the Company on the open market.

4. G RANT OF P URCHASE R IGHTS ; O FFERING .

(a) The Board may from time to time grant or provide for the grant of Purchase Rights to Eligible Employees under an Offering (consisting of one or more Purchase Periods) on an Offering Date or Offering Dates selected by the Board. Each Offering will be in such form and will contain such terms and conditions as the Board will deem appropriate, and will comply

 

2


with the requirement of Section 423(b)(5) of the Code that all Employees granted Purchase Rights will have the same rights and privileges. The terms and conditions of an Offering shall be incorporated by reference into the Plan and treated as part of the Plan. The provisions of separate Offerings need not be identical, but each Offering will include (through incorporation of the provisions of this Plan by reference in the document comprising the Offering or otherwise) the period during which the Offering will be effective, which period will not exceed 27 months beginning with the Offering Date, and the substance of the provisions contained in Sections 5 through 8, inclusive.

(b) If a Participant has more than one Purchase Right outstanding under the Plan, unless he or she otherwise indicates in forms delivered to the Company: (i) each form will apply to all of his or her Purchase Rights under the Plan, and (ii) a Purchase Right with a lower exercise price (or an earlier-granted Purchase Right, if different Purchase Rights have identical exercise prices) will be exercised to the fullest possible extent before a Purchase Right with a higher exercise price (or a later-granted Purchase Right if different Purchase Rights have identical exercise prices) will be exercised.

(c) The Board will have the discretion to structure an Offering so that if the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the first Trading Day of a new Purchase Period within that Offering is less than or equal to the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the Offering Date for that Offering, then (i) that Offering will terminate immediately as of that first Trading Day, and (ii) the Participants in such terminated Offering will be automatically enrolled in a new Offering beginning on the first Trading Day of such new Purchase Period.

5. E LIGIBILITY .

(a) Purchase Rights may be granted only to Employees of the Company or, as the Board may designate in accordance with Section 2(b), to Employees of a Related Corporation. Except as provided in Section 5(b), an Employee will not be eligible to be granted Purchase Rights unless, on the Offering Date, the Employee has been in the employ of the Company or the Related Corporation, as the case may be, for such continuous period preceding such Offering Date as the Board may require, but in no event will the required period of continuous employment be equal to or greater than two years. In addition, the Board may (unless prohibited by law) provide that no Employee will be eligible to be granted Purchase Rights under the Plan unless, on the Offering Date, such Employee’s customary employment with the Company or the Related Corporation is more than 20 hours per week and more than five months per calendar year or such other criteria as the Board may determine consistent with Section 423 of the Code.

(b) The Board may provide that each person who, during the course of an Offering, first becomes an Eligible Employee will, on a date or dates specified in the Offering which coincides with the day on which such person becomes an Eligible Employee or which occurs thereafter, receive a Purchase Right under that Offering, which Purchase Right will thereafter be deemed to be a part of that Offering. Such Purchase Right will have the same characteristics as any Purchase Rights originally granted under that Offering, as described herein, except that:

(i) the date on which such Purchase Right is granted will be the “Offering Date” of such Purchase Right for all purposes, including determination of the exercise price of such Purchase Right;

 

3


(ii) the period of the Offering with respect to such Purchase Right will begin on its Offering Date and end coincident with the end of such Offering; and

(iii) the Board may provide that if such person first becomes an Eligible Employee within a specified period of time before the end of the Offering, he or she will not receive any Purchase Right under that Offering.

(c) The Board may provide that each person who did not elect to fully participate in an ongoing Offering prior to the commencement of a subsequent Purchase Period and elects to participate in the Offering will, on a date or dates specified in the Offering which coincides with the day on which such person elects to participate in the Offering or which occurs thereafter, receive a Purchase Right under that Offering, which Purchase Right will thereafter be deemed to be a part of that Offering. Such Purchase Right will have the same characteristics as any Purchase Rights originally granted under that Offering, as described herein, except that:

(i) the date on which such Purchase Right is granted will be the “Offering Date” of such Purchase Right for all purposes, including determination of the exercise price of such Purchase Right;

(ii) the period of the Offering with respect to such Purchase Right will begin on its Offering Date and end coincident with the end of such Offering; and

(iii) the Board may provide that if such person first elects to participate in the Offering within a specified period of time before the end of the Offering, he or she will not receive any Purchase Right under that Offering.

(d) No Employee will be eligible for the grant of any Purchase Rights if, immediately after any such Purchase Rights are granted, such Employee owns stock possessing five percent or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of the Company or of any Related Corporation (unless otherwise required by law). For purposes of this Section 5(c), the rules of Section 424(d) of the Code will apply in determining the stock ownership of any Employee, and stock which such Employee may purchase under all outstanding Purchase Rights and options will be treated as stock owned by such Employee.

(e) As specified by Section 423(b)(8) of the Code, an Eligible Employee may be granted Purchase Rights only if such Purchase Rights, together with any other rights granted under all Employee Stock Purchase Plans of the Company and any Related Corporations, do not permit such Eligible Employee’s rights to purchase stock of the Company or any Related Corporation to accrue at a rate which exceeds $25,000 of Fair Market Value of such stock (determined at the time such rights are granted, and which, with respect to the Plan, will be determined as of their respective Offering Dates) for each calendar year in which such rights are outstanding at any time.

(f) Officers of the Company and any designated Related Corporation, if they are otherwise Eligible Employees, will be eligible to participate in Offerings under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may (unless prohibited by law) provide in an Offering that Employees who are highly compensated Employees within the meaning of Section 423(b)(4)(D) of the Code will not be eligible to participate.

 

4


6. P URCHASE R IGHTS ; P URCHASE P RICE .

(a) On each Offering Date, each Eligible Employee, pursuant to an Offering made under the Plan, will be granted a Purchase Right to purchase up to that number of shares of Common Stock purchasable either with a percentage or with a maximum dollar amount, as designated by the Board, but in either case not exceeding 15% of such Employee’s earnings (as defined by the Board in each Offering) during the period that begins on the Offering Date (or such later date as the Board determines for a particular Offering) and ends on the date stated in the Offering, which date will be no later than the end of the Offering.

(b) The Board will establish one or more Purchase Dates during an Offering on which Purchase Rights granted for that Offering will be exercised and shares of Common Stock will be purchased in accordance with such Offering.

(c) In connection with each Offering made under the Plan, the Board may specify (i) a maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be purchased by any Participant on any Purchase Date during such Offering, (ii) a maximum aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be purchased by all Participants pursuant to such Offering and/or (iii) a maximum aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be purchased by all Participants on any Purchase Date under the Offering. If the aggregate purchase of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Purchase Rights granted under the Offering would exceed any such maximum aggregate number, then, in the absence of any Board action otherwise, a pro rata (based on each Participant’s accumulated Contributions) allocation of the shares of Common Stock available will be made in as nearly a uniform manner as will be practicable and equitable.

(d) The purchase price of shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to Purchase Rights will be not less than the lesser of:

(i) an amount equal to 85% of the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the Offering Date; or

(ii) an amount equal to 85% of the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the applicable Purchase Date.

7. P ARTICIPATION ; W ITHDRAWAL ; T ERMINATION .

(a) An Eligible Employee may elect to authorize payroll deductions as the means of making Contributions by completing and delivering to the Company, within the time specified in the Offering, an enrollment form provided by the Company. The enrollment form will specify the amount of Contributions not to exceed the maximum amount specified by the Board. Each Participant’s Contributions will be credited to a bookkeeping account for such Participant under

 

5


the Plan and will be deposited with the general funds of the Company except where applicable law requires that Contributions be deposited with a third party. If permitted in the Offering, a Participant may begin such Contributions with the first payroll occurring on or after the Offering Date (or, in the case of a payroll date that occurs after the end of the prior Offering but before the Offering Date of the next new Offering, Contributions from such payroll will be included in the new Offering). If permitted in the Offering, a Participant may thereafter reduce (including to zero) or increase his or her Contributions. If required under applicable law or if specifically provided in the Offering, in addition to or instead of making Contributions by payroll deductions, a Participant may make Contributions through the payment by cash or check prior to a Purchase Date.

(b) During an Offering, a Participant may cease making Contributions and withdraw from the Offering by delivering to the Company a withdrawal form provided by the Company. The Company may impose a deadline before a Purchase Date for withdrawing. Upon such withdrawal, such Participant’s Purchase Right in that Offering will immediately terminate and the Company will distribute to such Participant all of his or her accumulated but unused Contributions. A Participant’s withdrawal from that Offering will have no effect upon his or her eligibility to participate in any other Offerings under the Plan, but such Participant will be required to deliver a new enrollment form to participate in subsequent Offerings.

(c) Unless otherwise required by applicable law, Purchase Rights granted pursuant to any Offering under the Plan will terminate immediately if the Participant either (i) is no longer an Employee for any reason or for no reason (subject to any post-employment participation period required by law) or (ii) is otherwise no longer eligible to participate. The Company will distribute to such individual all of his or her accumulated but unused Contributions.

(d) During a Participant’s lifetime, Purchase Rights will be exercisable only by such Participant. Purchase Rights are not transferable by a Participant, except by will, by the laws of descent and distribution, or, if permitted by the Company, by a beneficiary designation as described in Section 10.

(e) Unless otherwise specified in the Offering or required by applicable law, the Company will have no obligation to pay interest on Contributions.

8. E XERCISE OF P URCHASE R IGHTS .

(a) On each Purchase Date, each Participant’s accumulated Contributions will be applied to the purchase of shares of Common Stock, up to the maximum number of shares of Common Stock permitted by the Plan and the applicable Offering, at the purchase price specified in the Offering. No fractional shares will be issued unless specifically provided for in the Offering.

(b) If any amount of accumulated Contributions remains in a Participant’s account after the purchase of shares of Common Stock on the final Purchase Date of an Offering, then such remaining amount will not roll over to the next Offering and will instead be distributed in full to such Participant after the final Purchase Date of such Offering without interest (unless otherwise required by applicable law).

 

6


(c) No Purchase Rights may be exercised to any extent unless the shares of Common Stock to be issued upon such exercise under the Plan are covered by an effective registration statement pursuant to the Securities Act and the Plan is in material compliance with all applicable federal, state, foreign and other securities and other laws applicable to the Plan. If on a Purchase Date the shares of Common Stock are not so registered or the Plan is not in such compliance, no Purchase Rights will be exercised on such Purchase Date, and the Purchase Date will be delayed until the shares of Common Stock are subject to such an effective registration statement and the Plan is in material compliance, except that the Purchase Date will in no event be more than 27 months from the Offering Date. If, on the Purchase Date, as delayed to the maximum extent permissible, the shares of Common Stock are not registered and the Plan is not in material compliance with all applicable laws, no Purchase Rights will be exercised and all accumulated but unused Contributions will be distributed to the Participants without interest.

9. C OVENANTS OF THE C OMPANY .

The Company will seek to obtain from each federal, state, foreign or other regulatory commission or agency having jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be required to grant Purchase Rights and issue and sell shares of Common Stock thereunder. If, after commercially reasonable efforts, the Company is unable to obtain the authority that counsel for the Company deems necessary for the grant of Purchase Rights or the lawful issuance and sale of Common Stock under the Plan, and at a commercially reasonable cost, the Company will be relieved from any liability for failure to grant Purchase Rights and/or to issue and sell Common Stock upon exercise of such Purchase Rights.

10. D ESIGNATION OF B ENEFICIARY .

(a) The Company may, but is not obligated to, permit a Participant to submit a form designating a beneficiary who will receive any shares of Common Stock and/or Contributions from the Participant’s account under the Plan if the Participant dies before such shares and/or Contributions are delivered to the Participant. The Company may, but is not obligated to, permit the Participant to change such designation of beneficiary. Any such designation and/or change must be on a form approved by the Company.

(b) If a Participant dies, and in the absence of a valid beneficiary designation, the Company will deliver any shares of Common Stock and/or Contributions to the executor or administrator of the estate of the Participant. If no executor or administrator has been appointed (to the knowledge of the Company), the Company, in its sole discretion, may deliver such shares of Common Stock and/or Contributions to the Participant’s spouse, dependents or relatives, or if no spouse, dependent or relative is known to the Company, then to such other person as the Company may designate.

11. A DJUSTMENTS UPON C HANGES IN C OMMON S TOCK ; C ORPORATE T RANSACTIONS .

(a) In the event of a Capitalization Adjustment, the Board will appropriately and proportionately adjust: (i) the class(es) and maximum number of securities subject to the Plan pursuant to Section 3(a), (ii) the class(es) and maximum number of securities by which the share reserve is to increase automatically each year pursuant to Section 3(a), (iii) the class(es) and

 

7


number of securities subject to, and the purchase price applicable to outstanding Offerings and Purchase Rights, and (iv) the class(es) and number of securities that are the subject of the purchase limits under each ongoing Offering. The Board will make these adjustments, and its determination will be final, binding and conclusive.

(b) In the event of a Corporate Transaction, then: (i) any surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company) may assume or continue outstanding Purchase Rights or may substitute similar rights (including a right to acquire the same consideration paid to the stockholders in the Corporate Transaction) for outstanding Purchase Rights, or (ii) if any surviving or acquiring corporation (or its parent company) does not assume or continue such Purchase Rights or does not substitute similar rights for such Purchase Rights, then the Participants’ accumulated Contributions will be used to purchase shares of Common Stock within ten business days prior to the Corporate Transaction under the outstanding Purchase Rights, and the Purchase Rights will terminate immediately after such purchase.

12. A MENDMENT , T ERMINATION OR S USPENSION OF THE P LAN .

(a) The Board may amend the Plan at any time in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable. However, except as provided in Section 11(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, stockholder approval will be required for any amendment of the Plan for which stockholder approval is required by applicable law or listing requirements, including any amendment that either (i) materially increases the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan, (ii) materially expands the class of individuals eligible to become Participants and receive Purchase Rights, (iii) materially increases the benefits accruing to Participants under the Plan or materially reduces the price at which shares of Common Stock may be purchased under the Plan, (iv) materially extends the term of the Plan, or (v) expands the types of awards available for issuance under the Plan, but in each of (i) through (v) above only to the extent stockholder approval is required by applicable law or listing requirements.

(b) The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. No Purchase Rights may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.

(c) Any benefits, privileges, entitlements and obligations under any outstanding Purchase Rights granted before an amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan will not be materially impaired by any such amendment, suspension or termination except (i) with the consent of the person to whom such Purchase Rights were granted, (ii) as necessary to comply with any laws, listing requirements, or governmental regulations (including, without limitation, the provisions of Section 423 of the Code and the regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder relating to Employee Stock Purchase Plans) including without limitation any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued or amended after the Effective Date, or (iii) as necessary to obtain or maintain favorable tax, listing, or regulatory treatment. To be clear, the Board may amend outstanding Purchase Rights without a Participant’s consent if such amendment is necessary to ensure that the Purchase Right and/or the Plan complies with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code.

 

8


13. E FFECTIVE D ATE OF P LAN .

The Plan will become effective on the IPO Date. No Purchase Rights will be exercised unless and until the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, which approval must be within 12 months before or after the date the Plan is adopted (or if required under Section 12(a) above, materially amended) by the Board.

14. M ISCELLANEOUS P ROVISIONS .

(a) Proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock pursuant to Purchase Rights will constitute general funds of the Company.

(b) A Participant will not be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, shares of Common Stock subject to Purchase Rights unless and until the Participant’s shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of Purchase Rights are recorded in the books of the Company (or its transfer agent).

(c) The Plan and Offering do not constitute an employment contract. Nothing in the Plan or in the Offering will in any way alter the at will nature of a Participant’s employment, if applicable, or be deemed to create in any way whatsoever any obligation on the part of any Participant to continue in the employ of the Company or a Related Corporation, or on the part of the Company or a Related Corporation to continue the employment of a Participant.

(d) The provisions of the Plan will be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware without resort to that state’s conflicts of laws rules.

(e) If any particular provision of the Plan is found to be invalid or otherwise unenforceable, such provision will not affect the other provisions of the Plan, but the Plan will be construed in all respects as if such invalid provision were omitted.

15. D EFINITIONS .

As used in the Plan, the following definitions will apply to the capitalized terms indicated below:

(a) Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(b) Capitalization Adjustment ” means any change that is made in, or other events that occur with respect to, the Common Stock subject to the Plan or subject to any Purchase Right after the Effective Date without the receipt of consideration by the Company through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, large nonrecurring cash dividend, stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or other similar equity restructuring transaction, as that term is used in Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (or any successor thereto). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the conversion of any convertible securities of the Company will not be treated as a Capitalization Adjustment.

 

9


(c) Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including any applicable regulations and guidance thereunder .

(d) Committee ” means a committee of one or more members of the Board to whom authority has been delegated by the Board in accordance with Section 2(c).

(e) Common Stock ” means, as of the IPO Date, the common stock of the Company, having 1 vote per share.

(f) Company ” means Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

(g) “Contributions ” means the payroll deductions and other additional payments specifically provided for in the Offering that a Participant contributes to fund the exercise of a Purchase Right. A Participant may make additional payments into his or her account if specifically provided for in the Offering, and then only if the Participant has not already had the maximum permitted amount withheld during the Offering through payroll deductions.

(h) Corporate Transaction ” means the consummation, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

(i) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

(ii) a sale or other disposition of more than 50% of the outstanding securities of the Company;

(iii) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is not the surviving corporation; or

(iv) a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is the surviving corporation but the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger, consolidation or similar transaction are converted or exchanged by virtue of the merger, consolidation or similar transaction into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise.

(i) Director ” means a member of the Board.

(j) Effective Date ” means the effective date of the Plan, as set forth in Section 13.

(k) Eligible Employee ” means an Employee who meets the requirements set forth in the document(s) governing the Offering for eligibility to participate in the Offering, provided that such Employee also meets the requirements for eligibility to participate set forth in the Plan.

(l) Employee ” means any person, including an Officer or Director, who is “employed” for purposes of Section 423(b)(4) of the Code by the Company or a Related Corporation. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such services, will not cause a Director to be considered an “Employee” for purposes of the Plan.

 

10


(m) Employee Stock Purchase Plan ” means a plan that grants Purchase Rights intended to be options issued under an “employee stock purchase plan,” as that term is defined in Section 423(b) of the Code.

(n) Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(o) Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of the Common Stock determined as follows:

(i) If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or traded on any established market, the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock will be the closing sales price for such stock as quoted on such exchange or market (or the exchange or market with the greatest volume of trading in the Common Stock) on the date of determination , as reported in such source as the Board deems reliable. Unless otherwise provided by the Board, if there is no closing sales price for the Common Stock on the date of determination, then the Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

(ii) In the absence of such markets for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value will be determined by the Board in good faith in compliance with applicable laws and in a manner that complies with Sections 409A of the Code.

(iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, for any Offering that commences on the IPO Date, the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the Offering Date will be the price per share at which shares are first sold to the public in the Company’s initial public offering as specified in the final prospectus for that initial public offering.

(p) IPO Date ” means the date of the underwriting agreement between the Company and the underwriter(s) managing the initial public offering of the Common Stock, pursuant to which the Common Stock is priced for the initial public offering.

(q) Offering ” means the grant to Eligible Employees of Purchase Rights, with the exercise of those Purchase Rights automatically occurring at the end of one or more Purchase Periods. The terms and conditions of an Offering will generally be set forth in the “ Offering Document ” approved by the Board for that Offering.

(r) Offering Date ” means a date selected by the Board for an Offering to commence.

(s) Officer ” means a person who is an officer of the Company or a Related Corporation within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

(t) Participant ” means an Eligible Employee who holds an outstanding Purchase Right.

(u) Plan ” means this Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc. 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

 

11


(v) Purchase Date ” means one or more dates during an Offering selected by the Board on which Purchase Rights will be exercised and on which purchases of shares of Common Stock will be carried out in accordance with such Offering.

(w) Purchase Period ” means a period of time specified within an Offering, generally beginning on the Offering Date or on the first Trading Day following a Purchase Date, and ending on a Purchase Date. An Offering may consist of one or more Purchase Periods.

(x) Purchase Right ” means an option to purchase shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to the Plan.

(y) Related Corporation ” means any “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” of the Company whether now or subsequently established, as those terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and (f), respectively, of the Code.

(z) Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(aa) Trading Day ” means any day on which the exchange(s) or market(s) on which shares of Common Stock are listed, including but not limited to the NYSE, Nasdaq Global Select Market, the Nasdaq Global Market, the Nasdaq Capital Market or any successors thereto, is open for trading.

 

12

Exhibit 10.4

 

LOGO

I NDEMNITY A GREEMENT

THIS INDEMNITY AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of             , 2016, between Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and                      (“ Indemnitee ”).

R ECITALS

A. Highly competent persons have become more reluctant to serve corporations as directors or officers or in other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or adequate indemnification against inordinate risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of the corporation;

B. Although the furnishing of liability insurance to protect persons serving the Company and its subsidiaries from certain liabilities has been a customary and widespread practice among United States-based corporations and other business enterprises, the Company believes that, given current market conditions and trends, such insurance may be available to it in the future only at higher premiums and with more exclusions. At the same time, directors, officers, and other persons in service to corporations or business enterprises are being increasingly subjected to expensive and time-consuming litigation relating to, among other things, matters that traditionally would have been brought only against the Company or business enterprise itself. The Bylaws and Certificate of Incorporation of the Company require indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company. Indemnitee may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (“ DGCL ”). The Bylaws and Certificate of Incorporation and the DGCL expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive, and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered into between the Company and members of the Board, officers and other persons with respect to indemnification;

C. The uncertainties relating to liability insurance and to indemnification have increased the difficulty of attracting and retaining such persons;

D. The Board has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining such persons is detrimental to the best interests of the Company’s stockholders and that the Company should act to assure such persons that there will be increased certainty of such protection in the future;

E. It is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified;

F. This Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Bylaws and Certificate of Incorporation of the Company and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder; and

 

1


G. Indemnitee does not regard the protection available under the Company’s Bylaws and Certificate of Incorporation and insurance as adequate in the present circumstances, and may not be willing to serve as an officer or director without adequate protection, and the Company desires Indemnitee to serve in such capacity. Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve and to take on additional service for or on behalf of the Company on the condition that he be so indemnified; and

H. Indemnitee may have certain rights to indemnification and/or insurance provided by other entities and/or organizations which Indemnitee and such other entities and/or organizations intend to be secondary to the primary obligation of the Company to indemnify Indemnitee as provided herein, with the Company’s acknowledgement and agreement to the foregoing being a material condition to Indemnitee’s willingness to serve on the Board.

I. This Agreement supersedes and replaces in its entirety any previous Indemnification Agreement entered into between the Company and the Indemnitee.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of Indemnitee’s agreement to serve as an officer or a director from and after the date hereof, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Indemnity of Indemnitee . The Company hereby agrees to hold harmless and indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law, as such may be amended from time to time. In furtherance of the foregoing indemnification, and without limiting the generality thereof:

(a) Proceedings Other Than Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company . Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section   l(a) if, by reason of his Corporate Status (as hereinafter defined), the Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (as hereinafter defined) other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 1(a) , Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses (as hereinafter defined), judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him, or on his behalf, in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and with respect to any criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

(b) Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company . Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 1(b) if, by reason of his Corporate Status, the Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Company. Pursuant to this Section 1(b) , Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee, or on the Indemnitee’s behalf, in connection with such Proceeding if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company; provided, however, if applicable law so provides, no indemnification against such Expenses shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter in such Proceeding

 

2


as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Company unless and to the extent that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall determine that such indemnification may be made.

(c) Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his Corporate Status, a party to and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding, he shall be indemnified to the maximum extent permitted by law, as such may be amended from time to time, against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this Section and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

2. Additional Indemnity . In addition to, and without regard to any limitations on, the indemnification provided for in Section 1 of this Agreement, the Company shall and hereby does indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee against all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf if, by reason of his Corporate Status, he is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company), including, without limitation, all liability arising out of the negligence or active or passive wrongdoing of Indemnitee. The only limitation that shall exist upon the Company’s obligations pursuant to this Agreement shall be that the Company shall not be obligated to make any payment to Indemnitee that is finally determined (under the procedures, and subject to the presumptions, set forth in Sections 6 and 7 hereof) to be unlawful.

3. Contribution .

(a) Whether or not the indemnification provided in Sections 1 and 2 hereof is available, in respect of any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), the Company shall pay, in the first instance, the entire amount of any judgment or settlement of such action, suit or proceeding without requiring Indemnitee to contribute to such payment and the Company hereby waives and relinquishes any right of contribution it may have against Indemnitee. The Company shall not enter into any settlement of any action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding) unless such settlement provides for a full and final release of all claims asserted against Indemnitee.

(b) Without diminishing or impairing the obligations of the Company set forth in the preceding subparagraph, if, for any reason, Indemnitee shall elect or be required to pay all or any portion of any judgment or settlement in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), the Company shall contribute to the amount of

 

3


Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred and paid or payable by Indemnitee in proportion to the relative benefits received by the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, from the transaction from which such action, suit or proceeding arose; provided, however, that the proportion determined on the basis of relative benefit may, to the extent necessary to conform to law, be further adjusted by reference to the relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company other than Indemnitee who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, in connection with the events that resulted in such expenses, judgments, fines or settlement amounts, as well as any other equitable considerations which the Law may require to be considered. The relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, the degree to which their actions were motivated by intent to gain personal profit or advantage, the degree to which their liability is primary or secondary and the degree to which their conduct is active or passive.

(c) The Company hereby agrees to fully indemnify and hold Indemnitee harmless from any claims of contribution which may be brought by officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who may be jointly liable with Indemnitee.

(d) To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

4. Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his Corporate Status, a witness, or is made (or asked to) respond to discovery requests, in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, he shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith.

5. Advancement of Expenses . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company shall advance all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements from Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by

 

4


Indemnitee and shall include or be preceded or accompanied by a written undertaking by or on behalf of Indemnitee to repay any Expenses advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses. Any advances and undertakings to repay pursuant to this Section 5 shall be unsecured and interest free.

6. Procedures and Presumptions for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification . It is the intent of this Agreement to secure for Indemnitee rights of indemnity that are as favorable as may be permitted under the DGCL and public policy of the State of Delaware. Accordingly, the parties agree that the following procedures and presumptions shall apply in the event of any question as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement:

(a) To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification. The Secretary of the Company shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any failure of Indemnitee to provide such a request to the Company, or to provide such a request in a timely fashion, shall not relieve the Company of any liability that it may have to Indemnitee unless, and to the extent that, such failure actually and materially prejudices the interests of the Company.

(b) Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to the first sentence of Section 6(a) hereof, a determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case by one of the following four methods, which shall be at the election of the Board: (i) unless a Change in Control has occurred: (1) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum, (2) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum, (3) if there are no Disinterested Directors or if the Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to the Indemnitee, or (4) if so directed by the Board, by the stockholders of the Company; and (ii) if a Change in Control has occurred, then by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to the Indemnitee. For purposes hereof, Disinterested Directors are those members of the Board who are not parties to the action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

(c) If the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 6(b) hereof, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 6(c) . The Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board. Indemnitee may, within 10 days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “ Independent Counsel ” as defined in Section 13 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If a written objection is made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel selected may not serve as

 

5


Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within 20 days after submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 6(a) hereof, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or other court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Indemnitee to the Company’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 6(b) hereof. The Company shall pay any and all reasonable fees and expenses of Independent Counsel incurred by such Independent Counsel in connection with acting pursuant to Section 6(b) hereof, and the Company shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses incident to the procedures of this Section 6(c) , regardless of the manner in which such Independent Counsel was selected or appointed.

(d) In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence. Neither the failure of the Company (including by its Board or Independent Counsel) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Company (including by its Board or Independent Counsel) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

(e) Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Enterprise, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of the Enterprise (as hereinafter defined) in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Enterprise. In addition, the knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement. Whether or not the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(e) are satisfied, it shall in any event be presumed that Indemnitee has at all times acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

(f) If the person, persons or entity empowered or selected under Section 6 to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Company of the request therefor, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not

 

6


materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law; provided, however, that such 60-day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional thirty (30) days, if the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time to obtain or evaluate documentation and/or information relating thereto; and provided, further, that the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(f) shall not apply if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by the stockholders pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement and if (A) within fifteen (15) days after receipt by the Company of the request for such determination, the Board or the Disinterested Directors, if appropriate, resolve to submit such determination to the stockholders for their consideration at an annual meeting thereof to be held within seventy-five (75) days after such receipt and such determination is made thereat, or (B) a special meeting of stockholders is called within fifteen (15) days after such receipt for the purpose of making such determination, such meeting is held for such purpose within sixty (60) days after having been so called and such determination is made thereat.

(g) Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any Independent Counsel, member of the Board or stockholder of the Company shall act reasonably and in good faith in making a determination regarding the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement. Any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.

(h) The Company acknowledges that a settlement or other disposition short of final judgment may be successful if it permits a party to avoid expense, delay, distraction, disruption and uncertainty. In the event that any action, claim or proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party is resolved in any manner other than by adverse judgment against Indemnitee (including, without limitation, settlement of such action, claim or proceeding with or without payment of money or other consideration) it shall be presumed that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in such action, suit or proceeding. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

(i) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

 

7


7. Remedies of Indemnitee .

(a) In the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 5 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification is made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement within 90 days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification, (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to this Agreement within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor or (v) payment of indemnification is not made within ten (10) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or such determination is deemed to have been made pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication in an appropriate court of the State of Delaware, or in any other court of competent jurisdiction, of Indemnitee’s entitlement to such indemnification. Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication within 180 days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 7(a) . The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication.

(b) In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 7 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial on the merits, and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of the adverse determination under Section 6(b) .

(c) If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 7 , absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s misstatement not materially misleading in connection with the application for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

(d) In the event that Indemnitee, pursuant to this Section 7 , seeks a judicial adjudication of his rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement, or to recover under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, the Company shall pay on his behalf, in advance, any and all expenses (of the types described in the definition of Expenses in Section 13 of this Agreement) actually and reasonably incurred by him in such judicial adjudication, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of expenses or insurance recovery.

(e) The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 7 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against any and all Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefore) advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, such expenses to Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection

 

8


with any action brought by Indemnitee for indemnification or advance of Expenses from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of Expenses or insurance recovery, as the case may be.

(f) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding.

8. Non-Exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Primacy of Indemnification; Subrogation .

(a) The rights of indemnification as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders, a resolution of Board or otherwise. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in the DGCL, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification than would be afforded currently under the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

(b) To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, officers, employees, or agents or fiduciaries of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person serves at the request of the Company, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary under such policy or policies. If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

(c) The Company hereby acknowledges that Indemnitee has or may have in the future certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by other entities and/or organizations (collectively, the “Secondary Indemnitors”). The Company hereby agrees (i) that it is the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to Indemnitee are primary and any obligation of the Secondary Indemnitors to advance expenses or

 

9


to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by Indemnitee are secondary), (ii) that it shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall be liable for the full amount of all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement to the extent legally permitted and as required by the terms of this Agreement and the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company (or any other agreement between the Company and Indemnitee), without regard to any rights Indemnitee may have against the Secondary Indemnitors, and, (iii) that it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Secondary Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Secondary Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Secondary Indemnitors on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which Indemnitee has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing and the Secondary Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee against the Company. The Company and Indemnitee agree that the Secondary Indemnitors are express third party beneficiaries of the terms of this Section 8(c).

(d) Except as provided in paragraph (c) above, in the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee (other than against the Secondary Indemnitors), who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

(e) Except as provided in paragraph (c) above, the Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

(f) Except as provided in paragraph (c) above, the Company’s obligation to indemnify or advance Expenses hereunder to Indemnitee who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification or advancement of expenses from such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise.

9. Exception to Right of Indemnification . Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnity in connection with any claim made against Indemnitee:

(a) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision, provided, that the foregoing shall not affect the rights of Indemnitee or the Secondary Indemnitors set forth in Section 8(c) above;

 

10


(b) for an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law;

(c) in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Board authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) prior to its initiation or (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law;

(d) with respect to remuneration paid to Indemnitee if it is determined by final judgment or other final adjudication that such remuneration was in violation of law (and, in this respect, both the Company and Indemnitee have been advised that the Securities and Exchange Commission believes that indemnification for liabilities arising under the federal securities laws is against public policy and is, therefore, unenforceable and that claims for indemnification should be submitted to appropriate courts for adjudication, as indicated in the last paragraph of this Section 9 below);

(e) a final judgment or other final adjudication is made that Indemnitee’s conduct was in bad faith, knowingly fraudulent or deliberately dishonest or constituted willful misconduct (but only to the extent of such specific determination);

(f) in connection with any claim for reimbursement of the Company by Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Exchange Act (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), if Indemnitee is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement); or

(g) on account of conduct that is established by a final judgment as constituting a breach of Indemnitee’s duty of loyalty to the Company or resulting in any personal profit or advantage to which Indemnitee is not legally entitled.

For purposes of this Section 9, a final judgment or other adjudication may be reached in either the underlying proceeding or action in connection with which indemnification is sought or a separate proceeding or action to establish rights and liabilities under this Agreement.

Any provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to indemnify Indemnitee or otherwise act in violation of any undertaking appearing in and required by the rules and regulations promulgated under the Securities Act, or in any registration statement filed with the SEC under the Securities Act. Indemnitee acknowledges that paragraph (h) of Item 512 of Regulation S-K currently generally requires the Company to undertake in connection with any registration statement filed under the Securities Act to submit the issue of the enforceability of Indemnitee’s rights under this

 

11


Agreement in connection with any liability under the Securities Act on public policy grounds to a court of appropriate jurisdiction and to be governed by any final adjudication of such issue. Indemnitee specifically agrees that any such undertaking shall supersede the provisions of this Agreement and to be bound by any such undertaking.

10. Duration of Agreement . All agreements and obligations of the Company contained herein shall continue during the period Indemnitee is an officer or director of the Company (or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise) and shall continue thereafter so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to any Proceeding (or any proceeding commenced under Section 7 hereof) by reason of his Corporate Status, whether or not he is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), assigns, spouses, heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives.

11. Security . To the extent requested by Indemnitee and approved by the Board, the Company may at any time and from time to time provide security to Indemnitee for the Company’s obligations hereunder through an irrevocable bank line of credit, funded trust or other collateral. Any such security, once provided to Indemnitee, may not be revoked or released without the prior written consent of the Indemnitee.

12. Enforcement .

(a) The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumes the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as an officer or director of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as an officer or director of the Company.

(b) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

13. Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement:

(a) “ Beneficial Owner ” shall have the meaning given to such term in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act; provided, however, that Beneficial Owner shall exclude any Person otherwise becoming a Beneficial Owner by reason of the stockholders of the Company approving a merger of the Company with another entity.

(b) “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

12


(c) “ Change in Control ” means the earliest to occur after the date of this Agreement of any of the following events:

(i) Acquisition of Stock by Third Party. Any Person is or becomes the Beneficial Owner (as defined above), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing twenty five percent (25%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities;

(ii) Change in Board. During any period of two (2) consecutive years (not including any period prior to the execution of this Agreement), individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board, and any new director (other than a director designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in clause (i), (ii) or (iv) of this definition of Change in control) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a least a majority of the members of the Board;

(iii) Corporate Transactions. The effective date of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than 51% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation and with the power to elect at least a majority of the Board or other governing body of such surviving entity;

(iv) Liquidation. The approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; and

(v) Other Events. There occurs any other event of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or a response to any similar item on any similar schedule or form) promulgated under the Exchange Act, whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement.

(d) “ Corporate Status ” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person is or was serving at the express written request of the Company.

(e) “ Disinterested Director ” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

(f) “ Enterprise ” shall mean the Company and any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that Indemnitee is or was serving at the express written request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary.

 

13


(g) “ Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(h) “ Expenses ” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, participating, or being or preparing to be a witness in a Proceeding, or responding to, or objecting to, a request to provide discovery in any Proceeding. Expenses also shall include Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding and any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on the Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersede as bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.

(i) “ Independent Counsel ” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

(j) “ Person ” for purposes of the definition of Beneficial Owner and Change in Control set forth above, shall have the meaning as set forth in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act; provided, however, that Person shall exclude (i) the Company, (ii) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, and (iii) any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.

(k) “ Proceeding ” includes any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought by or in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party or otherwise, by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was an officer or director of the Company, by reason of any

 

14


action taken by him or of any inaction on his part while acting as an officer or director of the Company, or by reason of the fact that he is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other Enterprise; in each case whether or not he is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement; including one pending on or before the date of this Agreement, but excluding one initiated by an Indemnitee pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement to enforce his rights under this Agreement.

(l) “ Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

14. Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision hereof shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Agreement is intended to confer upon Indemnitee indemnification rights to the fullest extent permitted by applicable laws. In the event any provision hereof conflicts with any applicable law, such provision shall be deemed modified, consistent with the aforementioned intent, to the extent necessary to resolve such conflict.

15. Modification and Waiver . No supplement, modification, termination or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

16. Notice By Indemnitee . Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing upon being served with or otherwise receiving any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification covered hereunder. The failure to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise unless and only to the extent that such failure or delay materially prejudices the Company.

17. Notices . All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and if not so confirmed, then on the next business day, (c) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent:

(a) To Indemnitee at the address set forth below Indemnitee signature hereto.

(b) To the Company at:

Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc.

521 Cottonwood Drive, Suite 100

Milpitas, CA 95035-7404

Attention: President and Chief Executive Officer

 

15


or to such other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company or to the Company by Indemnitee, as the case may be.

18. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. This Agreement may also be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

19. Headings . The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

20. Governing Law and Consent to Jurisdiction.  This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. The Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware (the “ Delaware Court ”), and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) appoint, to the extent such party is not otherwise subject to service of process in the State of Delaware, irrevocably Corporation Service Company as its agent in the State of Delaware as such party’s agent for acceptance of legal process in connection with any such action or proceeding against such party with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within the State of Delaware, (iv) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court, and (v) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOLLOW]

 

16


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on and as of the day and year first above written.

 

COMPANY
P ROTAGONIST T HERAPEUTICS , I NC .
By:  

 

  Name:   Dinesh V. Patel, Ph.D.
  Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer
INDEMNITEE

 

Name:  
Address:  

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Indemnity Agreement]

Exhibit 10.9

EMPLOYEE SEVERANCE AGREEMENT

T HIS E MPLOYEE S EVERANCE A GREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of the 1st day of August, 2016, by and between Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Dinesh V. Patel, Ph.D. (the “ Employee ”).

Statement of Purpose

W HEREAS , Employee is currently employed by the Company as an at-will employee;

W HEREAS , notwithstanding the at-will nature of the employment relationship between Employee and the Company, the Company has agreed to provide Employee with severance pay if Employee’s employment with the Company is terminated by the Company without Cause pursuant to the terms set forth below.

N OW , T HEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing, the mutual agreements contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1. At-Will Employment . Employee acknowledges and agrees that Employee’s employment relationship with the Company is at will. This Agreement does not in any way alter Employee’s at-will status or limit the Company’s or Employee’s right to terminate Employee’s employment with the Company at any time, with or without cause.

2. Effect of Termination of Employment.

(a) Accrued Obligations. When Employee’s employment with the Company is terminated for any reason, Employee, or Employee’s estate, as the case may be, will be entitled to receive (i) an amount in cash equal to any accrued but unpaid base salary owing by the Company to Employee as of the date of termination, (ii) any unpaid reimbursements relating to business expenses incurred by Employee prior to the date of termination, (iii) any accrued but unused vacation time in accordance with Company policy and (iv) vested entitlements under any other Company benefit plan or program as determined thereunder .

(b) Separation Benefits upon Certain Terminations. If the Company terminates Employee’s employment without Cause or Employee terminates employment for Good Reason, then conditioned upon Employee satisfying the Release conditions set forth below, the Company will provide Employee with the following benefits (the “ Separation Benefits ”): (i) payment of Employee’s then-current base salary for a period of 12 months (18 months in the case of a Change in Control Termination); (ii) conditioned upon Employee’s proper and timely election to continue his health insurance benefits under COBRA after the termination of Employee’s employment, reimbursement of Employee’s applicable COBRA premiums for the lesser of 12 months (18 months in the case of a Change in Control Termination) following termination or until Employee becomes eligible for insurance benefits from another employer, provided, however, that the Company has the right to terminate such payment of COBRA premium reimbursement to Employee and instead pay Employee a lump sum amount equal to the applicable COBRA premium multiplied by the number of months remaining in the specified period if the Company determines in its discretion that continued payment of the COBRA

 

1


premiums is or may be discriminatory under Section 105(h) of the Internal Revenue Code; (iii) in the case of a Change in Control Termination, payment of an amount equal to one-twelfth of Employee’s then-current target bonus per month for the number of months during which Employee is receiving salary continuation under clause (i) above; and (iv) in the case of a Change in Control Termination, acceleration of the vesting (and exercisability, as relevant) of all unvested and/or unexercisable equity awards held by Employee as of immediately prior to termination. The Separation Benefits are conditioned upon Employee executing a general release of claims in a form acceptable to the Company (the “ Release ”) within the time specified therein, which Release is not revoked within any time period allowed for revocation under applicable law. The Separation Benefits will be payable to Employee over time in accordance with the Company’s payroll practices and procedures, subject to required withholding, beginning as soon as practicable (but no more than thirty (30) days) following the Release becoming irrevocable; provided, however, that if the Release revocation period spans two calendar years, payments will begin in the second of those calendar years to the extent required to avoid adverse taxation under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code (the “ Code ”).

(c) Definitions.

(i) Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Cause ” means: (A) Employee’s fraud, embezzlement or misappropriation with respect to the Company; (B) Employee’s material breach of fiduciary duties to the Company; (C) Employee’s willful or negligent misconduct that has or may reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the property, business, or reputation of the Company; (D) Employee’s material breach of any employment agreement or other agreement between Employee and Company; (E) Employee’s willful failure or refusal to perform his/her material duties as an employee of the Company or failure to follow any specific lawful instructions of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company; (F) Employee’s conviction or plea of nolo contendere in respect of a felony or of a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude; (G) Employee’s alcohol or substance abuse which has a material adverse effect on Employee’s ability to perform his duties to the Company or the property, business, or reputation of the Company; or (H) Employee’s failure to comply with the Company’s workplace rules, policies, or procedures. In the event that the Company concludes that Employee has engaged in acts constituting in Cause as defined in clause (C), (D), (E), or (G) above, prior to terminating Employee’s employment for Cause the Company will provide Employee with at least fifteen (15) days’ advance written notice of the specific circumstances constituting such Cause, and an opportunity to correct such circumstances to the extent correctable.

(ii) Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” means the occurrence of any of the following without Employee’s express written permission: (A) material diminution of Employee’s duties, authority or responsibilities, relative to Employee’s duties authority or responsibilities as in effect immediately prior to such reduction; provided, however, that the acquisition of the Company and subsequent conversion of the Company to a division or unit of the acquiring company will not by itself result in a material diminution under this clause (A); (B) material diminution in Employee’s base salary; or (C) a change by more than 50 miles in the primary geographic location at which Employee is required to perform services hereunder; provided that Employee has given prompt notice to the Company of the existence of such condition (but in no event later than ninety (90) days after its initial existence), Employee has provided the Company with a minimum of thirty (30) days following such notice to cure

 

2


such condition, and, if the Company fails to cure such condition, Employee then terminates employment within thirty (30) days of the end of such cure period.

(iii) Change in Control. For purposes of this Agreement, “Change in Control” has the meaning set forth in the Company’s 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, as it may be amended, or any successor plan thereto.

(iv) Change in Control Termination. For purposes of this Agreement, “Change in Control Termination” means a termination of Employee’s employment by the Company without Cause or by Employee for Good Reason, in each case within 12 months following a Change in Control.

(d) Certain Terminations Excluded. For avoidance of doubt, the termination of Employee’s employment: (i) by the Company for Cause; (ii) as a result of Employee’s resignation other than for Good Reason; or (iii) as a result of Employee’s death or disability (meaning the inability of Employee, due to the condition of his physical, mental or emotional health, effectively to perform the essential functions of his job with or without reasonable accommodation for a continuous period of more than 90 days or for 90 days in any period of 180 consecutive days, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion in consultation with a physician retained by the Company), will not constitute a termination without Cause triggering the rights described in Section 2(b) above.

(e) Application of Internal Revenue Code Section 409A. The intent of the parties is that payments and benefits under this Agreement comply with or be exempt from Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and other guidance thereunder and any state law of similar effect (collectively “ Section 409A ”), and this Agreement shall be interpreted and construed in a manner that establishes an exemption from (or compliance with) the requirements of Section 409A. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, any payments and benefits provided under this Section 2 that constitute “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A will not commence in connection with Employee’s termination of employment unless and until Employee has also incurred a “separation from service” (as such term is defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h) (a “ Separation From Service ”), unless the Company reasonably determines that such amounts may be provided to Employee without causing Employee to incur additional taxes under Section 409A. The parties intend that each installment of the Separation Benefits payments provided for in this Agreement is a separate “payment” for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(i). For the avoidance of doubt, the parties intend that payments of the Separation Benefits set forth in this Agreement satisfy, to the greatest extent possible, the exemptions from the application of Section 409A provided under Treasury Regulation Sections 1.409A-1(b)(4) and 1.409A-1(b)(9). However, if the Company determines that the Separation Benefits constitute “deferred compensation” under Section 409A and Employee is, on the termination of service, a “specified employee” of the Company or any successor entity thereto, as such term is defined in Section 409A, then, solely to the extent necessary to avoid the incurrence of the adverse personal tax consequences under Section 409A, the timing of the Separation Benefits payments will be delayed until the earlier to occur of: (i) the date that is six months and one day after Employee’s Separation From Service, or (ii) the date of Employee’s death (such applicable date, the “ Specified Employee Initial Payment Date ”), and the Company (or the successor entity thereto, as applicable) will (A) pay to

 

3


Employee a lump sum amount equal to the sum of the Separation Benefits payments that Employee would otherwise have received through the Specified Employee Initial Payment Date if the commencement of the payment of the Separation Benefits had not been so delayed pursuant to this Section, and (B) commence paying the balance of the Separation Benefits in accordance with the applicable payment schedules set forth in this Agreement. With respect to any reimbursement or in-kind benefit plans, policies or arrangements of the Company that constitute deferred compensation for purposes of Section 409A, except as otherwise permitted by Section 409A, the following conditions shall be applicable: (i) the amount eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits provided, under any such plan, policy or arrangement in one calendar year may not affect the amount eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits to be provided, under such plan, policy or arrangement in any other calendar year (except that the health and dental plans may impose a limit on the amount that may be reimbursed or paid), (ii) any reimbursement must be made on or before the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the expense was incurred, and (iii) the right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

(f) Application of Internal Revenue Code Section 280G. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, to the extent that any of the payments and benefits provided for under this Agreement or any other agreement or arrangement between Employee and the Company or its affiliates (collectively, the “ Payments ”) (i) constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code and (ii) but for this paragraph, would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then the Payments shall be payable either (i) in full or (ii) as to such lesser amount which would result in no portion of such Payments being subject to an excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code, whichever of the foregoing amounts, taking into account the applicable federal, state and local income taxes and the excise tax imposed by Section 4999, results in Employee’s receipt on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of benefits, notwithstanding that all or some portion of such benefits may be taxable under Section 4999 of the Code. Unless Employee and the Company otherwise agree in writing, any determination required under this paragraph shall be made in writing by the Company’s independent public accountants, whose determination shall be conclusive and binding upon Employee and the Company for all purposes. If a reduction in payments or benefits constituting “parachute payments” is necessary, reduction shall occur in the following order: (A) cash payments shall be reduced first and in reverse chronological order such that the cash payment owed on the latest date following the occurrence of the event triggering such excise tax will be the first cash payment to be reduced; (B) accelerated vesting of equity awards shall be cancelled/reduced next and in the reverse order of the date of grant for such stock awards (i.e., the vesting of the most recently granted stock awards will be reduced first); and (C) employee benefits shall be reduced last and in reverse chronological order such that the benefit owed on the latest date following the occurrence of the event triggering such excise tax will be the first benefit to be reduced.

3. Miscellaneous.

(a) Entire Agreement; No Further Obligations. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements (whether written or oral and whether express or implied) between the parties to the extent related to such subject matter. Notwithstanding the generality of the foregoing, with

 

4


respect to any equity awards held by Employee, this Agreement supersedes any contrary provisions in (i) Employee’s equity grant notice and agreement, (ii) the equity plan pursuant to which the equity award was issued and/or (iii) any other agreement that may have been entered into by Employee with the Company that contains a preexisting right with respect to the benefits, including severance, as discussed herein. Except as expressly provided above or as otherwise required by law, the Company will have no obligations to Employee in the event of the termination of Employee’s employment with the Company for any reason.

(b) Successors and Assigns. This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective successors, permitted assigns and, in the case of Employee, heirs, executors, and/or personal representatives. Employee may not assign, delegate or otherwise transfer any of Employee’s rights, interests or obligations in this Agreement without the prior written approval of the Company.

(c) Notices. Any notice pursuant to this Agreement must be in writing and will be deemed effectively given to the other party on (i) the date it is actually delivered by overnight courier service (such as FedEx) or personal delivery of such notice in person; or (ii) five days after the date it is mailed by certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; in the case of Employee, to his/her most recent address as shown in the records of the Company, and in the case of the Company, to its then-current corporate headquarters, addressed to the attention of the Chief Executive Officer.

(d) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same agreement. Facsimile or PDF reproductions of original signatures will be deemed binding for the purpose of the execution of this Agreement.

(e) Amendments and Waivers. No amendment of any provision of this Agreement will be valid unless the amendment is in writing and signed by the Company and Employee. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement will be valid unless the waiver is in writing and signed by the waiving party. The failure of a party at any time to require performance of any provision of this Agreement will not affect such party’s rights at a later time to enforce such provision. No waiver by a party of any breach of this Agreement will be deemed to extend to any other breach hereunder or affect in any way any rights arising by virtue of any other breach.

(f) Severability. Each provision of this Agreement is severable from every other provision of this Agreement. Any provision of this Agreement that is determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable will not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision. Any provision of this Agreement held invalid or unenforceable only in part or degree will remain in full force and effect to the extent not held invalid or unenforceable.

(g) Construction. The section headings in this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and are not intended to affect the interpretation of this Agreement. Any reference in this Agreement to any “ Section ” refers to the corresponding Section of this Agreement. The word “including” in this Agreement means “including without limitation.” All words in this Agreement will be construed to be of such gender or number as the circumstances require.

(h) Governing Law. This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California without giving effect to any choice or conflict of law principles of any jurisdiction.

 

5


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed and delivered this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

EMPLOYEE:    

COMPANY:

 

Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc.

/s/ Dinesh V. Patel     By:   /s/ Harold E. Selick
Dinesh V. Patel, Ph.D.      

Harold E. Selick, Ph.D.

Chairman of the Board of Directors

 

Signature Page to

Employee Severance Agreement

Exhibit 10.10

EMPLOYEE SEVERANCE AGREEMENT

T HIS E MPLOYEE S EVERANCE A GREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of the 1st day of August, 2016, by and between Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and David Y. Liu, Ph.D. (the “ Employee ”).

Statement of Purpose

W HEREAS , Employee is currently employed by the Company as an at-will employee;

W HEREAS , notwithstanding the at-will nature of the employment relationship between Employee and the Company, the Company has agreed to provide Employee with severance pay if Employee’s employment with the Company is terminated by the Company without Cause pursuant to the terms set forth below.

N OW , T HEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing, the mutual agreements contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1. At-Will Employment . Employee acknowledges and agrees that Employee’s employment relationship with the Company is at will. This Agreement does not in any way alter Employee’s at-will status or limit the Company’s or Employee’s right to terminate Employee’s employment with the Company at any time, with or without cause.

2. Effect of Termination of Employment.

(a) Accrued Obligations. When Employee’s employment with the Company is terminated for any reason, Employee, or Employee’s estate, as the case may be, will be entitled to receive (i) an amount in cash equal to any accrued but unpaid base salary owing by the Company to Employee as of the date of termination, (ii) any unpaid reimbursements relating to business expenses incurred by Employee prior to the date of termination, (iii) any accrued but unused vacation time in accordance with Company policy and (iv) vested entitlements under any other Company benefit plan or program as determined thereunder .

(b) Separation Benefits upon Certain Terminations. If the Company terminates Employee’s employment without Cause or Employee terminates employment for Good Reason, then conditioned upon Employee satisfying the Release conditions set forth below, the Company will provide Employee with the following benefits (the “ Separation Benefits ”): (i) payment of Employee’s then-current base salary for a period of 9 months (12 months in the case of a Change in Control Termination); (ii) conditioned upon Employee’s proper and timely election to continue his health insurance benefits under COBRA after the termination of Employee’s employment, reimbursement of Employee’s applicable COBRA premiums for the lesser of 9 months (12 months in the case of a Change in Control Termination) following termination or until Employee becomes eligible for insurance benefits from another employer, provided, however, that the Company has the right to terminate such payment of COBRA premium reimbursement to Employee and instead pay Employee a lump sum amount equal to the applicable COBRA premium multiplied by the number of months remaining in the specified period if the Company determines in its discretion that continued payment of the COBRA

 

1


premiums is or may be discriminatory under Section 105(h) of the Internal Revenue Code; (iii) in the case of a Change in Control Termination, payment of an amount equal to one-twelfth of Employee’s then-current target bonus per month for the number of months during which Employee is receiving salary continuation under clause (i) above; and (iv) in the case of a Change in Control Termination, acceleration of the vesting (and exercisability, as relevant) of all unvested and/or unexercisable equity awards held by Employee as of immediately prior to termination. The Separation Benefits are conditioned upon Employee executing a general release of claims in a form acceptable to the Company (the “ Release ”) within the time specified therein, which Release is not revoked within any time period allowed for revocation under applicable law. The Separation Benefits will be payable to Employee over time in accordance with the Company’s payroll practices and procedures, subject to required withholding, beginning as soon as practicable (but no more than thirty (30) days) following the Release becoming irrevocable; provided, however, that if the Release revocation period spans two calendar years, payments will begin in the second of those calendar years to the extent required to avoid adverse taxation under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code (the “ Code ”).

(c) Definitions.

(i) Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Cause ” means: (A) Employee’s fraud, embezzlement or misappropriation with respect to the Company; (B) Employee’s material breach of fiduciary duties to the Company; (C) Employee’s willful or negligent misconduct that has or may reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the property, business, or reputation of the Company; (D) Employee’s material breach of any employment agreement or other agreement between Employee and Company; (E) Employee’s willful failure or refusal to perform his/her material duties as an employee of the Company or failure to follow any specific lawful instructions of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company; (F) Employee’s conviction or plea of nolo contendere in respect of a felony or of a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude; (G) Employee’s alcohol or substance abuse which has a material adverse effect on Employee’s ability to perform his duties to the Company or the property, business, or reputation of the Company; or (H) Employee’s failure to comply with the Company’s workplace rules, policies, or procedures. In the event that the Company concludes that Employee has engaged in acts constituting in Cause as defined in clause (C), (D), (E), or (G) above, prior to terminating Employee’s employment for Cause the Company will provide Employee with at least fifteen (15) days’ advance written notice of the specific circumstances constituting such Cause, and an opportunity to correct such circumstances to the extent correctable.

(ii) Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” means the occurrence of any of the following without Employee’s express written permission: (A) material diminution of Employee’s duties, authority or responsibilities, relative to Employee’s duties authority or responsibilities as in effect immediately prior to such reduction; provided, however, that the acquisition of the Company and subsequent conversion of the Company to a division or unit of the acquiring company will not by itself result in a material diminution under this clause (A); (B) material diminution in Employee’s base salary; or (C) a change by more than 50 miles in the primary geographic location at which Employee is required to perform services hereunder; provided that Employee has given prompt notice to the Company of the existence of such condition (but in no event later than ninety (90) days after its initial existence), Employee has provided the Company with a minimum of thirty (30) days following such notice to cure

 

2


such condition, and, if the Company fails to cure such condition, Employee then terminates employment within thirty (30) days of the end of such cure period.

(iii) Change in Control. For purposes of this Agreement, “Change in Control” has the meaning set forth in the Company’s 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, as it may be amended, or any successor plan thereto.

(iv) Change in Control Termination. For purposes of this Agreement, “Change in Control Termination” means a termination of Employee’s employment by the Company without Cause or by Employee for Good Reason, in each case within 12 months following a Change in Control.

(d) Certain Terminations Excluded. For avoidance of doubt, the termination of Employee’s employment: (i) by the Company for Cause; (ii) as a result of Employee’s resignation other than for Good Reason; or (iii) as a result of Employee’s death or disability (meaning the inability of Employee, due to the condition of his physical, mental or emotional health, effectively to perform the essential functions of his job with or without reasonable accommodation for a continuous period of more than 90 days or for 90 days in any period of 180 consecutive days, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion in consultation with a physician retained by the Company), will not constitute a termination without Cause triggering the rights described in Section 2(b) above.

(e) Application of Internal Revenue Code Section 409A. The intent of the parties is that payments and benefits under this Agreement comply with or be exempt from Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and other guidance thereunder and any state law of similar effect (collectively “ Section 409A ”), and this Agreement shall be interpreted and construed in a manner that establishes an exemption from (or compliance with) the requirements of Section 409A. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, any payments and benefits provided under this Section 2 that constitute “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A will not commence in connection with Employee’s termination of employment unless and until Employee has also incurred a “separation from service” (as such term is defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h) (a “ Separation From Service ”), unless the Company reasonably determines that such amounts may be provided to Employee without causing Employee to incur additional taxes under Section 409A. The parties intend that each installment of the Separation Benefits payments provided for in this Agreement is a separate “payment” for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(i). For the avoidance of doubt, the parties intend that payments of the Separation Benefits set forth in this Agreement satisfy, to the greatest extent possible, the exemptions from the application of Section 409A provided under Treasury Regulation Sections 1.409A-1(b)(4) and 1.409A-1(b)(9). However, if the Company determines that the Separation Benefits constitute “deferred compensation” under Section 409A and Employee is, on the termination of service, a “specified employee” of the Company or any successor entity thereto, as such term is defined in Section 409A, then, solely to the extent necessary to avoid the incurrence of the adverse personal tax consequences under Section 409A, the timing of the Separation Benefits payments will be delayed until the earlier to occur of: (i) the date that is six months and one day after Employee’s Separation From Service, or (ii) the date of Employee’s death (such applicable date, the “ Specified Employee Initial Payment Date ”), and the Company (or the successor entity thereto, as applicable) will (A) pay to

 

3


Employee a lump sum amount equal to the sum of the Separation Benefits payments that Employee would otherwise have received through the Specified Employee Initial Payment Date if the commencement of the payment of the Separation Benefits had not been so delayed pursuant to this Section, and (B) commence paying the balance of the Separation Benefits in accordance with the applicable payment schedules set forth in this Agreement. With respect to any reimbursement or in-kind benefit plans, policies or arrangements of the Company that constitute deferred compensation for purposes of Section 409A, except as otherwise permitted by Section 409A, the following conditions shall be applicable: (i) the amount eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits provided, under any such plan, policy or arrangement in one calendar year may not affect the amount eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits to be provided, under such plan, policy or arrangement in any other calendar year (except that the health and dental plans may impose a limit on the amount that may be reimbursed or paid), (ii) any reimbursement must be made on or before the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the expense was incurred, and (iii) the right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

(f) Application of Internal Revenue Code Section 280G. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, to the extent that any of the payments and benefits provided for under this Agreement or any other agreement or arrangement between Employee and the Company or its affiliates (collectively, the “ Payments ”) (i) constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code and (ii) but for this paragraph, would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then the Payments shall be payable either (i) in full or (ii) as to such lesser amount which would result in no portion of such Payments being subject to an excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code, whichever of the foregoing amounts, taking into account the applicable federal, state and local income taxes and the excise tax imposed by Section 4999, results in Employee’s receipt on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of benefits, notwithstanding that all or some portion of such benefits may be taxable under Section 4999 of the Code. Unless Employee and the Company otherwise agree in writing, any determination required under this paragraph shall be made in writing by the Company’s independent public accountants, whose determination shall be conclusive and binding upon Employee and the Company for all purposes. If a reduction in payments or benefits constituting “parachute payments” is necessary, reduction shall occur in the following order: (A) cash payments shall be reduced first and in reverse chronological order such that the cash payment owed on the latest date following the occurrence of the event triggering such excise tax will be the first cash payment to be reduced; (B) accelerated vesting of equity awards shall be cancelled/reduced next and in the reverse order of the date of grant for such stock awards (i.e., the vesting of the most recently granted stock awards will be reduced first); and (C) employee benefits shall be reduced last and in reverse chronological order such that the benefit owed on the latest date following the occurrence of the event triggering such excise tax will be the first benefit to be reduced.

3. Miscellaneous.

(a) Entire Agreement; No Further Obligations. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements (whether written or oral and whether express or implied) between the parties to the extent related to such subject matter. Notwithstanding the generality of the foregoing, with

 

4


respect to any equity awards held by Employee, this Agreement supersedes any contrary provisions in (i) Employee’s equity grant notice and agreement, (ii) the equity plan pursuant to which the equity award was issued and/or (iii) any other agreement that may have been entered into by Employee with the Company that contains a preexisting right with respect to the benefits, including severance, as discussed herein. Except as expressly provided above or as otherwise required by law, the Company will have no obligations to Employee in the event of the termination of Employee’s employment with the Company for any reason.

(b) Successors and Assigns. This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective successors, permitted assigns and, in the case of Employee, heirs, executors, and/or personal representatives. Employee may not assign, delegate or otherwise transfer any of Employee’s rights, interests or obligations in this Agreement without the prior written approval of the Company.

(c) Notices. Any notice pursuant to this Agreement must be in writing and will be deemed effectively given to the other party on (i) the date it is actually delivered by overnight courier service (such as FedEx) or personal delivery of such notice in person; or (ii) five days after the date it is mailed by certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; in the case of Employee, to his/her most recent address as shown in the records of the Company, and in the case of the Company, to its then-current corporate headquarters, addressed to the attention of the Chief Executive Officer.

(d) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same agreement. Facsimile or PDF reproductions of original signatures will be deemed binding for the purpose of the execution of this Agreement.

(e) Amendments and Waivers. No amendment of any provision of this Agreement will be valid unless the amendment is in writing and signed by the Company and Employee. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement will be valid unless the waiver is in writing and signed by the waiving party. The failure of a party at any time to require performance of any provision of this Agreement will not affect such party’s rights at a later time to enforce such provision. No waiver by a party of any breach of this Agreement will be deemed to extend to any other breach hereunder or affect in any way any rights arising by virtue of any other breach.

(f) Severability. Each provision of this Agreement is severable from every other provision of this Agreement. Any provision of this Agreement that is determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable will not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision. Any provision of this Agreement held invalid or unenforceable only in part or degree will remain in full force and effect to the extent not held invalid or unenforceable.

(g) Construction. The section headings in this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and are not intended to affect the interpretation of this Agreement. Any reference in this Agreement to any “ Section ” refers to the corresponding Section of this Agreement. The word “including” in this Agreement means “including without limitation.” All words in this Agreement will be construed to be of such gender or number as the circumstances require.

(h) Governing Law. This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California without giving effect to any choice or conflict of law principles of any jurisdiction.

 

5


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed and delivered this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

EMPLOYEE:    

COMPANY:

 

Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc.

/s/ David Y. Liu     By:   /s/ Dinesh V. Patel
David Y. Liu, Ph.D.      

Dinesh V. Patel, Ph.D.

President and Chief Executive Officer

Signature Page to

Employee Severance Agreement

Exhibit 10.11

EMPLOYEE SEVERANCE AGREEMENT

T HIS E MPLOYEE S EVERANCE A GREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of the 1st day of August, 2016, by and between Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and William Hodder (the “ Employee ”).

Statement of Purpose

W HEREAS , Employee is currently employed by the Company as an at-will employee;

W HEREAS , notwithstanding the at-will nature of the employment relationship between Employee and the Company, the Company has agreed to provide Employee with severance pay if Employee’s employment with the Company is terminated by the Company without Cause pursuant to the terms set forth below.

N OW , T HEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing, the mutual agreements contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1. At-Will Employment . Employee acknowledges and agrees that Employee’s employment relationship with the Company is at will. This Agreement does not in any way alter Employee’s at-will status or limit the Company’s or Employee’s right to terminate Employee’s employment with the Company at any time, with or without cause.

2. Effect of Termination of Employment.

(a) Accrued Obligations. When Employee’s employment with the Company is terminated for any reason, Employee, or Employee’s estate, as the case may be, will be entitled to receive (i) an amount in cash equal to any accrued but unpaid base salary owing by the Company to Employee as of the date of termination, (ii) any unpaid reimbursements relating to business expenses incurred by Employee prior to the date of termination, (iii) any accrued but unused vacation time in accordance with Company policy and (iv) vested entitlements under any other Company benefit plan or program as determined thereunder .

(b) Separation Benefits upon Certain Terminations. If the Company terminates Employee’s employment without Cause or Employee terminates employment for Good Reason, then conditioned upon Employee satisfying the Release conditions set forth below, the Company will provide Employee with the following benefits (the “ Separation Benefits ”): (i) payment of Employee’s then-current base salary for a period of 9 months (12 months in the case of a Change in Control Termination); (ii) conditioned upon Employee’s proper and timely election to continue his health insurance benefits under COBRA after the termination of Employee’s employment, reimbursement of Employee’s applicable COBRA premiums for the lesser of 9 months (12 months in the case of a Change in Control Termination) following termination or until Employee becomes eligible for insurance benefits from another employer, provided, however, that the Company has the right to terminate such payment of COBRA premium reimbursement to Employee and instead pay Employee a lump sum amount equal to the applicable COBRA premium multiplied by the number of months remaining in the specified period if the Company determines in its discretion that continued payment of the COBRA

 

1


premiums is or may be discriminatory under Section 105(h) of the Internal Revenue Code; (iii) in the case of a Change in Control Termination, payment of an amount equal to one-twelfth of Employee’s then-current target bonus per month for the number of months during which Employee is receiving salary continuation under clause (i) above; and (iv) in the case of a Change in Control Termination, acceleration of the vesting (and exercisability, as relevant) of all unvested and/or unexercisable equity awards held by Employee as of immediately prior to termination. The Separation Benefits are conditioned upon Employee executing a general release of claims in a form acceptable to the Company (the “ Release ”) within the time specified therein, which Release is not revoked within any time period allowed for revocation under applicable law. The Separation Benefits will be payable to Employee over time in accordance with the Company’s payroll practices and procedures, subject to required withholding, beginning as soon as practicable (but no more than thirty (30) days) following the Release becoming irrevocable; provided, however, that if the Release revocation period spans two calendar years, payments will begin in the second of those calendar years to the extent required to avoid adverse taxation under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code (the “ Code ”).

(c) Definitions.

(i) Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Cause ” means: (A) Employee’s fraud, embezzlement or misappropriation with respect to the Company; (B) Employee’s material breach of fiduciary duties to the Company; (C) Employee’s willful or negligent misconduct that has or may reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the property, business, or reputation of the Company; (D) Employee’s material breach of any employment agreement or other agreement between Employee and Company; (E) Employee’s willful failure or refusal to perform his/her material duties as an employee of the Company or failure to follow any specific lawful instructions of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company; (F) Employee’s conviction or plea of nolo contendere in respect of a felony or of a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude; (G) Employee’s alcohol or substance abuse which has a material adverse effect on Employee’s ability to perform his duties to the Company or the property, business, or reputation of the Company; or (H) Employee’s failure to comply with the Company’s workplace rules, policies, or procedures. In the event that the Company concludes that Employee has engaged in acts constituting in Cause as defined in clause (C), (D), (E), or (G) above, prior to terminating Employee’s employment for Cause the Company will provide Employee with at least fifteen (15) days’ advance written notice of the specific circumstances constituting such Cause, and an opportunity to correct such circumstances to the extent correctable.

(ii) Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” means the occurrence of any of the following without Employee’s express written permission: (A) material diminution of Employee’s duties, authority or responsibilities, relative to Employee’s duties authority or responsibilities as in effect immediately prior to such reduction; provided, however, that the acquisition of the Company and subsequent conversion of the Company to a division or unit of the acquiring company will not by itself result in a material diminution under this clause (A); (B) material diminution in Employee’s base salary; or (C) a change by more than 50 miles in the primary geographic location at which Employee is required to perform services hereunder; provided that Employee has given prompt notice to the Company of the existence of such condition (but in no event later than ninety (90) days after its initial existence), Employee has provided the Company with a minimum of thirty (30) days following such notice to cure

 

2


such condition, and, if the Company fails to cure such condition, Employee then terminates employment within thirty (30) days of the end of such cure period.

(iii) Change in Control. For purposes of this Agreement, “Change in Control” has the meaning set forth in the Company’s 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, as it may be amended, or any successor plan thereto.

(iv) Change in Control Termination. For purposes of this Agreement, “Change in Control Termination” means a termination of Employee’s employment by the Company without Cause or by Employee for Good Reason, in each case within 12 months following a Change in Control.

(d) Certain Terminations Excluded. For avoidance of doubt, the termination of Employee’s employment: (i) by the Company for Cause; (ii) as a result of Employee’s resignation other than for Good Reason; or (iii) as a result of Employee’s death or disability (meaning the inability of Employee, due to the condition of his physical, mental or emotional health, effectively to perform the essential functions of his job with or without reasonable accommodation for a continuous period of more than 90 days or for 90 days in any period of 180 consecutive days, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion in consultation with a physician retained by the Company), will not constitute a termination without Cause triggering the rights described in Section 2(b) above.

(e) Application of Internal Revenue Code Section 409A. The intent of the parties is that payments and benefits under this Agreement comply with or be exempt from Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and other guidance thereunder and any state law of similar effect (collectively “ Section 409A ”), and this Agreement shall be interpreted and construed in a manner that establishes an exemption from (or compliance with) the requirements of Section 409A. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, any payments and benefits provided under this Section 2 that constitute “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A will not commence in connection with Employee’s termination of employment unless and until Employee has also incurred a “separation from service” (as such term is defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h) (a “ Separation From Service ”), unless the Company reasonably determines that such amounts may be provided to Employee without causing Employee to incur additional taxes under Section 409A. The parties intend that each installment of the Separation Benefits payments provided for in this Agreement is a separate “payment” for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(i). For the avoidance of doubt, the parties intend that payments of the Separation Benefits set forth in this Agreement satisfy, to the greatest extent possible, the exemptions from the application of Section 409A provided under Treasury Regulation Sections 1.409A-1(b)(4) and 1.409A-1(b)(9). However, if the Company determines that the Separation Benefits constitute “deferred compensation” under Section 409A and Employee is, on the termination of service, a “specified employee” of the Company or any successor entity thereto, as such term is defined in Section 409A, then, solely to the extent necessary to avoid the incurrence of the adverse personal tax consequences under Section 409A, the timing of the Separation Benefits payments will be delayed until the earlier to occur of: (i) the date that is six months and one day after Employee’s Separation From Service, or (ii) the date of Employee’s death (such applicable date, the “ Specified Employee Initial Payment Date ”), and the Company (or the successor entity thereto, as applicable) will (A) pay to

 

3


Employee a lump sum amount equal to the sum of the Separation Benefits payments that Employee would otherwise have received through the Specified Employee Initial Payment Date if the commencement of the payment of the Separation Benefits had not been so delayed pursuant to this Section, and (B) commence paying the balance of the Separation Benefits in accordance with the applicable payment schedules set forth in this Agreement. With respect to any reimbursement or in-kind benefit plans, policies or arrangements of the Company that constitute deferred compensation for purposes of Section 409A, except as otherwise permitted by Section 409A, the following conditions shall be applicable: (i) the amount eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits provided, under any such plan, policy or arrangement in one calendar year may not affect the amount eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits to be provided, under such plan, policy or arrangement in any other calendar year (except that the health and dental plans may impose a limit on the amount that may be reimbursed or paid), (ii) any reimbursement must be made on or before the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the expense was incurred, and (iii) the right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

(f) Application of Internal Revenue Code Section 280G. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, to the extent that any of the payments and benefits provided for under this Agreement or any other agreement or arrangement between Employee and the Company or its affiliates (collectively, the “ Payments ”) (i) constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code and (ii) but for this paragraph, would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then the Payments shall be payable either (i) in full or (ii) as to such lesser amount which would result in no portion of such Payments being subject to an excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code, whichever of the foregoing amounts, taking into account the applicable federal, state and local income taxes and the excise tax imposed by Section 4999, results in Employee’s receipt on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of benefits, notwithstanding that all or some portion of such benefits may be taxable under Section 4999 of the Code. Unless Employee and the Company otherwise agree in writing, any determination required under this paragraph shall be made in writing by the Company’s independent public accountants, whose determination shall be conclusive and binding upon Employee and the Company for all purposes. If a reduction in payments or benefits constituting “parachute payments” is necessary, reduction shall occur in the following order: (A) cash payments shall be reduced first and in reverse chronological order such that the cash payment owed on the latest date following the occurrence of the event triggering such excise tax will be the first cash payment to be reduced; (B) accelerated vesting of equity awards shall be cancelled/reduced next and in the reverse order of the date of grant for such stock awards (i.e., the vesting of the most recently granted stock awards will be reduced first); and (C) employee benefits shall be reduced last and in reverse chronological order such that the benefit owed on the latest date following the occurrence of the event triggering such excise tax will be the first benefit to be reduced.

3. Miscellaneous.

(a) Entire Agreement; No Further Obligations. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements (whether written or oral and whether express or implied) between the parties to the extent related to such subject matter. Notwithstanding the generality of the foregoing, with

 

4


respect to any equity awards held by Employee, this Agreement supersedes any contrary provisions in (i) Employee’s equity grant notice and agreement, (ii) the equity plan pursuant to which the equity award was issued and/or (iii) any other agreement that may have been entered into by Employee with the Company that contains a preexisting right with respect to the benefits, including severance, as discussed herein. Except as expressly provided above or as otherwise required by law, the Company will have no obligations to Employee in the event of the termination of Employee’s employment with the Company for any reason.

(b) Successors and Assigns. This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective successors, permitted assigns and, in the case of Employee, heirs, executors, and/or personal representatives. Employee may not assign, delegate or otherwise transfer any of Employee’s rights, interests or obligations in this Agreement without the prior written approval of the Company.

(c) Notices. Any notice pursuant to this Agreement must be in writing and will be deemed effectively given to the other party on (i) the date it is actually delivered by overnight courier service (such as FedEx) or personal delivery of such notice in person; or (ii) five days after the date it is mailed by certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; in the case of Employee, to his/her most recent address as shown in the records of the Company, and in the case of the Company, to its then-current corporate headquarters, addressed to the attention of the Chief Executive Officer.

(d) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same agreement. Facsimile or PDF reproductions of original signatures will be deemed binding for the purpose of the execution of this Agreement.

(e) Amendments and Waivers. No amendment of any provision of this Agreement will be valid unless the amendment is in writing and signed by the Company and Employee. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement will be valid unless the waiver is in writing and signed by the waiving party. The failure of a party at any time to require performance of any provision of this Agreement will not affect such party’s rights at a later time to enforce such provision. No waiver by a party of any breach of this Agreement will be deemed to extend to any other breach hereunder or affect in any way any rights arising by virtue of any other breach.

(f) Severability. Each provision of this Agreement is severable from every other provision of this Agreement. Any provision of this Agreement that is determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable will not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision. Any provision of this Agreement held invalid or unenforceable only in part or degree will remain in full force and effect to the extent not held invalid or unenforceable.

(g) Construction. The section headings in this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and are not intended to affect the interpretation of this Agreement. Any reference in this Agreement to any “ Section ” refers to the corresponding Section of this Agreement. The word “including” in this Agreement means “including without limitation.” All words in this Agreement will be construed to be of such gender or number as the circumstances require.

(h) Governing Law. This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California without giving effect to any choice or conflict of law principles of any jurisdiction.

 

5


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed and delivered this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

EMPLOYEE:    

COMPANY:

 

Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc.

/s/ William Hodder     By:   /s/ Dinesh V. Patel
William Hodder      

Dinesh V. Patel, Ph.D.

President and Chief Executive Officer

Signature Page to

Employee Severance Agreement

Exhibit 10.12

EMPLOYEE SEVERANCE AGREEMENT

T HIS E MPLOYEE S EVERANCE A GREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of the 1st day of August, 2016, by and between Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Thomas P. O’Neil (the “ Employee ”).

Statement of Purpose

W HEREAS , Employee is currently employed by the Company as an at-will employee;

W HEREAS , notwithstanding the at-will nature of the employment relationship between Employee and the Company, the Company has agreed to provide Employee with severance pay if Employee’s employment with the Company is terminated by the Company without Cause pursuant to the terms set forth below.

N OW , T HEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing, the mutual agreements contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1. At-Will Employment . Employee acknowledges and agrees that Employee’s employment relationship with the Company is at will. This Agreement does not in any way alter Employee’s at-will status or limit the Company’s or Employee’s right to terminate Employee’s employment with the Company at any time, with or without cause.

2. Effect of Termination of Employment.

(a) Accrued Obligations. When Employee’s employment with the Company is terminated for any reason, Employee, or Employee’s estate, as the case may be, will be entitled to receive (i) an amount in cash equal to any accrued but unpaid base salary owing by the Company to Employee as of the date of termination, (ii) any unpaid reimbursements relating to business expenses incurred by Employee prior to the date of termination, (iii) any accrued but unused vacation time in accordance with Company policy and (iv) vested entitlements under any other Company benefit plan or program as determined thereunder .

(b) Separation Benefits upon Certain Terminations. If the Company terminates Employee’s employment without Cause or Employee terminates employment for Good Reason, then conditioned upon Employee satisfying the Release conditions set forth below, the Company will provide Employee with the following benefits (the “ Separation Benefits ”): (i) payment of Employee’s then-current base salary for a period of 9 months (12 months in the case of a Change in Control Termination); (ii) conditioned upon Employee’s proper and timely election to continue his health insurance benefits under COBRA after the termination of Employee’s employment, reimbursement of Employee’s applicable COBRA premiums for the lesser of 9 months (12 months in the case of a Change in Control Termination) following termination or until Employee becomes eligible for insurance benefits from another employer, provided, however, that the Company has the right to terminate such payment of COBRA premium reimbursement to Employee and instead pay Employee a lump sum amount equal to the applicable COBRA premium multiplied by the number of months remaining in the specified period if the Company determines in its discretion that continued payment of the COBRA

 

1


premiums is or may be discriminatory under Section 105(h) of the Internal Revenue Code; (iii) in the case of a Change in Control Termination, payment of an amount equal to one-twelfth of Employee’s then-current target bonus per month for the number of months during which Employee is receiving salary continuation under clause (i) above; and (iv) in the case of a Change in Control Termination, acceleration of the vesting (and exercisability, as relevant) of all unvested and/or unexercisable equity awards held by Employee as of immediately prior to termination. The Separation Benefits are conditioned upon Employee executing a general release of claims in a form acceptable to the Company (the “ Release ”) within the time specified therein, which Release is not revoked within any time period allowed for revocation under applicable law. The Separation Benefits will be payable to Employee over time in accordance with the Company’s payroll practices and procedures, subject to required withholding, beginning as soon as practicable (but no more than thirty (30) days) following the Release becoming irrevocable; provided, however, that if the Release revocation period spans two calendar years, payments will begin in the second of those calendar years to the extent required to avoid adverse taxation under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code (the “ Code ”).

(c) Definitions.

(i) Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Cause ” means: (A) Employee’s fraud, embezzlement or misappropriation with respect to the Company; (B) Employee’s material breach of fiduciary duties to the Company; (C) Employee’s willful or negligent misconduct that has or may reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the property, business, or reputation of the Company; (D) Employee’s material breach of any employment agreement or other agreement between Employee and Company; (E) Employee’s willful failure or refusal to perform his/her material duties as an employee of the Company or failure to follow any specific lawful instructions of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company; (F) Employee’s conviction or plea of nolo contendere in respect of a felony or of a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude; (G) Employee’s alcohol or substance abuse which has a material adverse effect on Employee’s ability to perform his duties to the Company or the property, business, or reputation of the Company; or (H) Employee’s failure to comply with the Company’s workplace rules, policies, or procedures. In the event that the Company concludes that Employee has engaged in acts constituting in Cause as defined in clause (C), (D), (E), or (G) above, prior to terminating Employee’s employment for Cause the Company will provide Employee with at least fifteen (15) days’ advance written notice of the specific circumstances constituting such Cause, and an opportunity to correct such circumstances to the extent correctable.

(ii) Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” means the occurrence of any of the following without Employee’s express written permission: (A) material diminution of Employee’s duties, authority or responsibilities, relative to Employee’s duties authority or responsibilities as in effect immediately prior to such reduction; provided, however, that the acquisition of the Company and subsequent conversion of the Company to a division or unit of the acquiring company will not by itself result in a material diminution under this clause (A); (B) material diminution in Employee’s base salary; or (C) a change by more than 50 miles in the primary geographic location at which Employee is required to perform services hereunder; provided that Employee has given prompt notice to the Company of the existence of such condition (but in no event later than ninety (90) days after its initial existence), Employee has provided the Company with a minimum of thirty (30) days following such notice to cure

 

2


such condition, and, if the Company fails to cure such condition, Employee then terminates employment within thirty (30) days of the end of such cure period.

(iii) Change in Control. For purposes of this Agreement, “Change in Control” has the meaning set forth in the Company’s 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, as it may be amended, or any successor plan thereto.

(iv) Change in Control Termination. For purposes of this Agreement, “Change in Control Termination” means a termination of Employee’s employment by the Company without Cause or by Employee for Good Reason, in each case within 12 months following a Change in Control.

(d) Certain Terminations Excluded. For avoidance of doubt, the termination of Employee’s employment: (i) by the Company for Cause; (ii) as a result of Employee’s resignation other than for Good Reason; or (iii) as a result of Employee’s death or disability (meaning the inability of Employee, due to the condition of his physical, mental or emotional health, effectively to perform the essential functions of his job with or without reasonable accommodation for a continuous period of more than 90 days or for 90 days in any period of 180 consecutive days, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion in consultation with a physician retained by the Company), will not constitute a termination without Cause triggering the rights described in Section 2(b) above.

(e) Application of Internal Revenue Code Section 409A. The intent of the parties is that payments and benefits under this Agreement comply with or be exempt from Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and other guidance thereunder and any state law of similar effect (collectively “ Section 409A ”), and this Agreement shall be interpreted and construed in a manner that establishes an exemption from (or compliance with) the requirements of Section 409A. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, any payments and benefits provided under this Section 2 that constitute “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A will not commence in connection with Employee’s termination of employment unless and until Employee has also incurred a “separation from service” (as such term is defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h) (a “ Separation From Service ”), unless the Company reasonably determines that such amounts may be provided to Employee without causing Employee to incur additional taxes under Section 409A. The parties intend that each installment of the Separation Benefits payments provided for in this Agreement is a separate “payment” for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(i). For the avoidance of doubt, the parties intend that payments of the Separation Benefits set forth in this Agreement satisfy, to the greatest extent possible, the exemptions from the application of Section 409A provided under Treasury Regulation Sections 1.409A-1(b)(4) and 1.409A-1(b)(9). However, if the Company determines that the Separation Benefits constitute “deferred compensation” under Section 409A and Employee is, on the termination of service, a “specified employee” of the Company or any successor entity thereto, as such term is defined in Section 409A, then, solely to the extent necessary to avoid the incurrence of the adverse personal tax consequences under Section 409A, the timing of the Separation Benefits payments will be delayed until the earlier to occur of: (i) the date that is six months and one day after Employee’s Separation From Service, or (ii) the date of Employee’s death (such applicable date, the “ Specified Employee Initial Payment Date ”), and the Company (or the successor entity thereto, as applicable) will (A) pay to

 

3


Employee a lump sum amount equal to the sum of the Separation Benefits payments that Employee would otherwise have received through the Specified Employee Initial Payment Date if the commencement of the payment of the Separation Benefits had not been so delayed pursuant to this Section, and (B) commence paying the balance of the Separation Benefits in accordance with the applicable payment schedules set forth in this Agreement. With respect to any reimbursement or in-kind benefit plans, policies or arrangements of the Company that constitute deferred compensation for purposes of Section 409A, except as otherwise permitted by Section 409A, the following conditions shall be applicable: (i) the amount eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits provided, under any such plan, policy or arrangement in one calendar year may not affect the amount eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits to be provided, under such plan, policy or arrangement in any other calendar year (except that the health and dental plans may impose a limit on the amount that may be reimbursed or paid), (ii) any reimbursement must be made on or before the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the expense was incurred, and (iii) the right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

(f) Application of Internal Revenue Code Section 280G. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, to the extent that any of the payments and benefits provided for under this Agreement or any other agreement or arrangement between Employee and the Company or its affiliates (collectively, the “ Payments ”) (i) constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code and (ii) but for this paragraph, would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then the Payments shall be payable either (i) in full or (ii) as to such lesser amount which would result in no portion of such Payments being subject to an excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code, whichever of the foregoing amounts, taking into account the applicable federal, state and local income taxes and the excise tax imposed by Section 4999, results in Employee’s receipt on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of benefits, notwithstanding that all or some portion of such benefits may be taxable under Section 4999 of the Code. Unless Employee and the Company otherwise agree in writing, any determination required under this paragraph shall be made in writing by the Company’s independent public accountants, whose determination shall be conclusive and binding upon Employee and the Company for all purposes. If a reduction in payments or benefits constituting “parachute payments” is necessary, reduction shall occur in the following order: (A) cash payments shall be reduced first and in reverse chronological order such that the cash payment owed on the latest date following the occurrence of the event triggering such excise tax will be the first cash payment to be reduced; (B) accelerated vesting of equity awards shall be cancelled/reduced next and in the reverse order of the date of grant for such stock awards (i.e., the vesting of the most recently granted stock awards will be reduced first); and (C) employee benefits shall be reduced last and in reverse chronological order such that the benefit owed on the latest date following the occurrence of the event triggering such excise tax will be the first benefit to be reduced.

3. Miscellaneous.

(a) Entire Agreement; No Further Obligations. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements (whether written or oral and whether express or implied) between the parties to the extent related to such subject matter. Notwithstanding the generality of the foregoing, with

 

4


respect to any equity awards held by Employee, this Agreement supersedes any contrary provisions in (i) Employee’s equity grant notice and agreement, (ii) the equity plan pursuant to which the equity award was issued and/or (iii) any other agreement that may have been entered into by Employee with the Company that contains a preexisting right with respect to the benefits, including severance, as discussed herein. Except as expressly provided above or as otherwise required by law, the Company will have no obligations to Employee in the event of the termination of Employee’s employment with the Company for any reason.

(b) Successors and Assigns. This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective successors, permitted assigns and, in the case of Employee, heirs, executors, and/or personal representatives. Employee may not assign, delegate or otherwise transfer any of Employee’s rights, interests or obligations in this Agreement without the prior written approval of the Company.

(c) Notices. Any notice pursuant to this Agreement must be in writing and will be deemed effectively given to the other party on (i) the date it is actually delivered by overnight courier service (such as FedEx) or personal delivery of such notice in person; or (ii) five days after the date it is mailed by certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; in the case of Employee, to his/her most recent address as shown in the records of the Company, and in the case of the Company, to its then-current corporate headquarters, addressed to the attention of the Chief Executive Officer.

(d) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same agreement. Facsimile or PDF reproductions of original signatures will be deemed binding for the purpose of the execution of this Agreement.

(e) Amendments and Waivers. No amendment of any provision of this Agreement will be valid unless the amendment is in writing and signed by the Company and Employee. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement will be valid unless the waiver is in writing and signed by the waiving party. The failure of a party at any time to require performance of any provision of this Agreement will not affect such party’s rights at a later time to enforce such provision. No waiver by a party of any breach of this Agreement will be deemed to extend to any other breach hereunder or affect in any way any rights arising by virtue of any other breach.

(f) Severability. Each provision of this Agreement is severable from every other provision of this Agreement. Any provision of this Agreement that is determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable will not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision. Any provision of this Agreement held invalid or unenforceable only in part or degree will remain in full force and effect to the extent not held invalid or unenforceable.

(g) Construction. The section headings in this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and are not intended to affect the interpretation of this Agreement. Any reference in this Agreement to any “ Section ” refers to the corresponding Section of this Agreement. The word “including” in this Agreement means “including without limitation.” All words in this Agreement will be construed to be of such gender or number as the circumstances require.

(h) Governing Law. This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California without giving effect to any choice or conflict of law principles of any jurisdiction.

 

5


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed and delivered this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

EMPLOYEE:    

COMPANY:

 

Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc.

/s/ Thomas P. O’Neil     By:   /s/ Dinesh V. Patel
Thomas P. O’Neil      

Dinesh V. Patel, Ph.D.

President and Chief Executive Officer

Signature Page to

Employee Severance Agreement

Exhibit 10.13

EMPLOYEE SEVERANCE AGREEMENT

T HIS E MPLOYEE S EVERANCE A GREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of the 1st day of August, 2016, by and between Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Richard S. Shames, M.D. (the “ Employee ”).

Statement of Purpose

W HEREAS , Employee is currently employed by the Company as an at-will employee;

W HEREAS , notwithstanding the at-will nature of the employment relationship between Employee and the Company, the Company has agreed to provide Employee with severance pay if Employee’s employment with the Company is terminated by the Company without Cause pursuant to the terms set forth below.

N OW , T HEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing, the mutual agreements contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1. At-Will Employment . Employee acknowledges and agrees that Employee’s employment relationship with the Company is at will. This Agreement does not in any way alter Employee’s at-will status or limit the Company’s or Employee’s right to terminate Employee’s employment with the Company at any time, with or without cause.

2. Effect of Termination of Employment.

(a) Accrued Obligations. When Employee’s employment with the Company is terminated for any reason, Employee, or Employee’s estate, as the case may be, will be entitled to receive (i) an amount in cash equal to any accrued but unpaid base salary owing by the Company to Employee as of the date of termination, (ii) any unpaid reimbursements relating to business expenses incurred by Employee prior to the date of termination, (iii) any accrued but unused vacation time in accordance with Company policy and (iv) vested entitlements under any other Company benefit plan or program as determined thereunder .

(b) Separation Benefits upon Certain Terminations. If the Company terminates Employee’s employment without Cause or Employee terminates employment for Good Reason, then conditioned upon Employee satisfying the Release conditions set forth below, the Company will provide Employee with the following benefits (the “ Separation Benefits ”): (i) payment of Employee’s then-current base salary for a period of 9 months (12 months in the case of a Change in Control Termination); (ii) conditioned upon Employee’s proper and timely election to continue his health insurance benefits under COBRA after the termination of Employee’s employment, reimbursement of Employee’s applicable COBRA premiums for the lesser of 9 months (12 months in the case of a Change in Control Termination) following termination or until Employee becomes eligible for insurance benefits from another employer, provided, however, that the Company has the right to terminate such payment of COBRA premium reimbursement to Employee and instead pay Employee a lump sum amount equal to the applicable COBRA premium multiplied by the number of months remaining in the specified period if the Company determines in its discretion that continued payment of the COBRA

 

1


premiums is or may be discriminatory under Section 105(h) of the Internal Revenue Code; (iii) in the case of a Change in Control Termination, payment of an amount equal to one-twelfth of Employee’s then-current target bonus per month for the number of months during which Employee is receiving salary continuation under clause (i) above; and (iv) in the case of a Change in Control Termination, acceleration of the vesting (and exercisability, as relevant) of all unvested and/or unexercisable equity awards held by Employee as of immediately prior to termination. The Separation Benefits are conditioned upon Employee executing a general release of claims in a form acceptable to the Company (the “ Release ”) within the time specified therein, which Release is not revoked within any time period allowed for revocation under applicable law. The Separation Benefits will be payable to Employee over time in accordance with the Company’s payroll practices and procedures, subject to required withholding, beginning as soon as practicable (but no more than thirty (30) days) following the Release becoming irrevocable; provided, however, that if the Release revocation period spans two calendar years, payments will begin in the second of those calendar years to the extent required to avoid adverse taxation under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code (the “ Code ”).

(c) Definitions.

(i) Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Cause ” means: (A) Employee’s fraud, embezzlement or misappropriation with respect to the Company; (B) Employee’s material breach of fiduciary duties to the Company; (C) Employee’s willful or negligent misconduct that has or may reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the property, business, or reputation of the Company; (D) Employee’s material breach of any employment agreement or other agreement between Employee and Company; (E) Employee’s willful failure or refusal to perform his/her material duties as an employee of the Company or failure to follow any specific lawful instructions of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company; (F) Employee’s conviction or plea of nolo contendere in respect of a felony or of a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude; (G) Employee’s alcohol or substance abuse which has a material adverse effect on Employee’s ability to perform his duties to the Company or the property, business, or reputation of the Company; or (H) Employee’s failure to comply with the Company’s workplace rules, policies, or procedures. In the event that the Company concludes that Employee has engaged in acts constituting in Cause as defined in clause (C), (D), (E), or (G) above, prior to terminating Employee’s employment for Cause the Company will provide Employee with at least fifteen (15) days’ advance written notice of the specific circumstances constituting such Cause, and an opportunity to correct such circumstances to the extent correctable.

(ii) Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” means the occurrence of any of the following without Employee’s express written permission: (A) material diminution of Employee’s duties, authority or responsibilities, relative to Employee’s duties authority or responsibilities as in effect immediately prior to such reduction; provided, however, that the acquisition of the Company and subsequent conversion of the Company to a division or unit of the acquiring company will not by itself result in a material diminution under this clause (A); (B) material diminution in Employee’s base salary; or (C) a change by more than 50 miles in the primary geographic location at which Employee is required to perform services hereunder; provided that Employee has given prompt notice to the Company of the existence of such condition (but in no event later than ninety (90) days after its initial existence), Employee has provided the Company with a minimum of thirty (30) days following such notice to cure

 

2


such condition, and, if the Company fails to cure such condition, Employee then terminates employment within thirty (30) days of the end of such cure period.

(iii) Change in Control. For purposes of this Agreement, “Change in Control” has the meaning set forth in the Company’s 2016 Equity Incentive Plan, as it may be amended, or any successor plan thereto.

(iv) Change in Control Termination. For purposes of this Agreement, “Change in Control Termination” means a termination of Employee’s employment by the Company without Cause or by Employee for Good Reason, in each case within 12 months following a Change in Control.

(d) Certain Terminations Excluded. For avoidance of doubt, the termination of Employee’s employment: (i) by the Company for Cause; (ii) as a result of Employee’s resignation other than for Good Reason; or (iii) as a result of Employee’s death or disability (meaning the inability of Employee, due to the condition of his physical, mental or emotional health, effectively to perform the essential functions of his job with or without reasonable accommodation for a continuous period of more than 90 days or for 90 days in any period of 180 consecutive days, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion in consultation with a physician retained by the Company), will not constitute a termination without Cause triggering the rights described in Section 2(b) above.

(e) Application of Internal Revenue Code Section 409A. The intent of the parties is that payments and benefits under this Agreement comply with or be exempt from Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and other guidance thereunder and any state law of similar effect (collectively “ Section 409A ”), and this Agreement shall be interpreted and construed in a manner that establishes an exemption from (or compliance with) the requirements of Section 409A. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, any payments and benefits provided under this Section 2 that constitute “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A will not commence in connection with Employee’s termination of employment unless and until Employee has also incurred a “separation from service” (as such term is defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h) (a “ Separation From Service ”), unless the Company reasonably determines that such amounts may be provided to Employee without causing Employee to incur additional taxes under Section 409A. The parties intend that each installment of the Separation Benefits payments provided for in this Agreement is a separate “payment” for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(i). For the avoidance of doubt, the parties intend that payments of the Separation Benefits set forth in this Agreement satisfy, to the greatest extent possible, the exemptions from the application of Section 409A provided under Treasury Regulation Sections 1.409A-1(b)(4) and 1.409A-1(b)(9). However, if the Company determines that the Separation Benefits constitute “deferred compensation” under Section 409A and Employee is, on the termination of service, a “specified employee” of the Company or any successor entity thereto, as such term is defined in Section 409A, then, solely to the extent necessary to avoid the incurrence of the adverse personal tax consequences under Section 409A, the timing of the Separation Benefits payments will be delayed until the earlier to occur of: (i) the date that is six months and one day after Employee’s Separation From Service, or (ii) the date of Employee’s death (such applicable date, the “ Specified Employee Initial Payment Date ”), and the Company (or the successor entity thereto, as applicable) will (A) pay to

 

3


Employee a lump sum amount equal to the sum of the Separation Benefits payments that Employee would otherwise have received through the Specified Employee Initial Payment Date if the commencement of the payment of the Separation Benefits had not been so delayed pursuant to this Section, and (B) commence paying the balance of the Separation Benefits in accordance with the applicable payment schedules set forth in this Agreement. With respect to any reimbursement or in-kind benefit plans, policies or arrangements of the Company that constitute deferred compensation for purposes of Section 409A, except as otherwise permitted by Section 409A, the following conditions shall be applicable: (i) the amount eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits provided, under any such plan, policy or arrangement in one calendar year may not affect the amount eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits to be provided, under such plan, policy or arrangement in any other calendar year (except that the health and dental plans may impose a limit on the amount that may be reimbursed or paid), (ii) any reimbursement must be made on or before the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the expense was incurred, and (iii) the right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

(f) Application of Internal Revenue Code Section 280G. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, to the extent that any of the payments and benefits provided for under this Agreement or any other agreement or arrangement between Employee and the Company or its affiliates (collectively, the “ Payments ”) (i) constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code and (ii) but for this paragraph, would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then the Payments shall be payable either (i) in full or (ii) as to such lesser amount which would result in no portion of such Payments being subject to an excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code, whichever of the foregoing amounts, taking into account the applicable federal, state and local income taxes and the excise tax imposed by Section 4999, results in Employee’s receipt on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of benefits, notwithstanding that all or some portion of such benefits may be taxable under Section 4999 of the Code. Unless Employee and the Company otherwise agree in writing, any determination required under this paragraph shall be made in writing by the Company’s independent public accountants, whose determination shall be conclusive and binding upon Employee and the Company for all purposes. If a reduction in payments or benefits constituting “parachute payments” is necessary, reduction shall occur in the following order: (A) cash payments shall be reduced first and in reverse chronological order such that the cash payment owed on the latest date following the occurrence of the event triggering such excise tax will be the first cash payment to be reduced; (B) accelerated vesting of equity awards shall be cancelled/reduced next and in the reverse order of the date of grant for such stock awards (i.e., the vesting of the most recently granted stock awards will be reduced first); and (C) employee benefits shall be reduced last and in reverse chronological order such that the benefit owed on the latest date following the occurrence of the event triggering such excise tax will be the first benefit to be reduced.

3. Miscellaneous.

(a) Entire Agreement; No Further Obligations. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements (whether written or oral and whether express or implied) between the parties to the extent related to such subject matter. Notwithstanding the generality of the foregoing, with

 

4


respect to any equity awards held by Employee, this Agreement supersedes any contrary provisions in (i) Employee’s equity grant notice and agreement, (ii) the equity plan pursuant to which the equity award was issued and/or (iii) any other agreement that may have been entered into by Employee with the Company that contains a preexisting right with respect to the benefits, including severance, as discussed herein. Except as expressly provided above or as otherwise required by law, the Company will have no obligations to Employee in the event of the termination of Employee’s employment with the Company for any reason.

(b) Successors and Assigns. This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective successors, permitted assigns and, in the case of Employee, heirs, executors, and/or personal representatives. Employee may not assign, delegate or otherwise transfer any of Employee’s rights, interests or obligations in this Agreement without the prior written approval of the Company.

(c) Notices. Any notice pursuant to this Agreement must be in writing and will be deemed effectively given to the other party on (i) the date it is actually delivered by overnight courier service (such as FedEx) or personal delivery of such notice in person; or (ii) five days after the date it is mailed by certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; in the case of Employee, to his/her most recent address as shown in the records of the Company, and in the case of the Company, to its then-current corporate headquarters, addressed to the attention of the Chief Executive Officer.

(d) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same agreement. Facsimile or PDF reproductions of original signatures will be deemed binding for the purpose of the execution of this Agreement.

(e) Amendments and Waivers. No amendment of any provision of this Agreement will be valid unless the amendment is in writing and signed by the Company and Employee. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement will be valid unless the waiver is in writing and signed by the waiving party. The failure of a party at any time to require performance of any provision of this Agreement will not affect such party’s rights at a later time to enforce such provision. No waiver by a party of any breach of this Agreement will be deemed to extend to any other breach hereunder or affect in any way any rights arising by virtue of any other breach.

(f) Severability. Each provision of this Agreement is severable from every other provision of this Agreement. Any provision of this Agreement that is determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable will not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision. Any provision of this Agreement held invalid or unenforceable only in part or degree will remain in full force and effect to the extent not held invalid or unenforceable.

(g) Construction. The section headings in this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and are not intended to affect the interpretation of this Agreement. Any reference in this Agreement to any “ Section ” refers to the corresponding Section of this Agreement. The word “including” in this Agreement means “including without limitation.” All words in this Agreement will be construed to be of such gender or number as the circumstances require.

(h) Governing Law. This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California without giving effect to any choice or conflict of law principles of any jurisdiction.

 

5


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , the parties hereto have executed and delivered this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

EMPLOYEE:    

COMPANY:

 

Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc.

/s/ Richard S. Shames     By:   /s/ Dinesh V. Patel
Richard S. Shames, M.D.      

Dinesh V. Patel, Ph.D.

President and Chief Executive Officer

Signature Page to

Employee Severance Agreement

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Protagonist Therapeutics, Inc. of our report dated May 3, 2016, except for the effects of additional disclosures relating to the Company’s liquidity position described in Note 1 as to which the date is July 11, 2016 and with respect to our opinion on the consolidated financial statements insofar as it relates to the reverse stock split described in the second to the last paragraph of Note 16 as to which the date is August 1, 2016, relating to the consolidated financial statements, which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.”

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

San Jose, California

August 1, 2016